Sistema Integral Amphion

Ideal Rig 135

User Manual

FINAL DOCUMENTATION

Amphion Integrated System

Customer

National Oilwell Varco

Rig/Hull

IR 135

11000 Corporate Centre Drive.

Project Manager

N/A Purchase Order Number

GPK1000451

Houston, Texas 77041 USA Phone: (281) 854-0400

Serial Number

N/A Project Number

FAX: (281) 854-0607

8375 Document Number

Rev

10707386-FDD

www.nov.com

01

Document number Revision Page

10707386-FDD 01 2

REVISION HISTORY

01

03.01.2013

Rev

Date (dd.mm.yyyy)

Final Documentation

CHANGE DESCRIPTION

Revision 01

www.nov.com

Change Description Initial Release

Reason for issue

VNB

KM

RM

Prepared

Checked

Approved

Final Documentation Package Ideal Rig 134 P.O. Number: GPK1000451

Document Number: 10707837-TOC Revision: 01 Page: i of ii

Table of Contents This manual may consist of several volumes, chapters and sections and is housed in a number of different binders as necessary to adequately document the equipment presented.

FINAL DOCUMENTATION PACKAGE Ideal Rig 135 Amphion Integrated System Description

Chapter 1

Chapter - Section

Installation, Operation & Maintenance

Operation and Maintenance ........................................................................................... 1.1 Operation & Maintenance

Spare Parts ...................................................................................................................... 1.2 Spares List – Commissioning/ Operating

Chapter 2

Technical Document & Drawing Package

General Drawings ........................................................................................................... 2.1 Assembly Drawing Interface and Connection Drawing

System Diagram & Specifications ................................................................................. 2.2 Electrical Single Line Diagram Cause & Effect Chart Network Topology Diagram

www.nov.com

Final Documentation Package Ideal Rig 134 P.O. Number: GPK1000451

Document Number: 10707837-TOC Revision: 01 Page: ii of ii

Electrical/Instrument ....................................................................................................... 2.3 Electrical Block Diagram Electrical Interconnect/ Termination Diagram Electrical Cable Index Hazardous Area Equipment Index Input / Output Map

www.nov.com

FINAL DOCUMENTATION Amphion Manual

Chapter 1 Installation, Operation & Maintenance

www.nov.com


Section 1.1 Operation and Maintenance

www.nov.com

CHAPTER 1 INDEX 1.1 Installation, Operation & Maintenance

REFERENCE

8375

REFERENCE DESCRIPTION

Operation & Maintenance

This document contains proprietary and confidential information which belongs to National Oilwell Varco; it is loaned for limited purposes only and remains the property of National Oilwell Varco. Reproduction, in whole or in part; or use of this design or distribution of this information to others is not permitted without the express written consent of National Oilwell Varco. This document is to be returned to National Oilwell Varco upon request and in any event upon completion of the use for which it was loaned.  National Oilwell Varco

www.nov.com

National Oilwell Varco Rig Solutions 11000 Corporate Centre Drive Suite 200 Houston, Texas 77041 Phone + 281.854.0400 Fax + 281.854.0607

DOCUMENT NUMBER

REV

10707840-IDX

01


Sec

Name

1.1

OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

10707840-IDX 01 2

ID

Rev

Code

AMPHION OPERATOR’S GUIDE

D811006160-MAN-001

01

N04

AMPHION TOOL CONTROLLER

D811001117-MAN-001

02

N04

AMPHION TECHNICAL REF (STD)

D811000238-MAN-001

04

N04

SERVICE CENTER DIRECTORY

D811001337-DAS-001

04

N04

www.nov.com

Amphion™ Operator’s Guide Standard AC Ideal Rig

Standard AC Ideal Rig

Amphion Operator’s Guide

This document contains proprietary and confidential information which is the property of National Oilwell Varco, L.P., its affiliates or subsidiaries (all collectively referred to hereinafter as "NOV"). It is loaned for limited purposes only and remains the property of NOV. Reproduction, in whole or in part, or use of this design or distribution of this information to others is not permitted without the express written consent of NOV. This document is to be returned to NOV upon request or upon completion of the use for which it was loaned. This document and the information contained and represented herein is the copyrighted property of NOV. © National Oilwell Varco

www.nov.com Form D811001123-GEN-001/06

National Oilwell Varco RIG SOLUTIONS 11000 Corporate Centre Drive Houston, TX 77041

Document Number

Rev.

D811006160-MAN-001

01

D811006160-MAN-001 Revision 01

Revision History

01

04.05.2012

First Issue

Sara Davila

Sarah Sobreira

Kent Manes

Rev

Date (dd.mm.yyyy)

Reason for issue

Prepared

Checked

Approved

Change Description Revision 01

www.nov.com

Change Description First Issue

D811006160-MAN-001 Revision 01 Page iii of xii

Table of Contents Chapter 1: General Information Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Notes, Cautions, and Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Illustrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Safety Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Personnel Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General System Safety Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacing Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Routine Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Proper Use of Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1-1 1-1 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-4

Chapter 2: Amphion™ Overview Main Features and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Operator Workstation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Touchscreen Computers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Workstation Control Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Left Control Panel Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Right Control Panel Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Joysticks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Main Menu Navigation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Alarms and Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Operator Tool Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 (This Tool) Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 Back or Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 Maintenance Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Operator Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Operator Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Keypads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Utility Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 Choose Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 Choose Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Language Translation Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 Document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 Delete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Close . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Clean Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 Service Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 Common Diagnostics Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 I/O Diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 Controller-to-Controller (C2C) Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 Cyberbase Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 Modbus Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 Profibus Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24

iii www.nov.com

D811006160-MAN-001 Revision 01 Page iv of xii

Table of Contents Step 7 Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screen Communication Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tool Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HTTP Requests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Write Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exceptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tool Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ownership Controls and Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Granting and Releasing Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tool Controllers and Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RigSense and WITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Simple Data Acquisition (S-DAQ™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . System 5 Data Acquisition (V-DAQ™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electronic Driller System™ (EDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-25 2-27 2-28 2-30 2-31 2-32 2-32 2-34 2-34 2-35 2-35 2-36 2-36 2-36 2-36 2-36

Chapter 3: Alarms and Events System Alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alarm Message Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alarm and Event Sort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alarm Acknowledgement and Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alarm Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alarm Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alarm Sounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-1 3-3 3-4 3-4 3-6 3-7 3-7

Chapter 4: Cathead Operator Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tool Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Status Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cathead Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stream Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Slow Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining Tong Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining Torque Setpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pull Force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cathead Tool Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4-1 4-1 4-1 4-2 4-2 4-3 4-3 4-3 4-4 4-4 4-5

Chapter 5: Chair (Workstation) Workstation Status Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tool Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Joystick Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chair Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Left Panel Switches and Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deadman Override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-1 5-1 5-2 5-3 5-3 5-4

iv www.nov.com

D811006160-MAN-001 Revision 01 Page v of xii

Table of Contents Ownership Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Encoder Status Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Chair Tool Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Multi-Tool Controller (MTC) Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Emergency Stop (E-Stop) Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Calibration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Joystick Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Left Joystick (Tugger) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Right Joystick (Drawworks) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 Hookload Gauge Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 Calibration Status Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11

Chapter 6: Catwalk Operator Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Tool Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Status Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Digital Feedback Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Local Control Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Emergency Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Tool On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 HPU (#1 and #2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Trough Setpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Trough Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Skate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Piperack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Driller and Off Driller Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 Safety Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 HPU Oil Cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 Radio Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 Pipe Rack Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 ESD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 Pipe Rack (Off Driller and Driller Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11 Trough Setpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12 Interlock Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12 System Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12 Safety Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13 Status Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13 Off/On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14 Catwalk Tool Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15

Chapter 7: Drawworks

v www.nov.com

D811006160-MAN-001 Revision 01 Page vi of xii

Table of Contents Tripping and Drilling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 Tool Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 Hook Load Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 Fault and Status Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Brake Pressure Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Parking Brake Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 Derrick Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 Block and Elevator Height Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 Defining Block Travel Limit and Stop Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 High Travel Limit and Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 Low Travel Limit and Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Defining the Drill Stop Point Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 Defining Maximum Block Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10 Lowering and Hoisting Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11 Defining Hook Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12 Defining Max Pull Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13 Defining Minimum Pull Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14 Defining Drag Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15 Hook Load Limit Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15 Defining the Drawworks Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16 Mode Select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16 Max Slow Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16 Slow Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17 Slip & Cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17 Drag, Drag limit, and % Drag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22 BOP Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23 Standpipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23 Park Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24 Lowering and Hoisting Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24 Autodrill Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25 Activating the Electronic Driller System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25 Activating or De-activating Autodrill Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26 Defining Parameter Setpoint Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27 Variable Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28 Auto Reaming Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29 Enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29 Pull Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29 Hoist Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30 Lower Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30 Distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31 Drilling Trends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32 Drawworks Tool Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33 Operator Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34 Auxiliary Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34 Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35 Status Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36

vi www.nov.com

D811006160-MAN-001 Revision 01 Page vii of xii

Table of Contents Drawworks Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alarm and Fault Status Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hook Load and Drum Encoder Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alarms Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ambient Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chopper/DBR Status Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brake Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brake Capacity Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Capacity Test Status Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brake Valve Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drum and Block Status Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lube Oil Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor/VFD Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DW Motor/VFD Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Winding Temperatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . On Line Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calibration Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Block and Elevator Position Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hook Load Tare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hook Load Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standpipe Tare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tool Diagnostic Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drum Encoders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Status Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Enable or Disable an Encoder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hook Load Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Status Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Enable or Disable an Encoder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alarm Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Abnormal Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Soft Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Category 2 Stops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-Stop (Category 0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7-36 7-37 7-37 7-37 7-38 7-38 7-39 7-39 7-40 7-41 7-42 7-43 7-43 7-44 7-45 7-45 7-45 7-46 7-46 7-54 7-55 7-56 7-57 7-57 7-57 7-57 7-58 7-58 7-58 7-59 7-59 7-59 7-59 7-59 7-59 7-59 7-60 7-60

Chapter 8: Hydraulic Power Unit (HPU) Operator Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HPU Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cooling Fan Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HPU Tool Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8-1 8-2 8-2 8-2 8-3

vii www.nov.com

D811006160-MAN-001 Revision 01 Page viii of xii

Table of Contents Chapter 9: Mud Pumps Operator Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 Tool Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 Mud Pump Status Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Strokes Per Minute (SPM) Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Defining SPM Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Standpipe Pressure Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Defining the Pressure Limit Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Defining Group Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Starting and Pausing Mud Pump Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 IBOP Status Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Stop All Mud Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Operator Messages and Miscellaneous Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Mud Pumps Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Mud Pumps Tool Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8 Mud Pump Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9 Drive Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10 Blower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10 Pre-Charge, Liner Wash, and Lube Pump Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11 Motor Winding and Bearing Temperature Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12 Auxiliary Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13 Status and Fault Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13 Manual Motor Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14

Chapter 10: Power Slips Operator Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tool Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Status Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Slips Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto Greaser Controls and Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Slips Tool Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10-1 10-1 10-2 10-3 10-3 10-4 10-5

Chapter 11: Power System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operator Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screen Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power System Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Generators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Status Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Generator Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drill Floor Equipment E-Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Generator E-Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inverters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Status Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

11-1 11-2 11-3 11-4 11-5 11-5 11-6 11-7 11-7 11-8 11-8 11-9

viii www.nov.com

D811006160-MAN-001 Revision 01 Page ix of xii

Table of Contents Choppers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rectifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Control Center (MCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Capacity Calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC Bus Generator Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC Bus Transformer Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . System Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total Online Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC Rectifier Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC Bus Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Consumed Calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC Bus Consumed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC Bus Consumed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Available Calculations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . System Total Power Available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tool Power Available (General) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Limiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

11-10 11-11 11-12 11-14 11-15 11-16 11-16 11-16 11-16 11-17 11-17 11-17 11-18 11-18 11-18 11-19 11-19 11-19 11-19

Chapter 12: Rotary Table Operator Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tool Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speed and Torque Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Slips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Status Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direction Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brake Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speed and Torque Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining the Throttle Setpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Zero Throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining the Torque Setpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rotary Table Tool Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tool Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rotary Table Status Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manual Blower Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fault Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

12-1 12-1 12-2 12-2 12-2 12-3 12-4 12-4 12-4 12-4 12-4 12-5 12-5 12-6 12-7 12-7 12-7 12-8 12-8

Chapter 13: Top Drive System (TDS) Operator Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tool Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Status Readings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drill Speed and Torque Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

13-1 13-1 13-2 13-2

ix www.nov.com

D811006160-MAN-001 Revision 01 Page x of xii

Table of Contents Status Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-4 Speed and Torque Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-4 Defining a Throttle Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-4 Zero Throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-4 Defining a Drill Torque Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-4 Defining a Makeup Torque Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 Defining a Spin Speed Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 Defining a Spin Torque Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6 Direction and Mode Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6 Make Up Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7 Break Out Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7 Torque Wrench, Elevator, and IBOP Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8 Torque Wrench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8 Elevator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8 IBOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-9 Brake Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-10 Link Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-11 Link Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-11 Link Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-11 MCWS Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12 Derrickman’s Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12 Override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12 Top Drive Tool Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13 Directional Drilling Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14 Status Readings and Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15 Drill Speed and Torque Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15 Status Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-16 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-17 Speed and Torque Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-17 Defining a Directional Drilling (DD) Throttle Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-17 Zero Throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-17 Defining a Directional Drilling (DD) Torque Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-18 Direction and Mode Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-18 Directional Mode Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-19 Motor/VFD Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-20 TDS Motor Status Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-21 Fault Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-22 Blower Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-22 HPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-23 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-23 Data Trends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-24 Maintenance Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-25

Chapter 14: Trip Tank Pumps Operator Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1 Pump Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2

x www.nov.com

D811006160-MAN-001 Revision 01 Page xi of xii

Table of Contents Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 Trip Tank Pumps Tool Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3

Appendix A: Network Information Network Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1 Opening a Command Prompt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1 Command Descriptions and Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1 Ping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1 Ping Command Switch Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3 IP Config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3 Tracert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3 Nslookup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4 Network Address Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5

xi www.nov.com

D811006160-MAN-001 Revision 01 Page xii of xii

Table of Contents

xii www.nov.com


General Information

1

This section of the manual contains examples of Amphion equipment, features, and operator interface screens, and may or may not represent your particular rig configuration.

Conventions This manual is intended for use by field engineering, installation, operation, and repair personnel. Every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information contained herein. National Oilwell Varco® (NOV) will not be held liable for errors in this material, or for consequences arising from misuse of this material.

Notes, Cautions, and Warnings Notes, cautions, and warnings provide readers with additional information, and to advise the reader to take specific action to protect personnel from potential injury or lethal conditions. They may also inform the reader of actions necessary to prevent equipment damage. Please pay close attention to these advisories.

The note symbol indicates that additional information is provided about the current topics.

! The caution symbol indicates that potential damage to equipment or injury to personnel exists. Follow instructions explicitly. Extreme care should be taken when performing operations or procedures preceded by this caution symbol.

1-1 www.nov.com Form D811001123-GEN-001/06

1

D811006160-MAN-001 Revision 01 Page 1-2 of 4

General Information

The warning symbol indicates a definite risk of equipment damage or danger to personnel. Failure to follow safe work procedures could result in serious or fatal injury to personnel, significant equipment damage, or extended rig down time.

Illustrations Illustrations (figures) provide a graphical representation of equipment components or screen snapshots for use in identifying parts or establishing nomenclature, and may or may not be drawn to scale. For component information specific to your rig configuration, see the technical drawings included with your NOV documentation.

Safety Requirements NOV equipment is installed and operated in a controlled drilling rig environment involving hazardous situations. Proper maintenance is important for safe and reliable operation. Procedures outlined in NOV manuals are the recommended methods of performing operations and maintenance.

! To avoid injury to personnel or equipment damage, carefully observe requirements outlined in this section.

Personnel Training All personnel performing installation, operations, repair, or maintenance procedures on the equipment, or those in the vicinity of the equipment, should be trained on rig safety, tool operation, and maintenance to ensure their safety.

! Personnel should wear protective gear during installation, maintenance, and certain operations.

Contact the NOV Drilling Equipment training department for more information about equipment operation and maintenance training.

1-2 www.nov.com


General Information

1

Recommended Tools Service operations may require the use of tools designed specifically for the purpose described. NOV recommends that only those tools specified be used when stated. Ensure that personnel and equipment safety are not jeopardized when following service procedures or using tools not specifically recommended by NOV.

General System Safety Practices The equipment discussed in this manual may require or contain one or more utilities, such as electrical, hydraulic, pneumatic, or cooling water.

! Read and follow the guidelines below before installing equipment or performing maintenance to avoid endangering exposed persons or damaging equipment.



Isolate energy sources before beginning work.



Avoid performing maintenance or repairs while the equipment is in operation.



Wear proper protective equipment during equipment installation, maintenance, or repair.

Replacing Components 

Verify that all components (such as cables, hoses, etc.) are tagged and labeled during assembly and disassembly of equipment to ensure correct installment.



Replace failed or damaged components with NOV certified parts. Failure to do so could result in equipment damage or injury to personnel.

Routine Maintenance Equipment must be maintained on a routine basis. See the service manual for maintenance recommendations.

! Failure to conduct routine maintenance could result in equipment damage or injury to personnel.

Proper Use of Equipment NOV equipment is designed for specific functions and applications, and should be used only for its intended purpose.

1-3 www.nov.com

1

General Information


Service Centers For a directory of NOV Service Centers, see NOV document number D811001337-DAS-001, titled “Service Center Directory.” This document is located in the User Manual. The link below provides after-hours contact information for emergencies or other equipment issues requiring an immediate response by NOV service personnel. http://www.nov.com/ContactUs/24HrEmergencyContacts.aspx

1-4 www.nov.com


Amphion™ Overview

2

This section of the manual contains examples of Amphion equipment, features, and operator interface screens, and may or may not represent your particular rig configuration.

Main Features and Equipment The Amphion system provides operators with control of drilling tools and processes from an ergonomically-correct workstation. Usually located inside the driller’s cabin, the workstations offer tool control and status information applicable to the operations being performed. The LER and multi-tool controller (MTC) cabinets are considered safe areas for installing Amphion components that carry no hazardous area classifications. Depending on your particular rig’s configuration, it may contain variations of the following features and equipment: 

One or more operator workstations, equipped with touchscreens



One or more multi-tool controller (MTC) cabinets



Integrated operator interface application for National Oilwell Varco (NOV) and thirdparty tools, systems, or processes, such as: Alarm and Event System Automated Drawworks System Automated Roughneck Bridge Racker and Tailing Arm Casing Running Tool Chair (Workstation) Diagnostics Drawworks VFD Assignment Controls Driller Auxiliaries Fingerboard Foxhole Hydraulic BX Elevators Hydraulic Cathead Hydraulic Power Unit Mud Pump Motor Assignment Controls Motor Control Center (MCC) Mud Pumps


2

Amphion™ Overview


Ownership Overview Pipe Racking System Power Management System Power Slips Rotary Support Table Silicon-Controlled Rectifiers (SCR) Simple Data Acquisition (S-DAQ™) module System 5 Data Acquisition (V-DAQ™) module Top Drive System Top Drive VFD Assignment Controls Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) System RigSense™ application, RigSense server Zone Management System (ZMS) 

Engineering drawings



Equipment service manuals



Amphion tool controller service manual



Amphion operator’s guide



Amphion technical reference manual

2-2 www.nov.com


Amphion™ Overview

2

Operator Workstation The workstations are the user's interface to the control network and tools. A Wrap-Around™ workstation is shown here. Located in the driller’s cabin, each workstation may contain: 

Amphion touchscreens (four shown here)



Joysticks (one shown here)



Two discrete switch control panels



One chair

300 250

350

500 550 400 450 600

650

700 750

200

800

150

850

100

900

TONG SCALE HOOK LOAD

50

X 1000 LB

O

LCD WEIGHT ON BIT

X 1000 LB

1000

Sit Down

Stand Up/Sit Down

Touchscreen Computers Workstations include self-contained touchscreens that display tool control, drilling operation, alarm, and status information. The Wrap-Around workstation can accommodate up to four touchscreens, all with access to tools connected to the network.

2-3 www.nov.com

2


Amphion™ Overview

Workstation Control Panels Joysticks are used for tools that require controlled movement, such as the drawworks or the racker. See section titled "Joysticks" on page 2-6. Discrete switch controls are normally dedicated to frequently-used operations (such as opening and closing the power slips or racker jaws). While there are many possible combinations of controls and placement of the buttons and discrete switches, two examples of workstation control panels are presented here. Specific controls and their placement can vary widely from one rig to the next, depending on the customer’s needs.

Left Control Panel Examples

MUD PU THRO MP #1 TTLE




M U D P U M P S


OFF /AUT O

N

TDS

KE

CLO

SE

TDS

DRIL L

CLO SE

BRA

TDS

OPE


FLO

AT

LINK

OPE N

POW

ER S

TILT

OPE N

OPE N

CLO SE

ELE

VAT OR R AC

ELE

VAT OR

KER

OFF /AUT O

CLO

SE

RAC KER X OVE /Y RRID E

OFF /AUT O

DRA

RAC K TRA ER OVE VEL RRID E

ON

ING

JAW

ON

W

OVE WORKS RRID E

PAR K

RAC KE JAW R S

DOL

PAR K

LINK CLO SE

TDS

TDS

TDS OPE N

IBOP LINK

TILT

FLO AT

CLO SE

LIPS

DRIL L

TDS

P U M P S

ON OPE N

TDS

M U D

BRA

LY E

NAB

ING

BRA

KE

LE

KE

SLIP

S EN

A OVE DS RRID E

OPE N

ABL E

CLO

SE

IBOP

2-4 www.nov.com


2

Amphion™ Overview

Right Control Panel Examples

OOR L FL DRIL IPMENT EQU TOP E-S

H TO

PUS

OOR L FL DRIL IPMENT EQU TOP E-S

P

STO

H TO

PUS

P

STO

M

TDS

P RT R

O AUT AR - ENCE U SEQ

RPM

TDS

E

AK

MAK

BRE

OUT IN

N

DOW UP

E

U ORQ AR T PIN AR S E

CLO

G RRIA W CA

T

CLO

L WEL

BAC

K

SE

SE

N OPE

E

EAS

SE

INCR

L TOO IP H ERS OWN SE ALL A RELE SE/ CLO K LOC N/ E P O AUTO

REA

N OPE

DEC

LOW LIC F RAU ALVE HYD V CMC UT OFF SH

W AR T

AIR KING E WOR R CMC PRESSU APV

W

AR S AR

EL TRAV

SE C LO N OPE

MAIN CMC VE VAL

L TOO IP H ERS OWN SE ALL A E REL IPS P/SL R BLE ENA LEVATO E BX

PU LL PAY

EAD

CATH

2-5 www.nov.com

2


Amphion™ Overview

Joysticks

Unless the override is engaged, the trigger (also referred to as a “dead man switch”) mounted on the front of the joystick must be depressed in order to operate the equipment.

Open Slips Close Slips Upper

Lower

Lower Hoist

Dead man switch

Dead man switch

Lower

+Y +X

-X

-Y

Hoist

Drawworks and Power Slips

Bridge Racker or PRS

The joystick mounted on the operator workstation’s right control panel can control: 

The drawworks



The drawworks and the power slips



The racker

The tool or tools that a joystick controls depends upon your particular rig configuration and tool ownership. Tool ownership logic prevents the operator from taking ownership of both the drawworks and the racker simultaneously. See section titled "Tool Ownership" on page 2-34. Using the joystick to move the racker affects its destination, which varies depending on its current mode (selected via the user interface). If the joystick does not offer power slip controls, then the workstation’s control panel normally contains a discrete switch for opening and closing the slips. This is in addition to touchscreen controls.

2-6 www.nov.com


Amphion™ Overview

2

If the joystick has the ability to control both the power slips and the drawworks, the workstation’s control panel will not contain controls for opening and closing the power slips. However, the control panel will contain a button that must be pressed in order to enable the power slips and allow the operator to control the slips by using either the joystick or touchscreen controls.

See Chapter 7, titled "Drawworks,” and Chapter 10, titled "Power Slips.”

See section titled "Workstation Control Panels" on page 2-4.

2-7 www.nov.com

2


Amphion™ Overview

Main Menu Navigation This section of the operator’s guide provides a brief overview of the main components normally included on the main menu navigation bar. See appropriately-titled sections below, and toolspecific chapters for more detailed information about each tool’s menu and operator screens. The navigation menu shown below displays along the bottom of most screens.

Active tool

Navigation menu buttons

Alarms and Events The main menu’s Alarms button blinks red when there is at least one active and unacknowledged alarm. The button displays solid red when there is at least one active but already acknowledged alarm. Otherwise, the button displays solid blue. Press Alarms to display the tool alarm menu.

2-8 www.nov.com


Amphion™ Overview

2

The tool buttons blink red when there is at least one active and unacknowledged alarm for that particular tool. The button displays solid red when there is at least one active but already acknowledged alarm. Otherwise, the button displays solid blue. Press the red tool button to display alarms associated with that tool. See Chapter 3, titled "Alarms and Events” for more information.

Operator Tool Menus Press Tools to display the appropriate operator’s tool menu.

Driller Tools

Assistant Driller Tools

Current tool ownership status indicators display in the bottom left corner of each tool button (where applicable). See section titled "Tool Ownership" on page 2-34 for more information. Press to select a tool and display its default operator screen. See tool-specific chapters in this manual for more detail.

2-9 www.nov.com

2


Amphion™ Overview

(This Tool) Menu The label on the tool menu button changes, depending upon the currently-selected tool. For example, the top drive’s tool menu is labeled Top Drive. Press the tool menu button to display its menu. Most tools listed in the operator’s tool menu have tool-specific menus that normally include the basic options shown here.

See section titled "Utility Menu" on page 2-13.

See section titled "Common Diagnostics Menu" on page 2-19.

See Chapter 3, titled "Alarms and Events.”

See section titled "Maintenance Mode" on page 2-11.”

See tool-specific chapter.

Press the Operator button to display the current tool’s operator screen.

See tool-specific chapters for more information about each tool’s menu. See sections below for information about each of the above menu items.

Back or Forward Press Back or Forward to toggle between the current screen and the previous screen.

2-10 www.nov.com


Amphion™ Overview

2

Maintenance Mode Press --> Maintenance Mode to display the Maintenance Mode screen.

Press Active to engage maintenance mode for the appropriate tool controller (also referred to as an “SBC”). Press Inactive to disengage maintenance mode. A green backlight marks the current selection. Enable maintenance mode to engage tool override for maintenance purposes only.

Use with caution. Significant risk of equipment damage and danger to personnel exists in maintenance mode. Failure to observe and follow proper safe working procedures could result in serious or fatal injury to personnel, significant equipment damage, and extended rig down time.

Controls are disabled at the operator workstation touchscreens when maintenance mode is enabled. From the diagnostic workstation (DWS) computer, select one of the following tools: 

Auxiliary (normally includes the cathead, HPU, power slips, and rotary table)



Conveyor



Racker



Roughneck



Top Drive

2-11 www.nov.com

2

Amphion™ Overview


Enabling Auxiliary maintenance mode places all auxiliary tools into maintenance mode.

Operator Screens Many tool screens contain common features shown in this section.

Operator Messages Most tool screens contain messages for the operator that display along the bottom of the screen.

Keypads Numeric keypads and alpha-numeric keyboards are pop-up windows that appear when the operator presses a tool’s on-screen button, and is normally used to define a specific parameter for a tool.

2-12 www.nov.com


Amphion™ Overview

2

Utility Menu Choose a tool then press Utility to display the Utility menu:

Choose Units Choose a tool then press Utility --> Choose Units to display the Choose Units pop-up window.

Press the arrow up or down buttons to highlight and select a unit of measure.

Measurement units selected on this screen affect all screens displayed on that particular touchscreen. Different units of measure can be assigned to other touchscreens. For example, one touchscreen can display metric, while another displays U.S. measurements.

Press Close to return to the previous screen.

2-13 www.nov.com

2


Amphion™ Overview

Choose Language Choose a tool then press --> Utility --> Choose Language to display the Choose Language pop-up window.

Pig Latin and English

Russian and English

This screen provides a way for the operator to select English (default), or any other language (or languages) that the operator screens are configured to support. Press the arrow up or down buttons to highlight and select a language.

Languages selected here affect all screens displayed on that particular touchscreen. Different languages can be assigned to other touchscreens. For example, one touchscreen can display Russian, while another displays English.

Press Close to return to the previous screen.

2-14 www.nov.com


Amphion™ Overview

2

Language Translation Editor At the Choose Language pop-up window (see section titled "Choose Language" on page 2-14), press Edit Translations to display the Language Translation Editor window.

Document

General

Add

Delete

Close

This window provides a way for the operator to edit the translations for languages other than English, or add translations that are missing. Translations are stored in the operator screens one phrase at a time. Any single-line string on a screen has its own translation. (For example, the phrase “Drill Torque” is translated as a whole, as opposed to word-by-word.) Each screen document has its own set of translations.

Document Press Document to display available translations for the last screen selected. (There may be no translations if that particular screen has not been configured to include them.)

General Press General to display general translations that apply to the navigation bar and other common screens (for example, the diagnostic or alarm screens).

2-15 www.nov.com

2

Amphion™ Overview


Add Use this button to add a new translation: 1. Press Add to display the Add New Translation Key pop-up window.

2. Type the new translation into the space provided, then press Enter (or Enteray as shown on the keyboard above).

The translation (“Home” in this example) appears in both the left and the right panes of the Language Translation Editor window. 3. Press to select the new translation (in the bottom right pane) to display the keyboard pop-up window again. 4. Type its translation as you want it to appear in that pane (see example shown below).

2-16 www.nov.com


Amphion™ Overview

2

5. Type the translation into the space provided, then press Enter to return to the Language Translation Editor window.

Delete Press Delete to delete an existing translation.

Close Press Close to close the window.

2-17 www.nov.com

2

Amphion™ Overview


Clean Screen Choose a tool then press Utility --> Clean Screen to temporarily disable tool screens to allow time for cleaning the touchscreen without accidentally pressing tool controls. Press Start to begin the onscreen timer, which counts slowly backward from ten.

Press Start as many times as necessary, then press Return.

Service Pages Service pages are not normally available from the operator workstation touchscreens, and therefore are not addressed in detail in this manual. Access the service pages from the touchscreen mounted in the multi-tool controller (MTC) cabinet.

The MTC touchscreen does not allow tool operation.

See the NOV document titled “Amphion Tool Controller Service Manual” for more information about the service pages.

2-18 www.nov.com


Amphion™ Overview

2

Common Diagnostics Menu

This section provides a general overview of the diagnostic screens available through the operator interface. For more detailed information about the tool controller service pages interface, including advanced troubleshooting procedures, see the NOV document titled “Amphion Tool Controller Service Manual.”

Choose a tool then press Common Diagnostics to display the Common Diagnostics menu.

See general descriptions for each diagnostic screen in the sections below. Press Close to return to the main menu.

2-19 www.nov.com

2


Amphion™ Overview

I/O Diagnostic Choose a tool then press Common Diagnostics --> I/O Diagnostic to display the I/O Diagnostic screen. The left side of the sample screen below contains buttons for selecting an I/O type (depending on the currently-selected tool). Press to select and display information. Item Name

I/O Types

Information Sort buttons

Current Value



MOD: Modbus address. Information regarding commands originating from tools and other Ethernet devices connected to the network.



No Type: No communication method has been specified and no input/output is expected at this location.



DP1: Information from the first Applicom card on the first PROFIBUS DP network (typically used for tools).



NET: Information regarding commands originating from a touchscreen or control panel.



C2C: Controller-to-controller communication input devices only. The purpose of this type is to receive input from the other controllers, not to send commands to them.

Press any of the sort buttons located along the bottom of the screen to sort information By Name, Node, or Class. Press the blue arrow up or down buttons to navigate through the diagnostic pages. Press Back to return to the Common Diagnostics menu.

2-20 www.nov.com


Amphion™ Overview

2

Controller-to-Controller (C2C) Status Choose a tool then press Common Diagnostics --> Controller-to-Controller Status to display the Controller-to-Controller Status screen.

The controller graphic boxes display green to indicate normal communication, or red to indicate a communication error. The controller name and current status display in the top left corner of the controller graphic. Press a controller box to display additional detail.

Code 0

5632

Message

Comment

OK

The other controller is functioning normally.

Client has not begun receiving data from the server.

The client was able to connect to the server, but has not begun sending data.

2-21 www.nov.com

2


Amphion™ Overview

Code

Message

Comment

5648

Client could not connect to its server.

The other controller may not be running.

5664

Client believes that its server has stopped working.

The other controller was connected and running normally, but has stopped running.

Cyberbase Status Choose a tool then press Common Diagnostics --> Cyberbase Status to display the Cyberbase Status screen (not shown here). This screen displays communication information between various NOV products using Ethernet protocol, and is not available for all tools.

Modbus Status Choose a tool then press Common Diagnostics --> Modbus Status to display the Modbus Status screen.

The illustration shown here relates to the top drive. Green node graphics indicate that it is operating and communicating properly; red indicates an alarm or communication error.

2-22 www.nov.com


Amphion™ Overview

2

Press a node to display detailed information related to its status (shown below).

The Node Status pop-up window lists all Web Objects on the controller with which the communications node is associated. It also displays the value of each Web Object. The values are live, and change as the values from the remote controller change. Press the Node Status window to display the node’s Process Input image.

A process image is essentially a group of bits that the controller holds in its memory to maintain a complete map of the current state of the inputs or outputs from a given communications node. The Process Image pop-up window displays either all of the output or all of the input process image for that communications subsystem mode. Press Switch to Output Image to display the same information regarding the node’s output image. Press anywhere outside of the output image display to return to the Modbus screen.

2-23 www.nov.com

2

Amphion™ Overview


Profibus Status Choose a tool then press Common Diagnostics --> Profibus Status to display the Profibus Network Status screen.

Green indicates the node is communicating through the Profibus network; red indicates the node is not communicating through the network; yellow indicates the node is reporting diagnostic information. The controller has not lost communication with the node, but the node may have a problem (see note below).

The absolute encoder buttons normally display yellow at startup, then turn green after approximately one minute. Yellow is normal for emergency-stop (e-stop) conditions.

Press any node button to display a detailed node status pop-up window. Node number Status code

2-24 www.nov.com


Amphion™ Overview

2

Profibus Status Codes Code

Message

0

Node is functioning normally

33

Node is not communicating with the network

36

Node is not configured

45

Dialog software is not memory-resident

47

Invalid board number

93

Driver is not accessible

255

IO_RefreshInput was not executed beforehand

Step 7 Status Choose a tool then press Common Diagnostics --> Step 7 Status to display the Step 7 Status screen.

This screen displays information from programmable logic controllers (PLCs). This Ethernet communication protocol is not used on all communications systems. Press any node to display additional information.

2-25 www.nov.com

2

Amphion™ Overview


Press the status detail box to display the node’s input image.

Press the right arrow to display additional input image information, or press Switch to Output Image to display the same information regarding the node’s output image. Press anywhere outside of the output image display to return to the Step 7 Status screen.

2-26 www.nov.com


Amphion™ Overview

2

Screen Communication Logs

Screen Communication Log troubleshooting screens in this section are intended for use by trained NOV technicians.

Choose a tool then press Common Diagnostics --> Screen Communication Logs to display the main Screen Communication Logs main screen.

Press the buttons along the top of the window to display different communication information (see general descriptions in sections below). Press Close to return to the previous screen.

2-27 www.nov.com

2

Amphion™ Overview


Tool Controllers Press Tool Controllers to display the Tool Controllers Communication Log screen.

Press anywhere inside the Controller box to display additional information.

Amphion software communicates simultaneously with all the tool controllers connected to the network. The Tool Controller Communication Log screen displays basic information about each tool controller, such as the method of communication being used between the controller and the software, and the amount of time the software has been communicating with the tool. Press any communication box to display message information.

2-28 www.nov.com


Amphion™ Overview

2

Press any message to display more detail.

Press Close to close the window.

2-29 www.nov.com

2

Amphion™ Overview


Ownership Press Ownership to display the tool Ownership Communication Log screen.

This window contains information about the tool ownership system, such as a record of the ownership configuration file. Tool ownership is a built-in safety feature, designed to prevent more than one operator from simultaneously controlling a tool. (See section titled "Tool Ownership" on page 2-34.) Press any of the Ownership States boxes to display more detail.


2-30 www.nov.com


Amphion™ Overview

2

HTTP Requests Press HTTP Requests to display the HTTP Request Communication Log window.

This window contains the last several messages passed between the touchscreen software and the tool controllers. Press any message to display more detail.


2-31 www.nov.com

2

Amphion™ Overview


Write Monitor Press Write Monitor to display the Write Monitor Communication Log screen.

This window contains only requests that were used to write commands or data to the tool controllers. Press Close to close the window.

Exceptions Press the Exceptions tab to display the Exceptions Communication Log screen.

This screen contains a list of errors that occurred during applet communications. Press any message to display more detail.

2-32 www.nov.com


Amphion™ Overview

2


2-33 www.nov.com

2

Amphion™ Overview


Tool Ownership This section contains information about Amphion tool ownership, and is intended to provide rig personnel with a basic understanding of the concept of tool ownership and how it affects rig operations. Amphion tools can be controlled from operator workstations using joysticks, discrete switches, and touchscreen controls. For safety reasons, control of most tools is limited to one operator (workstation) at a time. All tools affected by Amphion tool ownership are “owned” by the system at startup. Consequently, before a tool can be controlled from any workstation, the operator must submit an ownership request by pressing the Ownership button located on the tool screen. Once a workstation assumes ownership of a tool, that workstation retains ownership; subsequent ownership requests from other workstations are invalid until ownership is released.

To prevent untimely operation shutdowns due to hardware or power failures that affect workstation controls, the controller releases tool ownership only from those workstations affected by the failure. Hardware or power failures that do not affect tool operation will not cause tool ownership release.

Ownership Controls and Status Where applicable, tool screens contain an Ownership button. The button’s color and text indicates its ownership status.



A green ownership button, displaying the word “Available,” indicates the tool is available for ownership. Your station can assume ownership only if the button is enabled, and the word “Take” appears in black text along the bottom of the button. If the text “Ownership” appears in white, and the button is disabled, your station cannot assume ownership of the tool. If you are unable to take ownership because your station already has ownership of another conflicting tool, the name of that tool appears in white text along the bottom of the button.



An orange ownership button indicates that the tool is currently owned by one of the operators. The text display inside of the button indicates the workstation that currently owns the tool.



A red ownership button indicates an emergency stop is engaged, and the tool is unavailable.

2-34 www.nov.com


Amphion™ Overview

2

Granting and Releasing Ownership Where applicable, before granting tool ownership to a workstation, the controller verifies that the following conditions are met: 

The IP address of the workstation requesting ownership has permission to control the tool (see "Tool Controllers and Security” below).



The tool is not owned by any other workstation.

Once an operator is finished using a specific tool, he or she should release ownership of that tool by pressing the Ownership button again. Alternatively, use the operator workstation control panel’s Tool Ownership - Release All button.

Tool Controllers and Security An Amphion tool controller (sometimes referred to as an “ATC,” or an “SBC”) is an embedded computer designed to run platform-independent software to control machinery in industrial applications. The Amphion tool controller consists of a high-end processor with Ethernet connectivity as the standard communication protocol, with optional Profibus hardware for tool remote I/O communications where necessary. Amphion controllers are traditionally located in safe area MTC cabinets, however certain situations may require that they be installed in hazardous areas. In such cases, the appropriate certification must be obtained, and they must be installed inside approved enclosures. Administrative access to software stored on the tool controller is password protected to prevent accidental modification to tool parameters or settings.

2-35 www.nov.com

2

Amphion™ Overview


Optional Components RigSense and WITS RigSense is a stand-alone drilling instrumentation system used to provide drillers and other key personnel with instant access to critical drilling data. It can display, plot, print, export, and archive up to 255 channels of data, which can be retrieved and viewed over the entire life of the well. RigSense transmits and receives Wellsite Information Transfer Specification (WITS) information. WITS is a communication protocol that enables companies operating different computer systems to share information using a standard format for data transfer. RigSense can easily be tailored to any rig’s requirements, and the data can be viewed in either time- or depth-based format. See the MD Totco RigSense manual for more information.

Simple Data Acquisition (S-DAQ™) S-DAQ gathers data from rig sensors and equipment. Drilling parameters are displayed in realtime, in both analog and digital formats. Each channel can be configured with alarm functions. S-DAQ can apply algorithms to the data, then forward the information to applications such as RigSense™. S-DAQ and RigSense communicate using Ethernet.

System 5 Data Acquisition (V-DAQ™) Data for RigSense is supplied by V-DAQ, which gathers data from sensors and equipment. It can apply algorithms to the data, then forward the information to RigSense. V-DAQ and RigSense communicate using Ethernet.

Electronic Driller System™ (EDS) NOV’s Electronic Driller System is built into the drawworks and Amphion touchscreen control systems. EDS is designed to provide a constant drilling state at the bit, which cannot be achieved using manual or other types of drawworks braking systems. The constant bit state is achieved through closed-loop control of selected primary drilling parameters (such as weight on bit or delta pressure), and the ability to regulate the disc brake for continuous feed of the drill line. Continuously running secondary control parameters (rate of penetration and torque) provide additional control necessary for a steady state during unexpected events, such as a drilling break or stick-slip situation. The driller can activate modes through the touchscreens, and adjust individual parameter setpoints.

See product-specific NOV EDS documentation, and Chapter 7, titled "Drawworks“for more information.

2-36 www.nov.com


Alarms and Events

3

This chapter contains examples of Amphion operator interface screens and controls, and may or may not represent your particular rig configuration.

System Alarms The navigation menu bar’s Alarms button flashes red when there is at least one active and unacknowledged alarm. The button displays solid red when there is at least one active, but already acknowledged, alarm. Otherwise, the button displays solid blue. When an alarm is triggered (and unacknowledged), the Alarms button flashes red on both the navigation menu and tool menu (for tools that have an active alarm) as shown here. Flashing Red = Active/Unacknowledged Solid Red = Active/Acknowledged

Tool menu Alarms button Navigation menu Alarms button


3


Alarms and Events

Press Alarms on the navigation menu to display the Alarms Menu. Flashing red tool buttons indicate an active and unacknowledged alarm; solid red indicates an active, but acknowledged alarm for that tool. Tools that have no active or unacknowledged alarms display solid blue.

Active/unacknowledged alarm (flashing red)

Alarms Menu

3-2 www.nov.com


Alarms and Events

3

Press to select a tool from the Alarms Menu, or choose a tool, and select Alarms to display the Alarm Messages window.

The alarm system displays and stores the most recent 200 alarms for the currently-selected tool.

! All alarm data clears when electrical power is removed from the control system.

Alarm Message Display 

Red line items indicate that the alarm condition is active, and the alarm itself has not been acknowledged.



Yellow line items indicate that the alarm was acknowledged, but the alarm condition has not been corrected.



Orange line items indicate that the alarm condition was corrected, but has not been acknowledged.



Grey historical line items indicate that the alarm was acknowledged, and the condition causing the alarm state was corrected.



Blue line items are events of interest that have occurred, but do not indicate an alarm condition.

3-3 www.nov.com

3

Alarms and Events


Alarm and Event Sort The alarms display (Default Sort) in the following order: 1. Unacknowledged/active alarms 2. Unacknowledged/inactive alarms 3. Acknowledged/active alarms 4. Acknowledged/inactive alarms 5. Events Within each category, the alarms are sorted by: 1. Active Date (the date and time the alarm was triggered) 2. Inactive Date (the date and time the alarm condition was corrected) 3. Description (alphabetically by description) Press any of the Sort buttons (located along the top of the screen) to sort by description, active date, or inactive date. 

The Description column displays a general description of the alarm.



The Active Date column displays the date and time the alarm was triggered.



The Inactive Date column displays the date and time the alarm was cleared.



The Acknowledged column displays the date and time the alarm was acknowledged.

Alarm Acknowledgement and Detail Press the Acknowledge Page button (located on the sort bar along the top of the Alarms screen) to acknowledge all alarms currently displayed on the screen. Press any individual alarm to display more detail.

3-4 www.nov.com


Alarms and Events

3

The alarm detail includes an alarm ID, a description of the alarm condition, the date and time that the alarm was tripped, cleared, and acknowledged, as well as its group, priority, and status. The alarm shown here has not been acknowledged. Press Acknowledge to do so, then press Close. The alarm displays yellow to indicate that it has been acknowledged (however, the alarm condition remains active). Press the yellow alarm line item again to view its details if necessary.

Press Close to return to the Alarms window.

3-5 www.nov.com

3

Alarms and Events


Alarm Setup

Depending on your particular rig configuration, alarms can be set for certain items on some tool screens. See toolspecific chapters to determine whether a particular tool screen offers this feature.

Certain tool screens may contain gauges, bar graphs, or digital readings that have alarm setup capabilities. This depends on your specific rig configuration. Press the gauge, bar graph, or digital reading to display the Alarm Configuration pop-up window.

You can set four alarm levels: high-high, high, low, or low-low. Press Change Level to display the pop-up keypad. Define the alarm value, then press Set to close the keypad. Click Enable or Disable to turn the alarm on or off. Press the description’s Change button to display the keyboard pop-up window. Type a brief description of the alarm into the space provided, then press Enter to close the keyboard. Press Close to close the Alarm Configuration pop-up window and save the values. Press Turn Beeper Off to disengage the alarm horn inside the cabin. It is activated when the alarm level reaches high-high or low-low.

3-6 www.nov.com


Alarms and Events

3

Alarm Displays Alarms display on the operator screen. For example, when the reading on a gauge reaches the user-defined high alarm level (but remains below the high-high range), the graph or gauge background displays yellow.

The same is true if the reading reaches the low range (but remains above the low-low range). If the reading reaches the user-defined high-high range, or falls into the low-low range, the background displays red, and the touchscreen computer (or HMI) beeps.

Alarm Sounds Press the gauge, bar graph, or digital reading to display the Alarm Configuration pop-up window. Disable the beeper by pressing the Turn Beeper Off button.

3-7 www.nov.com

3

Alarms and Events


3-8 www.nov.com


Cathead

4

Operator Screen Press Driller Tools --> Cathead to display the Cathead operator screen.

Tool Ownership Assume ownership of the cathead to enable controls. See section titled "Tool Ownership" on page 2-34.

Status Displays The left side of the operator screen contains vertical realtime Torque and Pull Force graphs. Digital readings are represented by green or blue bars that rise and fall to indicate the current values. Black markers indicate the current user-defined setpoint values. See section titled "Defining Tong Length" on page 4-3.


4

Cathead


Cathead Selection Press Select Cathead and then press Make Up or Break Out.

A green backlight marks the current selection. Press Ok to return to the operator screen.

Stream Controls Press the Stream Controls - Pay or Pull button to define the direction of the cathead.

This function may also be controlled using the Cathead - Release/Pull left joystick.

4-2 www.nov.com


Cathead

4

Slow Mode Press the Slow Mode button to operate the cathead at a slower speed during pull-in operations. Slow mode has no effect on pay-out operations; it is automatically energized during the first second to prevent the line from snapping (due to tension being released too quickly) then deenergized to allow pay out at normal speed.

The Slow Speed status display located along the top right of the screen displays if the mode is active (Slow) or inactive (Normal).

Messages Operator messages display along the bottom of the screen.

Defining Tong Length Press Tong Length to display its keypad pop-up window.

Define the tong length value, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad.

4-3 www.nov.com

4

Cathead


Defining Torque Setpoint

Define the tong length value before defining the torque setpoint value.

Press Torque to display its keypad pop-up window.

Define the torque setpoint value, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad. Use the arrow up or down keys to adjust the setpoint value as needed. See the section titled "Operator Screen" on page 4-1.

Pull Force The current Pull Force Setpoint and Pull Force values display at the top right of the screen. The system calculates the Pull Force Setpoint value, dividing the torque setpoint by the tong length to define the appropriate hydraulic pressure required to achieve the specified line pull value.

If the operator presses Pull before the closed loop control system reaches the appropriate pressure value, an interlock message displays (“pressure setpoint not reached”). Once the pressure setpoint is reached, the interlock clears, and the pull can continue normally. During the actual pull operation, the pressure output is static, so the loop is inactive.

4-4 www.nov.com


Cathead

4

Cathead Tool Menu Press the Cathead button, located on the main menu bar, to display the Cathead tool menu.




See section titled "Operator Screen" on page 4-1.

4-5 www.nov.com

4

Cathead


4-6 www.nov.com


Chair (Workstation)

5

Workstation Status Screen Press Driller Tools --> Chair to display the driller’s Chair Status screen.

Tool Signals A green tool background indicates that the operator has ownership of the tool (as shown here).

Green tool signals indicate the current tool operation or the position of the switch or joystick. When the operator is not actuating the switch or button, the signal display is grey.


5

Chair (Workstation)


Green signal displays also confirm that the signal from the discrete switch to the workstation’s remote I/O and tool controller was successfully received. Failure to display green when the workstation’s switch or button is actuated indicates a faulty switch or I/O point.

See section titled "Operator Workstation" on page 2-3 for information about workstation controls.

Joystick Status A green joystick background indicates that the joystick is in use (as shown here).

The yellow indicator on the graphs display the current position of the right joystick. If the display does not depict the correct position (for example, if the joystick is pressed forward, but the yellow indicator is not at the top of the y-axis), recalibrate the joystick. (See section titled "Joystick Calibration" on page 5-9.) Green JS Buttons display indicates that the associated button on the joystick is depressed; grey indicates an idle state.

The left joystick’s Plus and Minus buttons display green to indicate joystick movement; grey indicates an idle state. The Deadman button displays green to indicate that the Deadman is engaged; grey indicates an idle state.

5-2 www.nov.com


Chair (Workstation)

5

Chair Status



PS - 24 V DC (1 and 2): Green indicates that the 24-volt DC power supplies are working properly; red indicates a fault state.



Ethernet Switch (1 and 2): Green indicates that the Ethernet switches are communicating properly; red indicates a fault state.

Left Panel Switches and Buttons The TDS and ADS status display buttons are located on the left side of the Chair Status screen. Their controlling switches and buttons are located on the left panel of the driller chair.

Status lights display green to indicate the current selection. The background will display green if it is owned; grey indicates it is not owned by the driller.

5-3 www.nov.com

5

Chair (Workstation)


Deadman Override

The Deadman Override, located in the middle of the screen, is a back up to the deadman switch on the joystick.

Ownership Release The Ownership - Release All display is located in the bottom right corner of the Chair Status screen.

The Ownership - Release All indicator displays green when the Ownership - Release All button is pressed on the right panel of the driller’s chair; otherwise, it displays grey. See section titled "Granting and Releasing Ownership" on page 2-35.

Encoder Status Displays The current encoder count status displays are located at the top of the Chair Status screen.

Digital displays show the encoder counts for the mud pumps, top drive, and rotary table. The background will display green if it is owned; grey indicates it is not owned by the driller.


5-4 www.nov.com


Chair (Workstation)

5

Chair Tool Menu Press the Chair button, located on the main menu bar, to display the workstation menu.




See section titled "Calibration" on page 5-9.

See section titled "Status" on page 5-6.

See section titled "Workstation Status Screen" on page 5-1.

5-5 www.nov.com

5

Chair (Workstation)


Status Press Chair --> Status to display the Status menu.

Multi-Tool Controller (MTC) Status Press Chair --> Status --> MTC Status to display the default LER MTC Status screen.

The default screen is related to the local electrical room (LER). 

HVAC Purge Loss: Red indicates a HVAC purge loss alarm is active; green indicates a normal state.



Pipecat OLM Fault: Red indicates a communication fault with the OLM; green indicates a normal state. See Chapter 6, titled "Catwalk."



Ethernet Switches (#1-3): Green indicates that the Ethernet switches and converters are communicating properly; red indicates a fault state.



PS - 24 V DC (1-5): Green indicates that the 24-volt DC power supplies are working properly; red indicates a fault state.

5-6 www.nov.com


Chair (Workstation)

5

Press the PS MTC button located in the upper right to display the Power System MTC Status screen.



Drawworks OLM: Green indicates proper communication with the OLM; red indicates a fault state.



Ethernet Switches (#1-5): Green indicates that the Ethernet switches and converters are communicating properly; red indicates a fault state.



PS - 24 V DC (1-5): Green indicates that the 24-volt DC power supplies are working properly; red indicates a fault state.



Converters (Mud Pumps, RigSense, and SDAQ): Green indicates that the converters are communicating properly; red indicates a fault state.

5-7 www.nov.com

5

Chair (Workstation)


Emergency Stop (E-Stop) Status Press Chair --> Status --> EStop Status to display the EStop Status screen.

Red displays indicate the emergency stop is engaged; green indicates the emergency stop is not engaged. The text next to the display indicates the emergency stop type and location.

5-8 www.nov.com


Chair (Workstation)

5

Calibration Press Chair --> Calibration to display the Calibration menu.

Joystick Calibration Press Chair --> Calibration --> Joystick Calib to display the Joystick Calibration screen.

Left Joystick (Tugger) Press the Calibrate - Start button to begin. The joystick remains in calibration mode for 20 seconds. Start with the joystick in the center (resting) position. Move the joystick through its full range of motion during the 20-second period. The Success light displays green to indicate a successful calibration. The Failure light displays red to indicate a failed calibration. Repeat the procedure until calibration is successful.

5-9 www.nov.com

5


Chair (Workstation)

Right Joystick (Drawworks) Press the Calibrate - Start button to begin. The joystick remains in calibration mode for 20 seconds. Start with the joystick in the center (resting) position, and verify that the yellow on-screen indicator is located in the center of the X and Y axes (as shown above). Move the joystick through its full range of motion during the 20second period. The Success light displays green to indicate a successful calibration. The Failure light displays red to indicate a failed calibration. Repeat the procedure until calibration is successful.

Hookload Gauge Calibration Press Chair --> Calibration --> Hookload Gauge Calib to display the Hookload Gauge Calibration screen.

! This process calibrates the value displayed on the operator workstation’s hookload gauge. It does not affect calibration of the hookload sensors themselves. Use this calibration procedure only if the workstation gauge does not correspond to the values displayed on the Drawworks screen. See Chapter 7, titled "Drawworks.”

Press Start Calibration to start the hookload gauge calibration process. Follow the screen prompt to complete the calibration process. Press Reject to stop the calibration process.

5-10 www.nov.com


Chair (Workstation)

5

Calibration Status Displays The calibration status displays are located at the top left of the Hookload Gauge Calibration screen.

Status indicators display the following information: 

Calibration Active: Blue indicates calibration is active; grey indicates calibration is not active.



Calibration Suceeded: Green indicates calibration succeeded; grey indicates calibration has not succeeded.



Calibration Aborted: Red indicates calibration has aborted; grey indicates calibration has not aborted.

5-11 www.nov.com

5

Chair (Workstation)


5-12 www.nov.com


Catwalk

6

Operator Screen

This chapter of the manual contains some references to "PipeCatTM;" however, the Catwalk is the tool that is implied.

Press Driller Tools --> Catwalk to display the Pipe Cat Status and Information Screen.

Tool Ownership The driller cannot take ownership of the Catwalk. Only a local control station or radio station can take ownership.


6

Catwalk


Status Displays All information on the Pipe Cat Status and Information Screen is display-only. Current status indicators display along the left side of the screen.

Status displays indicate the current state for each of the following: 

Home Prox (Skate and Trough): Displays green to indicate that it is in the home or parked position; grey to indicate it is not seen in the home or parked position.



Safety Curtain (DS and ODS): Displays green to indicate there is nothing impeding the curtain; red to indicate there is something impeding the curtain.



OLM Fault: Displays red to indicate a failure to communicate to the OLM; grey to indicate no active fault.



HPU Running (1 and 2): Displays green to indicate the HPU is running; grey to indicate the HPU is not running.



Oil Cooler Fan Running: Displays green to indicate the oil cooler fan is running; grey to indicate the oil cooler fan is not running.

6-2 www.nov.com


Catwalk

6

Digital Feedback Displays Current digital feedback readings display along the right side of the screen.

Digital readings display the following information: 

Trough Winch Pressure: Displays the current pressure at the winch.



Hydraulic Tank Temperature: Displays the current hydraulic tank temperature.



HPU Pressure (1 and 2): Displays the current HPU pressure.



Winch Encoder Position: Displays the current position of the encoder.



Trough Setpoint Position: Displays the current trough stopping position.



Pipe Cat Cycle Count: Displays the current count the Catwalk has been run up and down.


6-3 www.nov.com

6

Catwalk


Local Control Station The local control station is located by the HPUs, and it is used to control the Catwalk. The current status of Catwalk controls is displayed on the Catwalk local control station or radio station.

Buttons, joysticks, and toggle switches are used to control the Catwalk. The current status of the Catwalk controls can also be seen on the Pipe Cat Status and Information Screen. See section titled "Operator Screen" on page 6-1.

Emergency Stop The PipeCat Emergency Stop button is located at the top left of the local control station.

Press the pipecat emergency stop button to stop Catwalk operation. To remove the Catwalk from emergency stop mode, press and turn the button until it pops out.

Ownership The Ownership button is located at the top left of the local control station.



Take/Release: Press the button to take or release control of the Catwalk. Displays green to indicate that ownership has been taken by the local station; grey indicates the local station does not have ownership of the Catwalk.



Available: Displays green to indicate the tool is available for ownership; grey indicates it is not available.

6-4 www.nov.com


Catwalk

6

Interlock The Interlock toggle switch is located at the top center of the local control station.



Override/Reset/Lamp Test: Move the toggle switch left to override or reset controls, or move the toggle switch right to conduct a lamp test. The toggle switch must be held to the right for five seconds before the lamp test will be performed.



Alarm: Displays red to indicate an active alarm; grey indicates there is no active alarm. If there is an active alarm, check the messages displayed at the bottom of the Pipe Cat Status and Information Screen. See section titled "Operator Screen" on page 6-1.

Tool On The Tool On button is located at the top center of the local control station.

Press the Tool On button to turn the Catwalk on. A green display indicates the tool is on; grey indicates the Catwalk is not on. The operator must have ownership of the Catwalk before this button can be used to turn the tool on.

6-5 www.nov.com

6

Catwalk


HPU (#1 and #2) The HPU toggle switches are located at the top right of the local control station.



Hand/Off/Auto: Move the toggle switch left to place the HPU in hand control, move the toggle switch center to turn off control power, or move the toggle switch right to place the HPU in auto control.



Run: Displays green to indicate the HPU is running; grey indicates the HPU is not running.

Trough Setpoint The Trough Setpoint button is located at the top right of the local control station.

Press the Trough Setpoint button to define the setpoint. To reset the trough setpoint, activate and hold the Override switch to bypass the previous setpoint, move the trough to the new location, and reset the value.

Trough Lift The Trough Lift joystick is located at the bottom left of the local control station.

Toggle the joystick up to lift the trough up or toggle the joystick down to lower the trough. The input from the joystick is proportional; a small movement of the joystick will generate a slow movement in the trough.

6-6 www.nov.com


Catwalk

6

Skate The Skate joystick is located at the bottom left of the local control station.

Toggle the joystick up to move the skate forward or toggle the joystick down to move the skate back. The input from the joystick is proportional; a small movement of the joystick will generate a slow movement in the skate.

Piperack The Piperack button is located at the bottom right of the local control station.



Setup: Press the Setup button to enable individual adjustment of the load arm vdoor, middle, or flare through the use of the Driller and Off Driller Side toggle switches. See section titled "Driller and Off Driller Side" on page 6-8.



Mode: Displays green to indicate piperack setup mode is active; grey indicates piperack setup mode is not active.

6-7 www.nov.com

6

Catwalk


Driller and Off Driller Side The Driller and Off Driller Side toggle switches are located at the bottom center of the local control station.

When not in Piperack Setup mode: 

Load Arms (Up/Down) for Load Arm V-Door: Move the toggle switch left to move the arms up, or move the toggle switch right to move the arms down.



Index (In/Out) for Load Arm Middle: Move the toggle switch left to tilt the indexes in, or move the toggle switch right to tilt the indexes out.



Kicker (Up/Down) for Load Arm Flare: Move the toggle switch left to move the kickers up, or move the toggle switch right to move the kickers down.

When Piperack Setup mode is active: 

Load Arms (Up/Down) for Load Arm V-Door: Move the toggle switch left to move the load arm v-door arm up, or move the toggle switch right to move the load arm vdoor arm down.



Index (In/Out) for Load Arm Middle: Move the toggle switch left to tilt the load arm middle index in, or move the toggle switch right to tilt the load arm middle index out.



Kicker (Up/Down) for Load Arm Flare: Move the toggle switch left to move the load arm flare kicker up, or move the toggle switch right to move the load arm flare kicker down.

Safety Pin The Safety Pin toggle switch is located at the bottom right of the local control station.

Move the toggle switch left to move all safety pins up, or move the toggle switch right to move all safety pins down. This action can only be accomplished while the trough is fully lowered.

6-8 www.nov.com


Catwalk

6

HPU Oil Cooler The HPU Oil Cooler toggle switch is located at the bottom right of the local control station.

Move the toggle switch left to place the HPU oil cooler in hand control, move the toggle switch center to turn off control power, or move the toggle switch right to place the HPU oil cooler in auto control.

Radio Station The radio station is a remote control, and it is used to control the Catwalk. The current status of Catwalk controls is displayed on the Catwalk radio station or local control station.

Buttons and toggle switches are used to control the Catwalk. The current status of the Catwalk controls can also be seen on the Pipe Cat Status and Information Screen. See section titled "Operator Screen" on page 6-1.

6-9 www.nov.com

6

Catwalk


Pipe Rack Setup The Pipe Rack Setup button is located at the top left of the radio station.

Press the button to enable individual adjustment of the load arm v-door, middle, or flare.

ESD The Emergency Stop button indicator is located at the top left of the radio station.

Press the ESD button to stop Catwalk operation. To remove the Catwalk from emergency stop mode, press and turn the button until it pops out.

6-10 www.nov.com


Catwalk

6

Pipe Rack (Off Driller and Driller Side) The Pipe Rack toggle switches are located at the top center of the radio station.

Toggle switches are used to control each of the following when not in Pipe Rack Setup mode: 

Trough Lift (Up/Down) for V-Door: Move the toggle switch up to move the trough up, or move the toggle switch down to move the trough down.



Index (In/Out) for Mid: Move the toggle switch up to tilt the indexes in, or move the toggle switch down to tilt the indexes out.



Kicker (Up/Down) for Flare: Move the toggle switch up to move the kickers up, or move the toggle switch down to move the kickers down.



Skate (Forward/Back) for Flare: Move the toggle switch up to move the skate forward, or move the toggle switch down to move the skate back.

Toggle switches are used to control each of the following when Pipe Rack Setup mode is active: 

Trough Lift (Up/Down) for V-Door: Move the toggle switch up to move the v-door trough up, or move the toggle switch down to move the v-door trough down.



Index (In/Out) for Mid: Move the toggle switch up to tilt the mid index in, or move the toggle switch down to tilt the mid index out.



Kicker (Up/Down) for Flare: Move the toggle switch up to move the flare kicker up, or move the toggle switch down to move the flare kicker down.



Skate (Forward/Back) for Flare: Move the toggle switch up to move the flare skate forward, or move the toggle switch down to move the flare skate back.

6-11 www.nov.com

6

Catwalk


Trough Setpoint The Trough Setpoint button is located at the top right of the radio station.

Press the Trough Setpoint button to define the setpoint. To reset the trough setpoint, activate and hold the Interlock Reset button to bypass the previous setpoint, move the trough to the new location, and reset the value.

Interlock Reset The Interlock Reset button is located at the top right of the radio station.

Press the Interlock Reset button to reset the interlock.

System Start The System Start button is located at the bottom left of the radio station.

Press the System Start button to start the HPUs.

6-12 www.nov.com


Catwalk

6

Safety Pins The Safety Pins toggle switch is located at the bottom left of the radio station.

Move the toggle switch up to move all safety pins up, or move the toggle switch down to move all safety pins down. This action can only be accomplished while the trough is fully lowered.

Status Displays All information on the status indicators is display-only. Current status indicators display along the bottom right of the radio station.


Tool On: Displays green to indicate that the Catwalk is on; grey to indicate the Catwalk is not on.



Pipe Rack Setup: Displays red to indicate the pipe rack setup mode is active; grey to indicate pipe rack setup mode is not active.



HPU #1: Displays green to indicate HPU #1 is running; grey to indicate HPU #1 is not running.



HPU #2: Displays green to indicate HPU #2 is running; grey to indicate HPU #2 is not running.



Hydr Press: Displays red to indicate an active hydraulic pressure alarm; grey to indicate there is no hydraulic pressure alarm.



Interlock: Displays red to indicate there is an active interlock; grey to indicate there are no active interlocks.



Battery: Displays green to indicate good battery life; red to indicate battery needs to be changed soon; grey to indicate battery is dead or that the radio station is off.

6-13 www.nov.com

6

Catwalk


Off/On The Off/On key is located at the bottom right of the radio station.

Move the key away from the operator to turn the radio station on, or move the key towards the operator to turn the radio station off. Turning on the radio station initiates ownership of the Catwalk and conducts a lamp test of the radio station.

6-14 www.nov.com


Catwalk

6

Catwalk Tool Menu Press the Catwalk button, located on the main menu bar, to display the Catwalk tool menu.




See section titled "Operator Screen" on page 6-1.”

6-15 www.nov.com

6

Catwalk


6-16 www.nov.com


Drawworks

7

Tripping and Drilling The left side of both the Drawworks Tripping and Drawworks Drilling screens contain many common components, with a few exceptions. Components for both screens are addressed here. Press Driller Tools --> Drawworks to display the (default) Drawworks Tripping screen.


7

Drawworks


Press Drawworks --> Operator --> Drilling to display the Drawworks Drilling screen. See the section titled "Drawworks Tool Menu" on page 7-33.

Tool Ownership Assume ownership of the drawworks from the Drawworks Tripping screen.

Messages Operator messages display along the bottom of the Tripping and Drilling screens.

Hook Load Reading The current hook load weight displays on the upper left side of the Drawworks Drilling and Drawworks Tripping screens.

7-2 www.nov.com


Drawworks

7

Fault and Status Displays The right side of the Drawworks Tripping and Drilling screens contain status displays.


E-Stop: Red indicates a category 0 emergency stop is detected; grey indicates an idle or normal state.



CAT2 Stop: Red indicates a category 2 emergency stop is detected; grey indicates an idle or normal state.



Soft Trip: Red indicates a drawworks soft trip is detected; grey indicates an idle or normal state.



Chair System: Red indicates a fault is detected with the workstation controls; grey indicates an idle or normal state.



Drive System: Red indicates a fault is detected in the drive system; grey indicates an idle or normal state.



Brake System: Red indicates a fault is detected in the brake system; grey indicates an idle or normal state.



Other Alarms: Red indicates an auxiliary fault; grey indicates an idle or normal state.



Override: Red indicates the override is engaged; grey indicates an idle or normal state. There is an Override button located on the lower left panel on the driller’s chair. Pushing and holding the Override button will shut down all power.



Power Limit: Red indicates the drawworks variable frequency drives (VFDs) and motors reached a predefined power limit value; grey indicates power limit is not and was not active; yellow indicates it was active and now is no longer active. See Chapter 11, titled "Power System."

7-3 www.nov.com

7

Drawworks


Brake Pressure Displays

See section titled "Alarm Definitions" on page 7-59, and Chapter 3, titled "Alarms and Events.”

The parking brake graph is located on the upper right of the Tripping and Drilling screens and displays current pressure.

A yellow bar rises and falls to show brake pressure feedback. A digital reading displays the brake pressure to the right of the graph.

7-4 www.nov.com


Drawworks

7

Parking Brake Controls This function is controlled using the driller chair’s lower left control panel parking brake discrete switch (Off/Auto or On).

Parking Brake

7-5 www.nov.com

7


Drawworks

Derrick Graphics The Drawworks Tripping screen derrick graphic contains markers for both high and low travel limits and stops. The Drawworks Drilling screen graphic also contains markers for high travel limits, and a yellow drill stop point marker (low travel stops are not marked).

High travel limit High travel stop

Block and elevator positions Low travel stop Low travel limit Tripping screen

Drill stop point Drilling screen

7-6 www.nov.com


Drawworks

7

Block and Elevator Height Displays The Top of Block and the Elevator Position readings display to the right of the derrick graphic on both the Drawworks Tripping and Drawworks Drilling screens.

Red block and elevator position backgrounds indicate that the block requires calibration. White indicates the system is calibrated and accurate. See section titled "Block and Elevator Position Calibration" on page 7-46.

Defining Block Travel Limit and Stop Values The Drawworks Tripping screen contains controls for defining block travel limits and stops. The Drawworks Drilling screen displays the high travel user-defined values; however, they can only be changed at the Drawworks Tripping screen. The Drawworks Drilling screen does not display low travel values. See section titled "Defining the Drill Stop Point Value" on page 7-9.

High Travel Limit and Stop Press High Travel Limit or High Travel Stop to display the appropriate keypad.

Highest block height

High block stop point

7-7 www.nov.com

7


Drawworks

Use the high travel limit keypad to define the maximum block height value, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad. Use the high travel stop keypad to define the high travel stop value. The block stops here before reaching its maximum travel limit. Press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad. To continue travel to the high travel limit after stopping at the high travel stop, zero the joystick (return to home position), then move the joystick again in the hoist direction.

Low Travel Limit and Stop Press Low Travel Limit or Low Travel Stop to display the appropriate keypad.

Lowest block height

Low block stop point

Use the low travel limit keypad to define the lowest possible block height value, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad. Use the low travel stop keypad to define the low travel stop value. The block stops here before reaching its low travel limit. Press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad. To continue travel to the low travel limit after stopping at the low travel stop, zero the joystick (return to home position), then move the joystick again in the lower direction. Pressing the Drawworks Override button may be required to go further than the low travel limit.

! Pressing the Drawworks Override button could cause equipment damage.

7-8 www.nov.com


Drawworks

7

Defining the Drill Stop Point Value At the Drawworks Drilling screen, press Drill Stop Point to display its keypad.

Use the drill stop point keypad to define a drill stop point value. Enter a negative value to allow the elevators to travel below the drill floor, and the Link Tilt feature of the top drive to be used. When the links are fully retracted (in Drill mode), the top drive elevators are raised several feet above their normal (Float) position. The blocks are then able to travel to a lower position before the elevators come in contact with the drill floor. Enter a positive value if the elevators are not retracted. Press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad.

7-9 www.nov.com

7

Drawworks


Defining Maximum Block Speeds At the Drawworks Tripping screen, press Max Hoist Speed or Max Lower Speed to display its keypad.

Define maximum speed values, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad. Markers on the hoist gauge indicate active speed limits.

The maximum hoisting and lowering speed values are limited by the number of lines strung. Other system constraints (such as hook load) can limit travel speeds.

7-10 www.nov.com


Drawworks

7

Lowering and Hoisting Controls This function is located beside the driller’s workstation right control panel. It is controlled by moving the drawworks joystick forward (Lower) or backward (Hoist).

The joystick can control the drawworks, depending on tool ownership. See section titled "Tool Ownership" on page 2-34 for more information.

7-11 www.nov.com

7

Drawworks


Defining Hook Load Limits Use the max pull limit controls on the Tripping screen to define a maximum hook load weight for the drawworks. The value set here depends upon the operation being performed. This value is used to calculate a velocity limit during hoisting. The actual measured hook load during hoisting operations may be slightly higher or lower than the value entered, as the measurement is taken at one end (deadline).

The velocity limit does not override the deceleration rates of the system. Therefore, if the limit is reached and the system is moving fast, it decelerates according to the calculated deceleration rate. This could cause a large overshoot of the entered hook load value. Use caution when running in tight formation. This protection cannot prevent against over-pull in every situation. It is ultimately the driller’s responsibility to prevent over-pull.

Press Load Limits located on the top center of the Tripping screen to display the Hook Load Limits screen.

Hook Load Limits controls and values are available only on the Tripping screen.

7-12 www.nov.com


Drawworks

7

Defining Max Pull Limit Press Max Pull to display its keypad.

Define a maximum pull limit value for the drawworks, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad.

Max Pull Limit controls and values are available only on the Tripping screen.

7-13 www.nov.com

7

Drawworks


Defining Minimum Pull Limit Press Minimum to display its keypad.

Define a minimum hook load limit value for the drawworks, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad.

Minimum Pull Limit controls and values are available only on the Tripping screen.

7-14 www.nov.com


Drawworks

7

Defining Drag Limit Press Drag Limit to display its keypad. The drag control screen can also be accessed by pressing the Drag button located in the upper left side of the Tripping screen.

Define a drag limit value for the drawworks, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad.

Drag Limit controls and values are available only on the Tripping screen.

Press Ok on the Hook Load Limits screen to return to the Drawworks Tripping screen.

Hook Load Limit Displays The current hook load limits display at the top center of the Tripping screen.

The digital hook load limits are display only.

7-15 www.nov.com

7

Drawworks


Defining the Drawworks Mode Mode Select At the Drawworks Tripping screen, press Mode to display the automated drawworks system Mode Select window.

Press Mode Select to select a mode. Press Close to return to the Tripping screen. A green backlight indicates the current selection. 

Normal: Used to operate the drawworks at 100% of the maximum speed.



Slow: Used to operate the drawworks at 10% of the user-defined maximum speed. See section titled "Defining Maximum Block Speeds" on page 7-10. Slow mode can also be activated or de-activated by pressing the Slow Mode button on the Drilling and Tripping screens.



Brake Only: Used in power loss situations. Allows free spooling of the drill line and limits operation of the drawworks to brake use only, at the user-defined maximum speed. Mode will display Brake Only on the Drilling and Tripping screens.



Slip & Cut: Permits drilling line to be slipped to a new position and cut. See section titled "Slip & Cut" on page 7-17.

Max Slow Speed Press Max Slow Speed to display its keypad.

Define a maximum slow speed for the drawworks, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad. Press OK to return to the Tripping screen.

7-16 www.nov.com


Drawworks

7

Slow Mode The slow mode button is located on the left side of the Drilling and Tripping screens.

Press the Slow Mode button to activate and de-activate the slow mode. When in slow mode, the background will flash yellow and the Mode digital display will read Slow.

Slip & Cut While this mode is active, the drum speed is limited to the user-defined value (maximum drum spool speed), and all position-based limits and safeties are disabled. In other words, this mode allows free spooling of the drill line and block without position protection. All brake functions are normal.

Slip & Cut mode bypasses High and Low Travel Limit settings, allowing free movement of the block without position protection. Potential damage to equipment or injury to personnel exists. Exercise extreme caution in this mode.

1. Ensure that motors are assigned and auxiliaries are turned on. 2. Press to select Slip & Cut mode to display the Confirm Slip & Cut Operation popup window.

7-17 www.nov.com

7

Drawworks


3. Press Yes! Start Slip & Cut from Local Station to display the Slip & Cut Control screen (see below). Alternatively, press No to abort the procedure and return to the previous screen.

Slip & Cut cannot be performed from the Driller Chair. It must be performed from the local station.

4. Press the RPM button to display the maximum drum speed keypad.

7-18 www.nov.com


Drawworks

7

5. Define a maximum drum revolution speed value using the keypad, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad. 6. After closing the keypad, the following pop-up window appears:

7. Press Transfer To Local to request that control be transferred to the local control station.

7-19 www.nov.com

7

Drawworks


The Local Station indicator flashes green when the transfer request is received, and displays solid green when accepted.

8. From the local control station, turn the switch to Local to accept the transfer request. 9. Perform the necessary slip and cut operations, then request that control be returned to the driller by turning the switch mounted on the local control panel to Driller’s Control.

10. Press Accept Control from the operator workstation touchscreen. The indicator flashes green until the operator accepts the transfer.

7-20 www.nov.com


Drawworks

7

11. Press Close. The drawworks mode resets to Normal. Press Mode Select again to display the drawworks Mode Select pop-up window (see section titled "Mode Select" on page 7-16) to select another mode.

! Perform a full block calibration after each slip & cut operation. See section titled "Block and Elevator Position Calibration" on page 7-46.

7-21 www.nov.com

7

Drawworks


Drag, Drag limit, and % Drag Press Drag in the upper left side of the Tripping screen to display its control screen.



Press Bridge Protection - Off or On to activate or de-activate the bridge protection. A green backlight displays the current selection. When the bridge protection is on, the % Drag graph will be displayed on the Drilling and Tripping screens. See section titled "Tripping and Drilling" on page 7-1.



Press the Zero Drag button to automatically reduce the drag limit to zero.



Press the Drag Limit button to display its keypad. The drag keypad can also be accessed by pressing the Load Limits button located on the Tripping screen.

Define a max drag limit, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad. Press OK to return to the Tripping screen.

7-22 www.nov.com


Drawworks

7

The % Drag graph is located on the left side of the Tripping and Drilling screens. The vertical graph marks the feedback for drag percentage. The bridge protection must be On for the % Drag graph to be displayed.


Graph Bar: Displays green when the drag is enabled and there is no warning.



Graph Bar: Displays yellow when the drag is enabled and there is an exceeding limit warning.



Graph Bar: Displays red when the drag is enabled and is exceeding the limit.



Enabled: Displays green to indicate the drag is enabled; grey to indicate the drag is disabled.

BOP Interlock The BOP Interlock button is located along the top portion of the Drawworks Drilling and Tripping screens. Press the BOP Interlock button to temporarily override the BOP.

The BOP Interlock status displays the current status, Normal, Overridden, or Inhibit.

Standpipe The current Standpipe psi is displayed on the upper right of the Drilling and Tripping screens.

The standpipe psi is display only.

7-23 www.nov.com

7

Drawworks


Park Status The current Park Status is displayed in the upper right corner of the Drilling and Tripping screens.

The park status is display only.

Lowering and Hoisting Rate The lowering and hoisting gauge displays the block’s lowering or hoisting rate. The user-defined maximum hoist and lower speed markers indicate the current speed limit.

See section titled "Defining Maximum Block Speeds" on page 7-10.

The lowering and hoisting gauge displays only on the Drawworks Tripping screen.

7-24 www.nov.com


Drawworks

7

Autodrill Mode Autodrill mode launches (and allows operation of the drawworks through) the Electronic Driller SystemTM (EDS) application.

Activating the Electronic Driller System 1. At the Drawworks Drilling screen, press the AutoDrill button to turn autodrill on while the parking brake is engaged. See section titled "Parking Brake Controls" on page 7-5.

The Autodrill status reading changes from Off to Ready. Press Close to return to the Drawworks Drilling screen. Press the AutoDrill button again to turn autodrill mode off. 2. Manually release the parking brake. Once torque transfer completes, autodrill begins running, and the autodrill status changes to On.

During manual drilling operations, the rate of penetration (ROP) value is zero. If Autodrill is active, but there is no movement, ensure that the ROP setpoint value is acceptable, and the user-defined number of lines strung is correct. See section titled "Defining Parameter Setpoint Values" on page 7-27, and section titled "Block and Elevator Position Calibration" on page 7-46.

7-25 www.nov.com

7

Drawworks


Activating or De-activating Autodrill Parameters Press the colored WOB (Weight On Bit), Torque, or Delta P (Pressure) buttons to activate or deactivate a parameter. A light blue highlight around the button indicates it is active.

ROP is active by default when autodrill mode is turned on.

Digital readings display above each parameter’s vertical graph. Black markers on the graphs mark the user-defined setpoint values.

Activate or De-activate

7-26 www.nov.com


Drawworks

7

Defining Parameter Setpoint Values The system attempts to achieve as many of the user-defined setpoints as possible for activated parameters. For example, if WOB and ROP are both active, and the system reaches the ROP setpoint first, the system attempts to reach the WOB setpoint also. If the system reaches the WOB setpoint first, attempts to reach the ROP setpoint continue. If drilling operation speeds increase and WOB decreases (for instance, when encountering a softer formation), the system again attempts to reach the ROP setpoint value. Activate the parameter (see section titled "Activating or De-activating Autodrill Parameters” above), then press its Setpoint button to display its keypad pop-up window.

Activate or Deactivate Variable Adjust

Current Setpoint Value

Define Setpoint

Define the setpoint value, then press Set to confirm the value and return to the Drilling screen.

If Autodrill mode is on, but there is no movement, ensure that the ROP setpoint value is acceptable, and the userdefined number of lines strung is correct. See section titled "Block and Elevator Position Calibration" on page 7-46.

7-27 www.nov.com

7

Drawworks


Variable Adjustment The realtime drilling trend display (see section titled "Auto Reaming Setup” below) is driven by digital signals received at certain intervals. Dampening (also referred to as “time-constant adjustment”) can improve the readability of the weight on bit (WOB) and delta pressure displays by limiting the frequency of the display update. Press the (WOB or Delta P) Variable Adjust button to display its pop-up window.

Variable Adjust

Press the down or up blue arrow buttons to decrease or increase the value. Press the left (Faster) or right (Slower) arrow buttons to adjust the signal refresh interval. Press Close to return to the Drawworks Drilling screen.

You can also zero or adjust the parameter value at this screen by pressing Zero, WOB, or Zero Delta P.

7-28 www.nov.com


Drawworks

7

Auto Reaming Setup Press Reaming from the Drilling screen to display the Auto Reaming Setup screen.

Enable Press the Enable button to enable or disable the reaming feature.

The text display changes to reflect the current status, Ready or Disabled.

Pull Limit Press Pull Limit to display its keypad.

Define the setpoint value, then press Set to confirm the value and return to the Auto Reaming Setup screen.

7-29 www.nov.com

7

Drawworks


Hoist Speed Press Hoist Speed to display its keypad.


Lower Speed Press Lower Speed to display its keypad.


7-30 www.nov.com


Drawworks

7

Distance Press Distance to display its keypad.

Define the setpoint value, then press Set to confirm the value and return to the Auto Reaming Setup screen. Press Help to display the Auto Reaming Help screen.

Press Close to return to the Auto Reaming Setup screen. At the Auto Reaming Setup screen, press Close to return to the Drawworks Drilling screen.

7-31 www.nov.com

7

Drawworks


Drilling Trends Press Drilling Trends to display a realtime graph that charts the data for activated drilling parameters. The colors on the graph correspond to the active parameters on the Drawworks Drilling screen.

Press Gain Adjust to display the gain adjust pop-up window.

Drag the slider or use the blue lower or higher buttons to adjust the appropriate variable’s gain factor. Press Close to return to the drilling parameter trends window. Press Ok to return to the Drawworks Drilling screen.

7-32 www.nov.com


Drawworks

7

Drawworks Tool Menu From any Drawworks screen, press the Drawworks button located on the main menu bar to display its tool menu.




See section titled "Tool Diagnostic Menu" on page 7-57.

See section titled "Calibration Menu" on page 7-46.

See section titled "Status Menu" on page 7-36.

See section titled "Tripping and Drilling" on page 7-1.

7-33 www.nov.com

7

Drawworks


Operator Menu Press Drawworks --> Operator to display the Drawworks Operator menu.

Auxiliary Controls Press Drawworks --> Operator --> Auxiliary Controls to display the Auxiliary Controls screen.

Press the appropriate Stop or Start button to enable or disable a blower, lube pump, or the lube cooling fan. A green backlight displays the current selection. 

Motor Running: Green indicates the motor is running; grey indicates the motor is not running.



Air Pressure: Green indicates there is sufficient air pressure; grey indicates an idle state.

7-34 www.nov.com


Drawworks

7

Assignment Press Drawworks --> Operator --> Assignment to display the Assignments screen.

Press the appropriate Deassign or Assign button to assign or de-assign VFD motors to the drawworks. A green backlight displays the current selection. 

Drive Ready: Green indicates the assigned motor is ready to run; grey indicates the motor is not ready to run.



Drive Running: Green indicates the VFD motor is assigned and running; grey indicates the VFD motor is not running.



Drive Fault: Red indicates a fault or alarm condition; grey indicates a normal state.

7-35 www.nov.com

7

Drawworks


Status Menu Press Drawworks --> Status to display the Drawworks Status menu.

Drawworks Status Press Drawworks --> Status --> Drawworks to display the Drawworks Status screen.

7-36 www.nov.com


Drawworks

7

Alarm and Fault Status Indicators Hook load sensors, drum encoders, motors, brake, chopper, temperatures, flow, and pressure status indicators display throughout the Drawworks Status screen.

See the NOV model-specific drawworks “Alarm & Fault Response Specification” document for detailed drawworks alarm information. Also, see section titled "Alarm Definitions" on page 7-59, and Chapter 3, titled "Alarms and Events.”

Hook Load and Drum Encoder Displays The hook load and drum encoder status indicators are located in the upper left corner of the Drawworks Status screen.



Hook Load Sensor (1, 2, and 3): Red indicates failure on a sensor; grey indicates no failure.



Drum Encoder (1, 2, and 3): Red indicates failure on an encoder; grey indicates no failure.

Alarms Reset The alarms reset button is located on the right side of the Drawworks Status screen.

Press Alarms Reset to reset alarm displays after appropriate action has been taken to clear the condition.

7-37 www.nov.com

7

Drawworks


Ambient Air The ambient air digital display is located on the right portion of the Drawworks Status screen.

The reading displays the current ambient air temperature.

Motor Displays Motor displays are located on the top center of the Drawworks Status screen.


Blower Running: Green indicates the blower is running; red indicates a blower start was attempted, but there was no feedback; grey indicates no attempted start.



Diff Pressure Low: Red indicates that the difference between the suction and the exhaust of the blower is too low, and the motor is not receiving proper air flow; grey indicates a normal state.



Air Diff Temp High: Red indicates that the air differential pressure is too high; grey indicates a normal state.



VFD Status: Green indicates that the VFD is assigned and ready; grey indicates that the VFD is not assigned; yellow indicates the VFD is assigned but not ready; red indicates that the VFD is assigned and there is a fault or alarm condition.



Exhaust: Displays the current temperature (°F) reading.



Speed: Displays the current speed (rpm) reading.



Torque: Displays the current torque (ft-lb) reading.

7-38 www.nov.com


Drawworks

7

Chopper/DBR Status Display The chopper status display is located in the center of the Drawworks Status screen.

The chopper/DBR status displays green to indicate the chopper is running; red indicates an alarm state.

Brake Displays Brake displays are located on the left portion of the Drawworks Status screen.


Park Apply Fail: Red indicates an alarm state; grey indicates a normal state.



Park Release Fail: Red indicates an alarm state; grey indicates a normal state.



Servo Fail: Red indicates an alarm state; grey indicates a normal state.



Solenoid Fail: Red indicates an alarm state; grey indicates a normal state.



Park Solenoid: Green indicates the brake is disengaged; grey indicates the brake is engaged.



Air Supply: Red indicates a significant lack in air pressure due to a Category 2 Estop; yellow indicates a pre-alarm condition that requires monitoring; grey indicates a normal or idle state. A digital reading displays air supply pressure (psi). Press Alarms Reset to reset the alarm after the appropriate action has been taken to clear the alarm.



Brake Pressure: The pressure graph contains a digital reading and a yellow bar that rises and falls to mark the current brake pressure value.

7-39 www.nov.com

7


Drawworks

Brake Capacity Test Use the brake capacity test to verify that the friction brake has the torque capacity to hold the rated load by applying torque from the motor against the friction brake.

! The system must be parked with minimal hook load (empty traveling assembly) prior to beginning this test.

This button is only active when the driller has ownership of the drawworks, the drawworks is parked, and both drives are assigned. See section titled "Assignment" on page 735.

At the Drawworks Status screen, press Capacity Test to display the brake capacity test pop-up window.

Press Yes! Start Brake Capacity Test. Alternatively, press No to abort the procedure and return to the previous screen.

7-40 www.nov.com


Drawworks

7

The system begins applying torque to the motors with a very small speed command, attempting to detect drum movement.

A Green Pass display indicates the brake passed the test; a red Fail display indicates the brake failed the test. The capacity percentage digital reading displays to the right of the test results. Press Close to return to the Drawworks Status screen.

Capacity Test Status Displays The Capacity Test status displays are located at the center of the Drawworks Status screen.


Load Capacity: Displays the current brake load capacity.



Pass: Green indicates the brake passed the capacity test; yellow indicates the brake slipped during the test and there is a reduced brake capacity. The brake capacity is still greater than 80% of the rated capacity.



Fail: Red indicates the brake failed the capacity test.

7-41 www.nov.com

7

Drawworks


Brake Valve Test The Valve Test checks the valves that control the brakes.

This button is only active when the driller has ownership of the drawworks, the drawworks is not parked, and a drive is assigned. See section titled "Assignment" on page 7-35.

Press Valve Test to display the next pop-up window.

Wait until the brake valve test completes.

A pop-up window appears to indicate the test passed or failed. Click Close to return to the Drawworks Status screen.

7-42 www.nov.com


Drawworks

7

Drum and Block Status Information Drum and block status information is located in the center of the Drawworks Status screen.


Elevator Position: Displays block position.



Drum Setpoint: Displays drum speed setpoint.



Drum Speed: Displays drum speed feedback.



Park Status: Displays status of system, Parked or Not Parked.

Lube Oil Displays Lube Oil status displays are located in the bottom center of the Drawworks Status screen.

Status readings display the following information: 

Lube Oil (°F): Displays lube oil temperature.



Lube Oil (psi): Displays lube oil pressure.



Pump Running: Green indicates the pump is running; grey indicates the pump is not running; red indicates a fault state.



Fan Running: Green indicates the fan is running; grey indicates the fan is not running; red indicates a fault state.

7-43 www.nov.com

7

Drawworks


Motor/VFD Status Press Drawworks --> Status --> Drive to display the Motor/VFD Status Detail screen.

Digital speed (command and feedback), torque (limit and feedback), motor winding temperature readings, on line capacity, and VFD and DBR statuses display throughout the screen. Status and fault indicators display the following information: 

Chopper/DBR - Health: Green indicates it is closed and no faults; red indicates it is closed and there is a fault; grey indicates the disconnect switch is open.



Chopper - DBR Air Flow: Green indicates sufficient air flow; grey indicates a normal state.



Status - Ready: Green indicates the drive is ready; grey indicates an idle state.



Status - Assigned: Green indicates the chopper is assigned; grey indicates the chopper is not assigned.



Status - Fault: Red indicates a fault state; grey indicates a normal state.



Status - Running: Green indicates the drive is running; grey indicates an idle state.



VFD Fault Reset: Issues reset command to VFD drive when faulted. Press VFD Fault Reset to reset the VFDs after the appropriate action has been taken to clear faults.

7-44 www.nov.com


Drawworks

7

DW Motor/VFD Status DW/VFD (A and B) status digital displays are located in the middle of the screen.


Speed Command: Displays motor commanded speed.



Speed Feedback: Displays actual motor speed.



Torque Limit: Displays the positive motor torque limit to the drive.



Torque Feedback: Displays the actual motor torque from the drive.

Motor Winding Temperatures Winding temperature digital displays are located on the lower portion of the screen.

The temperature feedback for each of the motor phases is displayed (A, B, and C).

On Line Capacity The on line capacity digital display is located in the upper left portion of the screen.

The on line capacity is displayed in kilowatts.

7-45 www.nov.com

7

Drawworks


Calibration Menu Press Drawworks --> Calibration to display the Drawworks Calibration menu.

Block and Elevator Position Calibration Press Drawworks --> Calibration --> Block Calibration to display the first Block Height Calibration screen.

1. Ensure that the system is parked, then press Full Calibration to begin.

Once full block calibration begins, the block normally travels at 25% of its normal speed. The last calibration value will also be erased.

2. Press Yes to display the next block height calibration screen. Alternatively, press No to abort the procedure and return to the previous screen.

7-46 www.nov.com


Drawworks

7

3. Press Lines Strung to select the appropriate number of lines.

4. Verify the Current Selection displayed is correct, then press Close to return to the Block Height Calibration screen. 5. Press Continue to display the next block height calibration screen.

7-47 www.nov.com

7

Drawworks


6. Move the drum to a transition between layers, then press the button that corresponds to that layer transition (1st, 2nd, or 3rd). 7. Press Continue to display the next Block Height Calibration screen.

8. Lower the block until the elevator rests on the slips, rotary table, or at a known height position, then press the Set Elevator Position button to display its keypad.

7-48 www.nov.com


Drawworks

7

9. Enter the correct elevator position value, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad. 10. Verify that the new value displayed is correct, then press Continue.

11. Press Enter Length of Assembly Manually.

7-49 www.nov.com

7

Drawworks


12. Manually measure the length of the traveling assembly (from the top of the block, to the bottom of the elevator). 13. Press the measurement button (shown above in feet), then enter the value using the keypad.

14. Define the length, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad.

7-50 www.nov.com


Drawworks

7

15. Verify that the new value displayed is correct, then press Continue.

16. Press Finish. Block height calibration is complete.

7-51 www.nov.com

7


Drawworks

! The block travel speed is no longer reduced to 25%; it now moves at 100%.

The first Block Height Calibration screen displays.

17. Press Elevator Position Calibration to display the Elevator Position Reset screen.

18. Move the elevator to a known position (such as the drill floor at 0.0 feet), then press the New Elevator Position button to display the keypad.

7-52 www.nov.com


Drawworks

7

19. Define the position, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad. The following screen appears.

20. Press Set Elevator Position to store the value, then press Close. Elevator position reset is complete.

7-53 www.nov.com

7

Drawworks


Hook Load Tare Press Drawworks --> Calibration --> Hook Load Tare to display the Hook Load Tare calibration screen.

1. Press the Tare Weight button to display its keypad.

2. Define the tare weight, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad. 3. Verify that the new value displayed is correct, then press Save.

Press Reset to reset the tare weight value.

7-54 www.nov.com


Drawworks

7

Hook Load Sensors

Hook load sensor digital readings display weight on the hook load. The three sensors’ readings should be close in number. One that is significantly off indicates a failing sensor.

7-55 www.nov.com

7


Drawworks

Standpipe Tare

! Turn mud pumps off before performing his procedure.

Press Drawworks --> Calibration --> Standpipe Tare to display the Standpipe Sensor Selection and Tare calibration screen.

1. Press Use Sensor (1 or 2) button to select a sensor. A green backlight indicates the current selection. 2. Press Zero Standpipe Pressure to zero the reading.

7-56 www.nov.com


Drawworks

7

Tool Diagnostic Menu Press Drawworks --> Tool Diagnostic to display the Drawworks Tool Diagnostic menu.

Drum Encoders Press Drawworks --> Tool Diagnostic --> Encoders to display the Drum Encoders screen.

Three sensors are used to calculate the block position.

Status Displays 

Status: Displays either Enabled or Disabled to indicate the encoder status.



Count: Displays the current count value for each encoder.



Sensor Failure: Displays red to indicate a sensor failure; grey to indicate a normal state.

Enable or Disable an Encoder Press the appropriate Enable Sensor toggle button to enable or disable an encoder. The text status reading will display Enabled or Disabled.

! For safety reasons, NOV recommends that all three encoders are enabled at all times.

7-57 www.nov.com

7


Drawworks

Hook Load Sensors Press Drawworks --> Tool Diagnostic --> Hook Load Sensors to display the Hook Load Diagnostic Screen.

Status Displays 

Status: Displays either Enabled or Disabled to indicate the encoder status.



Hook Load (lb): Displays the current weight for each sensor.



Sensor Failure: Displays red to indicate a sensor failure; grey to indicate a normal state.

Enable or Disable an Encoder Press the appropriate Enable Sensor toggle button to enable or disable an encoder. The text status reading will display Enabled or Disabled.

Inconsistencies between hook load readings could indicate a sensor failure.

! For safety reasons, NOV recommends that all three sensors be enabled at all times.

7-58 www.nov.com


Drawworks

7

Alarms

See the NOV model-specific drawworks “Alarm & Fault Response Specification” document for detailed drawworks alarm information. Also, see Chapter 3, titled "Alarms and Events.”

Alarm Definitions Trip Action taken by the control system in response to an abnormal condition.

Abnormal Condition 

The measurement of a process variable that is outside the normal operating conditions. This value is determined by, or based upon, the recommendations of the equipment manufacturer.



Loss of communication with the variable frequency drive (VFD).



Loss of communication with remote I/O of the drawworks control system.



Loss of utilities (air supply, cooling water, electrical).



Failure of an instrument connected to the control system.

Fault 

Instrument failure or process condition that makes the signal to the control system greater than 20.2 ma, or less than 3.8 ma.



A condition in which two components on the same circuit are not in the same state (for example, a switch and relay not in the same state where monitored).

Alarm A text message displayed on the alarm banner and the Alarms screen until cleared. Abnormal conditions, faults, soft trips, and all category stops generate an alarm.

Soft Trip A condition where continued operation may cause damage to the drawworks or its associated systems. The trip bit is set, and an alarm triggers, notifying the driller of the condition. When the driller moves the joystick below the +/- 25% position, commands above 25% are limited to 25% of the driller-defined maximum. Once the system is parked, it remains parked until the fault is cleared or acknowledged.

7-59 www.nov.com

7

Drawworks


Category 2 Stops 

The first type of category 2 stop is a controlled stop with power remaining available to the VFDs/motors. Joystick commands are disabled. After drum speed is reduced to zero rpm, the spring brakes are set. Once they are engaged and the load is secured, the speed and torque commands to the VFDs are zeroed. If the system cannot be decelerated by the motors, the friction brakes stop the drum before the solenoid valves de-energize, and the system initiates a Category 2 - Brake Only stop (described below).



The second type is referred to as a Brake Only stop, which is a controlled stop that reduces joystick movement commands to zero. VFDs shut down, and the friction brake speed controller decelerates the system to zero rpm. After drum speed reaches zero rpm, power to the brake system’s solenoid valves is removed, which sets the spring-applied brakes.



The third type is referred to as a Category 2 Stop Open Loop stop, which initiates the same sequence of events as the Brake Only stop, except the friction brake is applied to achieve a calculated deceleration rate, without speed control. This stop is initiated when an encoder fault is detected, and the system cannot determine which encoder is valid.

E-Stop (Category 0) Category 0 emergency stops immediately removes power to the VFDs and motors (uncontrolled stop; VFDs trip and coast to a stop), removes pressure from the spring-applied brakes, and applies full pressure to air-applied service brakes. This stop can be initiated either automatically by the control system, or by manually pushing the E-Stop button located on the driller workstation control panel.

7-60 www.nov.com


Hydraulic Power Unit (HPU)

8

Operator Screen Press Driller Tools --> HPU to display the HPU operator screen.


8



HPU Controls Press the Stop or Start button to control the HPU.

A green backlight indicates the current selection.

Cooling Fan Display The current HPU Cooling Fan status is displayed on the right portion of the operator screen.

Green indicates the HPU cooling fan is running; grey indicates it is not running.


8-2 www.nov.com



8

HPU Tool Menu Press the HPU button, located on the main menu bar, to display the HPU tool menu.





8-3 www.nov.com

8



8-4 www.nov.com


Mud Pumps

9

Operator Screen Press Driller Tools --> Mud Pumps to display the Mud Pumps operator screen.

Tool Ownership Assume ownership of the mud pumps to enable controls. See section titled "Tool Ownership" on page 2-34.


9

Mud Pumps


Mud Pump Status Displays Status indicators display to the right of each mud pump’s SPM (strokes per minute) graph.



Auxiliaries OK: Grey indicates an idle state; green indicates auxiliaries are running properly; red indicates a fault state.



Drive OK: Green indicates the drive is running properly; grey indicates an idle state; yellow indicates the drive is not ready; red indicates a fault state.



Power Limit: Yellow indicates the system is limiting power; grey indicates the system is not limiting power. See Chapter 11, titled "Power System.”

Strokes Per Minute (SPM) Displays The Mud Pumps operator screen contains a SPM graph for each mud pump.

A digital SPM reading displays at the top of the graph, and a light blue bar rises and falls on the vertical graph on the left to mark the current SPM reading. The vertical graph on the right marks the command SPM.

9-2 www.nov.com


Mud Pumps

9

Defining SPM Values SPM (strokes per minute) setpoint controls are located to the right of each mud pump’s SPM graph.

Press the appropriate mud pump’s (SPM) Set button to display its keypad. Define a SPM value, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad. Use the blue arrow up or down buttons to incrementally increase or decrease this value. The current user-defined SPM setpoint value displays on the control button.

Standpipe Pressure Display A vertical standpipe pressure graph displays in the top right of the Mud Pumps operator screen.

A digital PSI reading displays at the top of the graph, and a light blue bar on the right vertical graph marks the maximum PSI allowed. The vertical graph on the left marks the feedback PSI in light blue.

9-3 www.nov.com

9

Mud Pumps


Defining the Pressure Limit Value Standpipe pressure limit controls are located beneath the Standpipe pressure graph. Press the Pressure Limit - Set button to display its keypad.

Define a maximum pressure limit value, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad. The current user-defined pressure limit value displays on the control button.

Defining Group Speed Group Speed controls are located beneath the standpipe pressure graph. Press the Group Speed - Set button to display its keypad.

Define a group speed value, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad. Use the blue arrow up or down buttons to incrementally increase or decrease this value. The current user-defined group speed value displays on the control button.

9-4 www.nov.com


Mud Pumps

9

Starting and Pausing Mud Pump Motors Mud pump motor controls buttons are located beneath each mud pump’s SPM (strokes per minute) graph and setpoint controls.



On: Press the On button to start a pump motor.



Pause: Press the Pause button to slowly stop and pause a pump motor.



Pause: Press the Pause button again to return a mud pump to its previously operating SPM.



Group: Press the Group button to place the mud pump in group mode to receive speed commands.


IBOP Status Display The internal blowout preventer (IBOP) status display is located in the center of the Mud Pumps operator screen.

Yellow indicates the IBOP is closed; grey indicates the IBOP is open. See section titled "Torque Wrench, Elevator, and IBOP Controls" on page 13-8.

9-5 www.nov.com

9

Mud Pumps


Stop All Mud Pumps The Stop All MPs button is located in the lower right corner of the Mud Pumps operator screen. Press Stop All MPs to slowly reduce the SPM value to zero and place all mud pumps in pause mode.

Press the Controls - Pause button again to return a mud pump to its previously operating SPM. (See section titled "Defining Group Speed" on page 9-4.)

Operator Messages and Miscellaneous Controls By default, operator messages display along the bottom of the Mud Pumps operator screen.

Press Misc Controls to display MP (1 and 2) Aux Override and Fault Reset controls along the bottom of the Mud Pumps operator screen.

Safety interlocks prevent certain auxiliary operations from engaging where applicable. If an operation must be performed without interlocks, press and hold the Override button while issuing commands. See section titled "Auxiliary Controls" on page 9-13. Press the Fault - Reset button to reset fault displays after appropriate action has been taken to clear the condition. Press Messages to display the operator messages again.

9-6 www.nov.com


Mud Pumps

9

Mud Pumps Control Panel The mud pumps control panel is located on the upper left side of the driller’s chair.

Press the Mud Pump E-Stop button to stop all mud pumps. Mud pump speed can be increased (clockwise) or decreased (counter-clockwise) by turning the MP (#1 & 2) Throttle encoders.

9-7 www.nov.com

9


Mud Pumps

Mud Pumps Tool Menu Press the Mud Pumps button, located on the main menu bar, to display the Mud Pumps tool menu.




See section titled "Auxiliary Controls" on page 9-13.

See section titled "Mud Pump Status" on page 9-9.


9-8 www.nov.com


Mud Pumps

9

Mud Pump Status Press Mud Pumps --> Mud Pump Status to display the default Mud Pump #1 Status screen.

All information on the Mud Pump Status screen is display-only. Speed (command and actual), torque (limit and actual), motor winding, and motor bearing temperature readings display throughout the screen. (See section titled "Defining SPM Values" on page 9-3.) Choose a mud pump from the menu on the right side of the screen to display its screen. A green backlight indicates the current selection.

9-9 www.nov.com

9

Mud Pumps


Drive Monitor The Drive Monitor (A and B) status displays are located on the top left and right portions of the Mud Pump Status screen.


Drive Monitor - Ready: Green indicates the drive is ready; grey indicates an idle state.



Drive Monitor - Assigned: Green indicates the drive is assigned; grey indicates it is not assigned.



Drive Monitor - Running: Green indicates the drive is running; grey indicates it is not running.



Drive Monitor - Fault: Red indicates a fault state; grey indicates a normal state.



Actual Speed: Displays the current speed (rpm) reading.



Torque Limit: Displays the user-defined torque limit (ft-lb) reading.



Actual Torque: Displays the current torque limit (ft-lb) reading.

Blower The Blower (A and B) status displays are located in the bottom left and right portions of the Mud Pump Status screen.

Green indicates the blower is running; grey indicates it is not running; red indicates a fault state.

9-10 www.nov.com


Mud Pumps

9

Pre-Charge, Liner Wash, and Lube Pump Displays The Pre-Charge, Liner Wash, and Lube Pump status displays are located on the top center portion of the Mud Pump Status screen.


Pre-Charge Pump Status: Green indicates the pump is running; grey indicates it is not running; red indicates a fault state.



Liner Wash Pump Status: Green indicates the pump is running; grey indicates it is not running; red indicates a fault state.



Lube Pump Status: Green indicates the pump is running; grey indicates it is not running; red indicates a fault state.



Speed Command: Displays the motor commanded speed (rpm) reading.



Torque Limit: Displays the user-defined torque limit (ft-lb) reading.

9-11 www.nov.com

9

Mud Pumps


Motor Winding and Bearing Temperature Displays The Motor Winding and Bearing Temperature digital displays are located in the bottom center portion of the Mud Pump Status screen.


Winding Temps (A, B, and C): Displays temperature feedback for each of the motor windings.



Bearing Temps (DE and NDE): Displays temperature feedback for each of the motor bearings (drive end and non drive end). A small red rectangle in the bottom right corner of the display indicates that an alarm trigger for a high-high value has been set.

Press Mud Pump (#1 or #2) to display the same pump status screen for the other mud pump.

9-12 www.nov.com


Mud Pumps

9

Auxiliary Controls Press Mud Pumps --> Auxiliary Controls to display the default Mud Pump #1 Auxiliary Controls screen.

Assume ownership of the mud pumps to enable controls. See section titled "Tool Ownership" on page 2-34. Choose a mud pump from the menu on the right side of the screen to display its screen. A green backlight indicates the current selection.

Status and Fault Displays Status displays for the blowers, liner wash pump, lube pump, and charge pump display to the left of their respective manual controls. (See "Manual Motor Controls” in the section below.) 

Motor Running: Green indicates the motor is running; grey indicates an idle state.



Air Pressure: Green indicates the blower’s air pressure value is within an acceptable range; grey indicates there is no air pressure.



Water Pressure: Green indicates the pump’s water pressure value is within an acceptable range; grey indicates there is no water pressure.



Oil Pressure: Green indicates the pump’s oil pressure value is within an acceptable range; grey indicates there is no oil pressure.

9-13 www.nov.com

9

Mud Pumps


Manual Motor Controls Manual controls for the blowers, liner wash pump, lube pump, and charge pump are located to the right of their respective status displays.



Stop: Press Stop to manually stop a pump or blower motor.



Start: Press Start to manually start a pump or blower motor.

A green backlight displays the current selection.

Press Mud Pump (#1 or #2) to display the same Auxiliary Controls screen for the other mud pump.

9-14 www.nov.com


Power Slips

10

Operator Screen Press Driller Tools --> Power Slips to display the Power Slips operator screen.

Tool Ownership The joystick has the ability to control both the power slips and the drawworks. The workstation’s left control panel contains a button that must be pressed in order to enable the power slips and allow the operator to assume ownership. Push the Slips Enable button, then assume ownership of the power slips to enable controls. The Slips Enable button must be pressed to activate the slips controls from the right hand joystick.


10

Power Slips


Slips Enable

See section titled "Tool Ownership" on page 2-34.

Status Displays The right portion of the Power Slips operator screen contains fault and status displays.

Slips Open or Slips Closed

Slips Pressure

Green displays indicate the current state of the slips.

A red display indicates that the pressure value has fallen below an acceptable level; grey indicates a normal state.

10-2 www.nov.com


Power Slips

10


Power Slips Controls Press the Controls - Open or Close button on the screen to control the power slips. A green backlight indicates the current selection.

Also, the current Power Slips status is displayed at the top right of the operator screen.

The power slips status is display only. Alternatively, use the operator workstation’s right joystick power slips controls.

Use the buttons on the right side of the joystick to control the slips. See section titled "Operator Workstation" on page 2-3 for more information.

10-3 www.nov.com

10

Power Slips


Auto Greaser Controls and Displays Press the Manual Controls - Stop or Start buttons to enable or disable manual controls.

A red Grease Level display indicates that the grease has fallen below an acceptable level. A digital reading displays the number of cycles completed since the last greasing. Press the Manual Controls - Stop or Start button to manually stop or start the auto greaser. A green backlight indicates the current selection.

10-4 www.nov.com


Power Slips

10

Power Slips Tool Menu Press the Power Slips button, located on the main menu bar, to display the Power Slips tool menu.





10-5 www.nov.com

10

Power Slips


10-6 www.nov.com


Power System

11

Overview The purpose of the Amphion power system is to monitor and analyze the status of the drilling power source, and report power capacity and power consumed values to each tool. From these values, each tool calculates a power available value: Power Available = Power Capacity – Power Consumed Programming code stored on each tool’s controller determines whether power available is sufficient for its purposes, or if the tool needs to go into power limit mode. For more information about power calculations: 

See section titled "Power Capacity Calculations" on page 11-16.



See section titled "Power Consumed Calculations" on page 11-18.



See section titled "Power Available Calculations" on page 11-19.

On smaller rigs, the Amphion power system may be the only power management system on the rig. In this case, it monitors the status of the generators or utility power directly. It also monitors the overall system load, in addition to the drilling load. The primary objective of the Amphion power system is to deliver power availability information to all drilling tools in order to prevent a system overload and blackout.


11

Power System


Operator Screen Press Driller Tools --> Power System to display the Power System Overview operator screen.

All information on this screen is display-only.

11-2 www.nov.com


Power System

11

Screen Symbols Green symbols indicate an on, running, or closed state; red symbols indicate an off, stopped, or open state; white symbols indicate an unknown status.

Chopper Remote I/O

Inverter (INV)

Circuit Breaker (CB)

Rectifier

Feeder Breaker (FB)

Generator

Digital indicators display the following information: 

Amps: Displays amplitude.



KW: Displays kilowatts.



KVAR: Displays kilovolt amperes reactive.

11-3 www.nov.com

11


Power System

Power System Menu Press the Power System button, located on the main menu bar, to display the Power System menu.

See section titled "Utility Menu" on page 2-13.”



See section titled "Power Limit" on page 11-14.

See section titled "Motor Control Center (MCC)" on page 11-12.

See section titled "Drives" on page 11-8.

See section titled "Generators" on page 11-5.


11-4 www.nov.com


Power System

11

Generators Status Displays Press Power System --> Generators to display the default Engine/Generator 1 screen.

All information on this screen is display-only. Choose a generator from the menu on the right side of the screen to display its screen. A green backlight indicates the current selection. Status displays indicate the current state for each of the following: 

Circuit Breaker Closed: Green indicates the circuit breaker is closed; grey indicates it is open.



Ready to Sync: Green indicates the generator is ready to sync; grey indicates it is not ready to sync.



Start Issued: Green indicates a start has been issued to open; grey indicates an idle state.



Droop Mode: Green indicates droop mode on a generator has been activated; grey indicates an idle state.



Idle Mode: Green indicates the generator is in idle mode; grey indicates it is not in idle mode.



Generator CB OC Trip: Red indicates an over-current trip has occurred on the generator circuit breaker; grey indicates a normal state.



Engine Emergency Stop: Red indicates the engine emergency stop is activated; grey indicates a normal state.

11-5 www.nov.com

11

Power System




Power Supply Fault: Red indicates a power supply fault is active; grey indicates a normal state.



Reverse kW: Red indicates a reverse kilowatt alarm; grey indicates a normal state.



Over Frequency: Red indicates an over frequency alarm; grey indicates a normal state.



Over Current: Red indicates an alarm for over current; grey indicates a normal state.



Voltage Exciter Fault: Red indicates a voltage exciter fault; grey indicates a normal state.



Central Alarm: Red indicates an active central alarm; grey indicates a normal state.



Profibus Comm Loss: Red indicates poor communication via profibus; grey indicates a normal state.

Generator Data Generator data is located on the left side of the Engine/Generator screen.

Graphs and digital displays indicate the current state for each of the following: 

kW: Digital reading is represented by a light blue bar that rises and falls to indicate the current value in kilowatts.



kVAR: Digital reading is represented by a light blue bar that rises and falls to indicate the current value in kilovolt amperes reactive.



Amps: Digital reading is represented by a light blue bar that rises and falls to indicate the current value in amplitude.

11-6 www.nov.com


Power System

11

Drill Floor Equipment E-Stop The Drill Floor Equipment E-Stop button is located on the driller chair’s upper right control panel.

Pushing the Drill Floor Equipment E-Stop button shuts down the drill floor equipment.

Generator E-Stop The Generator E-Stop button is located on the driller chair’s lower right control panel.

Pushing the Generator E-Stop button shuts down the generator.

11-7 www.nov.com

11

Power System


Drives Press Driller Tools --> Power System --> Drives to display the Drives menu.

Inverters The Drawwork, Mud Pump, and Top Drive/Rotary Table Drive Status screens contain many common components, with one exception. Components for all screens are addressed here. Press Power System --> Drives --> Inverters to display the default Mud Pump 1A Drive 1 Status screen.

All information on this screen is display-only. Choose a tool from the menu on the right side of the screen to display its screen. A green backlight indicates the current selection.

11-8 www.nov.com


Power System

11


Ready: Green indicates the inverter is ready; grey indicates it is not ready.



Running: Green indicates the motor is running; grey indicates it is not running.



Fault: Red indicates a fault state; grey indicates a normal state.



Power Supply Fault: Red indicates a power supply fault; grey indicates a normal state.



Encoder Fault: Red indicates an active encoder fault; grey indicates a normal state.



Disconnect Closed: Green indicates that the switch is closed; grey indicates that it is open.



Fuse Status: Green indicates there is no fuse problem; grey indicates there is a fuse problem.



Ethernet Comm Loss: Red indicates poor communication via ethernet; grey indicates good communication.



Profibus Comm Loss: Red indicates poor communication via profibus; grey indicates good communication.

Motor Status Displays Motor status displays are located on the left side of the Drive Status screen.


Motor Speed: A digital rpm reading displays at the bottom of the graph, and a light blue bar rises and falls on the vertical graph to mark the current rpm reading.



Motor Torque: A digital ft-lb reading displays at the bottom of the graph, and a light blue bar rises and falls on the vertical graph to mark the current ft-lb reading.

Press MP1 (A and B), DW (A and B), TD, MP2 (A and B), or RT to display the same drive status screen for another tool.

11-9 www.nov.com

11

Power System


Choppers Press Power System --> Drives --> Choppers to display the Choppers Status screen.

All information on this screen is display-only. Status displays indicate the current state for each of the following: 

Disconnect Closed: Green indicates that the switch is closed; grey indicates that it is open.



Enable: Green indicates the chopper is enabled; grey indicates it is not enabled.



Fuses OK: Green indicates the fuses are operating normally; red indicates a fault state.



Fan Running: Green indicates the fan is running; grey indicates it is not running.



Brake Resistor Air Pressure: Green indicates that sufficient air pressure is present; grey indicates that the air pressure has fallen below an acceptable level.



Brake Resistor Over Temp: Red indicates that the temperature has exceeded an acceptable level; grey indicates a normal state.



General Fault: Red indicates a general fault; grey indicates a normal state.






Ethernet Comm Loss: Red indicates a communication fault; grey indicates a normal state.



Current Feedback: Displays the current feedback at the chopper.

11-10 www.nov.com


Power System

11

Rectifiers Press Power System --> Drives --> Rectifiers to display the Rectifier status screen.


Circuit Breaker Closed: Green indicates the circuit breaker is closed; grey indicates it is open.



Fuses OK: Green indicates the fuses are operating normally; grey indicates an abnormal state.



MOV Fuse Blown: Red indicates the MOV fuse has blown; grey indicates a normal state.



Over Temperature: Red indicates that the temperature has exceeded an acceptable level; grey indicates a normal state.



Ground Fault: Red indicates a ground fault is active; grey indicates there is no ground fault.



Disconnect Switch: Green indicates the switch is closed; grey indicates it is open.



Blower Running: Green indicates the blower is running; grey indicates it is not running.






Ethernet Comm Loss: Red indicates a communication failure; grey indicates a normal state.

11-11 www.nov.com

11

Power System


Motor Control Center (MCC) Press Power System --> MCCs to display the MCC Status screen.


Mud Pump (1 and 2) - Blower (A and B): Green indicates the blower is on; grey indicates an idle state.



Mud Pump (1 and 2) - Liner Wash: Green indicates the liner wash pump is on; grey indicates an idle state.



Mud Pump (1 and 2) - Charge Pump: Green indicates the charge pump is on; grey indicates an idle state.



Mud Pump (1 and 2) - Lube Oil: Green indicates the lube oil pump is on; grey indicates an idle state.



Trip Tanks - Pump (1 and 2): Green indicates the pump is on; grey indicates an idle state.



Rotary Table - Blower: Green indicates the blower is on; grey indicates an idle state.



Top Drive - Left Blower: Green indicates the left blower is on; grey indicates an idle state.

11-12 www.nov.com


Power System



Top Drive - Right Blower: Green indicates the right blower is on; grey indicates an idle state.



Top Drive - HPU: Green indicates the HPU is on; grey indicates an idle state.



Drawworks - Blower (A and B): Green indicates the blower is on; grey indicates an idle state.



Drawworks - Lube Pump: Green indicates the lube pump is on; grey indicates an idle state.



Drawworks - Lube Fan: Green indicates the lube fan is on; grey indicates an idle state.



Brake Resistors - Blower (A and B): Green indicates the blower is on; grey indicates an idle state.



HPU - HPU #1: Green indicates the HPU is on; grey indicates an idle state.



HPU - Blower: Green indicates the blower is on; grey indicates an idle state.

11

11-13 www.nov.com

11

Power System


Power Limit Press Power System --> Power Limit to display the Power Trend screen.

All information on this screen is display-only. This trend graph displays realtime online power capacity and consumed kilowatt (kW) values. On-Line status displays in the top right corner indicate the following: 

1, 2, and 3: Green indicates the generator (1, 2, or 3) is online; grey indicates it is not online.



Capacity Online: Indicates the amount of kW available for use.



Consumed kWatts: Indicates the amount of kW being consumed by operations.



Consumed %: Indicates the percentage of kW being consumed.

11-14 www.nov.com


Power System

11

Plant From the Power Trend screen, press the Plant button to display the Power Plant screen.

All information on this screen is display-only. 

On Line: Green indicates the generator is on line; grey indicates it is not online.



Capacity (kW and amps): Displays kW and amps being produced for consumption.



Consumed (kW and amps): Displays kW and amps being consumed by operations.

Press the Trends button on the lower right corner of the screen to return to the Power Trend screen.

11-15 www.nov.com

11

Power System


Power Capacity Calculations

See NOV document titled “Amphion Tool Controller Service Manual” for more information about the Debug Monitor module.

The Amphion power system calculates a total system capacity. Then, depending on the bus configuration, it determines the capacity available to each individual tool.

AC Bus Generator Capacity When the Amphion power system is monitoring the status of generators (as is normally the case on smaller rigs), the system capacity is determined by multiplying the capacity of one generator by the number of generators online. (Capacity of 1 Generator) x (Number of Generators Online) = System Capacity The default value for each generator depends on your particular rig configuration. However, each generator’s maximum rated capacity values can be set using the Debug Monitor module’s generators..capacity.kw file.

AC Bus Transformer Capacity When the Amphion power system is monitoring power available at a transformer (as is normally the case on larger rigs), it will determine the system capacity in one of the following ways, depending on the signals that are received. When calculating power available or power consumed values (described later in this section) using a transformer, the Amphion power system maintains the transformer’s maximum rated capacity value in the Debug Monitor’s transformers..capacity.kva file. The transformers’ default values depend on your particular rig configuration. When kW and kVAR load signals are available for the transformer, the Amphion power system actively calculates a power factor based on the ratio of the kW and kVAR feedback values. The transformer’s capacity kW value is calculated by multiplying the kVA rating value by the power factor value. (kVA rating) x (power factor) = Capacity kW When the system has more than one transformer, the system capacity value equals the sum of all online transformers’ capacity kW values.

System Capacity When the rig’s PMS sends a power available signal, the Amphion power system does not have the data necessary to determine the exact total online capacity for the entire rig. Therefore, the Amphion power system calculates a total power consumed value by reading the power consumed value from each drilling tool at the drilling bus. It then calculates a system capacity value by adding the power available value received from the rig’s PMS to its calculated total power consumed value. (PMS) Power Available + Total Power Consumed (Drilling Bus) = System Capacity

11-16 www.nov.com


11

Power System

Total Online Capacity When the rigs’s PMS opts to provide a power consumed signal, they must also provide the online status of the generators as a separate set of signals. The Amphion power system tracks the total online capacity value for the rig. It uses the generator online status signals to determine the Total Online Capacity. (Capacity of 1 Generator) x (Number of Generators Online) = Total Online Capacity The Amphion power system also calculates a power available value by subtracting the power consumed value from the total online capacity value. Total Online Capacity - Power Consumed (PMS) = Power Available The Amphion power system uses this calculated power available value in the same manner as described in the section titled "System Capacity" on page 11-16.

DC Rectifier Capacity For most rigs, the maximum rated capacity value for each rectifier can be set using the Debug Monitor module’s powerPlant.co.maxKwAtRect file. The rectifiers’ default values depend on your particular rig configuration. The Amphion power system calculates the rectifiers’ individual total capacity values by using one of the following calculated values or methods: 

By adding the consumed power value (from the rectifier) to the available power value (from the AC Bus) Consumed Power (rectifier) + Available Power (AC Bus) = Total Capacity



By using the maximum rated capacity value of the rectifier

The system uses whichever value is lowest. If a rectifier is not online, its reported total capacity value is zero.

DC Bus Capacity The Amphion power system calculates the DC bus capacity value based on the sum of all online rectifiers’ capacity values. This could be calculated using either the individual total capacity values, or by using the sum of the individual maximum rated capacity values as described in the section above, titled "DC Rectifier Capacity.”

11-17 www.nov.com

11

Power System


Power Consumed Calculations

The method that the Amphion power system uses to determine total system power consumed varies based on your particular rig configuration.

DC Bus Consumed The Amphion power system calculates the DC bus power consumed value based on the sum of all power consumed values read from each of the tool inverters. On rigs with multiple DC buses, the system maintains separate power consumed values for each DC bus.

AC Bus Consumed When the Amphion power system is monitoring the status of the generators (as is normally the case on smaller rigs) it determines the AC bus power consumed value based on the sum of the load kW values read from each generator. When the Amphion power system is receiving a power consumed value from a larger rig’s power management system (PMS), it uses the value provided by the PMS as the AC bus power consumed value.

11-18 www.nov.com


11

Power System

Power Available Calculations System Total Power Available The Amphion power system calculates the system’s total power available value by subtracting the total power consumed value from the total online capacity value. Total Online Capacity - Total Power Consumed = Total Available Power

Tool Power Available (General) Individual tools read power capacity and power consumed values from the power system’s tool controller to determine the available power value. Programming code stored on each tool’s controller determines whether the power available value is sufficient for its purposes, or if the tool needs to go into power limit mode. See the following section titled "Power Limiting.” In other words, the power system tool controller does not determine whether a tool is placed in power limit mode; rather, the individual tool’s controller determines this, based on the power available value and the parameters set up within the tool’s controller.

Power Limiting Generally speaking, if the power demands exceed the power available, the maximum power consumption allowed for all drives is reduced simultaneously. While there is normally no prioritization of one tool versus another (unless your rig is configured as such), power may not be reduced proportionally between the tools consuming power. The system is designed to ensure that there is always enough torque to hold the static load of the drawworks. In addition, power limiting is dynamic, so all power can be diverted to a single drive if the other drives are not demanding that power. The motor control center (MCC) and lighting circuits are not subject to power limiting, so the power they consume also reduces the total shared power available.

11-19 www.nov.com

11

Power System


11-20 www.nov.com


Rotary Table

12

Operator Screen Press Driller Tools --> Rotary Table to display the Rotary Table operator screen.

Tool Ownership Assume ownership of the rotary table to enable controls. See section titled "Tool Ownership" on page 2-34.


12

Rotary Table


Speed and Torque Displays The left side of the operator screen contains realtime Speed (throttle) and Torque graphs that reflect their current values. Digital readouts can be found directly above the graphs.

Digital readings are represented by blue or green bars that rise and fall to indicate the current values. Black markers indicate the current user-defined setpoint values. Also, see section titled "Speed and Torque Controls" on page 12-4.

Gear The Gear status display is located in the upper right corner of the screen.

The current gear status is displayed, High or Low.

Slips The Slips status display is located in the upper right corner of the screen.

The current slips status is displayed, Open or Closed. See Chapter 10, titled "Power Slips."

12-2 www.nov.com


Rotary Table

12

Status Displays The status and alarm displays are located on the right side of the screen.

Status displays located on the right side of the screen indicate the current state for each of the following: 

Slips Open: Displays green to indicate the slips are open; grey to indicate slips are closed or it is unknown.



Slips Closed: Displays green to indicate the slips are closed; grey to indicate slips are open or it is unknown.



High Gear: Displays green to indicate high gear is active; grey indicates high gear is not active.



Low Gear: Displays green to indicate low gear is active; grey indicates low gear is not active.



Power Limit: Displays yellow to indicate power limiting is being actively applied to the rotary table; grey to indicate an idle status. See Chapter 11, titled "Power System."



Brake On: Displays yellow to indicate the brake is applied; grey to indicate the brake is released.



Drive Fault: Displays red to indicate an active drive fault; grey to indicate a normal status.



Blower Alarm: Displays red to indicate an active blower fault; grey to indicate a normal status.



Slips Pressure: Displays red to indicate pressure is low; grey indicates there is no alarm and pressure is fine.

12-3 www.nov.com

12

Rotary Table


Direction Controls Press Forward (CW or clockwise) or Reverse (CCW or counter-clockwise) to define the rotary table direction.


Brake Controls Press On or Off to release or lock the rotary table. Press Auto to auto engage and release the brake.



Speed and Torque Controls Defining the Throttle Setpoint Press the Throttle button to display its keypad.

12-4 www.nov.com


Rotary Table

12

Define the throttle (speed) value, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad. Use the blue arrow up or down buttons located under the speed graph to incrementally adjust the value as needed. See section titled "Speed and Torque Displays" on page 12-2. The RT Throttle encoder is located on the upper right panel of the driller’s chair. Rotary table speed can be increased (clockwise) or decreased (counter-clockwise) by turning the rotary table encoder.

Zero Throttle Press Zero Throttle to slowly reduce the speed of the rotary table to zero rpm.

Defining the Torque Setpoint Press the Torque button to display its keypad.

Define the torque setpoint value, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad. Use the blue arrow up or down buttons located under the graph to incrementally adjust the value as needed.

In order to define the torque setpoint, the rotary table VFD must be assigned. See section titled "Assignment" on page 7-35.

12-5 www.nov.com

12


Rotary Table

Rotary Table Tool Menu Press the Rotary Table button, located on the main menu bar, to display the Rotary Table tool menu.





See section titled "Motors" on page 12-7.

12-6 www.nov.com


Rotary Table

12

Motors Press Rotary Table --> Motors to display the Rotary Table Motor Status screen.

Tool Ownership Assume ownership of the rotary table to enable controls. See section titled "Tool Ownership" on page 2-34.

Rotary Table Status Displays Digital speed (command and actual), torque (limit and actual), fault reset, and status indicators display throughout the screen. (See section titled "Speed and Torque Controls" on page 12-4.) Status and fault indicators display along the right and center portions of the screen and display the following information: 

Speed: Displays the actual speed of the motor.



Speed Command: Displays the current speed command value received by the motor.



Torque: Displays the actual torque on the motor.



Torque Limit: Displays the user-defined torque limit value. See section titled "Speed and Torque Controls" on page 12-4.



Drive - Assigned: Displays green to indicate that the drive is assigned; grey to indicate it is not assigned.



Drive - Ready: Displays green to indicate that the drive is ready; grey to indicate an idle state.



Drive - Running: Displays green to indicate that the drive monitor is running; grey to indicate an idle state.

12-7 www.nov.com

12


Rotary Table



Drive - Fault: Displays red to indicate a fault state; grey to indicate a normal state.



Blower Running: Displays green to indicate that the blower is running; grey to indicate an idle state.



Blower Pressure Sw: Displays green to indicate the blower pressure switch is on; grey to indicate it is off.

Manual Blower Controls Manual controls for the blower are located on the left portion of the screen. Press Blower - Stop or Start to manually stop or start the blower motor.


Fault Reset The Fault Reset button and the Reset Count displays are located on the right portion of the screen.

Press Fault Reset to reset fault displays after appropriate action has been taken to clear the condition. Reset Count displays the number of fault resets that have occurred.

! Resetting the faults does not clear active faults or alarms.

12-8 www.nov.com


Top Drive System (TDS)

13

Operator Screen Press Driller Tools --> Top Drive to display the Top Drive operator screen.

Tool Ownership Assume ownership of the top drive to enable controls. See section titled "Tool Ownership" on page 2-34.


13



Status Readings Drill Speed and Torque Displays Vertical Drill Speed (throttle) and Torque graphs display along the left side of the Top Drive operator screen.

Digital readings are represented by blue or green bars that rise and fall to indicate the current values. Black markers indicate the current user-defined setpoint values.

See section titled "Speed and Torque Controls" on page 13-4 for information about defining various setpoint values.

Current throttle (speed), drill torque, makeup torque, spin speed, and spin torque values display along the top of the screen. See section titled "Speed and Torque Controls" on page 13-4.

13-2 www.nov.com



13

Status Displays Current status indicators display along the right side of the Top Drive operator screen.



BX Elev Closed: Green indicates that the BX elevator is closed; grey indicates the BX elevator is open. See section titled "Torque Wrench, Elevator, and IBOP Controls" on page 13-8.



Brake On: Yellow indicates that the brake is engaged; grey indicates the brake is not engaged. See section titled "Brake Controls" on page 13-10.



IBOP Closed: Yellow indicates the internal blowout preventer (IBOP) is closed; grey indicates the IBOP is open. See section titled "Torque Wrench, Elevator, and IBOP Controls" on page 13-8.



Maintenance Mode: Yellow indicates maintenance mode is active; grey indicates maintenance mode is not active.



Power Slips Closed: Yellow indicates the power slips are closed; grey indicates the power slips are not closed. See Chapter 10, titled "Power Slips.”



Ramp Failed: Red indicates that the motor ramp-up failed; grey indicates a normal state with no fault. See section titled "TDS Motor Status Displays" on page 13-21.



Drive Fault: Red indicates a variable frequency drive (VFD) fault; grey indicates a normal state with no fault. See section titled "Motor/VFD Status" on page 13-20.



Hydraulic Alarm: Red indicates hydraulic pressure has fallen below acceptable limits; grey indicates the hydraulic pressure is normal.

! If the top drive continues rotating with low hydraulic pressure, severe equipment damage may occur.



Lube Alarm: Red indicates that the gear box lubrication pressure has fallen below an acceptable level (alarm state); grey indicates the pressure is normal. See section titled "TDS Motor Status Displays" on page 13-21.



Blower Alarm: Red indicates a blower fault; grey indicates a normal state with no fault. See section titled "TDS Motor Status Displays" on page 13-21.

13-3 www.nov.com

13




Speed and Torque Controls Defining a Throttle Limit Press Throttle to display the throttle setpoint keypad.

Define a maximum throttle (drill speed) value, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad. Press the blue arrow up or down buttons located at the bottom of the graph to incrementally increase or decrease the Throttle setpoint value. The TD Throttle encoder is located on the upper right panel of the driller’s chair. Top drive speed can be increased (clockwise) or decreased (counter-clockwise) by turning the top drive encoder.

Zero Throttle Press Zero Throttle to remove throttle from the top drive and reduce its speed to zero rpm.

Defining a Drill Torque Limit Press Drill Torque to display the drill torque limit keypad.

Define a drill torque limit, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad.

13-4 www.nov.com



13

Press the blue arrow up or down buttons located at the bottom of the drill torque graph to incrementally increase or decrease the Drill Torque value.

Defining a Makeup Torque Limit Press Makeup Torque to display the makeup torque limit keypad.

Define a makeup torque limit, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad.

Defining a Spin Speed Limit

The top drive must be turned off before setting spin parameters.

Press Spin Speed to display the spin speed keypad.

Define a spin speed limit, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad.

13-5 www.nov.com

13



Defining a Spin Torque Limit

The top drive must be turned off before setting spin parameters.

Press Spin Torque to display the spin torque keypad.

Define a spin torque limit, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad.

Direction and Mode Controls The top drive Direction and Mode controls display near the top center portion of the operator screen. These controls remain on the operator screen during all other selected operations.

Press Direction - Forward, Off (disable), or Reverse to define the top drive’s spin direction. A green backlight marks the current selection. Press Mode - Drill, Spin, or Torque to select a top drive mode: 

Select Drill mode to run the top drive at the Throttle (speed) and Drill Torque setpoints. See section titled "Speed and Torque Controls" on page 13-4.



Select Spin mode to run the top drive at the user-defined Spin Speed and Spin Torque setpoints. See section titled "Defining a Spin Speed Limit" on page 13-5.

13-6 www.nov.com





Press and hold the Torque button to run the top drive using the user-defined Makeup Torque setpoint. Release the button to return to Spin mode. See section titled "Speed and Torque Controls" on page 13-4.



Press and hold the Torque button to execute a make up or break out sequence. The selected direction determines if it is a make up or break out sequence.

13

Make Up Sequence 

With the Top Drive direction set to Forward: When the Torque button is pressed the Top Drive will verify that the connection is shouldered by first executing a spin in sequence. When the feedback torque is at or greater than the spin torque setting, the torque limit is then ramped up to the makeup torque setting. Once the torque feedback is equal to or greater than the makeup torque setting, the connection is complete and the operator can release the Torque button. At this point the torque limit will then be ramped down.

If the Torque Wrench is in Auto, the first action in the sequence will be to set the Link Rotation and close the torque wrench clamp. The last action in the sequence is to release the clamp. See section titled "Torque Wrench" on page 13-8.

Break Out Sequence 

With the Top Drive direction set to Reverse: When the Torque button is pressed the Top Drive will begin to ramp the torque limit to the maximum torque setting. When the connection breaks and the torque feedback is less than the spin torque setting, the Top Drive will then go into the spin out phase and stay there until the operator releases the Torque button.

If the operator selects Torque while in Drill mode the Torque Wrench will always be used whether or not the Top Drive is in Auto mode. If the connection needs to be broken out without using the Torque Wrench, the operator must select Torque Mode while in Spin mode.

A green backlight marks the current selection.

13-7 www.nov.com

13



Torque Wrench, Elevator, and IBOP Controls Press Elev/TW/IBOP to display the top drive’s torque wrench, elevator, and internal blowout preventer (IBOP) controls.

Torque Wrench 

Press and hold the Torque Wrench - Clamp button to manually clamp the torque wrench onto the drill pipe. A blue outline surrounds the button when active.



Press the Torque Wrench - Auto toggle button to use automatic torque wrench mode during makeup operations.


Elevator 

Press the Elevator - Open button to open the elevator.



Press the Elevator - Arm button to prepare the elevator to close.


13-8 www.nov.com



13

You can also control the elevator using the TD Elevator - Open or Close discrete switch located on the operator workstation’s left control panel.

TD Elevator

IBOP Press the IBOP - Open or Close button to open or close the internal blowout preventer (IBOP).


13-9 www.nov.com

13



Brake Controls Press Brake to display the top drive’s brake controls.

If there is a VFD fault active, the brake is held in the applied state and cannot be released until the fault is cleared.

Press the Brake - On, Auto, or Off buttons to set the top drive brake mode: 

Select Brake - On to engage the brake.



Select Brake - Auto to automatically disengage the brake when the operator demands throttle, and automatically engage the brake when the operator returns the speed to zero throttle position. The brake will not engage until the drive stops, and is not holding torque.



Select Brake - Off to disengage the brake.

Press the Stand Jump - Off or On buttons to activate and de-activate stand jump functionality: 

Select Stand Jump - Off to de-activate stand jump functionality.



Select Stand Jump - On to activate stand jump functionality.


13-10 www.nov.com



13

Link Controls Press Links to display the top drive’s link controls.

Link Rotation Use Link Rotation controls to rotate both the torque wrench and the link tilt assemblies. 

Press and hold the CW (clockwise) or CCW (counter-clockwise) button to rotate the link adapter in the selected direction.

The Link Tilt must be in Float to enable Link Rotation or Link Tilt rotation (see section titled "Link Tilt” below). A green backlight marks the current selection.

Link Tilt Press the Link Tilt - Drill, Float, or Tilt buttons to control the elevator links: 

Select Drill to tilt the elevator links backward into a position that allows drilling operations to proceed.



Select Float to allow the elevator links to float into a neutral position. Link float can also be controlled using the TD Link Float discrete switch located on the driller chair’s left control panel.



Select Tilt to tilt the elevator links forward to the preset derrickman position. Press the button once to tilt forward to the preset derrickman position. The link tilt can also be controlled using the TD Link Tilt discrete switch located on the driller chair’s left control panel.


13-11 www.nov.com

13



MCWS Controls Press MCWS to display the top drive’s Monkey board Collision Warning System controls.

Derrickman’s Stop Press Set to determine the derrickman’s stop height.

Override Press Enable to override the interlocks to the drawworks and allow for continued hoisting.

! Overriding the interlocks could cause potential damage to equipment or injury to personnel. Extreme care should be taken when performing this operation.

Press Elev/TW/IBOP to display the torque wrench, elevator, and IBOP controls again. See section titled "Torque Wrench, Elevator, and IBOP Controls" on page 13-8.

13-12 www.nov.com


13


Top Drive Tool Menu Press the Top Drive button, located on the main menu bar, to display the Top Drive tool menu.




See section titled "Maintenance Mode" on page 13-25.


13-13 www.nov.com

13



Directional Drilling Mode Press Top Drive --> Operator to display the Top Drive Operator menu.

Press Top Drive --> Operator --> Directional Drilling Mode to display the Directional Drilling Mode screen.

13-14 www.nov.com


13


Status Readings and Displays Drill Speed and Torque Displays Vertical Drill Speed (DD throttle) and Torque graphs display along the left side of the Directional Drilling Mode screen.

Digital readings are represented by blue or green bars that rise and fall to indicate the current values. Black markers indicate the current user-defined setpoint values.

See section titled "Speed and Torque Controls" on page 13-17 for information about defining setpoint values.

Current directional drilling speed (DD throttle) and torque values display along the top of the Directional Drilling Mode screen.

13-15 www.nov.com

13



Status Displays Current status indicators display along the right side of the Directional Drilling Mode screen.



Power Slips: The power slips status display changes to reflect the current status, Open or Closed. See Chapter 10, titled "Power Slips.”



IBOP Closed: Yellow indicates the internal blowout preventer (IBOP) is closed; grey indicates the IBOP is open. See section titled "Torque Wrench, Elevator, and IBOP Controls" on page 13-8.



BX Elev Closed: Green indicates that the BX elevator is closed; grey indicates the BX elevator is open. See section titled "Torque Wrench, Elevator, and IBOP Controls" on page 13-8.



Brake On: Yellow indicates that the brake is engaged; grey indicates the brake is not engaged. See section titled "Brake Controls" on page 13-10.



Ramp Failed: Red indicates that the motor ramp-up failed; grey indicates a normal state with no fault. See section titled "TDS Motor Status Displays" on page 13-21.



Drive Fault: Red indicates a variable frequency drive (VFD) fault; grey indicates a normal state with no fault. See section titled "Motor/VFD Status" on page 13-20.



Hydraulic Alarm: Red indicates hydraulic pressure has fallen below acceptable limits; grey indicates the hydraulic pressure is normal.

! If the top drive continues rotating with low hydraulic pressure, severe equipment damage may occur.



Lube Alarm: Red indicates that the gear box lubrication pressure has fallen below an acceptable level (alarm state); grey indicates the pressure is normal. See section titled "TDS Motor Status Displays" on page 13-21.



Blower Alarm: Red indicates a blower fault; grey indicates a normal state with no fault. See section titled "TDS Motor Status Displays" on page 13-21.

13-16 www.nov.com


13


Messages Operator messages display along the bottom of the screen. Messages include operational status information (such as brief descriptions of interlock conditions that are preventing certain operations).

Speed and Torque Controls Defining a Directional Drilling (DD) Throttle Limit Press DD Throttle to display the directional speed limit keypad.

Define a directional speed limit (throttle) value, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad. Press the blue arrow up or down buttons located at the bottom of the graph to incrementally increase or decrease the DD Throttle setpoint value. See section titled "Drill Speed and Torque Displays" on page 13-15.

Zero Throttle Press Zero Throttle to remove throttle from the top drive and reduce its speed to zero rpm.

13-17 www.nov.com

13



Defining a Directional Drilling (DD) Torque Limit Press DD Torque to display the directional torque limit keypad.

Define a directional torque limit, then press Set to confirm the value and close the keypad. Press the blue arrow up or down buttons located at the bottom of the torque graph to incrementally increase or decrease the DD Torque value.

Direction and Mode Controls The top drive Direction and Mode controls display near the top center portion of the Directional Drilling Mode screen.

Press Direction - Forward, Off (disable), or Reverse to define the top drive’s spin direction. A green backlight marks the current selection. Press Mode - Drill, Spin, Torque, or Directional to select a top drive mode: 

Select Drill mode to run the top drive at the Throttle (speed) and Drill Torque setpoints. See section titled "Speed and Torque Controls" on page 13-4.



Select Spin mode to run the top drive at the user-defined Spin Speed and Spin Torque setpoints. See section titled "Defining a Spin Speed Limit" on page 13-5.



Press and hold the Torque button to run the top drive using the user-defined Make Up Torque setpoint. Release the button to return to Spin mode. See section titled "Speed and Torque Controls" on page 13-4.



Press and hold the Torque button to execute a make up or break out sequence. The selected direction determines if it is a make up or a break out sequence.



Select the Directional button to turn on directional drilling.

13-18 www.nov.com



13

Directional Mode Controls Top drive Directional Mode controls display near the lower center portion of the Directional Drilling Mode screen.



Stop: Select Stop to discontinue rotation and go to a steady state.



Bump CW: Select Bump CW to rotate the top drive shaft in a clockwise direction.



Bump CCW: Select Bump CCW to rotate the top drive shaft in a counter-clockwise direction.



Follow: Select Follow to control the top drive from the top drive rotary encoder on the Amphion chair.



Rocking: Select Rocking to set the rocking mode. This mode is used to ensure the drill string is moving while drilling with a mud motor.



Distance to Reference: Displays the present location of the top drive shaft in degrees and the distance remaining in order to reach the reference point. This will primarily be used during rocking operations.



Bump Distance: Bump distance may be set by pressing the blue arrow keys; distance changes in increments of one degree. Bump distance may also be set by pressing the Bump Distance button and using the keypad.



Rocking Reverse Energy: Displays the energy set by the operator during the rocking mode set up.



Energy Now: Displays the actual energy required to turn the top drive shaft. The blue graph to the left indicates the current value.



Set Reference: Press the Set Reference button to reset the Energy Now display to have a maintained offset.



Use as Set Point: Press the Use as Set Point button to take the Energy Now value and send it to the Rocking Reverse Energy display. This becomes the energy set point.

See NOV document number 10522200-SPC, titled “Concept of Operations for Directional Drilling on Amphion TDS Systems.”

13-19 www.nov.com

13



Motor/VFD Status Press Top Drive --> Operator --> Motors to display the Motor/VFD Status screen.

13-20 www.nov.com



13

TDS Motor Status Displays 

Speed: Displays the actual speed of the motor.



Speed Command: Displays the current speed command value received by the motor.



Torque: Displays the actual torque on the motor.



Torque Limit: Displays the user-defined torque limit value. See section titled "Speed and Torque Controls" on page 13-4.



Drive - Assigned: Displays green to indicate the drive is assigned; grey to indicate it is not assigned.



Drive - Ready: Displays green to indicate the drive is ready; grey to indicate an idle state.



Drive - Running: Displays green to indicate the drive monitor is running; grey to indicate an idle state.



Drive - Fault: Displays red to indicate a fault state; grey to indicate a normal state.



Blower Running (1 and 2): Green indicates the blower is running; grey indicates the blower is not running.



Blower Pressure SW (1 and 2): Green indicates that there is air pressure coming from the blower; grey indicates there is no air pressure from the blower.



Motor Overtemp (A and B): Red indicates the motor temperature has exceeded acceptable limits; grey indicates the motor temperature is ok.



Lube Motor Running: Green indicates the lube motor is running; grey indicates the lube motor is not running.



Lube Oil Pressure: Displays green to indicate oil pressure is ok; grey indicates there is no oil pressure detected.

13-21 www.nov.com

13



Fault Reset The Fault Reset button and Reset Count displays are located in the middle of the Motor/VFD Status screen.

Press the Fault Reset button to clear fault displays after the condition is corrected. The Reset Count display shows the number of times the fault has been reset from the screen but not the total number of times it has been reset.

! Resetting the faults does not clear active faults or alarms.

Blower Controls Press Blower/Blower2 - Stop or Start buttons to manually control the blower and blower2 motors.


13-22 www.nov.com


13


HPU The HPU button is located in the lower left corner of the screen.

A green backlight indicates that the Auto mode is selected. See Chapter 8, titled "Hydraulic Power Unit (HPU)."


13-23 www.nov.com

13



Data Trends Press Top Drive --> Operator --> Data Trends to display the Top Drive Trends screen.

The Trends screen displays the top drive’s drilling speed and torque values graphically: 

Press Speed (Day) to display drilling speed data for the past 24 hours.



Press Speed (Hour) to display drilling speed data for the past hour.



Press Torque (Day) to display torque speed data for the past 24 hours.



Press Torque (Hour) to display torque speed data for the past hour.

See section titled "Speed and Torque Controls" on page 13-4.

Press Top Drive --> Operator --> Operator to display the Top Drive Operator screen again. See section titled "Operator Screen" on page 13-1.

13-24 www.nov.com



13

Maintenance Mode Press Top Drive --> Maintenance Mode to display the Maintenance Mode screen.

Press Top Drive - Active to engage maintenance mode for the top drive. Press Top Drive Inactive to disengage maintenance mode. A green backlight indicates the current selection.

See section titled "Maintenance Mode" on page 2-11.

13-25 www.nov.com

13



13-26 www.nov.com


Trip Tank Pumps

14

Operator Screen Press Driller Tools --> Trip Tank Pumps to display the Trip Tank Pumps operator screen.


14

Trip Tank Pumps


Pump Controls Press the Stop or Start button to control the Trip Tank Pump (1 and 2).



14-2 www.nov.com


Trip Tank Pumps

14

Trip Tank Pumps Tool Menu Press the Trip Tank Pumps button, located on the main menu bar, to display the Trip Tank Pumps tool menu.





14-3 www.nov.com

14

Trip Tank Pumps


14-4 www.nov.com


Network Information

A

This chapter contains general information about the Amphion control system, and may or may not represent your particular rig configuration.

Network Commands Opening a Command Prompt 1. Press to display the Windows® Start menu. 2. Click Run, then type cmd into the field provided.

Figure A-1. Command prompt

3. Press or click OK. 4. At the C:> prompt, type the appropriate network command, then press .

Command Descriptions and Syntax Ping Use the ping command with a url, IP address, or host name to test network connectivity, or to verify communication. Use the ping localhost command if both the host name and IP address are unknown (see Figure A-5 on page A-3). See section titled "Network Address Assignments" on page A-5 in this appendix for a complete IP address list.

A-1 www.nov.com Form D811001123-GEN-001/06

A

Network Information

D811006160-MAN-001 Revision 01 Page A-2 of 6

Figure A-2. Ping using a url address

Figure A-3. Ping using the host name

Figure A-4. Ping using an IP address

A-2 www.nov.com


Network Information

A

Figure A-5. Ping localhost

Ping Command Switch Options

Figure A-6. Ping command switch options

Use the ping command to display a list of command switches. Syntax example: ping

-t 123.45.67.8

IP Config Use the ipconfig command to determine the domain name server (DNS), IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway assigned to the current computer. Use the ipconfig /all command to list the IP address, subnet mask address, and other information for each network card to which the current computer is connected.

Tracert Use the tracert command and either the url or IP address to display hop information (all network devices between the computer and the destination address). Syntax example: tracert

www.varco.com or tracert 123.45.67.8

A-3 www.nov.com

A

Network Information


Nslookup Use the nslookup command and a url address to troubleshoot name resolution issues. Displays server name and IP address information. Syntax example: nslookup

www.varco.com

Figure A-7. Nslookup command

A-4 www.nov.com


Network Information

A

Network Address Assignments

See NOV document number D801000721-GEN-001, titled “Amphion Standard DCDA Network IP Addresses,” or your rig-specific “Amphion Network Topology” document.

A-5 www.nov.com

A

Network Information


A-6 www.nov.com

™

Amphion

Tool Controller Service Manual For use with www versions 1.6.0 and earlier

Reference

Reference Description

D811001117-MAN-001

Amphion Tool Controller Service Manual


www.nov.com


Document Number

Rev.

D811001117-MAN-001

02


Revision History

02

27 Oct 2009

Second Issue

Laurie Braaten

Jane Kellstrom

Paul Williams

01

22 Jun 2009

First issue

Laurie Braaten

Paul Williams

Jeff Faga

Rev

Date (dd.mm.yyyy)

Reason for issue

Prepared

Checked

Approved

Change Description Revision

Change Description

01

First Issue

02

Second Issue to rename document title and reformat using new template style.

Amphion™ GPL Statement This program contains proprietary as well as free software; you can redistribute and/or modify the free portion of the software under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. To viewand/or obtain a copy of the free software used in this product,please visit ftp://ftp.amphion.nov.com/gpl/. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall convey to you the right to utilize National Oilwell Varco trademarks, trade names, services marks or other National Oilwell Varco proprietary materials. In addition, you shall not have the right to publish the name of National Oilwell Varco without the prior permission of National Oilwell Varco in writing. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licensealong with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.

www.nov.com

D811001117-MAN-001 Revision 02 Page i of x

Table of Contents Chapter 1: General Information Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Illustrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Safety Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Personnel Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General System Safety Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacing Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Routine Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Proper Use of Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOV Service Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-4

Chapter 2: Amphion™ Control Overview Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Multi-Tool Controller (MTC) Cabinet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Network Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Tool Controller Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Advantech™ Tool Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Beckhoff™ Tool Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 CompactFlash® Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Communication Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Ethernet (ENET) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Profibus (Process Field Bus) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 COM1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Mouse/Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Main Service Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 IP Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Software Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Controller Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Locating Tool Controller IP Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 What is Profibus? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 Tool Controllers and NOV Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11

Chapter 3: Getting Started Connecting to the Tool Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TCP/IP Network Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . With a DHCP Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Without a DHCP Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-1 3-3 3-3 3-5

i www.nov.com

D811001117-MAN-001 Revision 02 Page ii of x

Table of Contents Verifying the Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 Determining an IP Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Using the CompactFlash Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Using a Serial Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Using a Monitor and Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Browser Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 Disable Proxy Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 Install Java . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 Java Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 Open UDP Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17

Chapter 4: Network Links IP Network Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Device or Tool Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Edit Address List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add a New Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add a Group Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rename a Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delete a Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Edit a Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delete a Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Send Address List to Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Show or Hide IP Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Investigate Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4-1 4-2 4-3 4-4 4-4 4-5 4-5 4-6 4-6 4-7 4-8 4-8

Chapter 5: Software Management Links Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 Software Versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Backup and Restore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Varball Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Upload a Varball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Install, Download, or Delete a Varball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Back Up a Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Software Installer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Install WWW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Ownership Configuration File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Process Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Tool Jar File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 Install Controller Archive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 Install .tgz or .tar.gz Archive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 Library Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 Install Operating System Scripts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 Install Applicom® Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 Install Documentation Archive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17 Transfer Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18 Uploading Files to the Tool Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19

ii www.nov.com

D811001117-MAN-001 Revision 02 Page iii of x

Table of Contents Tool Controller Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modifying a File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Downloading a File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-19 5-20 5-21 5-22

Chapter 6: Debug Monitor Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Standard Debug Item Descriptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Selecting Items to Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Creating a Link to Monitored Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Graphing Data for Individual Items. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 Recording and Graphing Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 The Graph Viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11 Saving Recorded Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12 Graph Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12 Graph Display Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13 Show All Graphs on Same Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13 Show All Graphs Stacked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13 Show All Graphs Full Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14 Show All Graphs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14 Plot One Object Against Another . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14 Object Grouping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15 Plot Information Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15 Move, Size, Display (On/Off), and Line Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15 Individual Graph Display Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16 Mousing Inside the Graph Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17 Changing and Saving Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19

Chapter 7: I/O Diagnostics Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 Main Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 I/O Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Profibus DP1 or DP2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 NET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Controller-to-Controller (C2C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Modbus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 No Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 Step7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 Cyberbase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 I/O Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 I/O Identifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 Setting or Forcing Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Displaying Input/Output Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10

iii www.nov.com

D811001117-MAN-001 Revision 02 Page iv of x

Table of Contents Chapter 8: Scheduler Diagnostics Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting Tool Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Main Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing Communication Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Show Distribution Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Show C2C Inconsistencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8-1 8-1 8-2 8-3 8-4 8-4

Chapter 9: Controller-to-Controller (C2C) Status Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Main Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Status Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screen Communication Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tool Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HTTP Requests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Write Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exceptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9-1 9-1 9-2 9-3 9-4 9-6 9-7 9-8 9-8

Chapter 10: Cyberbase Status Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Main Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Status Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Process Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screen Communication Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tool Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HTTP Requests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Write Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exceptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10-1 10-1 10-2 10-2 10-4 10-5 10-7 10-8 10-9 10-9

Chapter 11: Modbus Status Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Main Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Status Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Process Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screen Communication Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tool Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HTTP Requests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Write Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exceptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

11-1 11-1 11-2 11-2 11-4 11-5 11-7 11-8 11-9 11-9

iv www.nov.com

D811001117-MAN-001 Revision 02 Page v of x

Table of Contents Chapter 12: Profibus Network Status Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Main Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Status Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Process Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screen Communication Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tool Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HTTP Requests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Write Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exceptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

12-1 12-1 12-2 12-3 12-4 12-5 12-7 12-8 12-9 12-9

Chapter 13: Step 7 Status Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Main Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Status Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Process Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screen Communication Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tool Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HTTP Requests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Write Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exceptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

13-1 13-1 13-2 13-2 13-4 13-5 13-7 13-8 13-9 13-9

Chapter 14: State Diagrams Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Main Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . State Diagram Language Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unified Modeling Language Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diagnosing Problems Using State Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

14-1 14-1 14-2 14-3 14-4

Chapter 15: Axis Controller Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting an Axis Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Axis Controller Overview Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Field Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Override Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Normal Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Position Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Feedback Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum Negative Velocity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum Positive Velocity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

15-1 15-1 15-2 15-2 15-2 15-2 15-2 15-3 15-3 15-3 15-3 15-3 15-3 15-3

v www.nov.com

D811001117-MAN-001 Revision 02 Page vi of x

Table of Contents Editing a Field Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Axis Controller Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . State Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Execution Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

15-4 15-5 15-5 15-6

Chapter 16: Download Alarms Chapter 17: Operator Screen Configuration Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Main Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Current Tool Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . My Tools Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Main Navigation Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Current Tool Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Button Title and Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deleting a Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Moving a Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting the Default Tool Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Restoring Original Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saving Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

17-1 17-1 17-2 17-2 17-3 17-4 17-5 17-6 17-6 17-6 17-6 17-6 17-6

Chapter 18: Service Pages Configuration Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Main Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Show or Hide the Path Editor Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Show or Hide the State Diagram Viewer Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add or Delete Custom Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add a Custom Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delete a Custom Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

18-1 18-1 18-2 18-2 18-3 18-3 18-3

Chapter 19: Ownership Configuration Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Main Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Load Ownership File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Save Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tool Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add a Tool Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Edit a Tool Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remove a Tool Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set the Base IP Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Change Item Display Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Edit Network Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set the Base IP Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

19-1 19-1 19-2 19-3 19-3 19-4 19-5 19-5 19-5 19-6 19-6 19-7 19-7

vi www.nov.com

D811001117-MAN-001 Revision 02 Page vii of x

Table of Contents HMIs (Touchscreens) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-7 Add a Touchscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-8 Edit a Touchscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-9 Remove a Touchscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-9 Set the Base IP Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-9 Change Item Display Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-9 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-9 Add a Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-10 Edit a Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-11 Remove a Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-12 Change Item Display Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-12 Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-12 Add a Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-13 Edit a Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-15 Remove a Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-15 Edit a Group’s Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-15 Remove a Tool from a Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-16 Change Item Display Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-16 Exclusions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-16 Add an Exclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-16 Edit an Exclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-17 Remove an Exclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-17 Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-18 Add Preconfigured Main Menu Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-18 Editing a Button’s Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-20 Change Item Display Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-20 Remove All Preconfigured Main Menu Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-21 Add a Process Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-21 Select the Navigation Bar’s Home Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-23 Change Item Display Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-23 Add a Tool Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-24 Edit a Tool Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-25 Add a Link to a Tool Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-26 Edit a Tool Button Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-27 Remove a Link from a Tool Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-27 Remove a Tool Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-28 Change Item Display Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-28

Chapter 20: Simulation Control Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Main Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Enable and Turn On Simulation Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Disable or Pause Simulation Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Define a Tool Controller as a Dedicated Simulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set WebObjects Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Load an Existing a Simulation File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Download a Simulation File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

20-1 20-1 20-2 20-3 20-3 20-3 20-3 20-4

vii www.nov.com

D811001117-MAN-001 Revision 02 Page viii of x

Table of Contents Upload a Simulation File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-4

Chapter 21: Array Manipulator Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-1 Main Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-1

Chapter 22: Trigger Editor Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reference Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alarm Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Main Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating an Event Trigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Boolean Value Triggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Numeric Value Triggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing a Trigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deleting a Trigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

22-1 22-1 22-1 22-2 22-3 22-4 22-5 22-5 22-6

Chapter 23: Consistency Checker Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-1 Main Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-1

Chapter 24: Set Date and Time Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-1 Main Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-1

Chapter 25: Path Editor Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-1 Main Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-2 Selecting Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-3 Traverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-4 Fillet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-4 Attribute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-4 Changing Point Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-5 Setting Path Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-6 Adding, Deleting, and Editing Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-7 Adding Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-7 Deleting Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-8 Editing Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-8 Adding Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-9 Selecting a View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-9 Show or Hide Teach Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-10 Learning a Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-10 Traverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-11 Show Traverse Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-11 Set Traverse Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-12

viii www.nov.com

D811001117-MAN-001 Revision 02 Page ix of x

Table of Contents Show or Hide Indices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fingerboard Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Guess Fingerboard Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Edit Fingerboard Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Show or Hide Fingerboard Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Open Fingerboard Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

25-13 25-14 25-15 25-15 25-16 25-18 25-18

Chapter 26: Set IP Address on Network Device Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-1 Main Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-1

Chapter 27: Controller Links Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-1 Java® Virtual Manager (JVM) Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-2 Log Manager/Viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-3 Restart the JVM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-5 Flashing the Applicom® Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-5 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-8 Verifying that the Tool Controller is Working . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-9 Restarting the Tool Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-10 Halting the Tool Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-10 Operator Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-11 Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-11

Chapter 28: Advanced Operations Replacing a Tool Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-1 Removing and Installing a CompactFlash™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-3 Tool Controller IP Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-5 About the admin_config.xml File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-7 The Controller Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-8 The Webserver Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-10 The Logging Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-11 Interfacing With Linux® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-15 Tool Controller User Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-15 Installing PuTTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-16 Starting an Interactive Session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-16 Connecting to the Tool Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-18 Listing Tool Controller Directories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-18 Installing Tool Controller Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-19 Restarting the JVM (restartj9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-19 Rebooting the Tool Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-20 Linux Command Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-20 cd, ls, ls -l, pwd, cp, mw Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-21 ps Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-21 top Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-22

ix www.nov.com

D811001117-MAN-001 Revision 02 Page x of x

Table of Contents netstat Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-22 Vi Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-23

Appendix Profibus Addressing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1 I/O Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1 I/O Identifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1 Node Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2 Byte and Bit Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2 Setting Up and Using AmphiCom™. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4 Configuration File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5 SERVICE Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5 SBC Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5 Quick Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-6 Using AmphiCom with Microsoft Excel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-8 Dynamic Data Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-8 Writing Data to the Tool Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-9 Visual Basic Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-10

x www.nov.com


General Information This manual is intended for use by field engineering, installation, operation, and repair personnel. Every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information contained herein. National Oilwell Varco (NOV®) will not be held liable for errors in this material, or for consequences arising from misuse of this material.

Conventions Notes, cautions, and warnings provide readers with additional information, and to advise the reader to take specific action to protect personnel from potential injury or lethal conditions. They may also inform the reader of actions necessary to prevent equipment damage. Pay close attention to these advisories.

Notes

The note symbol indicates that additional information is provided about the current topics.

Cautions

! The caution symbol indicates that potential damage to equipment or injury to personnel exists. Follow instructions explicitly. Extreme care should be taken when performing operations or procedures preceded by this caution symbol.

Warnings

The warning symbol indicates a definite risk of equipment damage or danger to personnel. Failure to observe and follow proper procedures could result in serious or fatal injury to personnel, significant property loss, or significant equipment damage.

1-1 www.nov.com

1


General Information

Illustrations Illustrations (figures) provide a graphical representation of equipment components or screen snapshots for use in identifying parts or establishing nomenclature, and may or may not be drawn to scale. For component information specific to your rig configuration, see the technical drawings included with your NOV documentation.

Safety Requirements NOV equipment is installed and operated in a controlled drilling rig environment involving hazardous situations. Proper maintenance is important for safe and reliable operation. Procedures outlined in NOV manuals are the recommended methods of performing operations and maintenance.


Personnel Training All personnel performing installation, operations, repair, or maintenance procedures on the equipment, or those in the vicinity of the equipment, should be trained on rig safety, tool operation, and maintenance to ensure their safety.


Contact the NOV training department for more information about equipment operation and maintenance training.

Recommended Tools Service operations may require the use of tools designed specifically for the purpose described. NOV recommends that only those tools specified be used when stated. Ensure that personnel and equipment safety are not jeopardized when following service procedures or using tools not specifically recommended by NOV.

1-2 www.nov.com


General Information

1

General System Safety Practices The equipment discussed in this manual may require or contain one or more utilities, such as electrical, hydraulic, pneumatic, or cooling water.


R

Isolate all energy sources before beginning work.

R


R


Replacing Components R

Verify that all components (such as cables, hoses, etc.) are tagged and labeled during disassembly and reassembly of equipment to ensure correct installment.

R

Replace failed or damaged components with NOV certified parts. Failure to do so could result in equipment damage, or personal injury.

Routine Maintenance Equipment must be maintained on a regular and routine basis. See the service manual for maintenance recommendations.


Proper Use of Equipment NOV equipment is designed for specific functions and applications, and should be used only for their intended purpose.

1-3 www.nov.com

1

General Information


NOV Service Centers The link below provides after-hours contact information for emergencies or other equipment issues requiring an immediate response by NOV service personnel. http://www.nov.com/contact_us/24hr_EmergencyList.asp Also see NOV document number D811001337-DAS-001, titled “Service Center Directory.”

1-4 www.nov.com


Amphion™ Control Overview Introduction The Amphion™ service pages interface provides extensive information about how the tool is performing. The interface is Web-based, accessible using a Web browser. A technician can connect to most devices connected to the network to monitor its performance and help diagnose problems. This manual explains how to: R

Connect to the device

R

Configure device settings

R

Replace a tool controller

R

Identify performance problems

R

Identify communication problems

This manual does not address drilling operation screens or specific tool calibration procedures. Please refer to toolspecific documentation, or the rig-specific Amphion operator’s guide for additional information.

2-1 www.nov.com

2

Amphion™ Control Overview


Multi-Tool Controller (MTC) Cabinet The MTC cabinet houses the workstation and network control components, and is normally located in the drill floor local electrical room (LER).

Network Switches The MTC cabinet contains redundant network switches developed particularly for use in industrial environments. They allow construction of switched Ethernet networks that conform to the IEEE 802 and 802.3u standard using copper wire or optical fiber in a ring topology. Switches are mounted by snapping them onto a standard DIN rail.

Power Supplies Two redundant 24-volt DC power supplies provide power via a common bus to most components inside the MTC. In general, each component has its own circuit breaker to provide maximum maintenance flexibility. There are also two 5-volt power supplies dedicated to the Advantech tool controllers, and two 24volt power supplies dedicated to the Beckhoff tool controllers that work in parallel to share power demands. One, however, is sufficient should the other fail. The multi-tool controller (MTC) cabinet provides power distribution for workstation equipment, and supports dual redundant uninterruptible power supply (UPS) feeds. It is designed for installation in a safe area, and supports bottom-entry cable penetration.

See rig-specific engineering cabinet assembly diagram and electrical connection diagram for more detailed information.

2-2 www.nov.com



2

Tool Controller Hardware The tool controller assembly, located in the control system (MTC) cabinet, is an industrial CPU to which you can connect using a browser. Two typical tool controllers are shown here.

Advantech™ Tool Controller COM 1

Power

Ethernet status lights

Fuse (10-Amp/250-Volt)

ON

COM

OFF

LAN

SE

Ethernet

FU

E US

F U SE

Profibus status light

F

KEY MSE

BLINKING

RST

Mouse/ Keyboard

GREEN = OK VGA

PWR

COMPACT FLASH

Video

Power status light

HDD

Hard disk drive status light

DP1

Profibus DP1 Compact Flash card

2-3 www.nov.com

2



Beckhoff™ Tool Controller CPU status indicators

Profibus status indicator

Power status indicator

CX Profibus Scanner

BECKHOFF

DRL-DPM-BKF

BF ST

Profibus

BECKHOFF

BECKHOFF

BradCommunications

Ethernet port 1

CPU Module

Ethernet port 2 Profibus

CompactFlash card insert

CompactFlash card eject

Power connections

Power

! Do not remove the CompactFlash® card before turning off power. Do not turn off the tool controller while it is controlling a tool or communicating with other devices on the network.

R

Advantech: Press the Power button on the tool controller to turn it on or off.

R

Beckhoff: Press the tool controller’s individual circuit breaker located inside the MTC cabinet to turn it on or off. Refer to your rig-specific MTC assembly drawing for the exact location of the power switch.

The Power LEDs display green when the tool controller is on.

2-4 www.nov.com



2

CompactFlash® Card Tool controllers contain a processor and memory, and run a specialized version of the Linux™ operating system. A Java™ Technology program is embedded on a removable device called a CompactFlash memory card. On the Advantech tool controller, the CompactFlash card is installed in a slot in the tool controller chassis, secured by a screw-down panel. The Beckhoff tool controller has a CompactFlash eject button. The CompactFlash LED (HDD) blinks when the card is in use (information is being read or written).

Communication Ports

! Although some tool controllers have keyboard, mouse, and monitor ports similar to a standard PC, they should not be used during normal operations. Connecting directly to the tool controller using the COM1 or the keyboard/mouse and video ports is a non-standard procedure for this product. To prevent possible equipment damage, do not experiment with connections.

Ethernet (ENET) Connects the tool controller to the local area network (LAN). R

Advantech: A green light located near the port displays solid green when communication is established, and another blinks yellow when the tool controller is sending or receiving data.

R

Beckhoff: LAN 1 or LAN 2 (related to Ethernet ports 1 and 2) displays solid green when communication is established, and blinks when the tool controller is sending or receiving data.

Profibus (Process Field Bus) Profibus is optional. Connects the tool controller to remote I/Os. The Profibus communication status indicator normally displays green, indicating a ready status. Blinking green indicates that data is being transmitted or received. Blinking red LEDs indicate a data exchange error. Steady red indicates a wiring problem, a bus speed discrepancy, or a node-address conflict. Blinking red and green indicates that the Applicom card was flashed, but there is no Profibus hardware attached to it.

COM1 Can be used to connect a computer to the tool controller using a a serial cable (Advantech only).

Mouse/Keyboard PS/2 port that can be used to connect an keyboard or mouse to the tool controller (Advantech only).

2-5 www.nov.com

2



Video Can be used to connect an SVGA monitor to the tool controller (Advantech only).

Main Service Page Type the appropriate tool controller’s IP address into your Web browser’s address field to connect to the tool controller interface.

Click the IP Network link located on the left side of the page to display a grouped list of devices connected to the network. The center and right side of the page contains additional links to the current tool controller interface. See general descriptions below. The top right corner of the page displays the current controller’s tool name.

Page options are not the same for all tool controllers.

After selecting a link, click the Contents link to return to main service page.

You can also use the Back or Forward buttons in your browser to navigate between pages.

2-6 www.nov.com



2

IP Network Contains links and information about devices connected to the rig network, including IP address assignments, communication status information, and IP configuration options. See Chapter 4, titled "Network Links” for more information.

Software Management Contains links to software version information and software installer and file transfer utilities (normally used by rig technicians and software engineers). See Chapter 5, titled "Software Management Links” for more information.

Diagnostics Contains links to I/O and other communication status screens. Also contains a link to axis controllers and state diagrams (where applicable), which are interactive documents used to debug tool problems. See the following chapters in this manual for more information: R

Chapter 6, titled "Debug Monitor”

R

Chapter 7, titled "I/O Diagnostics”

R

Chapter 8, titled "Scheduler Diagnostics”

R

Chapter 9, titled "Controller-to-Controller (C2C) Status”

R

Chapter 10, titled "Cyberbase Status”

R

Chapter 11, titled "Modbus Status”

R

Chapter 12, titled "Profibus Network Status”

R

Chapter 13, titled "Step 7 Status”

R

Chapter 14, titled "State Diagrams”

R

Chapter 15, titled "Axis Controller”

R

Chapter 16, titled "Download Alarms”

Configuration This section contains links to the following modules. See the appropriately-titled chapter for additional information. R

Operator Screen Configuration

R

Service Pages Configuration

R

Ownership Configuration

R

Simulation Control

R

Array Manipulator

R

Trigger Editor

R

Consistency Checker

R

Set Date and Time

R

Path Editor

R

Set IP Address on Network Device

2-7 www.nov.com

2



Controller Links Contains the Java Virtual Machine (JVM) status and restart controls, the current tool controller’s status, halt, start, and restart controls, and Applicom card flash controls. Also contains a link to the current tool controller’s log manager files, the operator’s drilling control touchscreen interface, and other NOV technical documentation. R

See the rig-specific Amphion operator’s guide for information about the operator’s drilling control (touchscreen) software interface.

R

See Chapter 27, titled "Controller Links.”

2-8 www.nov.com



2

Locating Tool Controller IP Addresses R

See NOV document number D801000721-GEN-001, titled “Amphion Standard DCDA Network IP Addresses.”

R

Refer to the Amphion user’s or technical reference manual for a complete list of IP addresses.

R

Use the main service page’s IP Network link. See section titled "Device or Tool Selection" on page 4-2, and section titled "Investigate Address" on page 4-8”.

R

Refer to rig and network drawings.

R

The IP address of the tool controller may be printed on the CompactFlash card label. Remove the card from the tool controller and look at the label.

R

See section titled "Determining an IP Address" on page 3-8.

2-9 www.nov.com

2



What is Profibus? Process Field Bus (Profibus) refers to the hardware. Profibus DP is the software (communication protocol) for connecting multiple industrial devices on a shared pathway or channel (bus).

Laptop Computer

Ethernet

Hub

Tool Controller #1

Tool Controller #2

Tool Controller #3

DP1

DP1

DP1

Profibus

Sensor

Digital I/O

Actuator

Profibus

Profibus

VFD

I/O Devices on Tool #1

Sensor

Digital I/O

Actuator


Sensor

Digital I/O

Actuator

Encoder


Features: R

Ability to connect I/O devices and simple field devices to an automation system

R

Flexible communication for peer-to-peer networking and data collection

R

High-speed data transfer of small volumes of data between central and peripheral devices

R

High data integrity

R

One master can service several slaves

R

Several masters can participate on the bus

See a complete description of this protocol at http://www.profibus.com.

2-10 www.nov.com



2

Tool Controllers and NOV Tools Ethernet communication is used for network communication, and Profibus DP is used to communicate between tool controllers and the remote I/Os. Profibus refers to the hardware, whereas Profibus DP refers to the protocol for connecting multiple industrial devices on a shared pathway or channel (bus). One Applicom® communication card installed in some tool controllers provides Profibus communication with individual tool remote I/Os, when required. A tool controller may have one Applicom card (master) or no Applicom cards. The card (labeled DP1) communicates with the remote I/O. The tool controller program sends read and write commands to the ApplicomIO® interface, which transfers them through the master Applicom card to the slave (point or node on the tool). If the program sends a “read” command, the slave responds by sending input back to the tool controller. If the program sends a “write” command, the slave responds by performing the command.

Tool Controller

Control Program

Profibus Card (inside tool controller)

Profibus Device

DP Master

DP Slave

Input data

Input data

Output data

Output data

IO_ReadByte... Applicom IO® interface IO_WriteQByte...

Flashing an applicom uploads the configuration as set in the applicom.zip file located in the /varco/data/applicom folder to the Applicom card, and is burned to EEPROM. Once the Applicom card has been flashed, the settings are retained until flashed with a different configuration. See Chapter 27, section titled "Flashing the Applicom® Card" on page 27-5 for instructions.

2-11 www.nov.com

2



2-12 www.nov.com


Getting Started Connecting to the Tool Controller 1. Connect your computer to the rig network. See section titled "TCP/IP Network Settings" on page 3-3. 2. Determine the IP address of the tool controller. There are several ways to do this. See section titled "Determining an IP Address" on page 3-8. 3. Type the tool controller’s IP address into the Web browser’s address field, then press to display the main service page (shown here).

If you are able to connect to the main service page, your computer settings do not require adjustment. If you are unable to connect, see section below.

To optimize your browser for the Web interface, see section titled "Browser Settings" on page 3-13.

If you are unable to connect to the tool controller interface:

3-1 www.nov.com

3

Getting Started


1. Verify that the tool controller is turned on. See section titled "Power" on page 2-4. 2. Verify that the Profibus communication status light card is blinking. See illustrations in section titled "Tool Controller Hardware" on page 2-3. 3. Verify that the Ethernet cable is connected the tool controller, and the Ethernet indicator lights display green. To locate the port and the indicator lights, see illustrations in section titled "Tool Controller Hardware" on page 2-3. 4. Verify that your computer is connected to the network. 5. Ping the tool controller. See section titled "Verifying the Connection" on page 3-7. 6. Verify that the computer’s IP address is correct. Each IP address consists of four parts, separated by periods: xxx.xxx.xxx.yyy The first three parts (xxx.xxx.xxx) are the same for all devices. The fourth part (yyy) must be unique for each device on the network. If another computer is already connected to the network, the address you are attempting to assign to your system may already be in use. Ping the address you are attempting to use. If you get a response, the address is already taken. For more information, see section titled "Determining an IP Address" on page 3-8.

3-2 www.nov.com


Getting Started

3

TCP/IP Network Settings Your computer may already be set up to connect to the network automatically. If not, configure network settings manually as described in this chapter. NOV standard computer settings have DHCP (dynamic host configuration protocol) enabled, as most rigs have a DHCP server. Computers use DHCP to automatically obtain configuration information that allows them to join networks. Specific procedures depend upon your particular rig’s DHCP server. To connect directly to a single tool controller, or if the rig does not have a DHCP server. See section titled "Without a DHCP Server" on page 3-5. If you are attempting to connect to a non-NOV network, and cannot connect after following the procedures outlined in this chapter, contact your network administrator for assistance.

With a DHCP Server Connect your computer to the network, and attempt to connect to the controller computer. If you are unable to connect, it may be necessary to repair your network connection by clearing existing IP address settings: 1. Click Start --> Run. 2. Type cmd into the space provided, then press . A command line prompt window appears. 3. Type ipconfig, then press to display the network settings for each adapter.

Q

The IP address beginning with 128.1.x.x for the first adapter indicates that it is configured for the 128.1.0.0 network.

Q

IP addresses of 0.0.0.0 indicate that the adapter is not configured because the computer is using dial-up networking.

4. Type ipconfig

/release, then press .

5. Type ipconfig the DHCP server.

/renew, then press to receive a new IP address from

3-3 www.nov.com

3

Getting Started


6. Type exit, then press to close the window.

The name of the Ethernet adapter varies depending on the manufacturer. If you unsure about which adapter to select, repeat the steps in this section for each Ethernet adapter listed to identify one that works.

If you are still unable to connect: 1. Click Start --> Control Panel --> Network Connections. 2. Right-click Local Area Connection, the click to select Repair from the pop-up menu.

3-4 www.nov.com


Getting Started

3

Without a DHCP Server 1. Click Start --> Control Panel. 2. Double-click the Network Connections icon to display the Network Connections pop-up window. 3. Right-click Local Area Connection, then click to select Properties from the menu to display the Local Area Connection Properties window.

4. Scroll down to display and click to select Internet Protocol (TCP/IP), then click Properties to display the pop-up window shown here.

5. Click to select the Use the following IP address radio button.

3-5 www.nov.com

3

Getting Started


To connect to another network using DHCP, select Obtain an IP address automatically.

6. Type the IP Address, Subnet Mask, and Default Gateway into the spaces provided. If you do not have rig-specific settings, see NOV document number D801000721-GEN-001, titled “Amphion Standard DCDA Network IP Addresses.”

Two computers on the same network cannot have the same IP address. Make sure the IP address for your computer is not already in use.

7. Click OK. 8. Click OK again to close the Properties window.

3-6 www.nov.com


Getting Started

3

Verifying the Connection The ping command tests the network connection between your computer and the tool controller. 1. Click Start --> Run. 2. Type cmd into the space provided, then press . A command line prompt window appears. 3. Type ping

[IP address] into the space provided, then press .

The figure shown here illustrates successful communication with the tool controller. If you cannot access the service pages, but are able to ping the tool controller: R

Verify that you used the correct IP address when attempting to connect to the service pages.

R

Shut off the tool controller, then ping it again to verify that the IP address is no longer part of the network. Turn the tool controller back on. Verify the IP address again. If you are still able to ping the tool controller, allow it to run for up to four hours. A known issue exists, wherein tool controller start-up time is slow under certain conditions.

R

Verify that the CPU running light, located on the front of the control system cabinet, is on. If the tool controller program has stopped running, this light will not be illuminated.

If ping responds with “Request timed out,” the IP address for the tool controller is incorrect. See section titled "Determining an IP Address" on page 3-8.

3-7 www.nov.com

3

Getting Started


Determining an IP Address The IP address is stored in the CompactFlash™ in the tool controller. This procedure explains how to bypass normal procedures and determine the IP address directly from the CompactFlash.

To prevent damage to the tool controller, do not experiment with commands while connected to a computer as described in this section.

There are three ways to access this information directly: R

Using the CompactFlash card and your computer.

R

Using a serial cable between the tool controller and your computer (Advantech tool controllers only).

R

Using a monitor and keyboard connected to the unit.

The Advantech tool controllers have COM1, video, and mouse/keyboard ports. The Beckhoff tool controllers may or may not include a module containing DVI and USB ports. See the illustrations in section titled “Tool Controller Hardware” on page 2-3 for port locations.

Using the CompactFlash Card 1. Mount the CompactFlash card on your computer using a compact flash adapter. 2. Open Windows® file explorer and locate the device named VARCO_FAT, then double-click to open. 3. Locate and double-click the file named Win2Flash.exe. After the application gathers data, it displays the IP address (in addition to other information about the card).

Using a Serial Connection 1. Connect the tool controller to a computer using a serial (null modem) cable between the COM1 port on the tool controller and your computer’s serial port. To locate the COM1 port on the tool controller, see section titled "Tool Controller Hardware" on page 2-3. 2. Click Start --> Programs --> Accessories. 3. Launch the HyperTerminal application. 4. HyperTerminal may automatically prompt you to create a new connection. If not click File --> New Connection to display the View Properties window.

3-8 www.nov.com


Getting Started

3

Arrow-down button Configure button

5. Click the Connect To tab if necessary. 6. Click the Connect using arrow-down button and click to select COM1. 7. Click Configure to display the COM1 Properties window.

Click the down arrow next to each port setting and select the following from the drop-down menus: Q

Bits per second: 9600

Q

Data bits: 8 data bits

Q

Parity: None

Q

Stop bits: 1t

Q

Flow control: None

8. Click Apply, then click OK. 9. Click the Settings tab. 10. Click to select the Terminal keys radio button.

3-9 www.nov.com

3

Getting Started


11. Click the Emulation arrow-down button and click to select ANSI. 12. Set the Backscroll buffer lines to 500. 13. Click OK. 14. Shut down the tool controller. Wait five seconds, then turn the unit on again to cycle power. The program displays a series of messages followed by a login prompt.

15. Continue with step 3 in section titled "Using a Monitor and Keyboard" on page 3-11 below.

3-10 www.nov.com


Getting Started

3

Using a Monitor and Keyboard 1. Connect a VGA monitor and a keyboard to the tool controller. 2. Turn the tool controller off, wait five seconds, then turn the unit on again to cycle power.

3. After initial startup messages, type root at the login prompt and press . 4. Type ifconfig, then press . The IP address and other network information displays.

The IP address begins with the prefix inet addr.

3-11 www.nov.com

3

Getting Started


If the information you need is located earlier in the buffer, press and hold the key, then press the key to scroll through the information.

5. Type exit, then press . 6. Disconnect the serial cable or monitor and keyboard connections.

3-12 www.nov.com


Getting Started

3

Browser Settings National Oilwell Varco (NOV®) recommends using Microsoft® Internet Explorer version 5.5 or later to connect to the tool controller. Other browsers may work, but have not been tested (versions 5.5, 6.0, 7.0, and 8.0 have been tested). Instructions in this manual are based on the assumption you are using Internet Explorer version 6.0 This section provides steps for optimizing your browser to work with the tool controller.

Disable Proxy Server 1. Launch Internet Explorer. 2. Click Tools --> Internet Options to display the Internet Options pop-up window.

3. Click to select the Connections tab. 4. Click LAN Settings to display the Local Area Network (LAN) Settings pop-up window (shown below).

3-13 www.nov.com

3

Getting Started


Deselect

5. Click to deselect Use a Proxy Server and click OK.

Contact your system administrator if the proxy server option is disabled.

6. Click OK again to close the Internet Options window.

3-14 www.nov.com


Getting Started

3

Install Java 1. Launch Internet Explorer. 2. Type www.java.com into the browser’s address field. 3. Click Free Java Download, then follow screen prompts to install java on your computer. 4. Restart Internet Explorer. 5. Connect to the tool controller by following instructions in the section section titled "Connecting to the Tool Controller" on page 3-1.

Java Settings 1. Click Start --> Control Panel --> Java to display the Java Control Panel pop-up window.

2. If necessary, click to select the General tab, then click Settings to display the screen shown below.

3-15 www.nov.com

3

Getting Started


Deselect

3. If necessary, click to deselect the Keep temporary files on my computer radio button. 4. Click OK. 5. Click OK again to close the Java Control Panel pop-up window.

3-16 www.nov.com


Getting Started

3

Open UDP Ports A feature in Windows XP Service Pack 2 blocks UDP streaming data coming from the tool controller, forcing the applets to use an alternative HTTP servlet method of communication, which can slow communications considerably. Although it is possible to unblock whole programs in Windows Firewall, NOV recommends unblocking specific ports instead. 1. Click Start --> Control Panel, then double-click Windows Firewall to display the Windows Firewall pop-up window.

2. Click to select the Exceptions tab. 3. Click Add Port to display the Add Port pop-up window (shown below).

3-17 www.nov.com

3

Getting Started


4. Click to select UDP. 5. Type widget Name field.

udp 10109 (for UDP port 10109) into the space provided in the

6. Type 10109 into the space provided in the Port Number field. 7. Click OK to return to the Windows Firewall pop-up window. 8. Click Add Port again to display the Add Port pop-up window. 9. Repeat steps 5 - 7 to appropriately name and open the following ports: Q

10110

Q

10111

Q

10112

Q

10113

Q

10114

Q

10115

Q

10116

Q

10117

Q

10118

Q

10119

Q

10120

3-18 www.nov.com


Network Links IP Network Menu Click IP Network to display the IP Network menu.

Click to select a group and display a list of all known devices connected to the network within that group, or click to select an action (discussed later in this chapter).

4-1 www.nov.com

4

Network Links


Device or Tool Selection Click IP Network --> NOV Tool Controllers (or any other group) to display a list of all known devices connected to the network within that group.

If the network links system is still attempting to communicate with a device the text displays in yellow, and the message “not yet tested” displays next to its name. Devices that do not respond to a ping display in red, along with an “unresponsive to ping” status message. If the ping is successful, the text display is black, and no status message appears.

Close and reopen the menu to refresh the ping status message displays.

Click to select a device from the submenu to display its main service page, as shown in section titled "Main Service Page" on page 2-6. Click the Show or Hide IP Addresses toggle menu item to display or hide each device’s IP address. See section titled "Show or Hide IP Addresses" on page 4-8.

4-2 www.nov.com


Network Links

4

Edit Address List Click IP Network --> Edit Address List to display the device groups connected to the network.

From this window, you can add, delete, and rename device groups, or add, delete, and rename device names within each group. Click the icon located to the left of the group to expand and display the devices within the group.

Click OK or cancel to close the window and return to the main Web page.

4-3 www.nov.com

4

Network Links


Add a New Group Right-click Network Device Groups, then click Add Group.

Type a group name into the space provided, then click OK to close the Add Group pop-up window. The new group is now listed in the Edit Address List window. See "Add a Group Device” below.

Add a Group Device Right-click the device group, then click Add Network Device.

Type the device name and valid IP address into the spaces provided, then click OK to return to the Edit Address List window. The new device is listed within the group.

4-4 www.nov.com


Network Links

4

Rename a Group Right-click the device group, then click Edit Group Name.

Type a name into the space provided, then click OK to close the Change Group Name pop-up window. The new group name is listed in the Edit Address List window.

Delete a Group Right-click the device group, then click Delete Group.

Click Yes or No to confirm or cancel and return to the Edit Address List window.

4-5 www.nov.com

4

Network Links


Edit a Device Right-click a network device, then click Edit Network Device.

Type the appropriate information into the spaces provided, then click OK to save changes and return to the Edit Address List window.

Delete a Device Right-click a network device, then click Delete Network Device.

Click Yes or No to confirm or cancel and return to the Edit Address List window.

4-6 www.nov.com


Network Links

4

Send Address List to Controllers Click IP Network --> Send Address List to Other Controllers to update and store IP address information to the tool controllers. After a few minutes the Copy Results confirmation window appears.

Click OK to close the window.

4-7 www.nov.com

4

Network Links


Show or Hide IP Addresses Click IP Network --> Show IP Addresses or Hide IP Addresses toggle menu command to display or hide the assigned network device IP addresses.

Click the toggle menu command again to show or hide the IP address information.

Investigate Address Use the address investigator to evaluate the communication status of devices connected to the network using the ping command, then (if successful) attempts to make an HTTP connection. Click IP Network > Investigate Address, then type an IP address into the space provided.

Click OK to begin the investigation.

Not every device that is online and on the network will respond to a ping.

If the device responds to the ping request, the system then attempts to make an HTTP connection. If the device responds with its name (as shown below), the device is likely an NOV tool controller.

4-8 www.nov.com


Network Links

4

If the HTTP request returns error code 404 (file not found), the system attempts to locate the device’s default web page. I/O devices and network switches have their own Web servers, whereas an HMI does not. If the remote device responds to the ping, but does not have a Web server, the device is likely an HMI (operator workstation touchscreen), and displays the message: “refused HTTP connection. Windows HMI?” (see below).

If the remote device responds to the ping, but the device is not a tool controller, and has a Web server, the investigator will display that page’s title in most cases (see below), which helps the operator to determine the device type.

4-9 www.nov.com

4

Network Links


Certain devices, such as network switches, require a user name and password.

If the HTTP request returns error code 503, the address is probably assigned to V-DAQ™. The system verifies this, then displays a message to that effect. Click OK to close the window.

4-10 www.nov.com


Software Management Links Overview The purpose of this module is to report software version information installed, and allow the operator to back up, restore, or install software to the system.

! Several functions within the Software Management module require an administrator password. Only trained, qualified personnel should install or update tool controller software.

An administrative password is required the first time the user attempts to access a restricted function. A password is not required again unless the browser is closed and restarted.

Type the password into the space provided, then click OK to continue.

Click the Contents link at any time to return to the main service page.

5-1 www.nov.com

5

Software Management Links


Software Versions Click Software Versions to display an overview of the currently selected tool controller’s software configuration.

Click Show Details to display additional information, such as software versions and error messages (see below).

Click the Contents link to return to the main service page.

5-2 www.nov.com



5

Backup and Restore Click Backup and Restore, then type the administrator password into the space provided if necessary. Click Login to continue and display the Tool Personality Manager page.

Varballs currently stored on the tool controller

Varball Overview A varball is an archive of tool controller files that are not a generic flash image, but rather files that make that tool’s flash card unique. The varball is essentially an archive of the tool’s “personality,” and is commonly referred to as its “personality archive” file.

Upload a Varball Click Browse to locate and select an existing varball file stored on your computer’s hard drive or an accessible server. Click Upload Varball to upload the selected file to the tool controller.

Uploading a varball simply stores the file to the tool controller. See installation instructions in section titled "Install, Download, or Delete a Varball" on page 5-4.

5-3 www.nov.com

5



Install, Download, or Delete a Varball All varballs currently stored on the tool controller’s flash card are listed beneath the Upload Varball entry field. Each file lists the last modified date, which is normally the date that the archive was created. However, if the file was downloaded, erased, then uploaded again, the date of the last upload displays. Each varball listed includes the option to install, download, or delete. R

Click the associated Install button to overwrite the existing varball with the selected file. The tool controller restarts after a new varball is installed.

R

Click the associated Download button to download and save the varball to your computer’s hard drive or to an accessible server.

R

Click the associated Delete file to delete the varball from the tool controller.

Back Up a Controller Use Create New Personality Archive to create a backup of the controller’s tool- and rig-specific files (its “personality”); this creates a new varball file and stores it on the tool controller. The file is a snapshot of the controller’s current configuration. It can be stored on the controller and used at a later time to restore the controller’s configuration, copied to your computer’s hard drive, or stored on an off-site server for safe keeping. This file might also be useful to NOV support services to help trouble shoot problems occurring on the rig. 1. Click Create New Personality Archive. A new varball file displays at the bottom of the list, with today’s date and time stamp associated with it. 2. Click that file’s Download button. 3. At the File Download confirmation pop-up window, click Save. 4. At the Save As pop-up window, define a destination for the file being downloaded.

5-4 www.nov.com



5

Software Installer This feature provides a way for the operator to install the software modules or files to one or all tool controllers. Click the Software Installer link, then type the administrator password into the space provided (if necessary). Click Login to continue and display the Software Installer page.

Click the arrow-down button to display the drop-down list of software module options, then click to select a module. See general descriptions of each software module below.

5-5 www.nov.com

5



Install WWW The www version software contains the basic programming framework designed for the operator’s tool control screens. It includes Web server extensions, HTML pages, common utilities, diagnostics, and the navigation menu system. This software is constantly being improved, and is therefore updated quite regularly.

Every tool controller on the rig should contain the same www software version.

1. At the main Software Installer page, ensure that Install WWW is selected from the drop-down list, then click Begin to display the first screen.

The current www version displays near the top of the screen. 2. Click Browse to locate and select a different www file located on your hard drive or an accessible network server. 3. Once the www file is defined, click to select either This Controller Only or All Controllers.

Selecting “This Controller Only” installs software only to the currently-selected tool. Selecting “All Controllers” installs software to all tool controllers listed in the current ownership.xml file. Use proper lock and “tag out” procedures before implementing.

4. Click Next to continue.

5-6 www.nov.com



5

After installation, each affected tool controller restarts. The new software becomes active upon startup. 5. Restart all operator touchscreen computers to ensure that software changes are recognized. See the NOV document number D811000238-MAN-001, titled “Amphion Technical Reference Manual” for detailed startup and shutdown procedures.

To uninstall a www update, install the previous version.

Ownership Configuration File The ownership.xml file helps determine the tool’s IP address and specifies permissions for each tool. It also provides structure for the operator’s screen navigation system, and assists in providing a network map for tool controllers to communicate with one another.

Every tool controller on the rig should contain the same ownership configuration file.

1. At the main Software Installer page, click the arrow down button to display the software installation drop-down menu.

2. Click to select Install Ownership Configuration File, then click Begin to display the first screen.

5-7 www.nov.com

5



3. Click Browse to locate and select a file located on your hard drive or an accessible network server. 4. Once the ownership configuration file is defined, click to select either This Controller Only or All Controllers.

This file should be the same on every tool controller connected to the rig network. The ownership.xml file can be uploaded to a single tool controller, or to every tool controller on the network. Selecting “This Controller Only” installs software only to the currently-selected tool. Selecting “All Controllers” installs software to all tool controllers listed in the current ownership.xml file. It will not install software to tool controllers listed on the new ownership.xml file. Use proper lock and “tag out” procedures before implementing.

5. Click Next to continue. After installation, each affected tool controller restarts. The new software becomes active upon startup. 6. Restart all operator touchscreen computers to ensure that the new software changes are recognized. See the NOV document number D811000238-MAN-001, titled “Amphion Technical Reference Manual” for detailed startup and shutdown procedures.

5-8 www.nov.com



5

Process Screen The typical screen document communicates with only one tool, and the document is normally located on that tool controller. A process screen is a screen document that communicates with more than one tool at a time. Therefore, process screen documents are normally hosted on a number of, if not all, tool controllers.

This file should be the same on every tool controller that hosts a process screen file.


2. Click to select Install Process Screen, then click Begin to display the first screen.

3. Click Browse to locate and select a process screen file located on your hard drive or an accessible network server.

5-9 www.nov.com

5



4. Once the process file is defined, click to select either This Controller Only or All Controllers.

Selecting This Controller Only installs software only to the currently-selected tool. Selecting All Controllers installs software to all tool controllers listed in the current process screen file.

5. Click Next to continue.

Tool controllers do not require a restart after installing new process screen documents. The updated screen displays when the operator reloads or navigates to the screen.

Tool Jar File Tool-specific controller software is contained within tool jar files. Use this option to install an upgrade to a specific tool controller.

! Use this option only under the supervision of trained and certified NOV software personnel.


2. Click to select Install Tool Jar File, then click Begin to display the first screen.

5-10 www.nov.com



5

3. Click Browse to locate and select the tool jar file you wish to install from your computer’s hard drive or an accessible network server. 4. Click Next to continue installation and restart the controller.

5-11 www.nov.com

5



Install Controller Archive 1. At the main Software Installer page, click the arrow down button to display the software installation drop-down menu.

2. Click to select Install Controller Archive, then click Begin to display the first screen.

The current version of the controller archive displays near the top of the screen. 3. Click Browse to locate and select the controller archive file you wish to install from your computer’s hard drive or an accessible network server. 4. Once the controller archive file is defined, click to select either This Controller Only or All Controllers.


5. Click Next to continue installation and restart the controller.

5-12 www.nov.com



5

Install .tgz or .tar.gz Archive 1. At the main Software Installer page, click the arrow down button to display the software installation drop-down menu.

2. Click to select Install Any .tgz or tar.gz Archive, then click Begin to display the first screen.

3. Click Browse to locate and select the archive file you wish to install. 4. Once the file is defined, click to select either This Controller Only or All Controllers.

Selecting This Controller Only installs software only to the currently-selected tool. Selecting All Controllers installs software to all tool controllers listed in the current ownership.xml file.


5-13 www.nov.com

5



Library Component Library components are base controller software modules, upon which tool-specific software modules are built. Library component software updates can be installed on one or all controllers. 1. At the main Software Installer page, click the arrow down button to display the software installation drop-down menu.

2. Click to select Install Library Component, then click Begin to display the first screen.

3. Click Browse to locate and select the library component update file you wish to install from your computer’s hard drive or an accessible network server. 4. Click to select either This Controller Only or All Controllers.



5-14 www.nov.com



5

Install Operating System Scripts Operating scripts (sometimes referred to as the “base layout”) located on the tool controller run the startup program and help with basic utilities (such as archiving tool personality files and restarting the controller). The operating scripts occasionally require updates during other software updates. Updates to all scripts are included in a single archive file. 1. At the main Software Installer page, click the arrow down button to display the software installation drop-down menu.

2. Click to select Install Operating System Scripts, then click Begin to display the first screen.

The current script file version displays near the top of the screen. 3. Click Browse to locate and select a different file located on your computer’s hard drive or an accessible network server. 4. Click to select either This Controller Only or All Controllers.


5-15 www.nov.com

5




Install Applicom® Configuration The tool controller gathers data a number of ways, one of which is over a Profibus network connection using the controller’s Applicom card. This card must be configured prior to use.

! A trained NOV software specialist should conduct or supervise any installation or update of the Applicom configuration file.


2. Click to select Install Applicom Configuration, then click Begin to display the first screen.

3. Click Browse to locate and select an Applicom configuration file from your computer’s hard drive or an accessible network server. 4. Click Next to continue installation and restart the controller.

5-16 www.nov.com



5

Install Documentation Archive Online manuals for tool controller are stored in their own archive, separate from the www installer archive. Documentation archives should be the same on every controller. 1. At the main Software Installer page, click the arrow down button to display the software installation drop-down menu.

2. Click to select Install Documentation Archive, then click Begin to display the first screen.

3. Click Browse to locate and select a documentation archive file. 4. Click to select either This Controller Only or All Controllers.

Selecting This Controller Only installs software only to the currently-selected tool. Selecting All Controllers installs software to all tool controllers listed in the current ownership.xml file.

5. Click Next to continue installation.

5-17 www.nov.com

5



Transfer Files

Several functions within the Software Management module require an administrator password. Only trained, qualified personnel should install or update tool controller software.

At the main service page, click the Transfer Files link to display the currently-selected controller’s File Transfer page.

A modify file link displays to the right of all files that can be modified. See section titled "Modifying a File" on page 520.

5-18 www.nov.com


5


Uploading Files to the Tool Controller 1. Click the Browse button to locate and select a file from your computer’s hard drive. The file displays in the previously blank space to the right of the Upload File button. 2. Click Upload File to begin the process. 3. The uploaded filename displays at the bottom of the main File Transfer page’s file list.

Tool Controller Files Click the Show Parent Directory link to display the next-highest, or parent directory, of the currently-selected directory.

Click the Show Parent Directory link again to expand the directory (partial screen shown below).

5-19 www.nov.com

5



Modifying a File 1. If necessary, click to select a parent directory folder to display its file contents.

A modify file link displays to the right of all files that can be modified.

2. Click Modify File. to display the File Transfer page.

3. Click to select either Delete, Rename, Make Backup, or Cancel Modifications: Q

Select Delete to delete the file.

Q

Select Rename to rename the file, then type the new name into the space provided.

Q

Select Make Backup to create a backup copy of the file. The file displays beneath the original, containing a bak extension as shown here.

Q

Click Cancel Modifications to exit the screen without making any changes to the file.

5-20 www.nov.com



5

Downloading a File Follow these procedures to copy files from the tool controller to your computer’s local hard drive. 1. If necessary, click to select a directory folder to display its file contents.

2. Click to select a file. 3. At the File Download pop-up window, click Save.

4. Follow screen prompts to complete the download process and save the file to your computer’s hard drive.

5-21 www.nov.com

5



Quick Links A group of links to commonly-used files display near the bottom of the main File Transfer page. See section titled "Downloading a File” above.

5-22 www.nov.com


Debug Monitor Overview The Debug Monitor module is an advanced diagnostic and monitoring feature of the Amphion tool controller interface. In addition to diagnosing problems and monitoring tool performance in real time, you can change stored tool information, record, and graph tool performance data. It provides a way to display every possible parameter stored on the controller.

Information in this section is intended for use by trained, qualified personnel only. Debug Monitor allows you to change values for items stored in the controller. Use extreme caution when changing these values. Although some protections are built in, some changes may bypass safety interlocks, allowing free movement of the tool, which can result in collisions, serious damage to equipment, or serious or fatal injury to personnel.


Click OK to continue.

6-1 www.nov.com

6

Debug Monitor


Standard Debug Item Descriptions In addition to tool-specific items, the following basic debug items appear in the Chooser screen for most tool controllers: R

controller.name: Displays the assigned name of the controller, normally a rigspecific controller and tool name.

R

controller.recording: Displays a Boolean value, indicating whether the controller is recording data. Twenty different parameters can be recorded at once, lasting approximately 100 seconds each. Only one user can record data from the same controller at any given time.

R

c2cClients: Displays controller-to-controller status information for input devices.

R

Profibus Card1, Profibus Card2: Displays status and information on the first and second Profibus DP networks (where applicable).

R

controller.lifeCounter: Displays controller activity by counting from zero to the maximum 16-bit integer (65,535). If this counter does not change, the tool controller program is not running.

R

controller.savePermit: Displays whether the operator can save objects and arrays (true or false).

R

controller.stats.avgCycleTime: Displays the average cycle time based on the last 20 cycles.

A cycle includes calculation and sleep time. Calculation time includes time used to read input, perform calculations, and write output.

R

controller.stats.CalcTime: Displays calculation time.

R

controller.stats.lastCycleTime: Displays the last cycle time.

R

controller.stats.maxCalcTime: Displays the longest amount of time taken to perform a calculation since the program has been running.

The first calculation normally requires more time than subsequent cycles.

R

controller.stats.maxCycleTime: Displays the longest amount of time taken to complete a cycle since the program has been running (see note above).

6-2 www.nov.com


R

Debug Monitor

6

controller.stats.minCycleTime: Displays the shortest amount of time taken to complete a cycle since the program has been running.

controller.stats.maxCycleTime and .minCycleTime can be set to zero to determine the maximum and minimum calculation and cycle times for a given period of time.

R

controller.stats.refreshInputTime: Displays the time taken to read input from all devices on the tool.

R

controller.stats.refreshOutputTime: Displays the time taken to write output to devices on the tool.

6-3 www.nov.com

6

Debug Monitor


Selecting Items to Monitor

See section titled "Standard Debug Item Descriptions” above for general descriptions of common debug items.

1. Click the Debug Monitor link (located under Diagnostics) to display the top level directory Chooser screen for the currently-selected tool controller.

2. Click the plus sign to expand a top level directory (see below).

6-4 www.nov.com


Debug Monitor

6

Expanded top level directory “controller”

3. Locate the items you wish to monitor, then click to select. Click again to deselect if necessary.

4. Click OK to display the next Debug Monitor screen.

6-5 www.nov.com

6

Debug Monitor


Q

Click Select Monitors to display the Chooser screen again if you wish to add items.

Q

To remove items from the list, click to select, then click Remove.

Debug Monitor values are updated approximately 20 times per second.

6-6 www.nov.com


Debug Monitor

6

Creating a Link to Monitored Items A URL can be generated by WebObject name or WebObject index. A WebObject index refers to the place in the tool controller where the object occurs. The indices of WebObjects can change if the tool controller’s configuration changes. Therefore, a URL generated by index may not display the same WebObjects on a similar, but differently-configured tool controller. A URL generated by WebObject name is more accurate, and is therefore recommended by NOV. 1. Select the items you wish to monitor, as described in section titled "Selecting Items to Monitor" on page 6-4. 2. Click Generate URL (at the Debug Monitor screen shown on page 6-6) to create a link to all items displayed.

3. Click Names, then click Favorites --> Add to Favorites. Assign a name and location for the URL in your browser’s Favorites folder. By default, the link appears in Microsoft® Internet Explorer’s browser’s Favorites folder as Debug Monitor. NOV recommends that you assign a more specific name to reflect this particular set of parameters. In general, browsers have a limit of 256 characters for the URL name. If you have numerous items to monitor, the browser may truncate the URL string, making it impossible to locate the correct link. The character limit depends on the names themselves and the number of items you choose. 4. Click the appropriate URL (located in your Favorites folder) to launch the Debug Monitor using the selected/linked items.

6-7 www.nov.com

6

Debug Monitor


Graphing Data for Individual Items

Live graphing does not record every controller cycle; it only updates the graph at the screen refresh rate. Recorded data includes values for every controller cycle. See section titled "Recording and Graphing Data" on page 6-9.

1. Select the items you wish to graph (as described in section titled "Selecting Items to Monitor" on page 6-4), then click OK. 2. Click an individual item’s graph button to display a small graph pop-up window. Graph button

The graph refreshes the data automatically.

6-8 www.nov.com


Debug Monitor

6

Recording and Graphing Data You can record data for up to 20 items, over a maximum time period of 100 seconds. This feature is helpful in diagnosing intermittent problems.

Live graphing does not record every controller cycle; it only updates the graph at the screen refresh rate. Recorded data includes values for every controller cycle.

1. Click the Record toggle button for up to 20 items. Click the Record toggle button again to deselect the item for recording.

Items highlighted in red will be recorded. Items highlighted in black will not be recorded.

Record button

Start Recording button 2. Click Start Recording.

6-9 www.nov.com

6


Debug Monitor

3. Allow recording to continue until it stops automatically, or click Stop Recording to display a graph of the recorded data (see below).

Recording stops automatically after approximately 100 seconds, however you can stop recording at any time (when the tool reaches a certain position, for example) by pressing the Stop Recording button.

See section titled "The Graph Viewer” below.

! Returning to the tool controller main Web page clears unsaved recordings. See section titled "Saving Recorded Data" on page 6-12.

6-10 www.nov.com


Debug Monitor

6

The Graph Viewer

Display options discussed in this section apply to graphs generated from recorded data. See section titled "Recording and Graphing Data" on page 6-9 for information about selecting and recording data.

See section titled "Recording and Graphing Data" on page 6-9. The main graph window displays graph plots. Each plot floats independently on its own axis, and each is drawn in a separate color. The illustration shown above displays all graphs full height. See section titled "Graph Display Options" on page 6-13 for more information.

6-11 www.nov.com

6

Debug Monitor


Saving Recorded Data You can save recorded data in CSV format (comma-separated value, also called commadelimited), which can be opened and manipulated by other software, such as Microsoft® Excel. At the Graph Viewer window, click File --> Save CSV File.

Assign a name and location for the recorded data, then click Save to confirm. Click File --> Open CSV File, then click to select the appropriate file to display saved data in the Graph Viewer window.

Graph Labels Press and hold down the button on your keyboard, then click anywhere inside the graph to display an Add Graph Label pop-up option. Click Add Graph Label to display the Add Graph Label pop-up window.

R

Use the space provided next to Graph Label to type custom text for the label.

R

Click Insert Value to insert the parameter’s value at that particular point on the graph.

R

Click Insert Time to insert a time stamp at that particular point on the graph.

To edit, remove, or move a graph label, press and hold the button on your keyboard, and click the label to display the pop-up menu.

6-12 www.nov.com


Debug Monitor

6

Graph Display Options Click Graph located in the menu bar to display the drop-down menu items.

Show All Graphs on Same Scale Click Show All Graphs on Same Scale to display all WebObjects on the same scale.

Show All Graphs Stacked Click Show All Graphs Stacked to display each WebObject separately, but stacked (as shown here).

6-13 www.nov.com

6

Debug Monitor


Show All Graphs Full Height Click Show All Graphs Full Height to display each WebObject at its maximum height, filling the screen vertically (as shown here).

Show All Graphs Click Show All Graphs to display the graphs for all WebObjects recorded. See section titled "Plot Information Panel" on page 6-15.

Plot One Object Against Another Click Plot One Graph Against Another to display the selection pop-up window. Click the downarrow buttons to display and select the horizontal and vertical axis objects.

Click Animate to animate the WebObjects’ recordings from the beginning to the end. Click Close to close the pop-up window.

6-14 www.nov.com


Debug Monitor

6

Object Grouping Click Graph Grouping to display the Graph Grouping pop-up window.

Each WebObject displays on the top left side of the Graph Grouping pop-up window. Click to assign a group to each object, then click to select (check) or deselect (uncheck) group movement, resizing, and visibility options for each group. Click OK to close the pop-up window.

Plot Information Panel The left side of the window contains one plot information panel for each graph plot (shown here). The panel is labeled with the name of the WebObject plotted and graphed, as well as other controls that can be used to manipulate the graph’s appearance.

Thumbnail WebObject Plot Information Panel

Move, Size, Display (On/Off), and Line Width Click the on/off button to toggle the display on or off. The other arrow-up and -down buttons move, size, or change the line width (as labeled) by one pixel each time it is clicked. Hold down one meta key , , or to move, size, or change the line width by ten pixels each time the arrow-up or -down key is clicked. Hold down two meta keys while to move, size, or change the line width by 50 pixels each time the arrow-up or -down key is clicked. Hold down all three meta keys to move, size, or change the line width by 100 pixels each time the arrow-up or -down key is clicked.

6-15 www.nov.com

6

Debug Monitor


Individual Graph Display Options Click the color “thumbnail” to display the Change Graph Options pop-up window.

R

Click Set Color to display the color selection pop-up window and define the WebObject’s graph color.

R

Click Show Value Label to display each point’s actual value.

R

Click Show Time Label to display each point’s time stamp.

R

Click Isolate Graph to display only that WebObject on the graph (making all other graphed objects invisible). See section titled "Show All Graphs" on page 6-14.

R

Click Fill Screen to magnify that object’s graph to its maximum, filling the screen vertically.

R

Click any of the Point Decoration radio buttons to change the way each data point is displayed; normal (none), vertical line, plus signs, or dots.

Click OK to close the Change Graph Options pop-up window.

6-16 www.nov.com


Debug Monitor

6

Mousing Inside the Graph Area When moving the mouse over the main graph area, a grey line appears, and moves along with the tip of the mouse pointer. A digital time displays in the top left portion of the Graph Viewer window, and changes accordingly with mouse movement. Each WebObject’s Plot Information Panel also displays a value in its lower left corner, which represents its value where the grey line intersects with the graph plot. Plot Information Panel Graph time

Mouse position and grey line

Difference in value between the top and the bottom of grey rectangle Width of rectangle in terms of space for individual plot in graph time Value of the graph where grey line intersects the graph plot

Clicking and dragging inside the main graph area creates a grey rectangle. A second and third reading displays inside each WebObject’s Plot Information Panel; the second represents the width of the rectangle in graph time; the third represents the difference in value between the top and the bottom of the rectangle in terms of space for individual plot. Press on your keyboard while clicking and dragging the mouse inside the graph area to display the pop-up menu shown here.

Click Zoom Into Rectangle to magnify the area, or click Show Data Inside Rectangle to display the Data Sheet View pop-up window (see below).

6-17 www.nov.com

6

Debug Monitor


This table displays time, data points, and one or more plots in other columns. Click OK to close the Data Sheet View pop-up window.

6-18 www.nov.com


Debug Monitor

6

Changing and Saving Values

Information in this section is intended for use by trained, qualified personnel only. Debug Monitor allows the user to change values for items stored in the controller. Although some protections are built in, changes may bypass safety interlocks, allowing free movement of the tool. This can result in collisions and serious damage to equipment, or serious/fatal injury to personnel. Use extreme caution.

1. Click the Edit button (items do not need to be highlighted). Edit button

2. Type a new value into the space provided, then press to save the value, or press to cancel changes. 3. If necessary, type the administrator’s password into the space provided, then click OK to continue. An alert message “Response is read only” displays if the user attempts to change a restricted item.

6-19 www.nov.com

6

Debug Monitor


A persistent value remains stored in the tool controller after power to the tool and the controller are turned off. The tool controller program uses those stored values as the initial item value upon startup. 4. Click Save Objects to save all persistent values to the CompactFlash. 5. Type the administrator’s password into the space provided, then click OK. A confirmation message displays.

6. Click anywhere on the screen to close the confirmation message.

Persistent values cannot be saved to certain tools while they are on.

6-20 www.nov.com


I/O Diagnostics Overview The I/O Diagnostic module is intended to compliment the Debug Monitor, and separates I/O points by type (see section titled "I/O Types" on page 7-3). While it provides similar functions, its emphasis is directed more on providing a tool to manipulate I/O systems that reside within the tool controller. It also attempts to present each I/O point as a single unit, whereas the Debug Monitor presents individual WebObjects that are part of an I/O point.

For information about Profibus addressing, see the appendix of this manual.


Type the password into the space provided, then Click OK to continue.

Main Page Click the I/O Diagnostics link (located under Diagnostics) to display the current tool controller’s default I/O Diagnostics page.

7-1 www.nov.com

7

I/O Diagnostics


This page displays the top level directory of all I/O points on the current tool controller. Click the markers located to the left of the directory to expand and display its contents.

Continue clicking the markers as necessary to expand each WebObject. Use the tabs located along the top of the page to filter displayed I/O types (general descriptions below).

7-2 www.nov.com


I/O Diagnostics

7

I/O Types Tabs located across the top of the I/O Diagnostics page provide a way to display all I/O types at once, or only those of a certain type. The tabs are created dynamically, so there may not be a tab for every possible I/O type. In addition, different tabs may appear on different controllers. Within each tab, I/O points are sorted alphabetically by WebObject name. Click the All I/O Points tab to display all I/O types. For information about Profibus addressing, see the appendix of this manual.

Profibus DP1 or DP2 Click the Profibus Card DP1 or Profibus Card DP2 tab to display Profibus DP1 or DP2 I/Os. R

Transmission: Profibus

R

I/O Type: DP1 or DP2

R

I/O Identifier: [Profibus node number][I/O type code][Byte number][.{Bit number}]/ {_String length]}

I/O Type DP1 refers to the first Applicom® card on the first Profibus DP network (typically used for communication between the tool controller and hydraulic or pneumatic actuators that move mechanical parts of the tool). DP2 refers to the optional second Applicom card on the second Profibus DP network.

The I/O Identifier refers to a specific byte or bit at a given node. Only the digital inputs and outputs need to specify the bit number. The range of byte numbers is 0 to 225; the range of bit numbers is 0 to 8. I/O identifier examples (see section titled "I/O Identifiers" on page 7-7): R

12DQ6.2: Refers to a digital output (DQ) point writing to bit 2 of byte 6 on Profibus node 12.

R

8IR16: Refers to a (floating point) real input (IR) value that would be read from bytes 16 through 19 on Modbus node 8.

R

21SI4_30: Refers to a string input (SI) value that would be read from bytes 4 through 33 on Modbus node 21.

7-3 www.nov.com

7

I/O Diagnostics


NET Click the NET tab to display all Net I/O types. R

Transmission: Ethernet

R

I/O Type: NET

R

I/O Identifier: If the identifier begins with the letter N, it is non-streamed (normal); if it begins with any other character, it is streamed, and will reset automatically to its previous value.

Displays information regarding commands that originated from a touchscreen or workstation control panel (console).

Controller-to-Controller (C2C) Click the Controller-to-Controller tab to display all C2C I/Os. R


R

I/O Type: C2C

R

I/O Identifier: [remote controller name]:[remote controller WebObject name]

The purpose of this type is to receive input from the other controllers, as opposed to sending commands to them. Therefore, only input classes are assigned to this I/O type.

7-4 www.nov.com


I/O Diagnostics

7

! A C2C request contains the remote controller name. When a remote controller receives a C2C data request, it compares its own service name to the name contained in the request. If the service name does not match the controller named in the request, then the controller will not respond. Therefore, It is critical that all C2C configurations match one another.

Modbus Click the Modbus tab to display all Modbus I/Os. Modbus is a protocol suite designed for industrial automation. Like Profibus, Modbus has nodes, however there are no cards. Profibus is byte-oriented, whereas Modbus is word-oriented. R


R

I/O Type: MOD

R

I/O Identifier: [Modbus node string][I/O Type code][Word Number]{.[Bit Number]}{_[String Length]}

Displays information regarding commands that originated from tools and other Ethernet devices connected to the network.

The I/O Identifier refers to a specific word or bit at a given node. Only the digital inputs and outputs need to specify the bit number. The range of word numbers is 0 to 125; the range of bit numbers (when given) is 0 to 15. I/O identifier examples (see section titled "I/O Identifiers" on page 7-7): R

12DQ6.2: Refers to a digital output (DQ) point writing to bit 2 of byte 6 on Profibus node 12.

R

8IR16: Refers to a (floating point) real input (IR) value that would be read from bytes 16 through 19 on Profibus node 8.

R

21SI4_30: Refers to a string input (SI) value that would be read from bytes 4 through 33 on Profibus node 21.

7-5 www.nov.com

7

I/O Diagnostics


No Type Displays information regarding I/O points that have not been configured.

Step7 R


R

I/O Type: S7

R

I/O Identifier: [Step7 node string][I/O type code][Byte number].[Bit number]

Displays information from programmable logic controllers (PLCs). This Ethernet communication protocol is used on older systems (tab not shown here).

Cyberbase Click the Cyberbase tab to display all Cyberbase I/Os. R


R

I/O Type: CY

R

I/O Identifier: [Cyberbase Node String][I/O Type Code][Byte Number]{.[Bit Number]}{_[String Length]}

Displays communication information between various NOV® products; Ethernet communication protocol (tab not shown here). A Cyberbase node represents a specific device on the Ethernet network that has its own IP address. Cyberbase node names can have alphabetic characters.

7-6 www.nov.com


I/O Diagnostics

7

I/O Properties Right-click the I/O, then click Properties to display the I/O properties window.

I/O Identifier I/O Type

The properties pop-up window contains information about the selected I/O. Each I/O contains an I/ O type (see section titled "I/O Types" on page 7-3) and an I/O identifier. Once the tool controller starts up, the I/O type and identifiers are fixed, and cannot be changed unless the controller is reconfigured and restarted. See section titled "I/O Types" on page 7-3.

I/O Identifiers I/O Identifiers are unique names for the I/O item. The identifier may begin with a node name (or number), followed by a two-character class abbreviation. There are 14 types of I/O device classes (7 input, and 7 output): R

DI: Digital Input (1 bit) items return a true or false result based on a condition (Boolean values). For example, a proximity sensor detects metal and the digital input item displays a “True” value.

R

DQ: Digital Output (1 bit) items display a zero or 1, off or on, false or true value representing a command sent to the tool.

R

AI: Analog Input (2 byte, integer) items convert word input data and display a more meaningful unit. For example, a pressure sensor may report values from 455 to 15,000, however 455 represents zero pressure. This item would convert and report “0” (instead of “455”).

R

AQ: Analog Output (2 byte, integer) items convert word output data to display a more meaningful unit. For example, when an operator sends a command using inches through a touchscreen, the analog output device converts the inches to a value that the tool recognizes.

7-7 www.nov.com

7

I/O Diagnostics


R

IR: Real Input items return a “real,” or “float” value (a 32-bit floating point number as opposed to an integer).

R

QR: Real Output items display a “real” value (a 32-bit floating point number), as opposed to an integer representing a command sent to another device.

R

IW: Analog Word Input (2 bytes, integer) items return an integer that may indicate pressure or a tool position. This may be a 16- or 32-bit integer, depending on the device or tool.

R

QW: Analog Word Output (2 bytes, integer) items send commands to tools. This may be a 16- or 32-bit integer, depending on the device or tool.

R

ID: Analog Double Word Input (4 bytes, integer) items return an integer that may indicate pressure or a tool position. This may be a 32-bit integer, depending on the device or tool.

R

QD: Analog Double Word Output (4 bytes, integer) items send commands to tools. This may be a 32-bit integer, depending on the device or tool.

R

SI: String Input items return text, such as status messages.

R

SO: String Output items send text, such as status messages.

Setting or Forcing Values Sometimes it’s possible to set the value directly (using the Set Value option described below). This is often the case with inputs of type NET (see section titled "I/O Types" on page 7-3). Where this is not possible, you can force the value for any I/O item stored by the tool controller. For example, if the hydraulic sensor reports a “no power” status (indicating that a tool may have failed), you can change the hydraulic pressure power’s on/off value to allow tool operation to continue. Forcing an output value can also be used to identify whether the tool controller program interlock or the hardware is causing a component failure. For example, if the jaws of the roughneck will not close, and you are unable to force them to close using the Force Value option described below, a wiring or hardware problem is likely. Alternatively, if you suspect a faulty sensor, change the condition (such as tool pressure), then verify that the value shown on the I/O Properties pop-up window reflects the change. If it displays the correct value, the sensor is functioning properly.

Use extreme caution when forcing a value. Forcing a value bypasses safety interlocks, allowing free movement of the tool. This can result in collisions and serious damage to equipment, or serious/fatal injury to personnel. Obtain permission from the rig manager before using this feature.

1. Locate and right-click an I/O, then click Properties (as described above) to display the I/O Properties pop-up window (shown below).

7-8 www.nov.com


I/O Diagnostics

Q

Force Enabled displays “T” (True) if the current value was forced.

Q

Forced Value: Displays the forced value.

Q

Value: The current status or value as reported from the I/O device or tool.

7

2. Click Set Value or Force Value. 3. If necessary, type the administrator password into the space provided, then click OK to display the Set Value or Force Value pop-up window.

4. Type the desired value into the space provided, then click OK. 5. Click OK again to return to the I/O Diagnostic page.

! Click Un-Force Value to reset the device to its actual value. Forced values remain forced until you unforce them or restart the tool controller. Do not leave values in a forced state.

7-9 www.nov.com

7

I/O Diagnostics


Displaying Input/Output Detail The Inputs & Outputs detail window lists all input and output points of that type (or all types, if the All I/O Points tab is selected) used by the current controller, in alphabetical order. Electrical drawings contain I/O identifiers, but normally do not provide the WebObject name that the controller uses. This screen provides a way for a technician to locate a WebObject name by its I/O identifier. Right-click the I/O, then click Show Inputs & Outputs to display the Inputs & Outputs detail window.

Click OK to return to the I/O Diagnostics page.

7-10 www.nov.com


Scheduler Diagnostics Overview Controllers run through a cycle once every twenty milliseconds (or 50 times per second). A cycle includes all calculations, communications, inputs and outputs. The controller keeps track of its communication schedule by organizing its obligations in its communications calendar. The purpose of the Scheduler Diagnostic module is to provide information about the controllers’ communications calendars. If, for example a device is requesting information from a controller, but the controller does not appear to be processing the requests often enough, the Scheduler Diagnostic module provides a way to view the controller’s communication calendar, and also provides the option to modify requests.

Selecting Tool Controllers Click the Scheduler Diagnostics link (located under Diagnostics) to display the Select Controllers pop-up window.

By default, all tools are selected (checked) except V-DAQ.

Scheduler Diagnostic will attempt to contact all selected controllers. Attempting to contact controllers that are offline can take several minutes.

Click to select or deselect (uncheck) controllers, then click OK. The Scheduler Diagnostic module first determines the controller name from the Controller-toController system (Chapter 9, titled "Controller-to-Controller (C2C) Status”), then gathers configuration data. After a few moments, the main Scheduler Diagnostics page (shown below) appears.

8-1 www.nov.com

8

Scheduler Diagnostics


Main Page The main Scheduler Diagnostic page contains an information panel for each controller selected (see section titled "Selecting Tool Controllers” above). Each panel contains a list of devices with which the controller communicates.

Tool controller name and IP address

Device name

Expected and actual communication frequency Change frequency

Scroll bar

The Expected and Actual communication frequency displays for each device. A pink background appears in cases where the two frequencies differ by more than five percent. Use the scroll bar to move up or down through the panels.

8-2 www.nov.com



8

Changing Communication Frequency

Do not operate machinery when changing communication frequency. Doing so causes the tool controller to restart. Failure to observe and follow proper procedures could result in serious or fatal injury to personnel, significant property loss, or significant equipment damage.

Click the appropriate controller’s Change button. If necessary, type the administrator’s password into the space provided, then click OK to continue and display the Change pop-up window.

Type the desired change into the space provided, then click Make the Change.

Click Yes at the confirmation window to store the change and restart the tool controller.

8-3 www.nov.com

8



Show Distribution Map Click the appropriate controller’s Show Distribution Map to display its communications calendar in table format.

Each cell contains a device name that the controller communicates with during each controller cycle. Cells are color-coded by device (all instances of a specific Modbus device may be red, for example). If no device is scheduled in a cell, it is labeled “available.” The map can be saved in Microsoft® Excel-compatible .csv format. Click Save to File to assign a name and location for the data. Click OK to close the map.

Show C2C Inconsistencies Click Show C2C Inconsistencies to display a text box with information about all instances of inconsistent C2C communications.

If no inconsistencies exist, the button is disabled.

8-4 www.nov.com


Controller-to-Controller (C2C) Status Overview The C2C module provides information about the communication subsystems on the tool controllers. It reports the status of each C2C node that the currently-selected tool controller is communicating with, and displays the WebObjects that each C2C node is associated with. The C2C system communicates over the Ethernet network.

Main Page Click the Controller-to-Controller Status link (located under Diagnostics) to display the currently-selected tool’s Controller-to-Controller Status page.

The controller graphic boxes display green to indicate normal communication, or red to indicate a communication error. The controller name and status number display in the top left corner of the controller graphic.

9-1 www.nov.com D811001123-GEN-001/04

9


Controller-to-Controller (C2C) Status

Status Details Right-click a controller box to display more details.

In addition to the name of the controller and a status message, the detail pop-up window also lists all WebObjects on that controller whose values depend on input from those controllers. It also displays the value of each WebObjects. The values are live, and change as the values from the remote controller change.

Code

Message

Comment

0

OK

The other controller is functioning normally.

5648

Client could not connect to its server.

The other controller may not be running.

5664

Client believes that its server has stopped working.

The other controller was connected and running normally, but it has stopped running.

9-2 www.nov.com



9



At the Controller-to-Controller Status page, press and hold , then click a controller box to display the Screen Communication Logs window.

Click the buttons along the top of the window to display different communication information (see general descriptions in sections below). Press Close to return to the previous page.

9-3 www.nov.com

9



Tool Controllers Click Tool Controllers to display the Tool Controllers screen.

Click anywhere inside the Controller box.

Amphion software communicates simultaneously with all the tool controllers connected to the network. The Tool Controller screen displays basic information about each tool controller, such as the method of communication being used between the controller and the software, and the amount of time the software has been communicating with the tool. Click any communication box to display message information.

9-4 www.nov.com



9

Click any message to display more detail.

9-5 www.nov.com

9



Ownership Click Ownership to display tool Ownership screen.

This window contains information about the tool ownership system, such as a record of the ownership configuration file. Tool ownership is a built-in safety feature, designed to prevent more than one operator from simultaneously controlling a tool. Click any of the Ownership States boxes to display more detail.

9-6 www.nov.com



9

HTTP Requests Click HTTP Requests to display the HTTP Request window.

This window contains the last several messages passed between the touchscreen software and the tool controllers. Click any message to display more detail.

9-7 www.nov.com

9



Write Monitor Click Write Monitor to display the Write Monitor screen.

This window contains only requests that were used to write commands or data to the tool controllers.

Exceptions Click Exceptions to display the Exceptions screen. This displays error messages, if any, between the applet and the controller.

9-8 www.nov.com


Cyberbase Status Overview The Cyberbase Status module provides information about the communication subsystems on the tool controllers. It reports the status of each cyberbase node that the currently-selected tool controller is communicating with, and displays all WebObjects that each node is associated with.

Cyberbase node information is availabe only for rigs equipped with a cyberbase control system.

Main Page Click the Cyberbase Status link (located under Diagnostics) to display the current tool controller’s default Cyberbase Status page.

The node graphics display green to indicate normal communication, or red to indicate a communication error. The node name and status displays in the top left corner of the node graphic.

10-1 www.nov.com

10

Cyberbase Status


Status Details Click any node to display its Node Status pop-up window.

The Node Status window lists all WebObjects on the controller that the communications node is associated with. It also displays the value of each WebObject. The values are live, and change as the values from the remote controller change. Click Next to display a continuation of the list; click Previous to return to the first window.

Process Image Click anywhere inside the Node Status window to display the Process Image pop-up window.

A process image is essentially a group of bits that the controller holds in its memory to maintain a complete map of the current state of the inputs or outputs from a given communications node. These are divided into smaller sections. A single WebObject might write to or read from only a single bit in the image, or it may write to, or read, a long string of bits.

10-2 www.nov.com


Cyberbase Status

10

The Process Image pop-up window displays either all of the output or all of the input process image for that communications subsystem mode. Click Switch to (Output/Input) Image to toggle between the output and input images.

Click anywhere outside of the Process Image window to close it and return to the main Cyberbase Status page. Use the blue left- or right-arrow buttons to scroll through the process images.

10-3 www.nov.com

10

Cyberbase Status




At the Cyberbase Status page, press and hold , then click a controller box to display the Screen Communication Logs window.


10-4 www.nov.com


Cyberbase Status

10




10-5 www.nov.com

10

Cyberbase Status



10-6 www.nov.com


Cyberbase Status

10



10-7 www.nov.com

10

Cyberbase Status




10-8 www.nov.com


Cyberbase Status

10




10-9 www.nov.com

10

Cyberbase Status


10-10 www.nov.com


Modbus Status Overview The Modbus Status module provides information about the communication subsystems on the tool controllers. It reports the status of each modbus node that the currently-selected tool controller is communicating with, and displays all WebObjects that each node is associated with.

Main Page Press the Modbus Status link (located under Diagnostics) to display the Modbus Status page.


11-1 www.nov.com

11

Modbus Status



The Node Status window lists all WebObjects on the controller that the communications node is associated with. It also displays the value of each WebObject. The values are live, and change as the values from the remote controller change.


A process image is essentially a group of bits that the controller holds in its memory to maintain a complete map of the current state of the inputs or outputs from a given communications node. These are divided into smaller sections. A single WebObject might write to or read from only a single bit in the image, or it may write to, or read, a long string of bits. The Process Image pop-up window displays either all of the output or all of the input process image for that communications subsystem mode.

11-2 www.nov.com


Modbus Status

11

Click Switch to (Output/Input) Image to toggle between the output and input images.

Use the blue left- or right-arrow buttons to scroll through the process images. Click anywhere outside of the Process Image window to close it and return to the main Modbus Status page.

11-3 www.nov.com

11

Modbus Status




At the Modbus Status page, press and hold , then click a controller box to display the Screen Communication Logs window.


11-4 www.nov.com


Modbus Status

11




11-5 www.nov.com

11

Modbus Status



11-6 www.nov.com


Modbus Status

11



11-7 www.nov.com

11

Modbus Status




11-8 www.nov.com


Modbus Status

11




11-9 www.nov.com

11

Modbus Status


11-10 www.nov.com


Profibus Network Status Overview The Profibus Network Status module provides status information about the nodes communicating on the Profibus network. It reports the status of each Profibus node that the currently-selected tool controller is communicating with, and displays all WebObjects that each node is associated with. For information about Profibus addressing, see the appendix of this manual.

Main Page Click the Profibus Network Status link (located under Diagnostics) to display the Probifbus Network Status page.

R

Green indicates the node is communicating normally through the Profibus network.

R

Red indicates the node is not communicating through the network.

R

Yellow indicates the node is reporting diagnostic information; the controller has not lost communication with the node, but the node may have a problem.

The absolute encoder buttons normally display yellow at startup, then turn green after approximately one minute. Yellow is normal for emergency-stop (e-stop) conditions.

12-1 www.nov.com D811001123-GEN-001/04

12

Profibus Network Status


Status Details Click any node to display its Node Status pop-up window. Node number Status code

Profibus Status Codes Code

Message

0

Node is functioning normally

33

Node is not communicating with the network

36

Node is not configured

45

Dialog software is not memory-resident

47

Invalid board number

93

Driver is not accessible

255

IO_RefreshInput was not executed beforehand

12-2 www.nov.com



12


A process image is essentially a group of bits that the controller holds in its memory to maintain a complete map of the current state of the inputs or outputs from a given communications node. These are divided into smaller sections. A single WebObject might write to or read from only a single bit in the image, or it may write to, or read, a long string of bits. The Process Image pop-up window displays either all of the output or all of the input process image for that communications subsystem mode. Click Switch to (Output/Input) Image to toggle between the output and input images.

Use the blue left- or right-arrow buttons to scroll through the process images. Click anywhere outside of the Process Image window to close it and return to the main Profibus Network Status page.

12-3 www.nov.com

12





At the Profibus Network Status page, press and hold , then click a controller box to display the Screen Communication Logs window.


12-4 www.nov.com



12




12-5 www.nov.com

12




12-6 www.nov.com



12



12-7 www.nov.com

12





12-8 www.nov.com



12




12-9 www.nov.com

12



12-10 www.nov.com


Step 7 Status Overview The Step 7 Status module provides information about the communication subsystems on the tool controllers. It reports the status of each step 7 node that the currently-selected tool controller is communicating with, and displays all WebObjects that each node is associated with. This page displays information from programmable logic controllers (PLCs).

Step 7 node information is available only for rigs with PLCs that are communication using Step 7 protocol as part of the control system.

Main Page Click the Step 7 Status link (located under Diagnostics) to display the Step 7 Status page.


13-1 www.nov.com D811001123-GEN-001/04

13

Step 7 Status



The Node Status window lists all WebObjects on the controller that the communications node is associated with. It also displays the value of each WebObject. The values are live, and change as the values from the remote controller change.


A process image is essentially a group of bits that the controller holds in its memory to maintain a complete map of the current state of the inputs or outputs from a given communications node.

13-2 www.nov.com


Step 7 Status

13

These are divided into smaller sections. A single WebObject might write to or read from only a single bit in the image, or it may write to, or read, a long string of bits. The Process Image pop-up window displays either all of the output or all of the input process image for that communications subsystem mode. Click Switch to (Output or Input) Image to toggle between the output and input images.

Use the blue left- or right-arrow buttons to scroll through the process images. Click anywhere outside of the Process Image window to close it and return to the main Step 7 Status page.

13-3 www.nov.com

13

Step 7 Status




At the Step 7 Status page, press and hold , then click a controller box to display the Screen Communication Logs window.


13-4 www.nov.com


Step 7 Status

13




13-5 www.nov.com

13

Step 7 Status



13-6 www.nov.com


Step 7 Status

13



13-7 www.nov.com

13

Step 7 Status




13-8 www.nov.com


Step 7 Status

13




13-9 www.nov.com

13

Step 7 Status


13-10 www.nov.com


State Diagrams Overview State diagrams document step-by-step programming logic behind tool functions, states, or movements. The diagrams found here are the documents used to create the tool controller program, and can be used to diagnose problems.

Not all tools have diagrams. If the link does not appear on the service page, see Chapter 18, titled "Service Pages Configuration,” section titled "Show or Hide the State Diagram Viewer Link" on page 18-2.”

Main Page Click the State Diagrams link (located under Diagnostics) to display the State Diagram Viewer page.

The first screen displays the upper-left corner of the diagram (diagrams normally print on 11" x 17" paper, and are too large to display on a standard computer screen). 1. Press and hold the left mouse button, then move to view other sections of the diagram.

14-1 www.nov.com

14

State Diagrams


2. Click Navigator to view a list of state diagrams available for the current tool.

3. Click to select a diagram.

State Diagram Language Protocol State Diagram Viewer uses the Unified Modeling Language (UML) standard for documenting program logic. Statements and various if, else if, and else commands are used to construct logical algorithms required to control a specific tool. A standard statement interrogates the state of a switch (a stated variable), then executes the appropriate command line (statement), depending on the state of the switch. See section titled "Unified Modeling Language Table” below.

14-2 www.nov.com


State Diagrams

14

Unified Modeling Language Table Symbol

Name

Description

Initial State

The diagram starting point.

Final State

Represents completion of an activity. Most diagrams don’t have completions because they are cyclic. Represents the state of an object. A state is the condition of an object, or an interaction, during which it satisfies some condition, performs an action, or waits for an event. The object is named in the upper-eft corner of the diagram.

State

The top of the symbol displays the name of the state. The actions performed during the state are listed inside the symbol. Three possible actions for each state are:

entry/ performed when the object enters the defined state do/ continually performed while the object is in the defined state exit/ performed once when the object leaves the defined state

Substate

Represents a substate (contained within a state).

14-3 www.nov.com

14


State Diagrams

Symbol

Name

Description Statements associated with transition paths describe events and conditions required to move from the current or previous state, and include actions that may take place upon exit from the state. Events and conditions appear first, and are separated by Boolean AND OR statements.

Events and conditions /actions or events, statement

State Transition Path

Actions follow conditions, and are preceded by a forward slash (/). Actions are separated by commas. Statement syntax:

someCondition = true AND someOtherCondition = false OR someDifferentCondition = true /someActionOrEvent = TAKES_PLACE, someOtherActionOrEvent = STOP action a=true State 1

action c=true State 3

State 2

Factored State Transition

This transition uses the same notation and syntax as a regular transition path. The symbol shows two mutually exclusive paths, originating from different states (State 1 and State 2), then merging through a common junction point to reach “transition” (State 3).

action b=false

See http://www.omg.org/technology/documents/ formal/uml.htm for the complete UML specification. State diagrams are in sections 2.12 and 3.74.

Diagnosing Problems Using State Diagrams 1. Establish communication with the tool operator via telephone or by using some other means to step through the problem. 2. Select a tool, then click the State Diagrams link to display the State Diagram Viewer page. 3. Click Navigator, then click to select a diagram for the component or process you wish to monitor (see below).

14-4 www.nov.com


State Diagrams

14

4. A green box identifies the current state of the tool. As the operator controls the tool, follow the process on the State Diagram. Green transition statements indicate that the device met condition requirements. Red transition statements indicate that the device did not meet condition requirements. 5. When the problem occurs, locate the red transition statement.

14-5 www.nov.com

14

State Diagrams


14-6 www.nov.com


Axis Controller Overview Axis controller software is used to control a tool’s axis of motion (such as the upper arm of a pipe racking system). It accepts and translates raw data into controlled motion of some part of the tool. The Axis Controller module communicates the operation of the axis controller software using standard UML (Unified Modeling Language) diagrams. UML can provide several different types of diagrams to present the same software feature (for example, state diagrams, timing diagrams, and flow charts).

The Axis Controller module is available only for tools that use axis controller software.

Selecting an Axis Controller Click the Axis Controller link (located under Diagnostics) to display the Axis Controller page.

If the link does not appear on the main service page, the tool does not use axis controller software.

Click to select an axis controller link from the list and display the Axis Controller Overview screen (shown below).

15-1 www.nov.com

15

Axis Controller


Axis Controller Overview Screen Field Descriptions Using your mouse, hover over any field on the Axis Controller Overview screen to display a field description to the right of the grey window.

Override Mode The motion profiler and the PID (proportional, integral, derivative) are not used. A velocity command is sent directly to the mover. Acceleration and deceleration limits are ignored.

Normal Mode R

Open Loop: The velocity output from the motion profiler is sent directly to the mover. The PID is not used. The motion profiler is in Normal mode. Acceleration and deceleration limits are observed.

R

Closed Loop: This is the default mode. All components of the axis controller are used for closed-loop position control. The motion profiler is in Normal mode. This mode is changed by code that resides outside of the axis controller. A change in mode only takes effect when the axis controller is on. This value cannot be changed from the Web interface. Acceleration and deceleration limits are observed.

R

Multi-Axis: A position stream is fed directly to the PID. The motion profiler is in Rig mode. Acceleration and deceleration limits are observed.

State The default value is Off. This controls the function of the axis controller. When the mode is set from outside the axis controller, the axis controller does not operate differently until the state changes. The state is changed from inside the axis controller itself. Its values normally follow the mode values, except the state can also have the values Off, Quick Stop, or Override. This value cannot be changed from the Web interface.

15-2 www.nov.com


15

Axis Controller

On The default value is F (false). The axis controller value is either on (T) or off (F). This value is set by code that resides outside of the axis controller itself. The state does not typically change unless the axis controller is on. This value cannot be changed from the Web interface.

Throttle The throttle is a request to move the axis. The default value is 0.00. The value range is +/-100.00. The axis controller provides limits to the throttle, but it is used more often by the motion profiler. When the axis controller is turned off, the throttle value is limited to 0.00. This value cannot be changed from the Web interface.

Position Input The position input is used in multi-axis control mode by the motion profiler. Another motion profiler can feed a position stream to position input. This value cannot be changed from the Web interface.

Feedback Position The feedback position provides the current position of the axis to the motion identifier and the PID. It is used in calculations that determine how to move the axis in order to match the requested position. This value cannot be changed from the Web interface.

Maximum Negative Velocity This number provides the PID with a maximum negative velocity limit for the axis. The axis controller ensures that a negative number is provided. This value can be changed from the Web interface. See section titled "Editing a Field Value” below.

Maximum Positive Velocity This number provides the PID with a maximum positive velocity limit for the axis. The axis controller ensures that a positive number is provided. This value can be changed from the Web interface. See section titled "Editing a Field Value” below.

Quick Stop This value is either T (true) or F (false). When the value is T (true), the axis controller stops the axis immediately. This value cannot be changed from the Web interface.

15-3 www.nov.com

15

Axis Controller


Editing a Field Value If a field background turns gold when you pass your mouse over it (as shown here), you can change the value.

Click the field to display the Edit Value pop-up window,

Enter a new value into the space provided, then click Set Value to confirm and save the value to the controller. R

Click Restore to restore the default value

R

Click Cancel to abort changes

15-4 www.nov.com


Axis Controller

15

Axis Controller Diagrams At the Axis Controller Overview screen, click the button labeled Axis Controller execute () diagram to display a standard UML diagram.

This diagram mirrors the programming code exactly, without displaying actual code. It contains a column for each of the different software modules that make up the axis controller (Axis Controller, Motion Profiler, PID, and Mover), depicting the main execution loop of the axis controller and the calls that it makes to its components during each control cycle*.

*one cycle occurs every 20 milliseconds State Diagrams If a box in the diagram turns gold when you pass your mouse over it (as shown below), more information is available about that step. Click the Manage State box to display its State Diagram (see below). Other boxes display execution diagrams (see section titled "Execution Diagrams" on page 15-6).

Click the box to display another diagram that “drills down” into that step of the program.

15-5 www.nov.com

15

Axis Controller


The State Diagram is a standard UML state diagram, but presents live values. The current state is represented by a green box. Arrows flowing in or out of the green state box represent state transitions. Text displayed along each arrow’s path is divided by a forward slash (/). The text that precedes the slash mark is a Boolean statement which indicates the conditions under which the machine would transition from one state to another. Individual parts of the Boolean statement are red (false), green (true), or black (unknown). The text that follows the slash mark is a list of consequences that result from making that transition.

Execution Diagrams If a box in the diagram turns gold when you pass your mouse over it (as shown below), more information is available about that step.

Click the box to display another diagram that “drills down” into that step of the program (see below).

15-6 www.nov.com


Axis Controller

15

15-7 www.nov.com

15

Axis Controller


15-8 www.nov.com


Download Alarms The Download Alarms module provides a way for the operator to download a text file containing a list of current system alarms. Click the Download Alarms link (located under Diagnostics) to display the Windows® Explorer File Download pop-up window.

Click Save, then define a name and destination for the file being downloaded.

The default text file name is AlarmEventServlet. NOV recommends assigning a unique name to the file, with a .csv (comma-separated value) extension. The file can then be opened with Microsoft® Excel, or another spreadsheet program (example .csv file shown here).

16-1 www.nov.com

16

Download Alarms


16-2 www.nov.com


Operator Screen Configuration Overview The Operator Screen Configuration module provides a way for the user to modify the currentlyselected tool’s menu that displays on the operator workstation touchscreen (HMI). An administrative password is required the first time the user attempts to access a restricted function. A password is not required again unless the browser is closed and restarted.

Main Page The operator screens contain blue buttons used to navigate between tools and tool screens. Click the Operator Screen Configuration link (located under Configuration) to display the Administrative Controls login screen.

Type the administrative password into the space provided, then click Log In to display the currently-selected tool controller’s Operator Navigation Configuration page.

Cathead Tool Menu Default Screen

A green outline indicates the tool controller’s default screen button.

17-1 www.nov.com

17



Current Tool Menu Menus for each tool differ, depending on the tool selected. However, every tool menu contains the following three standard buttons: R

Utility: Displays the standard utility menu, such as Choose Units, Choose Language, and Clean Screen buttons.

R

Common Diagnostics: Displays the standard diagnostic menu.

R

Alarms: Displays alarm information about tools connected to the control network...

The three standard buttons are functional from the operator touchscreens and the MTC cabinet computers.

Other tool menu buttons are specified by the software programmer, depending on the tool.

My Tools Menu One tool controller is capable of hosting more than one tool. For example, the auxiliary tool controller (as shown here) may host the cathead, the HPU, the power slips, and the rotary table; a top drive controller may host both the top drive and the casing running tool. Click the My Tools button* to display all tools hosted on the currently-selected tool controller.

Click to select a tool and display its menu (see section titled "Current Tool Menu” above).

*The My Tools button may be labeled differently, depending on your rig configuration.

17-2 www.nov.com



17

Main Navigation Bar The main navigation menu displays along the bottom of most operator screens. It is defined by the software programmer, and may vary from rig to rig. However, every operator menu bar contains the following three buttons: R

Back: Displays the previous screen (functional from the touchscreens).

R

: Displays the currently-selected tool’s menu (Driller Chair is the currently-selected tool shown below).

R

Alarms: Button displays blue under normal conditions; blinks red when there is at least one active and unacknowledged alarm; solid red when there is at least one active but already acknowledged alarm (functional from the touchscreens).

R

My Tools: Displays a menu for all available tools. This button’s label may vary depending on your rig configuration (Driller Tools, or AD Tools, for example).

Active tool display

Standard navigation menu buttons

17-3 www.nov.com

17



Changing the Current Tool Menu At the main Operator Navigation Configuration screen (see illustration on page 17-1), click the screen or a tool menu button to display one of the pop-up menus shown here.

Basic

Main (Vertical Buttons)

Submenu (Horizontal Buttons)

Tool button pop-up menus vary depending on configuration.

In general, you can add up to six vertical (main menu), and five horizontal (submenu) buttons to the tool menu. However, you cannot change (such as add submenu buttons, edit labels, or delete) certain standard menu items, or (such as Utilities, Common Diagnostics, and Alarms).

17-4 www.nov.com



17

Adding a Button Using one of the pop-up menus shown above: R

Click Add Button to add a new button to the main (vertical) tool menu

R

Click Add Submenu to add a submenu (horizontal) button to one of the main (vertical) buttons.

Adding a secondary button to one of the main vertical buttons disables the main vertical button’s ability to direct the user to a specific screen. The vertical button instead becomes a mechanism for displaying the submenu (secondary horizontal buttons).

New (vertical) Main Menu Button New (horizontal) Submenu Button

The default name for new buttons added (both main and submenu) is “title.”

See section titled "Changing the Button Title and Link” below.

17-5 www.nov.com

17



Changing the Button Title and Link Click the button to display its pop-up menu. Click to select Edit Button and display the Edit Button pop-up window.

R

Type a button title into the space provided.

R

Click the arrow-down button to display a drop-down list of screen description files. Click to select a file to link it to the button.

Click OK to save changes and close the Edit Button pop-up window.

Deleting a Button Click the button to display its pop-up menu. Click to select Delete Button.

Moving a Button Click the button to display its pop-up menu. Click to select Move Up, Move Down, Move Left, or Move Right to change the button’s position in the menu.

Setting the Default Tool Screen Click the button to display its pop-up menu. Click to select Set As Default Tool Screen to make the selected button the default tool screen for the operator. The default tool screen is the first screen displayed to the operator when the tool is selected. A green outline indicates the tool controller’s default screen button. See the illustration shown on page 17-1.

Restoring Original Configuration Click the button to display its pop-up menu. Click to select Restore Original Configuration to revert to the original tool menu

Saving Configuration Click the button to display its pop-up menu. Click to select Save Configuration to save changes to the tool controller.

17-6 www.nov.com


Service Pages Configuration Overview The Service Pages Configuration module provides a way for the user to modify the following options on the tool controller’s main service page: R

Show or hide the Path Editor link

R

Show or hide the State Diagram viewer link

R

Add or delete custom links

Main Page Click the Service Pages Configuration link (located under Configuration) to display the Administrative Controls login screen.

Type the administrative password into the space provided, then click Log In to display the currently-selected tool controller’s Maintenance Configuration page.

18-1 www.nov.com

18



The example screen shown above contains custom links for Power Limit Commissioning and Power Limit. These are not standard links. See section titled "Add or Delete Custom Links" on page 18-3.

Show or Hide the Path Editor Link The Path Editor module allows the operator to edit paths for path-based equipment, such as pipe racking systems. See Chapter 25, titled "Path Editor” for more information about this module. Click to select (or deselect) the box beside Show Path Editor to show (or hide) the Path Editor link (located under Configuration) on the tool controller’s main service page.

Show or Hide the State Diagram Viewer Link State Diagrams provide a UML (Universal Modeling Language) state-logic view of the internal tool code itself, and can be used to diagnose problems. See Chapter 14, titled "State Diagrams” for more information about this module. Click to select (or deselect) the box beside Show State Diagram Viewer to show (or hide) the State Diagrams link (located under Diagnostics) on the tool controller’s main service page.

18-2 www.nov.com


18


Add or Delete Custom Links The Service Pages Configuration page provides a place for the operator or service personnel to create or delete custom links on the main service page.

Add a Custom Link 1. Type a display name into the space provided in the Display Name column.

Type display name (step 1)

Select HTML file (step 3)

Add link (step 4)

2. Click the arrow-down button located beneath Link to File to display the drop-down list of available HTML files on the currently-selected tool controller.

3. Click to select and link an HTML file. 4. Click to select Add This LInk (located in the Add/Delete column), then click Save Changes. The new link displays at the bottom of the Configuration column on the main service page.

Delete a Custom Link Click to select Delete This Link (located in the Add/Delete column), then click Save Changes. The link no longer appears in the tool controller’s Configuration column on the main service page.

18-3 www.nov.com

18



18-4 www.nov.com



This module is intended for use by NOV service personnel only. Unauthorized use could result in serious or fatal injury to personnel, significant property loss, or significant equipment damage and rig down time.

Overview The Ownership Configuration module provides a way for the user to modify the ownership.xml file. The primary purpose of the ownership.xml file is to define ownership rules, such as which operator screens control which tool controller. The ownership lock-out system runs on the operator tool screens, rather than on the tool controller, so the controller itself doesn’t determine who can write to it. In other words, the operator screens determine whether it is possible to write values to one controller or another. The ownership.xml file should contain the name (or ID) of each tool controller connected to the network. This name does not appear in the operator screens, but it must match the assigned screen tool name. The tool controller ID should be named logically, such as “Fore Racker” (spaces are allowed), as opposed to abbreviations such as “PRS1.” A script reads the tool controller name from the admin_config.xml file and compares it to the list of tool controllers contained in the ownership.xml file. When a tool controller ID matches a screen tool name, the corresponding IP address (from the ownership.xml file) is assigned to that tool controller.

Main Page Click the Ownership Configuration link (located under Configuration) to display the Administrative Controls login page.

Type the administrative password into the space provided, then click Log In to display the currently-selected tool controller’s Ownership Configuration page (shown below).

19-1 www.nov.com

19



The default Ownership Configuration page displays a skeleton ownership.xml file. A Load Ownership File and Save Changes button are located at the bottom of the page.

Load Ownership File 1. At the main Ownership Configuration page, click Load Ownership File to display the Load pop-up window.

2. Click the down-arrow button and click to select the location of the ownership.xml file you wish to load. 3. Locate the file, then click to select. 4. Click OK to close the Load pop-up window.

19-2 www.nov.com



19

Save Changes Save Changes allows the user to save an edited ownership.xml file to any of the following locations: R

The currently-selected (host) tool controller

R

All tool controllers

R

A specific tool controller

R

Local hard disk

At the main Ownership Configuration page, click Save Changes.

Select a location, then click OK. Before saving, the system conducts a number of tests to verify the integrity of the ownership.xml file. Possible issues, if detected, are displayed in a separate notification window, however they do not prevent the user from saving the file.

Tool Controllers The list of tool controllers corresponds with NOV tool controllers connected to the rig network. Right-click tool controllers to display the pop-up menu shown here.

19-3 www.nov.com

19



Add a Tool Controller At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click SBCs, then click Add SBC to display the popup window shown here.

You can either select a tool controller from the drop-down list of suggested controllers and standard IP addresses (as shown here),

or you can type the name of the tool controller into the space provided, then select an IP address from the IP Address drop-down menu.

Click OK to save changes and close the pop-up window. The new tool controller appears below the SBCs on the main Ownership Configuration page.

19-4 www.nov.com



19

Edit a Tool Controller At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click the tool controller (located under SBCs), then click Edit SBC to display the Edit SBC window.

Make the necessary changes, then click OK to close the window.

Remove a Tool Controller At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click the tool controller (located under SBCs), then click Remove SBC. Click OK to remove the tool controller and close the confirmation window.

Set the Base IP Address With few exceptions, the IP address of every device connected to the rig network should be on the same IP subnet. Setting the base IP address changes the IP address of every tool controller contained in the ownership.xml file, and also the Network element and HMIs (see sections titled Networkand HMIs (Touchscreens) below). At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click SBCs, then click Set Base IP Address to display the pop-up window shown here.

Click the down-arrow buttons, then click to select the base IP address numbers. Click OK to save changes and close the pop-up window.

19-5 www.nov.com

19



Change Item Display Order At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click SBCs, then click Change Order to display the pop-up window shown here.

The tool controllers are listed in alphabetical order by default. R

To Move: Click to select a tool controller, then click Move Up or Move Down to change the display order.

R

To Delete: Click to select a tool controller, then click Remove.

Click OK to save changes and close the pop-up window.

Network The tool controller uses the Network element during startup to set up its IP address (see section titled "Overview" on page 19-1). In addition to setting up the IP address, it locates the netmask and gateway information from the Network element in the ownership.xml file. The gateway is usually a routing device whose address is normally the base IP subnet address with a “.1” added to the end (for example, 192.168.31.1). A standard net mask is “255.255.255.0.” At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click Network to display the pop-up menu shown here.

19-6 www.nov.com



19

Edit Network Settings At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click Network, then click Edit Network Settings display the pop-up window shown here.

Click the drop-down arrows and define the Netmask and Gateway numbers. Click OK to save the addresses and close the pop-up window.

Set the Base IP Address See section titled "Set the Base IP Address" on page 19-5.

HMIs (Touchscreens) An entry located in the ownership.xml file lists all touchscreens or other screen devices, their IP addresses, and their ownership group. Therefore, only devices that have a recognized IP address can be part of the driller or assistant driller ownership group. At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click HMIs to display the pop-up menu shown here.

19-7 www.nov.com

19



Add a Touchscreen At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click HMIs, then click Add HMI to display the pop-up window shown here.

You can either select a touchscreen from the drop-down list of suggested HMIs and standard IP addresses (as shown here),

or you can select a group and IP address from the Group and IP Address drop-down menus. Click OK to save changes and close the pop-up window. The new tool touchscreen appears below the HMIs on the main Ownership Configuration page.

19-8 www.nov.com


19


Edit a Touchscreen At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click the HMI, then click Edit HMI to display the popup window shown here.


Remove a Touchscreen At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click the HMI, then click Remove HMI. Click OK to confirm and close the pop-up window.

Set the Base IP Address See section titled "Set the Base IP Address" on page 19-5.

Change Item Display Order See section titled "Change Item Display Order" on page 19-6.

Tools While a tool controller corresponds to a physical computer (that can control more than one tool), a tool corresponds to a specific piece of equipment that is used during rig operations. At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click Tools to display the pop-up menu shown here.

19-9 www.nov.com

19



Add a Tool 1. At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click Tools, then click Add Tool to display the pop-up window shown here.

2. Type the name of the tool into the space provided. This name appears on the operator tool screens. 3. Click the SBC Host down-arrow, then click to select a host. The SBC Host is the specific tool controller that controls the tool being added. The SBC Host drop-down menu is populated by the tool controllers lister under SBCs on the main Ownership Configuration page.

See section titled "Add a Tool Controller" on page 19-4.

4. Click the Ownership Prefix down-arrow, then click to select a prefix. NOV recommends that you select the /operator/ prefix.The Ownership Prefix must match the tool controller’s WebObject names.

5. Type the remaining portion of the Ownership Prefix into the space provided (see description below).

19-10 www.nov.com



19

This space normally contains the tool name, however if the tool controller only controls one tool, it can be left blank. Otherwise, type the same information as that contained in the Name field, except remove all spaces. For example, if the name of the tool is Rotary Table, then type RotaryTable (no spaces) into the Ownership Prefix space provided. 6. Click the Ownership Type arrow-down button, then click to select either exclusive, none, or any. Q

Exclusive: Select exclusive to allow only groups that include this tool to assume ownership.

Q

Any: Select any to allow any group to assume ownership and write to the tool controller

Q

None: Select none to allow anyone to assume ownership and write to the tool controller.

7. Click OK to save changes and close the Add Tool pop-up window. The new tool appears under Tools on the main Ownership Configuration page, which can be edited or removed (see sections below).

Edit a Tool Right-click the tool listed below Tools, then click Edit Tool to display the pop-up window shown here.

Make changes as necessary, then click OK to close the pop-up window.

19-11 www.nov.com

19



Remove a Tool Right-click the tool listed below Tools, then click Remove Tool to display a confirmation pop-up window. Click OK to confirm and close the pop-up window.


Groups Tool ownership system is built around relationships between a set of tools and a set of “ownership groups,” as opposed to a single “owner.” For example, the driller’s workstation may have three touchscreens used to assume ownership of one or more tools, all belonging to the driller’s ownership group. Typically the driller, assistant driller, and a remote workstation (such as one mounted on an MTC cabinet) have separate ownership groups. At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click Groups to display the pop-up menu shown here.

19-12 www.nov.com



19

Add a Group 1. At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click Groups, then click to select Add Group to display the pop-up window shown here.

2. Type the name of the ownership group into the space provided. 3. Click to select Group can view service screens to allow this group to exit the operator screens and view the service pages described in this manual. If selected, this option appears as a Utilities submenu item.

The service pages require a mouse and keyboard. The operator workstations are not normally equipped with a mouse and keyboard, however the multi-tool controller (MTC) cabinets are. Typically the Remote group has the ability to view service pages.

4. Click Add to display the Add Allowed Tool window.

19-13 www.nov.com

19



5. Click the Allowed Tools down-arrow button to display a drop-down list of defined tools.

This drop-down list also displays the tool controller name in the first bracket, and whether it is defined as “exclusive” or not (“none”) in the second bracket.

Adding an allowed tool to a group is required only if the tool is defined as “exclusive.” See step 6 in section titled Add a Toolon page 19-11.

6. Click to select a tool from the list. Your selection appears in the Allowed Tools list. 7. Select a WebObject from the Enabler Input field (optional). The Enabler Input field specifies the name of a WebObject whose value must be T (True) in order for this group to assume ownership of the tool. This allows hard-wired lockout switches or emergency shut down switches to interlock the ability to assume ownership, and also to cause the loss of ownership should the switch position change. 8. Type a short message into the space provided next to Disabled Message (optional). This message displays on the operator screen when the Enabler Input is stopping the operator from assuming ownership. This message should consist of one or two words, as it may display on the tool ownership button, where space is limited. 9. Click OK to save changes and close the window.

19-14 www.nov.com


19


Edit a Group At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click the group, then click Edit Group to display the Edit Group window.

Edit the fields as necessary, then click OK to close the window.

Remove a Group At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click a group, then click Remove Group. Click OK to close the confirmation window.

Edit a Group’s Tool At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click a group tool, then click Edit Tool to display the window shown here.


19-15 www.nov.com

19



Remove a Tool from a Group Right-click the group tool, then click Remove Tool. Click OK to close the confirmation window


Exclusions Exclusions are designed to prevent any one ownership group from owning two or more specific tools at the same time. For example, the driller’s workstation typically has one joystick that is capable of controlling both the pipe racking system and the drawworks. Conflicting signals from the joystick would result in confusion should the driller assume ownership of both tools at the same time. The Exclusions element allows the user to make ownership of certain tools mutuallyexclusion.

Add an Exclusion 1. At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click Exclusions to display the popup menu shown below. 2. Click Add Exclusion to display the Add Exclusion window. 3. Click Add, then select a tool.

4. Click Add again to select another tool. The two selected tools cannot be owned by the same ownership group at the same time (that is, they are mutually-exclusive). 5. Add any other tools as needed, then click OK to save changes and close the Add Exclusions window. 6. Click Add again, then select another tool. Added exclusions display beneath Exclusions on the Ownership Configuration page.

19-16 www.nov.com


19


Edit an Exclusion At the Ownership Configuration page, expand the Exclusions element to display all existing exclusions. Right-click an exclusion, then click Edit Exclusion to display its pop-up window.

Click to select a tool from the list, then click Remove to remove the tool, or click Add to add a tool to the exclusion.

Remove an Exclusion At the Ownership Configuration page, expand the Exclusions element to display all existing exclusions. Right-click the exclusion, then click Remove Exclusion. Click OK to close the confirmation window.

19-17 www.nov.com

19



Navigation The Navigation element allows the user to define how the operator’s tool navigation menus function on the operator screens. Although the Operator Screen Configuration module provides a way for the user to define individual tool menus (see Chapter 17), it does not allow the user to change the overall operator menu (outside of individual tool menus). The Navigation element provides a way to define how the tool menus are displayed, and allows the user to add multi-tool process screens. At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click Navigation to display the pop-up menu shown here.

Add Preconfigured Main Menu Buttons This menu option provides a way for the user to add a sub-group of preconfigured tool buttons to the Navigation element. The navigation menus on the operator screens generally contain two buttons by default: My Tools, and Other Tools (depending on specific rig configurations). The My Tools menu contains a list of tools available for ownership to that particular workstation. The Other Tools menu contains a list of other tools on the rig. The user can change the name of these tool menu buttons, and specify which tools appear in their menus. 1. At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click Navigation, then click Add Preconfigured Main Menu Buttons.

The new item, Preconfigured Main Menu Button, displays beneath Navigation on the Ownership Configuration page.

2. Right-click Preconfigured Main Menu Button to display the pop-up menu shown here.

19-18 www.nov.com



19

3. Click Add Main Menu Button to display the Add Main Menu Button pop-up window.

4. Type the button name (or label) into the space provided next to Menu Button Name.

Due to limited space on the operator’s main menu navigation bar, a maximum of two additional buttons is recommended.

5. Click Add, then select the tools you want displayed in the new button’s menu. 6. Click OK to close the window. The new menu button displays beneath Preconfigured Main Menu Button on the Ownership Configuration page.

19-19 www.nov.com

19



Editing a Button’s Menu

See the procedure described in section titled "Add Preconfigured Main Menu Buttons" on page 19-18.

1. Right-click the added main menu button (described in step 6 above) to display its menu. 2. Click Edit Button display the window shown in step 3 on page 19-19 above. Q

To Change the Menu Button’s Name: Type a new name into the space provided.

Q

To Add a Tool to the Menu: Click Add, then select the tools you want displayed in the new button’s menu.

Q

To Delete a Tool from the Button’s Menu: Click to select a tool, then click Remove.

Q

Change

Q

To Change Menu Display Order: Select tools, then click Move Up or Move Down to change the display order of the tool in the button’s menu.

For consistency and ease-of-use, NOV strongly recommends that the tool menu be arranged alphabetically.


19-20 www.nov.com


19


Remove All Preconfigured Main Menu Buttons 1. At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click Preconfigured Main Menu Button to display its menu. 2. Click Remove Preconfigured Main Menu Buttons, then click OK to confirm.

Add a Process Screen A process screen is a screen that displays data from, or allows the operator to control or monitor, more than one tool. A process screen can appear in a menu of tool choices. This element allows the user to create and define process screens that need to be included in the operators’ navigation menus. 1. At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click Process Screens (located beneath Navigation). 2. Click Add Process Screen.

3. Type a screen name into the space provided. This name appears on the operator’s tool menu. 4. Type the full path to the process screen’s XML file located on the tool controller into the space provided next to URL.

19-21 www.nov.com

19



5. Click Scan for Screens to allow the system to search the XML file for tool names found in that file (see below).

6. Click to select an XML file. This populates the URL field located above it. 7. Click Scan for Tools to allow the system to search the tool controller’s ownership.xml file and determine which tools are involved in the process screen. This populates the drop-down list adjacent to it, and also dims/disables unavailable tools. 8. Click the down-arrow to display the tool drop-down menu, then click to select a tool. 9. Click Add to include the tool in the process screen. 10. Click the down-arrow to display the tool drop-down menu again, then click to select another tool. 11. After all tools are added, click to select any of the tools listed in the Tools Involved in Process Screen, then click Remove, Move Up, and Move Down buttons to remove tools or change the display order.

19-22 www.nov.com


19


Select the Navigation Bar’s Home Screen This element provides a way for the user to define which screen displays when the user pressed the Home button on the operator workstation’s touchscreen. Only one process screen can be defined as the Home screen. 1. At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click Process Screens (located beneath Navigation). 2. Click Select Home Screen.

3. Click to select a process screen.

See section titled "Add a Process Screen" on page 19-21.

4. Click OK to confirm and close the window.


19-23 www.nov.com

19



Add a Tool Button This element provides a way for the user to define menu specifications for a tool. This might be used in the absence of a nav_config.xml file. Alternatively, the Operator Screens Configuration module can derive the nav_config.xml file from this specification. (See Chapter 17.) In the absence of preconfigured main menu buttons, the system uses the tools defined here to populate the operator’s My Tools or Other Tools menu. If a nav_config.xml file exists, however, the system uses the specifications in that file, and this specification is ignored. 1. At the Ownership Configuration page, right-click Tool Buttons (located beneath Navigation). 2. Click Add Tool Button to display the Add Tool window.

3. Click the down-arrow to display a list of available tools.

4. Click to select a tool. 5. Type the tool’s Default Page URL into the space provided. This is the tool’s default screen XML file that displays on the operator’s screen. 6. Click a radio button to define whether the tool selected is A Varco Tool or V-DAQ. 7. Click OK to close the Add Tool window.

19-24 www.nov.com



19

Edit a Tool Button 1. At the Ownership Configuration page, expand Tool Buttons (located beneath Navigation). 2. Right-click one of the tools listed.

3. Click Edit to display the Edit Tool window.

4. Click the down-arrow to display a list of available tools, then click to select a different tool if necessary. 5. Type the tool’s Default Page URL into the space provided if necessary. This is the tool’s default screen XML file that displays on the operator’s screen. 6. Click a radio button to define whether the tool selected is A Varco Tool or V-DAQ. 7. Click OK to close the Edit Tool window.

19-25 www.nov.com

19



Add a Link to a Tool Button This element allows the user to add a menu item to the tool menu on the operator workstation screen. The link consists of a button name and the full path name of the XML file. 1. At the Ownership Configuration page, expand Tool Buttons (located beneath Navigation). 2. Right-click one of the tools listed, then click Add Link to display the Add Link window.

3. Type the name of the tool menu button into the space provided next to Label. 4. Type the Document URL into the space provided, or click Scan for Screens to generate a list of all XML files on the tool controller. 5. If you chose to scan for screens, click the down-arrow button, then click to select an XML screen file. The Document URL field populates automatically.

6. Click OK to save the link and close the Add Link window. The new tool menu link displays beneath the tool on the Ownership Configuration page.

You can add another link to this link by right-clicking the parent link, then following the procedures in this section. The parent link, however becomes a submenu item, and the system ignores information contained within the parent link.

19-26 www.nov.com



19

Edit a Tool Button Link 1. At the Ownership Configuration page, expand Tool Buttons (located beneath Navigation), then expand the tool containing the link. 2. Right-click the link, then click Edit Link to display the Edit Link window.

3. Make changes to the link information as necessary. 4. Click OK to close the Edit Link window.

Remove a Link from a Tool Button 1. At the Ownership Configuration page, expand Tool Buttons (located beneath Navigation), then expand the tool containing the link. 2. Right-click the link, then click Remove to display the Remove confirmation window.

3. Click OK to close the confirmation window.

19-27 www.nov.com

19



Remove a Tool Button 1. At the Ownership Configuration page, expand Tool Buttons (located beneath Navigation). 2. Right-click one of the tools listed, then click Remove to display the Remove Tool confirmation window.

3. Click OK to close the confirmation window.


19-28 www.nov.com


Simulation Control

Information in this section is intended for use by trained, qualified personnel only. Simulation Control allows you to change the way the tool controller handles real world input and output. Use extreme caution when changing the mode of operation. Although some protections are built in, some changes may bypass safety interlocks, allowing free movement of the tool, which can result in collisions, serious damage to equipment, or serious or fatal injury to personnel.

Overview When a tool controller is in simulation mode, it appears that it is operating with actual tools when it is not. The Simulation Control module provides a way for the user to control the built-in simulation system by performing the following actions: R

Enable and disable simulation mode

R

Specify whether the controller is a dedicated simulator

R

Save simulation data to a file

R

Load simulation data file onto a controller

R

Specify whether to simulate WebObjects only

Main Page Click the Simulation Control link (located under Configuration) to display the Password login pop-up window.

Type the administrative password into the space provided, then click OK to display the currentlyselected tool controller’s Setup Simulation page (see below).

20-1 www.nov.com

20

Simulation Control


Enable and Turn On Simulation Mode

Simulation mode must be enabled before it can be turned on.

1. Click Set Enabled to restart the tool controller and enable simulation mode.

Allow one to two minutes for the tool controller to restart. 2. The current simulation data file displays beneath the On/Off buttons. To use a different file, see section titled "Load an Existing a Simulation File" on page 20-3. 3. After the tool controller restarts, click Turn Simulation Mode - On to begin simulation mode.

20-2 www.nov.com


Simulation Control

20

Disable or Pause Simulation Mode R

Click Set Disabled to disable simulation mode. In order to return to simulation mode, the tool controller must restart.

R

Alternatively, click Turn Simulation - Off to pause simulation mode. This leaves simulation mode enabled and available.

Define a Tool Controller as a Dedicated Simulator Unless a tool controller is defined as a dedicated simulator, it remains in simulation mode only until it restarts or simulation mode is shut off. If a tool controller is defined as a dedicated simulator, it starts up in simulation mode. To define a tool controller as a dedicated simulator: R

Enable and turn on simulation mode.

R

Click Set Dedicated.

Set WebObjects Only To control the feedback that a component (such as the Axis Controller) receives while in simulation mode using the Amphion™ service pages interface (see Chapter 6, titled "Debug Monitor”), click Set Web Objects Only - True. Click Set Web Objects Only - False to allow the simulator to receive feedback from another source.

Load an Existing a Simulation File Simulation files are normally used by service personnel during a tool’s initial setup. Normally current WebObject values are downloaded, then changed (disabling a limiter, for example). The file is uploaded to the tool controller, which is then placed in simulation mode, providing a way to set up conditions for testing. Click to select a file from the Simulation Files area.

Click Load Simulation Data File. The tool controller uses this as the current data file, and its values are used by the simulation engine. However, the tool controller uses the default simulation file when it restarts.

20-3 www.nov.com

20

Simulation Control


To define the default simulation file, click to select a file, then click Set as Default Simulation Data File.

Create a Simulation File Click Save Current Settings to New File to create a list of the tool controller’s simulation objects and their current values. This is then saved to a *.csv file in the /varco/data/simulation directory. This file becomes the Current Simulation Data File.

Download a Simulation File Click to select a file from the Simulation Data Files area, then click Download to Local Machine. Define the download location on your computer’s hard drive, then click OK.

Upload a Simulation File Click Upload to Controller, then define the location of the file you wish to upload to the tool controller. Click OK.

20-4 www.nov.com


Array Manipulator Overview This applet allows the operator to view and change the values in WebObject arrays stored in memory on the controller. This module compliments the Debug Monitor, which only allows the operator to view and edit values of single WebObjects. The Array Manipulator allows the operator to view and edit values in whole arrays.

Information in this section is intended for use by trained, qualified personnel only. Array Manipulator allows you to change values for items stored in the controller. Use extreme caution when changing these values. Although some protections are built in, some changes may bypass safety interlocks, allowing free movement of the tool, which can result in collisions, serious damage to equipment, or serious or fatal injury to personnel.

Main Page Click the Array Manipulator link (located under Configuration) to display the administration login pop-up window.

An administrative password is required the first time the user attempts to access a restricted function. A password is not required again unless the browser is closed and restarted. Type the password into the space provided, then click OK to display the currently-selected tool controller’s Array Manipulator page (see below).

21-1 www.nov.com

21


Array Manipulator

Select an array

Select a layer

The array manipulator displays raw data in tabular (array) form. Use the vertical and horizontal scroll buttons to scroll up and down, or left and right. Click the Select an Array down-arrow button to display available arrays, then click to select an array.

If an array has more than two dimensions, click the Layer arrow-down button, then click to select a dimension from the drop-down menu. To edit an array value: 1. Select an array and layer (where applicable). 2. Click to select an array value.

21-2 www.nov.com


Array Manipulator

21

3. Type a new array value into the space provided, then press to enable the Save Array button and display the administrator login window. 4. Type the password into the space provided, then click OK. 5. Click Save Array.

21-3 www.nov.com

21

Array Manipulator


21-4 www.nov.com


Trigger Editor Overview Use Trigger Editor to create, edit, and delete alarm and event triggers.

The tool controller program monitors alarms and events once per second.

Reference Checking When the Trigger Editor starts up, the system reads the list of alarm and event triggers, and compares them to the list of WebObject names to ensure that they are valid. If a trigger refers to a WebObject that does not exist, a pop-up window displays, giving the operator the option of deleting the trigger.

Alarm Priority Define the Alarm Priority at the Edit Trigger window (shown later in this chapter). A Critical Alarm triggers an audible horn. Acknowledging the alarm without correcting the condition temporarily disables the horn. However, if the alarm condition is not corrected, it will become unacknowledged again after a few minutes, sounding the horn again. The alarm condition must be corrected in order to permanently silence the horn. A Normal Alarm can be acknowledged, and remain acknowledged (and active) until the condition is corrected.

22-1 www.nov.com

22

Trigger Editor


Main Page Click the Trigger Editor link (located under Configuration) to display the administration login popup window.

An administrative password is required the first time the user attempts to access a restricted function. A password is not required again unless the browser is closed and restarted. Type the password into the space provided, then click OK to display the currently-selected tool controller’s Trigger Editor page.

Click the Contents link to display the main service page.

22-2 www.nov.com


Trigger Editor

22

Creating an Event Trigger 1. Right-click the Triggers root node to display the Add Trigger menu item.

2. Click Add Trigger to display the Edit Trigger window (shown below).

3. Click Change to display the Choose Web Object pop-up window. Click the markers located to the left of the directory to expand and display the contents.

22-3 www.nov.com

22

Trigger Editor


4. Click to select a WebObject, then click OK to display the appropriate Edit Trigger window (both are shown below). The system determines whether the selected WebObject’s trigger is based on a Boolean value (true or false), or a numerical value (greater than and/or less than). Q

True: Triggers an alarm or event when the condition exists.

Q

False: Triggers an alarm or event when the condition does not exist.

Q

Greater Than: Triggers an alarm or event when the item exceeds the value.

Q

Less Than: Triggers an alarm or event when the item falls below the value.

Boolean Value Triggers 1. At the Edit Trigger window, click to select an alarm priority (see section titled "Alarm Priority" on page 22-1).

2. Click the down-arrow and select a Boolean value (True or False) from the dropdown menu. 3. Type an alarm message into the space provided. Alarm descriptions are limited to 120 characters. 4. Click OK to close the Edit Trigger window.

22-4 www.nov.com


Trigger Editor

22

Numeric Value Triggers 1. At the Edit Trigger window, click to select an alarm priority (see section titled "Alarm Priority" on page 22-1).

2. Type a Greater Than and/or Less Than value into the space(s) provided. Q

Leave one field blank to deactivate that test.

Q

Enter a value into both spaces to trigger the alarm if either value is true.

3. Type an alarm message into the space provided. Alarm descriptions are limited to 120 characters. 4. Click OK to close the Edit Trigger window.

Editing a Trigger 1. Click the Trigger Editor link to display the Trigger Editor screen (see section titled "Main Page" on page 22-2). 2. Click the markers located to the left of the directory to expand and display the contents, then right-click an object to display the Edit or Delete Trigger menu.

3. Click Edit Trigger to display the appropriate Edit Trigger window. 4. Make desired changes to the trigger. See sections titled "Boolean Value Triggers” and "Numeric Value Triggers” on page 22-4. 5. Click OK, then type the administrative password into the space provided. 6. Click OK again.

22-5 www.nov.com

22

Trigger Editor


Deleting a Trigger 1. Click the Trigger Editor link to display the Trigger Editor screen (see section titled "Main Page" on page 22-2). 2. Click the markers located to the left of the directory to expand and display the contents, then right-click an object to display the Edit or Delete Trigger menu.

3. Click Delete Trigger to display a confirmation window. 4. Click Yes. 5. Click OK, then type the administrative password into the space provided. 6. Click OK again.

22-6 www.nov.com


Consistency Checker Overview The Consistency Checker module provides a way for the user to determine the software versions for each tool controller connected to the rig network. This is normally used by NOV personnel that set up the tool controllers to ensure that the following are consistent: R

Base controller software

R

Operating system scripts (“base layout”) version

R

WWW version

R

ownership.xml files

R

ip_list.xml files

R

Process screens

R

Tool controller time settings

Main Page Click the Consistency Checker link (located under Configuration) to display the current tool controller’s Consistency Checker window.

The currently-selected tool’s controller is used as a reference and compared with other controllers. The reference controller’s background displays green. Items that contain the same information as the reference controller display with a white background. Items that cannot be found or contain different information display with a pink background. Click any cell displaying the text “No Match” in the columns labeled Ownership or IP List inside the table to display the ownership and IP list Differences table (shown below).

23-1 www.nov.com

23

Consistency Checker


Files found on the reference tool controller display on the left side of the window, while files from the other tool controller display on the right. Lines that appear in the file on the reference tool controller, but not on the other controller display with a blue highlight. Lines that appear in the files on the other tool controller, but not on the reference tool controller display with a yellow highlight. Lines that match are not highlighted. Click OK to close the Differences window and return to the main Consistency Checker window. Click any cell displaying the text “No Match” in the column labeled Process Screens to display the process screens Differences table.

This window displays a list of process screens found on both tool controllers, and those that are found on one controller, but not the other. Click OK to close the Differences window and return to the main Consistency Checker window. Click Refresh to refresh the Consistency Checker window.

23-2 www.nov.com


Set Date and Time Overview The Set Date and Time module provides a way for the user to set the date and time on the tool controller.

Main Page Click the Set Date and Time link (located under Configuration) to display the current tool controller’s Set Date and Time window.

Click Copy Local Time to Controller.

Click Yes to confirm the synchronization of the tool controller’s date and time with the rig network’s date and time.

Setting the date and time restarts the tool controller. Definite risk of equipment damage or danger to personnel exists. Failure to observe and follow proper procedures could result in serious or fatal injury to personnel, significant property loss, or significant equipment damage and rig down-time.

24-1 www.nov.com

24

Set Date and Time


24-2 www.nov.com


Path Editor

This chapter provides information about the Path Editor module of the Amphion™ service pages interface using www version 1.6.3.

Overview The Path Editor module allows the operator to edit paths for path-based tools. Pipe racking systems are normally the only path-based tool. The Path Editor is a simple, three-dimensional drawing program. The paths that it allows the user to edit exist as arrays of numbers that are held in the tool controller’s memory, and as files on the tool controller’s flash card. Each path is composed of a number of different arrays. When Path Editor starts up, it reads the path information from the tool controller, and displays the first path as an x-y plane. It cannot be used to create or delete paths; it can only be used to edit existing paths stored on the selected tool controller. A path is a collection of points and connection between points. It does not necessarily have to be a single, continuous line from point to point. It can be several disconnected lines (paths) of motion displayed on different parts of the screen.

25-1 www.nov.com

25


Path Editor

Main Page

Information in this section is intended for use by trained, qualified personnel only. Path Editor allows you to change values for items stored in the controller. Incorrect setup can result in loss of tool control that can only be restored by a National Oilwell Varco (NOV®) service engineer. Although some protections are built in, some changes may bypass safety interlocks, allowing free movement of the tool, which can result in collisions, serious damage to equipment, or serious or fatal injury to personnel.

Click the Path Editor link (located under Configuration) to display the current tool controller’s default Path Editor page.

Current racker jaw position (“teach position”)

x-y plane

View controls

Use your mouse to hover over the outline in the top left corner of the page to display the view controls. Click the arrow up, down, left, or right, to rotate the display. Click the plus or minus symbols to zoom in or out. The orange circle in the main display area indicates the current racker jaw position (also used as the “teach position”). A light green axis indicator displays at the zero-zero point of the x-y plane.

25-2 www.nov.com


Path Editor

25

Selecting Points Dots represent each point on the path. Click any point to highlight the path and display a pop-up window containing the selected point’s various values.

selected point

Each point has an x, y, and z coordinate, as well as a traverse, fillet, and an attribute value (see general descriptions below). The selected point displays as a red dot. You can also click and drag to select multiple points at one time. Right-click anywhere on the screen, then click to select Change to Mouse Drag Moves.

Click and drag to select a group of points (see below).

25-3 www.nov.com

25

Path Editor


The selected points display as red dots. When multiple points are selected, they can be manipulated as a group. The range of the selected points’ values (minimum and maximum) display in the pop-up window.

Traverse The racker must be able to move to each point on the path without running into pipe or other equipment. Each point on every path has a traverse value, which specifies the position of the racker on its track when it approaches that point. The track that the racker runs on is assumed to always be parallel to either the x- or y-axis (depending on the type of racker). For any given racker, either the x-coordinate of the racker column or the y-coordinate is fixed. The traverse value for each point specifies the other, non-fixed coordinate of the racker column for that point. The traverse value for a point displays as an optional line that extends from the point toward the racker’s position on the track (see section titled "Set Traverse Type" on page 25-12 below). For most points, the traverse value is the same as either the x- or y-coordinate of the point, because we expect that the racker will move its arm directly through the fingerboard slot, and will not approach it from an angle. Where the traverse value is the same as the x- or y-coordinate of the point, the traverse line on the screen is blue. Where this is not true, the traverse line on the screen is red. This provides an indication to the tool programmer that there might be something unusual about a specific point’s traverse value.”

Fillet The fillet value represents a measure of the distance from the selected point that the racker may “miss” that point. For example, if the point is at a corner, the racker will not go all the way to that corner point, stop, change direction, then move to the next point on the path. Instead, it moves on a smooth, curved path that grazes the point, missing it by the distance specified by the fillet. A light blue circle displays around the point, representing the fillet. The fillet circles are translucent. Multiple fillet circles (layered on top of one another) appear darker.

Attribute The attribute value is not represented on the screen, and is related to coding within the motion system. For example, it may indicate that a point is a pipe in the fingerboard, or that it is a foxhole point. The code developer is responsible for determining the attribute’s meaning, which can change from one application to another. Therefore, it cannot be conclusively defined in this document.

25-4 www.nov.com


Path Editor

25

Changing Point Values Click the Change Values button to display the Manipulate Points pop-up window.

You can also right-click anywhere on the screen (after selecting a point), then click to select Manipulate Points from the pop-up menu (see illustration in section titled "Setting Path Parameters" on page 25-6).

A graphical representation of the current point displays on the left side of the window. Use the drop-down menu to click and select either Change By (number), or Change To (actual value). Enter new values into the appropriate fields, then click Preview. A graphical representation of the proposed changes displays on the left side of the window. The original and proposed values display on the right side of the window.

25-5 www.nov.com

25

Path Editor


Setting Path Parameters Right-click anywhere on the screen to display the pop-up menu. Click to select Set Path Parameters to display the pop-up window shown here.

currentlyselected path

This window contains a list of all available paths for the currently-selected tool. Click the radio button to select any path. The currently-selected path’s selected radio button is checked; the visible box is checked for all paths currently displayed on the screen. Click to the visible box to show or hide a particular path. Click Show All or Hide All to show or hide all paths. You can also click Hide Other Paths (see menu above) to display only the currentlyselected path. The default color for each path is black. Click the color box to display the color selection pop-up window (see below).

25-6 www.nov.com


Path Editor

25

Click to select a color, then click OK to save. Alternatively, click Reset to assign the default color to the path. Click OK to apply the changes and close the Set Path Parameters pop-up window.

Adding, Deleting, and Editing Points After selecting a point, right-click anywhere on the screen to display the pop-up menu.

Adding Points Click to select Add Points to display the pop-up window shown here.

Enter the number of points to add into the space provided. Define the first point by entering the x, y, z, and traverse values into the spaces provided, then define the offset values (if applicable). To add a point at the tool’s current position, click Set from Teach Point.The current value of the tool’s coordinates automatically populate the First Point fields. Define the Fillet and Attribute values where applicable. Click to deselect or select Link Points With Connection to link the new points to one another. Define a value for the Path Attribute (where applicable). Click OK to continue.

25-7 www.nov.com

25

Path Editor


You can also add a point using the Learn Point menu item. See section titled "Learning a Point" on page 25-10.

Deleting Points Select the point or points you wish to delete, then right-click anywhere on the screen to display the pop-up menu. Click to select Delete Point, then click Yes at the confirmation window. This action deletes the selected point and all related connections.

Editing Points After selecting a point, right-click anywhere on the screen to display the pop-up menu. Click to select Edit Point to display the Edit Point pop-up window.

Enter the x, y, z, and traverse values into the spaces provided. Define the Fillet and Attribute values where applicable. Click OK to continue.

25-8 www.nov.com


Path Editor

25

Adding Connections After selecting a point, right-click to display the pop-up menu, then click Add Connection.

A line appears on the screen between the selected point an your mouse position. Position the mouse over another point, then drag the line to another point to create a connection between the two points.

Selecting a View Right-click to display the pop-up menu, then click View to display the sub-menu.

Click to select any of the view plane (X-Y, X-Z, or Y-Z), or click to select an image change (Flip Left to Right, Flip Top to Bottom, or Center Image).

Flipping does not change the point coordinates; it only changes the view.

25-9 www.nov.com

25

Path Editor


Show or Hide Teach Point If the teach point is not displayed on the main Path Editor page, right-click anywhere on the screen, then select (Show or Hide) Teach Point.

Learning a Point The Learn Point menu item uses the Teach Point to to add a point to the currently-selected path. are directly related to the current teach position (or teach point). The orange circle in the main display area indicates the current racker jaw position (also used as the “teach position”).

Physically move the tool into the correct position. Right-click to display the pop-up menu, then click Learn Point.

If this menu option is not displayed as a menu option, click Show Teach Point first.

The new point is added to the current path of the teach point.

25-10 www.nov.com


25

Path Editor

Traverse Right-click to display the pop-up menu, then click Traverse to display the sub-menu.

Show Traverse Length Click Show Traverse Length to display the Show Traverse Length pop-up window.

The racker must be able to move to each point on the path without running into pipe or other equipment. Each point on every path has a traverse value that specifies the position of the racker on its track when it reaches that point. Click Show Full Traverse to display full lines between the path point and the position of the racker in its track for that point.

25-11 www.nov.com

25

Path Editor


Click Show Traverse Tail to display an abbreviated version of the full traverse lines.

Set Traverse Type Click Set Traverse Type to display the Set Traverse Type pop-up window.

The traverse value of each point is essentially the x- or y-coordinate of the racker in its track. This marks the spot where the racker must be in its track in order to reach its arm out to grab the pipe at the path point. For any given racker, either the x- or y-coordinate is fixed. That is, the racker will always move (traverse) on a line that is either parallel to the x-axis or a line that is parallel to the yaxis. If the racker is moving parallel to the x-axis, then the traverse value of the point is the ycoordinate of the racker when it comes to that point. If the racker is moving parallel to the y-axis, then the traverse value of the point is the x-coordinate of the racker. There are several different kinds of rackers, and there is no way for the Path Editor to determine which type of racker is in use. Set Traverse Type provides a way for the user to specify this. Click to select the appropriate racker type (see below), then click OK. R

Racker Type 1: Use for PRS 3, 8, or Bridge Racker and Guide Arm. The traverse value should match the point’s y-value. If it does not, the tail displays red (see section titled "Show Traverse Length" on page 25-11).

25-12 www.nov.com


R

25

Path Editor

Racker Type 2: Use for PRS 4, 5, or 6. The traverse value should match the point’s x-value. If it does not, the tail displays red (see section titled "Show Traverse Length" on page 25-11).

See the description of traverse in section titled "Traverse" on page 25-4.

Show or Hide Indices Right-click to display the pop-up menu, then click Show Indices to display index information for each point.

Click Hide Indices to hide index information.

25-13 www.nov.com

25

Path Editor


Save Right-click to display the pop-up menu, then click Save to display the pop-up menu. Click to select a location to save the edited path file.

Saving to memory allows the user to test the path prior to making it a permanent change (by saving it to persistent storage). This way, if the path is incorrect, the user can simply restart the tool controller to restore its previous path. Saving to persistent storage saves the current path information to the tool controller. Saving fingerboard geometry saves only the fingerboard geometry to persistent storage. See "Fingerboard Geometry” below.

25-14 www.nov.com


25

Path Editor

Fingerboard Geometry Right-click to display the pop-up menu, then click Fingerboard Geometry to display the submenu.

Guess Fingerboard Geometry The Path Editor can normally guess the fingerboard geometry from the path information. After it makes a guess, the user should be able to manipulate the fingerboard geometry to ensure that it accurately reflects the fingerboard arrangement on the rig. The fingerboard geometry has one or more sections. Each section contains one or more slots (or fingers). Each slot contains one or more pipes. All points containing pipe should be assigned an attribute of 5. Using the co-linearity of subsequent points, the Path Editor should be able to guess where the slots are. Path names should give a clue as to where the sections are located. For example, there should only be one path per section. However, since guessing is not an exact science, the Path Editor’s fingerboard editor can make up for incorrect guesses. Click Guess Fingerboard Geometry to display the Path Editor’s fingerboard geometry guess (see below).

25-15 www.nov.com

25


Path Editor

Edit Fingerboard Geometry Right-click and select Edit Fingerboard Geometry to display the Edit Fingerboard Geometry pop-up window.

Slot Numbering

Pipe Numbering

R

Reverse Slot Numbering: Click to reverse the slot numbering.

R

Reverse Pipe Numbering: Click to reverse the pipe numbering.

R

Flip Slot Rectangles: Click to flip the slot rectangles from top to bottom, or viceversa.

25-16 www.nov.com


25

Path Editor

Click to select a pipe (represented by a circle) and edit its ID number, its x-y coordinates, or its diameter.

Click a slot (represented by a rectangle) to select and edit its ID number, its x-y coordinates, or its width and height.

25-17 www.nov.com

25

Path Editor


Double-click a slot (represented by a rectangle) to select and an entire section’s ID number.

Click Apply, then click OK to close the Edit Fingerboard Geometry pop-up window.

Show or Hide Fingerboard Geometry Right-click to display the pop-up menu, then click Fingerboard Geometry --> (Show or Hide) Fingerboard Geometry to show or hide the fingerboard geometry.

Open Fingerboard Geometry Right-click to display the pop-up menu, then click Fingerboard Geometry --> Open Fingerboard Geometry to display the Question pop-up window.

Click Fingerboard to open the fingerboard geometry currently stored in persistent storage. Click Local Hard Drive to display the location selection pop-up window. Locate the file on your local hard drive, then click Open.

25-18 www.nov.com


Set IP Address on Network Device Overview This module provides a way for service personnel to assign an IP address to a device connected to the rig network. When a device is first installed, it may not be visible on the network because the IP address is set to its factory default.

Main Page 1. Click the Set IP Address link (located under Configuration) to display the Administrative Controls login pop-up window.

2. Type the administrative password into the space provided, then click Log In to display the currently-selected tool controller’s Network Device Address Configuration page.

3. If you already know the IP address you want to assign to the currently-selected tool, type it into the space provided, then click Continue, and skip to step 6. If the device is missing from the IP Network list (see section titled "IP Network Menu" on page 4-1), click the Click Here link to display a list of devices currently missing from the network.

26-1 www.nov.com

26


Set IP Address on Network Device

4. Click to select a device. 5. Type the IP address into the space provided, then click Continue.

6. If desired, click the Click here to start again to assign IP addresses to other invisible devices on the network.

! To ensure correct IP address assignments, disconnect all other unassigned devices on the network (leaving only the intended device on the network).

26-2 www.nov.com


Controller Links Overview The purpose of this module is to provide Java Virtual Machine (JVM) and controller information, and allow the operator to view and manage related logs, restart the JVM or tool controller, halt the tool controller, flash the Applicom card, display operator screens, or view online documentation.

! Several functions within the Controller module require an administrator password. Only trained, qualified personnel should use those functions.


Type the administrative password, then click Login to continue.

27-1 www.nov.com

27

Controller Links


Java® Virtual Manager (JVM) Status This applet (also referred to as the “dashboard”) displays the current state of the JVM and the tool controller. The JVM is a program that runs on the tool controller. Java software consists of code that is designed to run in a “virtual” machine. The JVM on the tool controller actually runs two separate Java programs simultaneously. One is a tool controller program, and the other is a Web server. The controller program interfaces with equipment outside of the tool controller. The Web server provides HTML Web pages and runs servlets. The Web server and the controller communicate with one another, but they are essentially independent programs. It is possible for one or both to operate without the other. A green box indicates that the JVM is operating normally; red indicates a communication fault. The status box also displays the currently-selected tool controller name and life counter.

It is possible for the JVM (top portion of the box) to display green, while the controller (bottom portion of the box) displays red. This indicates that the JVM is running normally, while the tool controller is not. The entire status box may also display red momentarily during a restart.

27-2 www.nov.com


27

Controller Links

Log Manager/Viewer Various subsections of the controller generate log entries when significant events occur (such as errors). Click the Log Manager/Viewer link to display a list of log files stored on the current tool controller.

The main Log Manager/Viewer page displays the file size, date and time modified, and links to either view or delete (reset) the log file. Click the link located beneath View Log to display the log file. Click the link located beneath Reset to delete the log file. Most log files, with the exception of the j9.log file, have a fixed length (normally 100 KB). When the log file exceeds this length, it is renamed (a “.1” is appended to the file name), and a new log file is created. If the second log file exceeds the maximum size, it replaces the first log file, and another is created. Most log files (with the exception of the j9.log file), are maintained between controller restarts, and continue accumulating messages while the controller is running. Each entry in the log file follows a basic pattern. Entries begin with a keyword (debug, info, warn, error, or fatal), followed by the date and time (hours:minutes:seconds, milliseconds), and the name of the code entity that posted the entry (displayed in square brackets). This basic information is followed by the message itself. An example of an io.log file and a general description of other common types of log files is given below.

27-3 www.nov.com

27

Controller Links


R

The j9.log and j9.previous.log files are different from the other log files. They capture outputs from the JVM itself, and record error messages resulting from serious controller program or Web server failures. A new file is created every time the JVM starts up, and the previous j9.log file overwrites the file named j9.previous.log. This file can be a useful troubleshooting tool when the tool controller is not running.

R

The io.log file contains messages from the subsystem that manages communications between the tool controller and input/output devices. This file can be a useful troubleshooting tool when an input or output point object could not be created, or not reading or writing, since it captures messages that do not apply to other I/O logs.

R

The ora.log file contains messages from the tool controller program itself. This file can also be a useful troubleshooting tool when the controller is not running.

R

The c2c.log file contains information related to inputs and outputs between the current tool controller and other tool controllers.

R

The step7.log file contains information related to inputs and outputs that use the Siemens® Step7 protocol.

R

The alarm.log file contains errors messages from the alarm manager subsystem. This file does not contain actual alarms.

R

The varball.log file contains the name of the last varball installed, the controller version, the www version, the base layout used to create the varball, and a list of files installed.

R

The version.log file contains the date and time of every www version installed, as well as the name of the file that was decompressed. It also records the date and time the varballs were created on the tool controller.

27-4 www.nov.com


Controller Links

27

Restart the JVM Use this link to restart the controller’s Java program running inside the virtual machine. When you restart the JVM, it restarts the software, without restarting the tool controller itself. This is often preferable, as it takes less time and is less disruptive to operations. Click the Restart JVM link to begin this process. A message displays, informing the user that the JVM is restarting. This takes several minutes. During this time, you will be unable to access the controller using the browser.

Flashing the Applicom® Card This procedure is intended for use on tool controllers that have an Applicom I/O card installed. Only tool controllers that communicate using Profibus protocol with tool hardware have or need an Applicom I/O board. The Applicom board provides an entry point for the tool controller to the Profibus network. This network is separate from the Ethernet network used by other I/O protocols (such as Modbus, C2C, and Cyberbase). Flashing the Applicom card loads the necessary network information into the flash memory on the Applicom hardware.

! If you’ve replaced the Profibus module, you must initialize, then flash the CompactFlash card.This procedure should only be performed by trained, qualified personnel. Potential damage to equipment, rig down-time, or injury to personnel exists.

1. Prepare the tool controller for communication with the Profibus network, if applicable.

New Applicom cards for Beckhoff tool controllers do not come from the factory already flashed. You must burn an image to the card prior to installation. Contact an NOV service representative for information regarding initializing Beckhoff version Applicom cards.

2. Click the Flash Applicom Card link to display the Administrative Controls Login screen. 3. Type the administrative password into the space provided, then click Log in to display the current tool’s Flash Applicom Card page.

27-5 www.nov.com

27

Controller Links


4. Click Proceed. The tool controller program pauses. After approximately ten seconds, the flashing process begins.

5. When flashing is complete, scroll to the bottom of the screen and ensure that the message: “Initialization succeeded” displays, indicating a successful flash (see below).

If an error message displays, see instructions that follow this procedure.

27-6 www.nov.com


Controller Links

27

6. Click the Back button to return to the Flash Applicom Card page, then click Cancel. The tool controller program and Profibus Applicom card automatically restart after flashing is complete. 7. Click Contents to return to the main service page. 8. Verify that the Profibus Communication Status lights on the Profibus Applicom cards are blinking green. For help locating this light, see Chapter 2, section titled "Profibus (Process Field Bus)" on page 2-5. An unsuccessful flash displays an error message (shown below).

27-7 www.nov.com

27

Controller Links


Unsuccessful flash

Troubleshooting R

If an error message displays, the number of Profibus Applicom cards in the unit may differ from the number of cards in the unit it is replacing. If the number of cards matches, cycle power (turn the tool controller off, wait five seconds, then turn it on again), then attempt to flash the card again. If the problem persists, replace the tool controller.

R

If an error message displays, or the green light on the card does not flash, cycle power to the tool controller (turn the unit off, wait five seconds, then turn it on again). Then see section titled "Verifying that the Tool Controller is Working" on page 27-9.

27-8 www.nov.com


Controller Links

27

Verifying that the Tool Controller is Working 1. Verify that the Profibus communication status light on each Profibus Applicom card is blinking. For help locating this light, see illustrations in Chapter 2, section titled "Tool Controller Hardware" on page 2-3. 2. Plug in the Profibus connectors. 3. Verify that there is still a green blinking light on each Applicom Card. 4. Click Profibus Network Status (located under Diagnostics) on the main service page to view Profibus network status. 5. Verify that the node numbers shown match the tool network configuration, and that all nodes are green. For more information, see Chapter 12, titled "Profibus Network Status. 6. Notify the operator that the tool controller was replaced and is powered on.

27-9 www.nov.com

27


Controller Links

Restarting the Tool Controller This link provides a way for service personnel to restart the tool controller hardware.

! This procedure should only be performed by trained, qualified personnel. Potential damage to equipment, rig down-time, or injury to personnel exists.

Click the Restart Controller Computer to restart the tool controller. The message beginning with the text, “Reboot was successful” displays when the tool controller hardware has successfully shut down. After a few minutes, the controller restarts and becomes available online.

Halting the Tool Controller This link provides a way for service personnel to shut down the tool controller hardware.

! This procedure should only be performed by trained, qualified personnel. Potential damage to equipment, rig down-time, or injury to personnel exists.

Click the Halt Controller Computer to restart the tool controller. The message “System halt was successful” displays when the tool controller hardware has successfully shut down.

27-10 www.nov.com


Controller Links

27

Operator Screens Click Operator Screens to display the standard HTML operator tool screens. A typical top drive screen is shown here.

See your Amphion operator’s guide for rig-specific tool screens.

Documentation Click Documentation to display available online documentation (if available). To view online documentation, the manuals package must be installed.

27-11 www.nov.com

27

Controller Links


27-12 www.nov.com


Advanced Operations

Information in this section is intended for use by trained, qualified personnel only. Use extreme caution when changing too configuration settings. Incorrect setup can result in loss of tool control that can only be restored by a National Oilwell Varco (NOV®) service engineer.

Replacing a Tool Controller 1. Turn the tool controller off at the power switch inside the MTC cabinet. Refer to your rig-specific MTC assembly drawing for the exact location of the power switch. 2. Beckhoff: Disconnect the power plug from the tool controller. Advantech: Turn off power switch, then disconnect the power plug from the tool controller. 3. Disconnect the ground wire. 4. Remove the Ethernet and Profibus connectors (where applicable). 5. Remove the tool controller from the DIN rail or rack. 6. Remove the tool controller from the cabinet. 7. Remove the CompactFlash™ card from the old tool controller. 8. Insert the card into the new tool controller. See section titled "Removing and Installing a CompactFlash™" on page 28-3 for more information. 9. Mount the new tool controller on the DIN rail or rack. 10. Plug in the Ethernet cable(s).

Do not attach Profibus connectors yet.

28-1 www.nov.com

28

Advanced Operations


11. Prepare the tool controller for communication with the Profibus network (if applicable).


12. Attach the ground wire and power leads. 13. Turn the tool controller on, then wait approximately one minute for it to start up. 14. Using the MTC cabinet’s keyboard, or a laptop computer, connect to the tool controller through a Web browser. For more information about connecting to the network using a browser, see Chapter 3, section titled "Connecting to the Tool Controller" on page 3-1.

The IP address has not changed; the CompactFlash Card is the same.

15. If there is not a Profibus connection, skip to step 21. If there is a Profibus connection, follow the remaining steps of this procedure. 16. Verify that the Profibus communication status light is blinking. For help locating this light, see Chapter 2, section titled "Tool Controller Hardware" on page 2-3. 17. Plug in the Profibus connectors. 18. Verify that the Profibus status indicator is blinking green. 19. Click the Profibus Network Status link (located under Diagnostics) on the main service page to view Profibus network status. 20. Verify that the node numbers shown match the tool network configuration, and that all nodes are green. For more information, see Chapter 12, titled "Profibus Network Status.” 21. Notify the operator that the tool controller has been replaced and turned on.

28-2 www.nov.com


Advanced Operations

28

Removing and Installing a CompactFlash™ The CompactFlash stores tool controller information. You may need to replace this card if: R

You receive a new tool controller to replace an existing unit, and the new unit was shipped without a CompactFlash card. You must remove the card from the old tool controller and install it on the new one.

R

The tool controller shipped without a CompactFlash card.

R

The card itself has failed. If the tool controller was working, then stops working, replace the tool controller. If the new tool controller still does not work, the CompactFlash card may need to be replaced.

! Replacing an existing CompactFlash card removes all persistent (permanent) values stored in the tool controller. Use only cards supplied by NOV.

1. Park all tools in a safe position and turn them off. 2. Turn the tool controller power off. 3. Locate the CompactFlash slot and gently remove the card.

Take note of its orientation; you must reinsert the card the same way.

4. Prepare the tool controller for communication with the Profibus network (if applicable).


5. Insert the replacement card into the slot until it snaps into place. 6. If applicable, replace the CompactFlash cover, then tighten the screws. 7. Turn the tool controller power on. 8. Verify that the green power indicator light located on the front of the tool controller is illuminated.

28-3 www.nov.com

28

Advanced Operations


9. Connect to the tool controller from a Web browser. For more information about connecting to the network using a browser, see Chapter 3, section titled "Connecting to the Tool Controller" on page 3-1.

28-4 www.nov.com


Advanced Operations

28

Tool Controller IP Addresses

See NOV document number D801000721-GEN-001, titled “Amphion Standard DCDA Network IP Addresses.”

The IP addresses for every tool controller are stored in the ownership.xml file. Each IP address is associated with a controller name. The controller name for a particular tool controller is stored in the admin_config.xml file as the screen_tool_name element. When the tool controller starts up, a script reads the screen_tool_name element in the admin_config.xml file, then compares it with the list of SBC elements in the ownership.xml file. If the script finds a match between the screen_tool_name and the id attribute of an SBC element, then the corresponding ip attribute of that element is assigned to be the IP address of the tool controller. Examples of the admin_config.xml and the ownership.xml files are shown below. admin_config.xml:

com.nov…. Racker …

ownership.xml:

…

In the example above, the racker’s IP address is 192.168.31.20. Every tool controller has a standard IP address of 192.168.0.3, so that if it is isolated on an Ethernet network, this address can be used to make a connection, regardless of another assigned IP address. It is possible to change the IP address of a tool controller by editing the ownership.xml file and restarting the tool controller, but this is not recommended. One way to do this is to use a software tool specially designed to edit the ownership.xml file. See Chapter 19, titled "Ownership Configuration.

28-5 www.nov.com

28

Advanced Operations


An IP address change does not take effect until after the tool controller is restarted. After restart the tool controller cannot be accessed using the old IP address. Improper setup may cause the following problems: R

Tool controller program disabled, tool inoperable

R

Controller-to-controller communications become disabled

R

Tool controller to Web browser connection disabled

R

Tool controller to touchscreen (HMI) connection disabled

28-6 www.nov.com


Advanced Operations

28

About the admin_config.xml File The admin_config.xml file (located in the /varco directory on the tool controller) contains configuration settings. Almost all configurable tool controller properties are stored as default values in the controller itself, and these properties rarely need to be changed. To change the admin_config.xml file, either use a text editor specifically designed to edit XML files, or use a plain text editor (such as the Linux® Vi Editor, or the Windows® Notepad accessory). See section titled "Vi Editor" on page 28-23.

! NOV recommends that you do not use Microsoft Word, as it adds large numbers of unnecessary elements to the file.

A basic example of an admin_config.xml file is shown below, depicting three principle elements that are most commonly found in the file. Of these, the class_name and the screen_tool_name, are required to make a tool controller behave properly.

com.nov.bridgeRacker.module.BridgeRacker admin Racker

There are also a number of optional elements (that usually do not appear in the admin_config.xml file that can affect a number of properties on the tool controller (described below).

28-7 www.nov.com

28


Advanced Operations

The Controller Element The properties shown here appear inside the controller XML element, which is contained within the admin_config.xml file.

Element

Data Type

Description

class_name

Java Class Name

Identifies the Java class name of the tool controller module to run as the controller program. The default value is com.varco.ora.ToolController, which specifies a controller that does essentially nothing. A tool programmer must define the name of the controller class to run the tool.

admin_password

Text String

Specifies the administrative password which must be used for most operations on the main service page. The default value is admin.

screen_tool_name

Text String

Specifies the screen name of this tool controller. The default value is Golden Image. This name will be used as the name of the tool controller that appears on the main service page. Also, the name is checked against a list of names and IP addresses located in the ownership.xml file. The name that matches the screen_tool_name is used to look up and assign the IP address of the tool controller. See Chapter 26, titled "Set IP Address on Network Device.”

ctrl_storage_path

Linux Path

Specifies the storage path for persistent data on the controller. The default value is ./data/ persistent/.

Integer

Specifies the tool controller’s cycle time in milliseconds. This is how long it takes the controller to make one complete update of all WebObject values, I/O reads and writes, and internal variable updates. The default value is 20. Setting this value to less than 1 will result in a value of 20.

Integer

If the cycle_time_ms element is not specified, then the controller searches for the sleep_time_ms element. If cycle_time_ms is specified, then sleep_time_ms is ignored. The sleep_time_ms element defines the amount of time the controller will sleep after finishing each cycle. The default value is 10. The controller ensures that the cycle time is always 10 more than the sleep time (if the sleep time is specified), and the sleep time is 10 less than the cycle time (if the cycle time is specified).

cycle_time_ms

sleep_time_ms

28-8 www.nov.com


Element

Advanced Operations

Data Type

Description

Integer

Specifies the network I/O reset time (defined in seconds). The default value is 1. This is the amount of time the controller waits before it determines that digital, real, and word inputs of type NET (which reset themselves) are no longer receiving input, and should be reset to their default values. The reset time of any I/O point will not be greater than this value.

comms_per_cycle

Integer

Specifies the “width” of the communications calendar. This is how many clients can be sent updates each controller cycle. The default value is 4.

ae_enabled

True Or False

Enables (true) or disables (false) alarms and events. The default value is true.

Linux Path

Holds the path and name of the alarm and events log file. The default is ./data/alarmevent/alarm-event.xml. This feature is currently disabled.

Integer

Specifies the maximum number of alarm and event records that will be kept in memory at any given time. Older alarm and event records will be discarded. The default value is 200.

Linux Path

Specifies the name of the configuration file that will be used by the alarm and events engine to specify alarm and event triggers. The default value is ./data/alarm-event/ monitor.properties.

Integer

The “canary” is a software subroutine that monitors the controller’s life counter to look for long controller cycle times. This specifies the amount of time that the canary will sleep between checks. The default value is zero, which disables the canary.

Any

The presence of this element in the admin_config.xml file is interpreted as “true,” meaning that this controller is compatible with earlier generation (Rev B) controllers. The default value is false.

net_io_reset_time

ae_log_name

ae_max_records

ae_monitor_conf

internal_canary_sleep_ms

rev_B_compatibility

28

28-9 www.nov.com

28


Advanced Operations

Element

Data Type

Description

disableStreamedIO

Any

The presence of this element in the admin_config.xml file is interpreted as “true,” meaning that all inputs of type NET are prevented from using streaming communications. The default value is false, which means that inputs of type NET are interpreted as streaming, and reset themselves if they have not received data for a certain timeout period (see net_io_reset_time above). Individual NET I/O points do not reset themselves if their .ioIdentifier WebObject is a value that starts with “n.” No NET I/O points reset themselves if the disableStreamedIO element appears in the admin_config.xml file.

datalog

Xml Element

Specifies the configuration for data logging on the controller. A description of this element is outside the scope of this chapter.

The Webserver Element The properties shown here may appear inside the webserver XML element, which is contained within the admin_config.xml file. This element is on the same level as the controller element (described above). For example: com.nov.bridgeRacker.module.BridgeRacker admin Racker //* file:/varco/www

These elements are rarely used. Element

Data Type

Description

http_context

Text String

This is the HTTP context that the Web server will use. The default value is “//*.”

static_content_base_dir

Text String

This is the base directory that the Web server will use to server up static HTML content. The default value is file:/varco/www.

http_port

Integer

This is the default port number that the Web server will assume for incoming HTTP requests. The default value is 80.

28-10 www.nov.com


Element

min_threads

max_threads

max_idle_time_ms

servlet_list

28

Advanced Operations

Data Type

Description

Integer

The Web server assigns a “thread” to handle each incoming request. The number of threads used roughly corresponds to the number of requests the Web server can handle at once. The default value for the minimum number of threads is 2.

Integer

This is the maximum number of threads the Web server assigns to incoming requests. Each thread uses system resources. The default maximum is 50.

Integer

This element defines the amount of time in milliseconds that the Web server waits until it determines an incoming HTTP connection idle. The default value is 5000, which is five seconds.

XML element

This element contains a list of sub-elements. Each sub-element has two attributes. The path_spec attribute is a Linux path name that specifies the path name of the servlet. The servlet_class attribute specifies the full Java class name of the servlet. This provides a way to list the servlets that the Web server uses, but it is unnecessary and is not supported.

The Logging Element The properties shown here appear inside the logging_properties element, which is contained within the admin_config.xml file. This element is on the same level as the controller element (described earlier in this chapter). For example: com.nov.bridgeRacker.module.BridgeRacker admin Racker

The controller logging system uses the open source Apache® Log4J package. An element’s function in the admin_config.xml file is to set the values of these properties. The Log4J package is built upon the idea of logger hierarchy. It contains a root log, called the rootCategory and several sub-logs. The following logs are stored on the tool controllers: R

ora.log stores messages from the base controller package

28-11 www.nov.com

28


Advanced Operations

R

io.log stores messages from the I/O system generally

R

c2c.log stores messages from the controller-to-controller I/O system

R

step7 stores messages from the Siemens Step7 I/O system

R

alarm stores messages from the alarm system

Additional log files can be found in the /varco/log directory, but they are not controlled by the logging system. There are five logging levels. The source code for the controller program contains messages that are printed into the logs (or not, depending on a hard-coded level for each possible message). In other words, if the logging level of the message is less than the level of the log level setting, then the message is written to the log; if the logging level of the message is more than the level of the log level setting, then the message is not written to the log. The levels are: R

FATAL: This designates very severe error events that will presumably lead the controller to abort.

R

ERROR: This designates error events that may or may not allow the controller to continue running. This is the default logging level for all logs. At this level, all FATAL messages are written to the logs.

R

WARN: This designates potentially harmful situations. All ERROR and FATAL messages are written to the logs.

R

INFO: This designates informational messages that highlight the progress of the controller on a coarse-grained level. All WARN, ERROR, and FATAL messages are written to the logs.

R

DEBUG: This designates fine-grained informational events that are useful in debugging the controller. All messages are written to the logs.

Property

Possible Values

Description

log.rootCategory

“FATAL,” “ERROR”, “WARN,” “INFO,” or “DEBUG”

This sets the logging level of the root log. The other logs (ora, io, c2c, etc.) inherit this property unless their own level is set. The default logging level is ERROR. Setting this property is unnecessary, since each sub-log has its own level property.

log.category.com.varco.ora

“FATAL, ora,” “ERROR, ora,” “WARN, ora,” “INFO, ora,” or “DEBUG, ora”

This sets the logging level of the ora.log. The default value is ERROR, ora.

28-12 www.nov.com


Property

28

Advanced Operations

Possible Values

Description

log.category.com.varco.ora.io

“FATAL, io,” “ERROR, io,” “WARN, io,” “INFO, io,” or “DEBUG, io”

This sets the logging level of the io.log. The default value is ERROR, io.

log.category.com.varco.ora.io.real.c2c

“FATAL, c2c,” “ERROR, c2c,” “WARN, c2c,” “INFO, c2c,” or “DEBUG, c2c”

This sets the logging level of the c2c.log. The default value is ERROR, c2c.

log.category.com.varco.ora.io.real.step7

“FATAL, step7,” “ERROR, step7,” “WARN, step7,” “INFO, step7,” or “DEBUG, step7”

This sets the logging level of the step7.log. The default value is ERROR, step7.

log.category.com.varco.ora.alarm

“FATAL, alarm,” “ERROR, alarm,” “WARN, alarm,” “INFO, alarm,” or “DEBUG, alarm”

This sets the logging level of the alarm.log. The default value is ERROR, alarm.

In addition, each log has its own set of properties which can be set. The properties for a single log (ora.log) are used as an example below.

28-13 www.nov.com

28


Advanced Operations

Property

Value

Description

log.appender.ora

The name of the class to log followed by “.log.” and the name of an appender.

The appender is a strategy for handling log output. The names of appenders must be taken from the available appenders in the Log4J package. The default is com.varco.ora.log.RollingFileAppe nder, which is an instruction to create a file with the log output and to back up the file when it reaches a certain size.

log.appender.ora.File

./log/ora.log

This is the name of the log file to write to.

100KB

This is the maximum size of the log. Messages are written to this log file until it reaches a size of 100 KB, after which the old log is written to a backup file and a new, empty log file is created.

log.appender.ora.MaxBackupIndex

1

This is the number of backup files to be created after the maximum size of the log is reached. In this case, only one backup log will be created. If the log file overflows again, then the backup file is deleted, the log file is renamed ora.log.1, and a new log file is used.

log.appender.ora.layout

The name of the class to log followed by “.log.” and the name of a layout.

This is an instruction for the logging engine on how to write messages to the log file. The name of the layout must be one of the available layouts in the Log4J package. The default is com.varco.ora.log.PatternLayout, which means that the pattern will be provided for each message in another property.

log.appender.ora.layout.Conversio nPattern

The pattern to use in laying out messages in the log file.

The default pattern is %-5p %d [%t] %c - %m%n. More information on the layout pattern is available online in documentation for the Log4J package.

log.appender.ora.MaxFileSize

28-14 www.nov.com


28

Advanced Operations

Interfacing With Linux® The tool controller runs a host operating system (Linux), a Web server, and applications developed by NOV®.

Information in this section is intended for use by trained maintenance personnel. Connecting to the tool controller using Linux commands is not normally required. Do not use the information in this section unless instructed to do so by an NOV maintenance technician. If direct access to Linux is required, you should have received a *.zip file containing the PuTTY software needed to perform the procedures in this section. You can also download this software from: http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/

Connect to the tool controller using the =ssh (secure shell) command. If you cannot connect using an Ethernet connection, connect using a serial cable (see Chapter 2, section titled "Using a Serial Connection" on page 3-8). The ssh command is similar to the telnet access program but it also encrypts network traffic. If connecting to the tool controller over the network, you will have to use the ssh command (Linux) or PuTTY.exe (Windows®) command for interactive sessions, and the scp (Linux) or pscp.exe (Windows®) command for file transfers. The tool controller does not support telnet or ftp protocol due to inherent security risks.

Tool Controller User Accounts R

varco To connect to the tool controller using ssh or PuTTY, you must use the varco account. The varco user rights are limited to the home directory (/home/varco), the jar file directory (/varco/program/tool), and the class file directory (/varco/com/...).

R

root If connected to the tool controller using a serial cable (see Chapter 2, section titled "Using a Serial Connection" on page 3-8), you can log in using the root account.

Once logged into the tool controller using varco, you can use the Linux su (substitute user) command to change your login to root. Ideally, however, you should minimize use of the root

28-15 www.nov.com

28

Advanced Operations


account (see warning message below). The root user is the traditional “super/user” in Unix/Linux systems.

Root users have unlimited access, including permission to delete all files. Use extreme caution when logged in as root.

Installing PuTTY PuTTY is a free ssh client software application for the Windows® operating system. It includes such programs as ssh sessions, and pcsp (secure file transfer). 1. Create a PuTTY directory on your computer’s hard drive (c:\putty, for example). 2. Extract the *.zip file into the PuTTY directory.

Starting an Interactive Session Start a PuTTY ssh session using a command prompt window, or by double-clicking the putty.exe file. The following examples demonstrate connecting to an tool controller IP address of 128.1.8.5 using both methods. To launch PuTTy using a command line: 1. Click Start --> Run, then type cmd and press . The Command Prompt window displays 2. Type putty OK.

-ssh [email protected] into the space provided, then click

3. Type varco into the password space provided, then click OK. To launch PuTTY from Windows Explorer: 1. Locate and double-click the putty.exe file to display the PuTTY Setup window (shown below).

28-16 www.nov.com


Advanced Operations

28

2. Type the tool controller IP address into the space provided (labeled Host Name).

See section titled "Determining an IP Address" on page 3-8.

3. Click to select the SSH radio button. The text in the Port field automatically changes to 22. 4. Type a name into the space provided (labeled Saved Sessions) then click Save.

! Do not close the PuTTY Setup window.

28-17 www.nov.com

28

Advanced Operations


Connecting to the Tool Controller 1. Launch PuTTY using one of the methods described above. 2. Click Open to display the PuTTY login prompt.

3. Type varco at the login as prompt. 4. Type admin at the password prompt.

Listing Tool Controller Directories The root directory of the Linux operating system is the “/” directory. Type ls and press to list the contents of the / (root) and /varco directories.

For safety reasons, the tool controller file system is partitioned so that all directories in the Linux operating system except the /varco directory are read-only. All files that are necessary to run the tool controller, as well as all logging and user-accessible configuration files, are in the /varco directory. The /varco directory is in its own read-write partition.

28-18 www.nov.com


Advanced Operations

28

Installing Tool Controller Software

This section contains instructions for installing software using Linux commands. Installing software through the Software Management page may be considerably easier for most users. See Chapter 5, titled "Software Management Links.”

Restarting the JVM (restartj9) After uploading the tool controller software, restart the Java Virtual Machine. The varco profile contains the following command for doing so:

restartj9 The script shown below illustrates its use. The ps command displays the existence or nonexistence of the restartj9 process.

28-19 www.nov.com

28

Advanced Operations


Rebooting the Tool Controller To reboot the tool controller without using the power switch (referred to as a “warm boot”), you must be logged into the tool controller as the root user. Use the su command to become root, and two versions of the shutdown command. The first version reboots the tool controller (-r option); the second halts the tool controller (-h option).

Linux Command Summary The following basic Linux commands can be used to communicate with the tool controller. In the Unix tradition, each command offers a myriad of options. The figures below illustrate their basic use.

Type any command followed by --help to display an explanation of the command. For example, typing ls -help displays an explanation of the list command, its syntax, and options.

R

ls provides short list of directory contents

R

ls -l provides long listing of directory contents

R

cd changes directories

R

pwd displays present working directory

R

ps reports process status

R

cp copies files and directories

R

mv moves (renames) files

R

top displays top CPU processes

R

netstat shows network statistics

28-20 www.nov.com


Advanced Operations

28

cd, ls, ls -l, pwd, cp, mw Commands

ps Command

28-21 www.nov.com

28

Advanced Operations


top Command

This command displays all processes running, and the amount of CPU resources used.

netstat Command

This command displays all Ethernet connections to the tool controller.

28-22 www.nov.com


28

Advanced Operations

Vi Editor Vi Editor is a full-screen, command-based text editor for creating and editing files on systems like the tool controller. For a complete list of commands and more detailed information, go to: http:// www.nacs.uci.edu/help/manuals/uci.unix.guide/the_vi_editor.html. 1. Type vi , then press to either open an existing file, or create a new one (if the file name entered does not exist).

Cursor

End of file

Vi Editor opens in command mode with the cursor in the upper-left corner of the screen. A tilde (~), indicates the end of a file. The file name (in quotes) displays in the bottom-left corner of the screen. 2. Position the cursor anywhere in the file, then type to change the text: Q

Type i to begin insert mode. You must be in insert mode before you can enter text. In insert mode you can backspace within the current line. i adds text before the cursor while in insert mode.

Q

Press to exit insert mode and return to command mode. In command mode you can issue complex commands preceded by a colon (:), such as those that affect sections of text.

Q

Type x (where n is a number) to delete characters from the current position.

Q

Type X (where n is a number) to delete characters before the cursor.

Q

Type dw: (where n is a number) to delete words from the current cursor position.

Q

Type dd (where n is a number) to delete lines beginning with the line upon which the cursor is positioned.

Q

Type D to delete the remainder of the current line including the current cursor position

3. After typing a line of text, press . 4. Type :w, then to save the file.

28-23 www.nov.com

28

Advanced Operations


5. Type :wq to save the current file and quit. Alternatively, type :q to quit, or :q! to exit without saving. To return to the previous line, press to return to command mode.

28-24 www.nov.com


Appendix Profibus Addressing

See Chapter 6, titled "Debug Monitor,” Chapter 7, titled "I/O Diagnostics,” and Chapter 12, titled "Profibus Network Status” for related information

All I/O points are defined by two text strings: R

I/O type: A three-letter mnemonic that identifies the Profibus network to which the point is connected.

R

I/O Identifier: A unique string used inside the tool controller program and on electrical drawings to identify the node and offset.

I/O Types R

R

DP1 identifies the I/O accessed through the first Profibus network (first Applicom® card). DP1 normally communicates with devices on the tool. DP2 identifies I/O accessed through the second Profibus network (second Applicom Card).

I/O Identifiers Typical format for an I/O identifier:

.

Class (DI for “Digital Input”) Byte offset.bit offset

7DI0.2 Node number

A-1 www.nov.com

A


Appendix

Node Numbers Node numbers are named first in the I/O identifier text string, and range from 1 to 125. R

Nodes 1 assigned to diagnostic tools.

R

Node 2 is assigned to the tool controller.

R

Node 3 is the default address of a VFD, and is not used.

Valid Classes Table Class

Description

# of bits

DI

Digital Input

1

AI

Analog Input

16

IW

Input Word

16

ID

Input Double Word

32

IR

Input Real Number

32

DQ

Digital Output

1

AQ

Analog Output

16

QW

Output Word

16

QD

Output Double Word

32

QR

Output Real Number

32

SI

String Input

varies

SO

String Output

varies

Byte and Bit Assignments Each Profibus node is assigned its own input and output address space, which is stored in memory. The address always begins with byte 0, bit 0. If setting up either an ET200M module or a PA coupler, the address space fills sequentially with each module added to the node. For example, a Bartec input brick has 16 digital input points, and is located on node #6. It requires 2 bytes of input space, and no output space. The first identifier would be 6DI0.0. Others would follow in sequence: 6DI0.1 6DI0.2 6DI0.3 6DI0.4 6DI0.5 6DI0.6 6DI0.7 6DI1.0 6DI1.1 6DI1.2 6DI1.3 6DI1.4 6DI1.5 6DI1.6 6DI1.7

A-2 www.nov.com


Appendix

A

A Hengstler absolute encoder located on node #12 provides position, velocity, and acceleration feedback: Position

32-bit integer

12ID0

Velocity

16-bit integer

12AI4

Acceleration

16-bit integer

12AI6

An ET200M module is located on node #5 and has: R

one module with 16 digital outputs

R

one four-channel analog input module

R

one module with eight digital inputs and eight digital outputs

The module addresses would begin: 5DQO.0, 5DQ0.1 ... 5DQ1.0, 5DQ1.1 ... 5DQ1.7 The second module’s four-channel analog input is the first input space on the ET200M. For this reason its addresses also start at byte 0: 5AI0, 5AI2, 5AI4, 5AI6 The third module’s points add to both the input and output space: Input addresses: 5DI8.0, 5DI8.1, 5DI8.2 ... 5DI8.7 Output addresses: 5DQ2.0, 5DQ2.1 ... 5DQ2.7

A-3 www.nov.com

A


Appendix

Setting Up and Using AmphiCom™ Additional I/O Addressing Table Address

Node

Class

Byte

Bit

Discussion

5DQ0.0

5

Digital Output

0

0

First output on module

7DI0.2

7

Digital Input 0

2

Third input on module

6AI2

6

Analog Input

start at byte offset 2

10ID0

10

Double Word Input

byte offset 0

Second analog input on module

Information in this section is intended for use by trained, qualified personnel only. Use extreme caution when changing too configuration settings. Incorrect setup can result in loss of tool control that can only be restored by a National Oilwell Varco (NOV®) service engineer.

AmphiCom™ is a program designed for the Windows® operating system that acts as a gateway between the tool controller and other programs, such as Wonderware®, Microsoft Excel®, databases, and other software. AmphiCom can be used to read information from and write to the tool controller. AmphiCom uses the Windows Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE) communication protocol to transfer data between itself and other Windows programs.

Both AmphiCom and the other program must be installed on the same computer.

A-4 www.nov.com


Appendix

A

Configuration File

! At this time, the XML configuration file must be created manually using the built-in Windows accessory named Notepad. NOV recommends that you use the File --> Save As menu command, name the file config.xml, and save it in the same directory that the Amphicom.exe file is located. Ensure that the file type is XML.

AmphiCom requires a configuration file. It is designed to use its own XML configuration file, but can use an older VExpress.dat file. VExpress is a program that was designed in earlier Amphion systems that filled the same role as AmphiCom. The VExpress.dat file can be used by AmphiCom, however AmphiCom uses a different protocol to communicate with the tool controller. AmphiCom must be used with revision 3 or later tool controllers. An example of an AmphiCom configuration file is shown here.

SERVICE Element In Windows DDE, the client application (such as Wonderware or Excel) needs to know the name of the application that is supplying the dynamic data. AmphiCom is the application that supplies the data, and the name that it will have in DDE is specified by the SERVICE element in the XML document. In the example above, the name “AmphiCom” is used. The client applications know AmphiCom by this name. There should be only one SERVICE element in the XML configuration file. This element is optional. If it is not included, then the name “AmphiCom” is used.

SBC Element There can be any number of SBC elements in the XML configuration file, however at least one element is required. Each SBC element should identify an Amphion tool controller from which AmphiCom needs to pull dynamic data. The name attribute (or topic name) in the SBC element specifies a topic for DDE. Two tool controllers are listed in the configuration file example above (Racker and Fingerboard), so two topics are available to DDE for the application named “AmphiCom.” The name attribute is required. The ip attribute of the SBC element is required. It specifies the IP address of the tool controller. These can be found on the “Network” button on the main service page for any tool controller. A list

A-5 www.nov.com

A


Appendix

of the addresses is normally supplied as part of the documentation for any rig project. Also see section titled "Locating Tool Controller IP Addresses" on page 2-9. The update_rate attribute of the SBC element specifies the time in milliseconds (1/1000 seconds) that the tool controller should wait between updates when sending data to AmphiCom. This attribute is optional. If you do not specify the update rate, the system uses its default update rate of 200.

The tool controller usually cannot send updates faster than once every 20 milliseconds, however this rate places an excessive burden on the tool controller, and the extra updates are not typically useful to the client program. A good rule of thumb is to set the update rate to no less than 100.

The persistent attribute of the SBC element specifies whether communications will “persist” even after AmphiCom is closed. This is included for compatibility with older systems. This attribute is optional. If you do not specify the persistent attribute, the default is “false” (meaning that communications will not continue after AmphiCom is closed). The Delay element is used to specify the amount of time (in milliseconds) that AmphiCom waits between sending data updates to client applications using Windows DDE. This element is optional. Internally, AmphiCom ensures that this value is no less than zero, and no greater than 1000 (once per second). In the configuration file example above, the delay time is set to 10 milliseconds (or 100 times per second). If it is not included, then the default value of 50 milliseconds is used.

Quick Start 1. Create the AmphiCom config.exe file using the information provided above in the section titled "Configuration File" on page A-5. 2. Locate the file named Amphicom.exe on the hard drive of your computer, and make note of its location. 3. Click Start --> Run. 4. Type cmd into the space provided, then click OK. 5. At the command prompt, type

cd .

For example: cd

program files

6. Press . 7. Type Amphicom.exe

config.xml

8. Press to display the AmphiCom startup window.

A-6 www.nov.com


Appendix

Q

Click Exit to close Amphicom.

Q

Click Debug On to begin displaying debug message information.

Q

Click Debug Off to stop displaying debug message information.

Q

Click Clear to remove debug information from the window.

Q

Click Copy to place the contents of the window into the clipboard, which can be then pasted into another Windows application, such as a text editor or an e-mail program.

A

A-7 www.nov.com

A


Appendix

Using AmphiCom with Microsoft Excel Dynamic Data Display You can use Microsoft Excel as a client application to display data that updates dynamically from the tool controller. AmphiCom must be running and properly configured before Excel is launched. See section titled "Configuration File" on page A-5, and section titled "Quick Start" on page A-6. Data fields on the tool controller that are available for display are called WebObjects. In order to view dynamic data in an Excel spreadsheet, WebObjects must be specified by name. WebObject names are commonly quite long, punctuated by dots (“.”). Modules such as the debug monitor displays lists of WebObject names and values (for more information, see Chapter 6, titled "Debug Monitor”).

The Excel cell displaying dynamic data should contain a formula like the example shown here. Topic name (tool controller name)

=AmphiCom|Racker!controller_stats_avgCycleTime Server application

WebObject

All Excel formulas must begin with an equal sign (=). R

Server Application: The first part of the formula must be the name of the application that is serving the data (see section titled "SERVICE Element" on page A-5). The server application name is followed by the pipe character (“|”).

R

Topic Name: The second part of the formula must be the topic name (the name of a tool controller). This should match the “SBC” name located in the configuration file (see section titled "SBC Element" on page A-5). The topic name is followed by an exclamation point (“!”).

R

WebObject Name: The third part of the formula must be the WebObject name of the data field on the tool controller. However, because the dot characters in WebObject names (“.”) are misunderstood by DDE, an underline must be substituted for each one. Spaces are also illegal characters in DDE, so any space in the WebObject name must be removed and replaced with a back slash character (“\”).

A-8 www.nov.com


Appendix

A

Writing Data to the Tool Controller You can write data to a tool controller using Microsoft Excel and Amphicom by writing a Visual Basic® script in Excel. 1. In Excel, click Tools --> Macro, then click to select Visual Basic Editor from the submenu. 2. In Visual Basic Editor, click Insert --> Module. A new code module window appears. Initially the main text area of the window is blank.

3. Create a new module using the information provided immediately following this procedure. See section titled "Visual Basic Modules" on page A-10. 4. Close Visual Basic Editor. 5. In Excel, click Tools --> Macro, then click to select Macros from the submenu to display the Macro pop-up window (shown below).

6. Click to select the script you created, then click Run. In the illustration shown above, the new module is named ValueWriter. The specified value is written to the tool controller.

A-9 www.nov.com

A


Appendix

Visual Basic Modules An example script for a module that sets a value on a tool controller is shown here.

Topic name (tool controller name) Server application

Excel cell number

Sub ValueWriter() Dim channelNumber As Long channelNumber = DDEInitiate(“AmphiCom”, “racker”) Set rangeToPoke = Worksheets(“Sheet1”).Range(“D15”) DDEPoke channelNumber, “controller.stats.maxCycleTime”, rangeToPoke DDETerminate (channelNumber) End Sub

WebObject R

DDE Initiate Function: On line 3, specify the service name that AmphiCom is using (see section titled "SERVICE Element" on page A-5), followed by the tool controller name (see section titled "SBC Element" on page A-5). This function returns a channel number that will be used to identify the communications channel to subsequent methods.

R

Excel Cell Range: Line 4 specifies the cell whose contents will be written to the tool controller. You cannot simply code a value into the Visual Basic script. You must use a cell number.

R

DDEPoke Function: Line 5 specifies the channel number, the name of the WebObject to write to (this name uses the standard naming convention for WebObjects; do not replace dot characters with underlines, or spaces with back slashes), and the Excel cell that supplies the data.

A-10 www.nov.com

Amphion™ Standard Technical Reference Manual

Reference


D811000238-MAN-001

Amphion Standard Technical Reference Manual




Document Number

Rev.

D811000238-MAN-001

04


Revision History

04

01.06.2011

Fourth Issue

S. Davila

S. Sobreira

G. Weaver

03

22.07.2010

Third issue

D. Carpenter

D. Carpenter

D. Carpenter

02

10.07.2009

Second Issue

L. Braaten

P. Williams

J. Faga

01

22.10.2007

Issued for implementation

L. Braaten

K. Schmidt

J.Faga

Rev

Date (dd.mm.yyyy)

Reason for issue

Prepared

Checked

Approved


Change Description

01

First issue

02

Updated to reflect current information per engineering department

03

Corrected document number on title page. Updated template. Removed Service Center information from Appendix.

04

Updated Third Party Information. Added section on Foreign Objects. Added section on Replacing Air Filter.

Amphion™ GPL Statement This program contains proprietary as well as free software. You can redistribute and/or modify the free portion of the software under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. To view and/or obtain a copy of the free software used in this product, please visit ftp://ftp.amphion.nov.com/gpl/. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall convey to you the right to utilize National Oilwell Varco trademarks, trade names, services marks or other National Oilwell Varco proprietary materials. In addition, you shall not have the right to publish the name of National Oilwell Varco without the prior permission of National Oilwell Varco in writing. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.

www.nov.com

D811000238-MAN-001 Revision 04 Page i of iv

Table of Contents Chapter 1: General Information Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advisories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Illustrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Safety Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Proper Use of Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Safe Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Personnel Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General System Safety Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacing Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Routine Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1-1 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-5 1-5 1-5

Chapter 2: Amphion™ Overview Driller’s Cabin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Operator Workstations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Touchscreens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Discrete Switches and Joysticks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Equipment and Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Network System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Remote I/Os . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Multi-Tool (MTC) Controller Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Other Cabinets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Drill Floor Shutdown (E-Stop) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Tool Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Communication Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Process Field BUS (Profibus) DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 RS232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Additional Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 RigSense and WITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Simple Data Acquisition (S-DAQ™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 System 5 Data Acquisition (V-DAQ™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Electronic Drilling System™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 System Overview Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 System Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12

Chapter 3: Computers and Software Touchscreen Computers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BIOS Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Backup Disk Imaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Recommended Equipment and Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-1 3-1 3-2 3-2 3-2 3-2

i www.nov.com

D811000238-MAN-001 Revision 04 Page ii of iv

Table of Contents Creating a Disk Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Restoring a Disk Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Assigning IP Addresses to Wago Remote I/Os . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 RigSense™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Simple Data Acquisition (S-DAQ™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 System 5 Data Acquisition (V-DAQ™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Serial WITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Hardware and Network Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 VChannel Configuration Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Typical S-DAQ Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14 Tool Controller Web-Based Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 Installing Third-Party Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15

Chapter 4: Operator Workstations Flex™ Workstation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front-Entry Chair (FEC™) Workstation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wrap-Around™ Workstation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Touchscreens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Control Panels and Joysticks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Left Control Panel & Joystick Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Right Control Panel & Joystick Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4-2 4-3 4-4 4-5 4-6 4-6 4-8

Chapter 5: Multi-Tool Controller Cabinet Control Overview Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Network Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Communication Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Process Field BUS (Profibus) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multi-tool Controller Cabinet Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connection Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-1 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-3 5-4 5-5

Chapter 6: Tool Controllers Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tool Controller Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advantech™ Tool Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Beckhoff™ Tool Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CompactFlash® Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Communication Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ethernet (ENET) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Profibus (Process Field Bus) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COM1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mouse/Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6-1 6-2 6-2 6-3 6-3 6-4 6-4 6-4 6-4 6-4 6-4

ii www.nov.com

D811000238-MAN-001 Revision 04 Page iii of iv

Table of Contents Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Profibus Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tool Controllers and NOV Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tool Controller Web-Based Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6-5 6-5 6-6 6-7

Chapter 7: Startup and Shutdown Startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shutdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Control Enclosure Power Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7-1 7-2 7-2 7-2 7-2

Chapter 8: Troubleshooting and Maintenance Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Basic Diagnostic Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Workstation Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 Joysticks and Discrete Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 Touchscreens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 Alarm Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 Cable Inspection and Repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4 Workstation Cable Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4 Fiber Optic Cable Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4 Fiber Optic Cable Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5 Ethernet Cable Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6 Profibus Cable Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6 Video (Coaxial) Cable Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6 Routine Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 Moxa® Network Switch Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 Properties Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 Hyperterminal Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10 Disk Imaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17 Network and Workstation Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17 Visual Inspection of Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17 Cleaning a Touchscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18 Replacing or Cleaning Air Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18 HMI and Foreign Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19 Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20 Recommended Spare Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20

Appendix A: Appendix Opening a Command Prompt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1 Command Descriptions and Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2 Ping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2 Using a URL Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2 Using the Host Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2

iii www.nov.com

D811000238-MAN-001 Revision 04 Page iv of iv

Table of Contents Using the IP Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2 Using the Host Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3 Ping Command Switch Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3 IP Config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3 Tracert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3 Nslookup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4

iv www.nov.com


General Information

1

Conventions This manual is intended for use by field engineering, installation, operation, and repair personnel. Every reasonable effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information contained herein. National Oilwell Varco® (NOV) will not be held liable for errors in this material, or for consequences arising from misuse of this material.

Advisories Graphic symbols and bracketed text indicate advisories for a specific topic. This information provides the reader with additional details and may advise the reader to take a specific action to protect personnel from potential injury or lethal conditions. These advisories may also inform the reader of actions necessary to prevent equipment damage.

Note

The note symbol indicates that additional information is provided about the current topic.

Caution

! The caution symbol indicates that potential damage to equipment, or injury to personnel exists. Follow instructions explicitly. Extreme care should be taken when performing operations or procedures preceded by this caution symbol.

Warning

The warning symbol indicates a definite risk of equipment damage or danger to personnel. Failure to follow safe work procedures could result in serious or fatal injury to personnel, significant equipment damage, or extended rig down time.


1

General Information


Conventions Advisories Hot Surfaces

The hot surface symbol indicates the presence of a hot surface or component. Touching this surface could result in bodily injury. To reduce the risk of injury from a hot component, allow the surface to cool before touching.

Electrostatic Discharge

The Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) symbol indicates the potential for static electrical discharge is present. ESD can damage or destroy sensitive electronic components. ESD can also set off explosions or fires in flammable environments. Always discharge static electricity prior to working on sensitive components or in flammable environments.

Illustrations Illustrations (figures) provide a graphical representation of equipment components or screen snapshots for use in identifying parts, or establishing nomenclature, and may or may not be drawn to scale. For component information specific to your rig configuration, see the technical drawings included with your NOV documentation.

1-2 www.nov.com


General Information

1

Safety Requirements The NOV equipment is installed and operated in a controlled drilling rig environment involving hazardous situations. Proper maintenance is important for safe and reliable operation. Procedures outlined in the equipment manuals are the recommended methods of performing operations and maintenance.


Proper Use of Equipment NOV equipment is designed for specific functions and applications, and should be used only for its intended purpose.

Safe Lifting When lifting and handling NOV equipment, use approved lifting procedures and safe methods.

Always follow all federal, state and local rules, codes, and rig-specific safety guidelines when lifting and handling NOV equipment. Operators and maintenance personnel should be properly trained in safe lifting procedures and the inspection of material handling equipment and lifting components. Safe lifting recommendations provided in this manual do not take precedence over local safety rules and regulations, OSHA regulations, or instructions issued by the manufacturers of rig hoisting equipment and other tools on the rig.

Lifting equipment improperly creates a hazardous working environment. To avoid lifting hazards, only lift equipment with material handling equipment rated for the expected load and only from the designated lift points. Failure to follow safe lifting guidelines may result in serious or fatal injury to personnel, significant equipment damage, and extended rig down time.

1-3 www.nov.com

1


General Information

Safety Requirements Personnel Training All personnel performing installation, operations, repair, or maintenance procedures on the equipment, or those in the vicinity of the equipment, should be trained in rig safety, tool operation, and maintenance to ensure their safety.


Contact the NOV training department for more information about equipment operation and maintenance training.

Recommended Tools Service operations may require the use of tools designed specifically for the purpose described. The equipment manufacturer recommends that only those tools specified be used when stated. Ensure that personnel and equipment safety are not jeopardized when following service procedures and that personnel are not using tools that were not specifically recommended by the manufacturer.

General System Safety Practices The equipment discussed in this manual may require or contain one or more utilities such as electrical, hydraulic, pneumatic, or cooling water.




Isolate energy sources before beginning work.







1-4 www.nov.com


General Information

1

Safety Requirements Replacing Components 

Verify that all components (such as cables, hoses, etc.) are tagged and labeled during assembly and disassembly of equipment to ensure correct installment.



Replace failed or damaged components with original equipment manufacturer certified parts. Failure to do so could result in equipment damage or injury to personnel.

Routine Maintenance Equipment must be maintained on a routine basis. See section titled "Network and Workstation Equipment" on page 8-17, section titled "Cleaning a Touchscreen" on page 8-18 and the productspecific service manuals for maintenance recommendations.


Service Centers For a directory of NOV Service Centers, see NOV document number D811001337-DAS-001, titled “Service Center Directory.” This document is located in the User Manual. The link below provides after-hours contact information for emergencies or other equipment issues requiring an immediate response by NOV service personnel. www.nov.com/contact_us/24hr_EmergencyList.asp

1-5 www.nov.com

1

General Information


1-6 www.nov.com


Amphion™ Overview

2

Optional components described in this manual may not be present on your particular rig.

Driller’s Cabin The operator workstations are located in a specially designed, climate-controlled cabin. The cabin is positioned on the drill floor to provide maximum viewing of rig operations. From within the cabin, the operators can control integrated equipment on the drill floor and pipe deck, removing operators from conventional drilling process hazards. The footprint of each cabin may vary to support rig requirements, however basic cabin features generally include: 

Heavy duty steel with a protection bumper in front



A protection grid for the upper windows



Pneumatic wipers with a high pressure wash system



A heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC) unit



Non-slip floors



Recessed cable routes with removable floor panels

In addition to the operator workstations, driller’s cabins may contain: 

Blowout Prevention (BOP) control panels



Control and interface junction boxes (J-Boxes)



Alarm horns



Telephone



PA speakers



Thermostat and humidistat



HVAC (heating, ventilation, and air conditioning) control panels



Smoke detectors



Gas detectors



CCTV monitors

See an example illustration of a driller’s cabin below.


2


Amphion™ Overview

Talkback station

Gas detector PA speaker

PA speaker

Fire and gas panel

HVAC status panel 2

Telephone

HVAC status panel 1 Gas detector Wiper controls Driller workstation footprint

Items not shown (for clarity)

Assistant driller workstation footprint BOP control panel

Features

2 smoke detectors in ceiling

Non-slip flooring

1 driller workstation

Two access/escape routes

1 assistant driller workstation

Emergency lighting system Hinged protection grid above upper windows Pneumatic windshield wipers High pressure window washing system Recessed cable routes in the floor Removable non-slip floor panels Noise and vibration reduction Climate controlled through the HVAC system

*Not all features are present in all cabins; see rig-specific engineering documents.

2-2 www.nov.com


Amphion™ Overview

2

Operator Workstations The operator workstation is the user's interface to the drilling network and tools. Workstations consist of integrated control panels and an ergonomic chair designed to reduce the effects of stress and strain associated with long periods of sitting. See Chapter 4, titled "Operator Workstations” for additional information about workstations.

Touchscreens Each operator workstation provides two to four touchscreens, often referred to as an HMI (Human Machine Interface). Touchscreens display the software used to manage operator requests. Touchscreens display Amphion tool control, drilling operations, alarms, and status information pertinent to the current activity being performed. This allows the operator to concentrate on the job at hand without the distraction of extraneous data.

Discrete Switches and Joysticks Switch controls are dedicated to frequently-used operations (such as opening and closing the power slips). Joysticks are used for tools that require controlled movement (such as the drawworks). See the rig-specific Amphion user’s manual and Chapter 4, titled "Operator Workstations” for additional information.

Equipment and Features The Amphion system provides operators with control of drilling tools and processes from a workstation. Located inside the driller’s cabin, the workstation offers controls and status information applicable to the operation being performed. The driller’s cabin, local electrical room (LER), hull LER, and accommodations area are considered safe areas for installing Amphion components that carry no hazardous area classifications (workstation, multi-tool controller cabinet, etc.). Main features of the Amphion package can include (but are not limited to) the following: 

One or more operator workstations, equipped with touchscreens for control functions



One or more multi-tool controller (MTC) cabinets



Integrated operator interface application for tools, systems, or monitoring processes, such as: 

Assignments (motor)



Automated Drawworks System (ADS)



Automated Roughneck (AR)



Bridge Racker



Casing Running Tool



Compensator



Conveyor



Crown-Mounted Compensator (CMC)



Driller Auxiliaries



Drilling Process

2-3 www.nov.com

2

Amphion™ Overview



Fingerboard



Foxhole



Horizontal-to-Vertical (HTV) Machine



Hydraulic Cathead (HC26-EV)






Maintenance Mode



Mousehole



Mud Bucket



Mud Pumps



Ownership Overview



Pipe Racking System (PRS)



Power Management System



Power Slips



Riser Tensioner



Rotary Support Table (RST)



Spider Gimble



Stand Building



Stand Jump






Tripping Process



Varco Compact Racker (VCR)



Well Control



Workstation Diagnostics



Zone Management System (ZMS)




Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) system, Silicone Controlled Rectifier (SCR), and Power Enclosures



RigSense™ application, client, and server



Simple Data Acquisition (S-DAQ™) Module



System 5 Data Acquisition (V-DAQ™) Module

See the rig-specific NOV Amphion user’s manual for information about the operator interface.

2-4 www.nov.com


Amphion™ Overview

2

Network System The network ties tool controllers and status information together to allow both control and monitoring capability from any operator workstation. Selected information can also be monitored from desktop computers in other locations, such as the tool pusher’s office.

Optional components described in this section may not be present on the rig.

Sensors Rigs are equipped with various sensors used to gather information from the equipment, and about the drilling process. For more information, see the sensor manuals provided with the equipment.

Remote I/Os Remote I/Os receive input and/or output digital signals, analog signals, and other types of communication from, or for, other devices such as tool controllers. Sensors, controls, and other devices are hard-wired into the remote I/O. From there, a single cable can carry all communication from the remote I/O to a second device, which processes the communication. This reduces the number of cables used on the rig. For example, drilling equipment controls are hard-wired to a remote I/O module in each workstation. The remote I/O communicates, then forwards the signal to the appropriate tool controller. The tool controller generally processes the request, then returns a status signal to the operator workstation’s screen. Emergency stop switches are hard-wired in compliance with the relevant standard.

2-5 www.nov.com

2


Amphion™ Overview

Multi-Tool (MTC) Controller Cabinets The MTC cabinet houses the workstation and network control components, and is normally located in the drill floor local electrical room (LER). An example of an MTC cabinet is shown here.

Power supplies 1 & 2

PROFIBUS connections and Flash card

7 Tool controllers

Network switches

OLMs and remote I/Os

Inside Back Panel UPS terminations

Circuit breakers 1 - 10

Circuit breakers 11 - 20 Asynchronus modem

Power supplies 3 & 4 Tool terminations

Inside Right Panel

Power distribution terminations

Touchscreen

Ethernet fast connect

2 rig and 1 UPS A/B power switches

Keyboard

Fiber patch panel Power distribution terminations Inside Left Door

Inside Right Door

Electromagnetic interference filters

Inside Left Panel

Rig and UPS terminations

This enclosure contains: 

Network switches



Power supplies for the tool controllers and network components



Power distribution circuit breakers



Asynchronous modem



Tool controllers

2-6 www.nov.com


Amphion™ Overview

2

Other Cabinets The cabinets that house the VFDs (variable frequency drive) and generators may be supplied and powered by third party vendors. For information regarding their equipment, see the original equipment manufacturer’s documentation.

Drill Floor Shutdown (E-Stop) The drill floor shutdown (DFSD) emergency stop (E-Stop) box is hard wired to the operator workstation, and connected to all tools.

Tool Controllers A tool controller is a customized computer used to automate machinery in commercial and industrial environments. They are programmable and contain processors, memory, communication ports, and other components similar to those found in most computers. Each tool controller is programmed with the logic required to automate and monitor a specific piece of rig equipment. The term “tool controller” refers to the entire tool control unit, which consists of the chassis, cover, tool controller board, tool control program, communication cards, and other hardware-related components used to control the tool. The tool controller service pages interface displays controller information that can be used for diagnostic purposes. Web pages associated with each tool are stored within their own dedicated tool controllers. Technicians can communicate with a tool controllership the diagnostic workstation (DWS), by connecting a computer to the drilling control network (DCN) and typing the tool controller’s unique IP address into a web browser’s address field, or by selecting the appropriate tool from the main tool controller web page. Tool controllers are located in the multi-tool controller (MTC) cabinets. Security for tool access is based on keys to prevent unauthorized computers connected to the drilling control network from controlling a tool. See Chapter 6, titled "Tool Controllers” for more information.

2-7 www.nov.com

2

Amphion™ Overview


Communication Protocol The Amphion network architecture uses copper and fiber optic media to carry information. Although Ethernet is the prevalent form of communication used by the drilling control network, a variety of communication protocols are used, as described in this section.

Ethernet Physical network/data link layer protocols are 100-MB Ethernet for most PC and tool controller nodes. Touchscreen to tool controller connections use OPC, DCOM or NetDDE over TCP/IP. TCP/IP is normally used in instances where the Ethernet communication is routed through a network switch. Category 5 (CAT-5) copper cable is normally used for devices located within close proximity to one another (housed in the same or adjoining cabinets). 62.5/125-micron, multi-mode glass fiber optic cable is normally used for longer distances.

Process Field BUS (Profibus) DP The Amphion network typically uses Profibus DP communication. Profibus communication protocol is an international standard for communication between tool controllers, remote I/Os, drives, valves, operator interfaces, and computers. Profibus supports communication speeds up to 12M baud over twisted-pair copper or fiber optic cable. Application layer interface/communication protocol for Profibus DP is between tool controllers and associated remote I/Os. Remote I/Os gather data for tool controllers, and can be customized to address a wide variety of local and remote I/O requirements. Tool sensors and controls are hardwired into the remote I/O. From there, a single Profibus cable carries all communication from the remote I/O to the tool controller or other device that processes the information. For example, sensors on the top drive are hard-wired to a remote I/O module mounted near the tool. The remote I/O communicates with the top drive tool controller over a Profibus DP link.

Emergency stop switches are hard-wired in compliance with the relevant standard.

RS232 The RigSense™ application server supports serial WITS connections from the system's built-in COM ports. Up to two Wellsite Information Transfer Specification (WITS) feeds are supported. The data is sent to the mud logger, the Measurement While Drilling (MWD) system, and others as needed.

2-8 www.nov.com


Amphion™ Overview

2

Additional Components RigSense and WITS RigSense is a stand-alone drilling instrumentation system used to provide drillers and other key personnel with instant access to critical drilling data. It can display, plot, print, export, and archive up to 255 channels of data, which can be retrieved and viewed over the entire life of the well. RigSense transmits and receives Wellsite Information Transfer Specification (WITS) information. WITS is a communication protocol that enables companies operating different computer systems to share information using a standard format for data transfer. RigSense can easily be tailored to any rig’s requirements, and the data can be viewed in either time- or depth-based format. See Chapter 3, titled "Computers and Software” for more information about RigSense.

Simple Data Acquisition (S-DAQ™) S-DAQ gathers data from rig sensors and equipment. Drilling parameters are displayed in real time, in both analog and digital formats. Each channel can be configured with alarm functions. SDAQ can apply algorithms to the data, then forward the information to applications such as RigSense™. S-DAQ and RigSense communicate using Ethernet. See NOV document number D250000-0401-OPM-0001, titled “S-DAQ Simple Data Acquisition System.” Also see the MD Totco® RigSense manual for more information.

System 5 Data Acquisition (V-DAQ™) V-DAQ performs the same functions as S-DAQ and has the same capabilities, but provides a much greater depth of information and detail. While S-DAQ is intended to be used with RigSense™ rental equipment, V-DAQ is intended to be a permanent part of a rig installation. See MD Totco document number 42TM62-20, titled “V-DAQ System V Data Acquisition User’s Manual” for more information. Also see the MD Totco® RigSense manual.

Electronic Drilling System™ The Electronic Drilling System (EDS) is built into the automated drawworks system (ADS) and Amphion touchscreen control systems. EDS is designed to provide a constant drilling state at the bit, which cannot be achieved using manual or other types of drawworks braking systems. The constant bit state is achieved through closed-loop control of selected primary drilling parameters (such as weight on bit or delta pressure), and the ability to regulate the disc brake for continuous feed of the drill line. Continuously running secondary control parameters (rate of penetration and torque) provide additional control necessary for a steady state during unexpected events, such as a drilling break or stick-slip situation. The driller can select which modes are active through the touchscreens, and adjust individual parameter setpoints. See the See rig-specific NOV Amphion user’s manual for more information about the user interface. Also see product-specific Electronic Drilling System and Automated Drawworks System documentation.

2-9 www.nov.com

2


Amphion™ Overview

System Overview Example Driller cabin safe area

Drill floor LER safe area Modem connection

Multi-tool control cabinet 2

Modem

3 Tool Controllers (TC)

1

MTC WS* TDS Aux I/O V-DAQ VCR TC

HMI

Network switch 1

Network switch 2

TC

TC

TC

TC

TC

1

2

3

PMS** ADS & MPs TC

TC

Network switches M&I VFD enclosure

Drill floor shut down

Remote I/O

1 2 VFD 1/ADS-B VFD 2/TD/ADS-A

V-DAQ remote I/O

Accommodations safe area Radio room

VFD3/TD/ADS-A

Drill floor MCC

Hull LER safe area MP room

MCC 1 cabinet

MCC 2 cabinet

1

1

1

1 Network switch

Netscreen firewall Tool pusher office RigSense server

Network switches M&I enclosure V-DAQ remote I/O

Network switches 4

Ethernet switch

Legend Company man office RigSense client

Ethernet Fiber optic Modem Hard wired Signal

3

2

1

VFD 6/MP 2A

VFD 9/MP 3B

VFD 5/MP1B

VFD 5/MP 3A

VFD 4/MP 1A

Emerg. Gen.

Gen. 2

Gen. 4

Gen. 1

Gen. 3 PMS**

VFD 7/MP 2B PMS** HMI

Router *Workstation

**Power management system

2-10 www.nov.com


2

Amphion™ Overview

Control Overview Example The multi-tool controller (MTC) cabinet houses the workstation and network control components. The cabinet is located in the drill floor local electrical room (LER). MTC cabinet

Network switch 2

6 7 2

4 5

V-DAQ Drawworks

Spare

Async Modem Power Sys & MP Gateway Racker (VCR) Auxiliary Power slips Rotary Support Table Hydraulic Power Unit Cathead

Spare

Network switch 3

1 5

2

6 4

9 7

MTC I/O Network switch 1

Driller's Workstation MTC Touchscreen Top Drive System

9 5 1

V-DAQ remote I/O

Drill floor shutdown Electronic weight indicator

HMI 2 Remote I/O

HMI 3

HMI 1 Network switch 2

M&I control cabinets

Network switch 1

network switches

2-11 www.nov.com

2

Amphion™ Overview


System Documentation 

MTC cabinet (electrical and mechanical) engineering drawings



Workstation drawings



System topology engineering drawings



Interconnect engineering drawings



Amphion Functional Design Specification (FDS)



User’s and technical reference manuals



National Oilwell Varco equipment-specific manuals

2-12 www.nov.com


Computers and Software

3

Optional components described in this manual may not be present on your particular rig.

Touchscreen Computers This section contains general information about the touchscreens. See the original equipment manufacturer’s documentation that came with the touchscreens for detailed hardware and troubleshooting information. The Amphion workstation is equipped with self-contained touchscreen computers. All are industrially-hardened machines that use 85- 265-volt AC power. A diagnostic workstation (DWS) computer with a keyboard is mounted on the door of an MTC cabinet. It can be used to connect to the Amphion service pages interface to diagnose problems or monitor processes from a location other than the operator workstations, eliminating interference with drilling operations. See NOV document titled “Amphion Tool Controller Service Pages User’s Manual” for more information. See the rig-specific National Oilwell Varco (NOV) Amphion User’s Manual for detailed user interface information.

Software Touchscreen computers host the following software, pre-installed by NOV:  

Windows® XP Embedded operating system with Service Pack 2 or later Microsoft® Internet Explorer (Web browser used for the Amphion™ tool controller interface) version 6.0 or later



Sun J2SE Java Runtime Environment version 1.4 or later



Video driver



Ethernet driver



Touchscreen driver


3



Hardware An industrial tool controller card is installed in the computer’s chassis, and incorporates many of the major components required by the computer (such as memory, processing chips, video controllers, and Ethernet ports). 

Processor: 1 GHz onboard VIA C3 processor



Memory:





512 MB RAM installed



2 DIMM slots available



Maximum 1 GB RAM

Communication and Connection Ports: 

RS-45 10/100-Base TX Ethernet (auto-sensing)



101-key PS/2 (DIN and XT/AT mini-DIN) compatible keyboard connector



Serial mouse connector (DB9 or PS/2)



RS232-compliant serial COM port with male DB9 connector



Centronics/EPP-compliant parallel port with female DB25 connector

BIOS Settings Set the BIOS as shown here. Set the PNP Resources to be controlled by:

Automatic

Set the Assign IRQ for VGA adapter to:

Disabled

Set the Assign IRQ for USB controller (if applicable; older rigs may not include USB ports) to:

Enabled

Advanced BIOS: First Boot Device

HDD-0

Backup Disk Imaging Create a disk image for backup and disaster recovery purposes to prevent loss of data (should a fatal system failure occur). Disk image files contain exact, byte-by-byte copies of the hard drive, partition, or logical disk. Drive image files can then be restored to their original disks to completely and rapidly restore your system after heavy data loss caused by an operating system crash, virus attack or hardware failure.

Recommended Equipment and Software 

A desktop or laptop computer to perform the disk imaging procedure, equipped with a device to read and write to a CompactFlash® card, such as a USB device, or a PCMCIA card reader.



The “dd” utility for Windows, available online at: http://uranus.it.swin.edu.au/~jn/linux/rawwrite/dd.htm.

3-2 www.nov.com



3

Creating a Disk Image

This procedure should be performed by qualified personnel only. Ensure that proper lock and tag-out procedures are followed when working on energized equipment.

1. Shut down the computer. 2. Plug in an external keyboard and then turn the computer back on. 3. Press buttons simultaneously (on the connected keyboard) to close Internet Explorer. 4. Press buttons again to shut down the Windows operating system. 5. Press OK to confirm. 6. When the message “It is now safe to shut down your computer” appears, press the touchscreen’s power button to shut it down. 7. Repeat this procedure for each touchscreen. 8. Turn off the Power Isolator switches mounted on the front of the network and workstation control enclosures.

Power Isolator switches remove power from the tool controllers, Ethernet switches, and touchscreens.

9. Open the front cover of the Azonix touchscreen (see Azonix documentation for more detailed instructions): 

Loosen the two thumbscrews located on the right side of the touchscreen.



Remove the cover.

10. Press the Eject button located next to the CompactFlash card. 11. Pull the exposed end of the CompactFlash card to remove it from the touchscreen computer.

Do not insert the CompactFlash card yet.

12. With the computer’s card reader empty, open a command prompt window (Start --> Run), then navigate to the directory where the dd utility is located. To determine which storage devices are available, type: dd . Make note of the displayed list.

--list, then press

3-3 www.nov.com

3



13. Insert the CompactFlash card into the computer’s card reader. It may take a moment for the computer to recognize the new hardware. 14. From a command prompt window, type: dd --list, then press to ensure that the new CompactFlash card is now listed (the CompactFlash card will be the item not previously listed after following step 12). 15. Type the command shown below to copy the contents of the CompactFlash to the image file. For example, if the name of the image file is “HMI_CF.img,” type:

dd if=\\?\Device\Harddisk1\Partition0 of=HMI_CF.img The “if” parameter specifies the device that you are reading from, and the “of” parameter specifies the image file to which you are writing.

Do not write data to Harddisk0, as you may overwrite the hard drive of your computer.

The “dd” utility process takes a few minutes to complete. After a successful copy, the number of records in and records out displays. 16. Use the Safely Remove Hardware procedure from the Windows operating system to safely remove the CompactFlash card from the computer. 17. Insert the CompactFlash card to the touchscreen computer, then power up.

Restoring a Disk Image 1. Follow step 3 through step 14 above (section titled "Creating a Disk Image" on page 3-3). 2. Type the command shown below to copy the contents of the disk image to the CompactFlash card (assuming the name of the image file is “HMI_CF.img”):

dd if=HMI_CF.img of=\\?\Device\Harddisk1\Partition0 The “if” parameter specifies the device that you are reading from, and the “of” parameter specifies the image file that you are writing to.

Do not write data to Harddisk0, as you may overwrite the hard drive of your computer.

The “dd” utility process takes a few minutes to complete. After a successful copy, the number of records in and records out displays. 3. Use the Safely Remove Hardware procedure from the Windows operating system to safely remove the CompactFlash card from the computer. 4. Insert the CompactFlash card to the touchscreen computer, then power up.

3-4 www.nov.com



3

Assigning IP Addresses to Wago Remote I/Os 1. Obtain the MAC address from the Wago® Fieldbus coupler.

The address is located on the sticker attached to the bus coupler near the RJ-45 socket, or can also be found printed on the top of the coupler’s right panel.

2. Install the coupler, but do not energize. 3. Connect a laptop computer that has Wago BoopP Server software installed to a spare network port. 4. Set the computer’s IP address to 192.168.31.xxx (where xxx is an IP address not currently used on the network). Consult the rig’s IP assignment list located on the rig-specific Amphion network topology engineering drawing to identify used IP addresses. 5. Launch BoopP Server on the laptop. 6. Click Edit Bootptab. A Notepad file appears. A sample data line for setting up a switch displays at the end of the file. 7. If you have not already done so, copy and paste this line into a new line at the end of the file.

You can enter data for more than one head module at the same time, however each module requires its own line.

8. As you enter the data, ensure that you do not change anything other than the required data. Punctuation is crucial to properly loading the data. Syntax errors or changes could result in failure to retain the data. 9. Change the name (example displays “hamburg”) to something that appropriately describes the I/O you are setting up (for example, WAGOMTC1IO). 10. In the field labeled ha=, type the MAC address of the I/O unit you are setting up. This address is unique to that head module. 11. In the field labeled ip=, type the appropriate IP address you wish to assign. 12. If you are setting up more than one module, add as many data lines as necessary, repeating step 9 - 11, using appropriate data for each module. 13. Click File --> Save, then click File --> Exit to save and close the Notepad file. 14. Disconnect the network cable from each head module you were setting up. 15. In BootP Server, click Start, then reconnect the network cables to the head modules.

3-5 www.nov.com

3



After a few moments a message appears, indicating that the software has located the head module, and has set the address. 16. Click Stop. 17. Using either the laptop or the DWS computer, launch Microsoft® Internet Explorer. 18. Type the IP address of the remote I/O module into the browser’s address bar, then press . The following screen appears.

19. Click the Port link on the left side of the screen. 20. When the login prompt, type admin into the space provided for the user name 21. Type wago into the space provided for the password. The following screen appears.

3-6 www.nov.com



3

22. Click to deselect the BootP check box, then click Submit to refresh the screen.

3-7 www.nov.com

3



RigSense™ Overview RigSense is a stand-alone drilling instrumentation system used to provide drillers and other key personnel with instant access to critical drilling data. It can display, plot, print, export, and archive up to 248 channels of data, which can be retrieved and viewed over the entire life of the well.

See section titled "VChannel Configuration Example" on page 3-9 for a rig-specific channel list. See RigSense documentation for more detailed information.

RigSense can easily be tailored to any rig’s requirements, and the data can be viewed in either time- or depth-based format. Service companies that require realtime drilling data, such as hole depth and bit position, can connect to RigSense with a serial cable and receive a well site information transfer specification (WITS) stream containing the required data (see section titled "Serial WITS” below). Both the company man and the tool pusher can use RigSense to monitor drilling operations. By setting local alarms on the RigSense PC client, the system can generate alerts when drilling parameters exceed or fall below acceptable limits. RigSense data is also displayed on a touchscreen mounted in the driller’s workstation.

Simple Data Acquisition (S-DAQ™) S-DAQ gathers data from rig sensors and equipment. Drilling parameters are displayed in real time, in both analog and digital formats. Each channel can be configured with alarm functions. SDAQ can apply algorithms to the data, then forward the information to applications such as RigSense™. S-DAQ and RigSense communicate using Ethernet. See section titled "Typical S-DAQ Parameters" on page 3-14. See NOV document number D250000-0401-OPM-0001, titled “S-DAQ Simple Data Acquisition System.” Also see the MD Totco® RigSense manual for more information.

System 5 Data Acquisition (V-DAQ™) V-DAQ performs the same functions as S-DAQ and has the same capabilities, but provides a much greater depth of information and detail. While S-DAQ is intended to be used with RigSense rental equipment, V-DAQ is intended to be a permanent part of a rig installation. The V-DAQ module is a tool controller in the multi-tool controller (MTC) cabinet located in the drill floor local electric room (LER). See section titled "VChannel Configuration Example" on page 3-9. See MD Totco document number 42TM62-20, titled “V-DAQ System V Data Acquisition User’s Manual” for more information. Also See the MD Totco® RigSense manual.

3-8 www.nov.com



3

Serial WITS RigSense transmits and receives Wellsite Information Transfer Specification (WITS) information. WITS is a communication protocol that enables companies operating different computer systems to share information using a standard format for data transfer.

Hardware and Network Interface The RigSense system consists of an application server and one or more desktop client computers. The application server is a stand-alone desktop PC, also referred to as the APPSVR computer (APPSVR is the name assigned during RigSense software installation). RigSense client computers provide information-only access to the drilling data available on the APPSVR computer. The RigSense client computer connects to the RigSense server through a small Ethernet switch. The Ethernet switch connects to the Amphion main network control enclosure via fiber optic cable. See RigSense documentation provided with the system for more detailed information.

VChannel Configuration Example The V-DAQ Ch column contains the channel numbers from the V-DAQ. A zero represents an internal channel within RigSense.

Channel Name

Units

V-DAQ Ch

Archive

Lower Scale

Upper Scale

DM Type (ascii)

Acc Drl Stks

Strokes

82

Yes

0.00

999999.00

ACC_DRILL_STRKS

Acc Fll Stks

Strokes

80

Yes

0.00

999999.00

ACC_FILL_STRKS

Accum Trip In

BBls

218

Yes

0.00

100.00

ACCUM_TRIP_IN

Accum Trip Out

BBls

219

Yes

0.00

100.00

ACCUM_TRIP_OUT

Alarm Horn

1=Alarm

300

Yes

0.00

1.00

HORN_CONTROL

Aver ROP

Ft/Hr

152

Yes

0.00

600.00

AVERAGE_ROP

Avg ROP #1

Ft/Hr

313

Yes

0.00

600.00

TIMER_ROP

Avg ROP #2

Ft/Hr

316

Yes

0.00

600.00

TIMER_ROP2

Avg ROP #3

Ft/Hr

319

Yes

0.00

600.00

TIMER_ROP3

BHA Length

Feet

120

Yes

0.00

4000.00

BHA_LENGTH

Bit Bounce

Feet

99

No

0.00

10.00

BIT_BOUNCE

Bit Position

Ft

117

Yes

0.00

40000.00

BIT_POSITION

Bit Status

Off/On

115

Yes

0.00

1.00

BIT_STATUS

Bit Time

Hours

138

Yes

0.00

1000.00

BIT_TIME

Bit TVD

Ft

0

Yes

0.00

40000.00

BIT_TVD

Bit Weight

KLbs

123

Yes

0.00

1000.00

BIT_WEIGHT

Block Height

Feet

50

Yes

0.00

150.00

BLOCK_HEIGHT

Cement Press1

PSI

0

Yes

0.00

15000.00

CEMENT_PRESSURE

Cement Press2

PSI

0

Yes

0.00

15000.00

BLK_VEL_DN_ALARM

Choke Posn1

% Open

29

No

0.00

100.00

CHOKE_POSN

Choke Posn2

% Open

64

No

0.00

100.00

CHOKE_POSN2

Choke Press1

PSI

0

Yes

0.00

15000.00

BLK_SPARE_3

3-9 www.nov.com

3



Channel Name

Units

V-DAQ Ch

Archive

Lower Scale

Upper Scale

DM Type (ascii)

Choke Press2

PSI

0

Yes

0.00

15000.00

BLK_SPARE_4

Cut and Slip

TonMiles

321

Yes

0.00

500.00

TON_MILE

Cut and Slip Ref

Time

0

No

0.00

100.00

TON_MILE_REF

Daily Accum Wear

TonMiles

0

No

0.00

500.00

DAILY_TON_MILE

Daily Line Wear Ref

Time

0

No

0.00

100.00

DAILY_TON_MILE_RE F

Derrick Cert Ref

Time

0

No

0.00

100.00

TON_MILE_REF2

Derrick Certified

TonMiles

323

Yes

0.00

500.00

TON_MILE2

Diff Press

PSI

68

Yes

-500.00

500.00

DIFF_PRESS

Display Rot Torque

State

212

No

0.00

10.00

ROTARY_TORQUE_Q FLAG

Display WOB

State

211

No

0.00

10.00

BIT_WEIGHT_QFLAG

Dogleg Severity

Deg/100ft

0

No

0.00

100.00

DOGLEG_SEVERITY

Drill Fl Lev

Feet

136

No

0.00

40000.00

DRILL_FLOOR_LEVE L

Drl Bit Size

Inches

216

Yes

0.00

100.00

DRL_BIT_SIZE

EDMS Counts

Counts

149

No

-99999.00

999999.00

EDMS_COUNTS

Elev Offset

Feet

107

No

0.00

150.00

ELEV_OFFSET

Elevator Lev

Feet

103

No

0.00

150.00

ELEVATOR_LEV

Encoder Type

Type

0

No

0.00

100.00

ENCODER_TYPE

Fill Strokes

Strokes

79

Yes

0.00

999999.00

FILL_STROKES

Flow Deviation

Percent

220

Yes

-20.00

20.00

FLOW_DEVIATION

Flow In

GPM

182

Yes

0.00

2400.00

FLOW_IN

Flow Out Cal

CalFact

185

No

0.00

100.00

PERCENT_TO_RATE_ CAL

Flow Out GPM

GPM

186

No

0.00

2400.00

FLOW_OUT_GPM

Gain Loss

BBls

84

Yes

-10.00

10.00

GAIN_LOSS

Hole Depth

Ft

121

Yes

0.00

40000.00

HOLE_DEPTH

Hook Load

KLbs

1

Yes

0.00

1000.00

HOOK_LOAD

Kelly Dwn Len

Feet

100

No

0.00

150.00

KELLY_DWN_LEN

Kelly Hooked

No/Yes

108

No

0.00

1.00

KELLY_HOOKED

Kelly Offset

Feet

106

No

0.00

150.00

KELLY_OFFSET

Kelly Press

PSI

158

No

0.00

500.00

KELLY_HOOKED3

Kelly Rig

No/Yes

145

No

0.00

1.00

KELLY_HOOKED2

Last 24Hr Wear

TonMiles

0

No

0.00

500.00

TON_MILE_24HR

Line Replaced

TonMiles

325

Yes

0.00

500.00

TON_MILE3

Line Replaced Ref

Time

0

No

0.00

100.00

TON_MILE_REF3

Lines Strung

Lines

133

Yes

0.00

18.00

LINES_STRUNG

Lst Elem Len

Feet

105

Yes

0.00

150.00

LST_ELEM_LEN

Lst Jnt Time

Minutes

111

Yes

0.00

999999.00

LST_JNT_TIME

3-10 www.nov.com


3


Channel Name

Units

V-DAQ Ch

Archive

Lower Scale

Upper Scale

DM Type (ascii)

Mud Dens In

PPG

27

Yes

8.30

25.00

MUD_WEIGHT_IN

Mud Dens Out

PPG

28

Yes

8.30

25.00

MUD_WEIGHT_OUT

Mud Pit 1

BBls

10

Yes

0.00

100.00

PIT_VOLUME

Mud Pit 2

BBls

11

Yes

0.00

100.00

PIT_VOLUME2

Mud Pit 3

BBls

12

Yes

0.00

100.00

PIT_VOLUME3

Mud Pit 4

BBls

13

Yes

0.00

100.00

PIT_VOLUME4

Mud Pit 5

BBls

14

Yes

0.00

100.00

PIT_VOLUME5

Mud Pit 6

BBls

15

Yes

0.00

100.00

PIT_VOLUME6

Mud Temp In

Deg F

25

Yes

0.00

212.00

MUD_TEMP_IN

Mud Temp Out

Deg F

26

Yes

0.00

212.00

MUD_TEMP_OUT

Mud Volume

BBls

83

Yes

0.00

1000.00

MUD_VOLUME

Nom Elev Lev

Feet

104

No

0.00

150.00

NOM_ELEV_LEV

Off Bot Pres

PSI

66

No

0.00

15000.00

OFF_BOTTOM_PRES

On Bot Press

PSI

67

No

0.00

15000.00

ON_BOTTOM_PRES

Pipe ID

Inches

170

Yes

0.00

100.00

PIPE_ID

Pipe Len Chng

1=Changed

154

No

0.00

1.00

PIPE_LEN_CHNG

Pipe OD

Inches

169

Yes

0.00

100.00

PIPE_OD

Pit 1 Jumps

Jumps

252

Yes

0.00

999999.00

PIT_JUMPS

Pit 2 Jumps

Jumps

253

Yes

0.00

999999.00

PIT_JUMPS2

Pit 3 Jumps

Jumps

254

Yes

0.00

999999.00

PIT_JUMPS3

Pit 4 Jumps

Jumps

255

Yes

0.00

999999.00

PIT_JUMPS4

Pit 5 Jumps

Jumps

256

Yes

0.00

999999.00

PIT_JUMPS5

Pit 6 Jumps

Jumps

257

Yes

0.00

999999.00

PIT_JUMPS6

Prev Day Wear

TonMiles

0

No

0.00

500.00

DAILY_TON_MILE_PR EV

Pump 1 Disp

Gals/Stk

176

Yes

0.00

100.00

PUMP_DISP

Pump 1 Eff

Percent

179

Yes

0.00

100.00

PUMP_EFF

Pump 1 SPM

SPM

54

Yes

0.00

200.00

PUMP_SPM

Pump 1 Strks

Strokes

55

Yes

0.00

999999.00

PUMP_STRKS

Pump 2 Disp

Gals/Stk

177

Yes

0.00

100.00

PUMP_DISP2

Pump 2 Eff

Percent

180

Yes

0.00

100.00

PUMP_EFF2

Pump 2 SPM

SPM

56

Yes

0.00

200.00

PUMP_SPM2

Pump 2 Strks

Strokes

57

Yes

0.00

999999.00

PUMP_STRKS2

Pump 3 Disp

Gals/Stk

178

Yes

0.00

100.00

PUMP_DISP3

Pump 3 Eff

Percent

181

Yes

0.00

100.00

PUMP_EFF3

Pump 3 SPM

SPM

58

Yes

0.00

200.00

PUMP_SPM3

Pump 3 Strks

Strokes

59

Yes

0.00

999999.00

PUMP_STRKS3

Pump Liner 1

in

0

No

0.00

100.00

PUMP_LINER_SIZE

Pump Liner 2

in

0

No

0.00

100.00

PUMP_LINER_SIZE2

3-11 www.nov.com

3



Channel Name

Units

V-DAQ Ch

Archive

Lower Scale

Upper Scale

DM Type (ascii)

Pump Liner 3

in

0

No

0.00

100.00

PUMP_LINER_SIZE3

Pump Strk Len 1

in

0

No

0.00

100.00

PUMP_STROKE_LEN

Pump Strk Len 2

in

0

No

0.00

100.00

PUMP_STROKE_LEN 2

Pump Strk Len 3

in

0

No

0.00

100.00

PUMP_STROKE_LEN 3

Pump Type 1

Type

0

No

0.00

100.00

PUMP_TYPE

Pump Type 2

Type

0

No

0.00

100.00

PUMP_TYPE2

Pump Type 3

Type

0

No

0.00

100.00

PUMP_TYPE3

0

No

0.00

100.00

QL_SAMPLE_DISP_M ODE

QL Display Mode QL Grid Start

Ft

0

No

0.00

600.00

QL_SAMPLE_GRID_S TART_DEPTH

QL Lag Delay Time

Minutes

0

No

0.00

600.00

QL_LAG_DELAY_TIM E

QL Lead Time

Minutes

0

No

0.00

100.00

QL_SAMPLE_LEAD_T IME

0

No

0.00

100.00

QL_SAMPLE_DISP_S TATUS

QL Message Status QL Ret Depth

Feet

0

No

0.00

100.00

QL_RET_DEPTH

QL Sample Interval

Feet

0

No

0.00

100.00

QL_SAMPLE_INTERV AL

0

No

0.00

100.00

QL_SAMPLE_MODE

0

No

0.00

600.00

QL_SAMPLE_START_ DEPTH

0

No

0.00

100.00

QL_STATUS

QL Sample Mode QL Start Depth

Feet

QL Status QL Stks Bt Up

Strokes

0

No

0.00

100.00

QL_STKS_BT_UP

QL Stks To Surface

Strokes

0

No

0.00

3000.00

QL_STKS_TO_SURF

QL Tm To Surf

Minutes

0

No

0.00

100.00

QL_TM_TO_SURF

Ref Hkld

KLbs

135

No

0.00

500.00

REF_HKLD

Rem G/L Alrm

1=Alarm

303

Yes

0.00

1.00

ALARM_RESPONSE

Rem G/L Hi

BBls

301

Yes

0.00

100.00

HI_SETPOINT

Rem G/L Lo

BBls

302

Yes

0.00

100.00

LO_SETPOINT

Return Flow

Percent

7

Yes

0.00

100.00

FLOW_OUT_PERCEN T

Rig Activity

D/S/TO/TI

139

Yes

0.00

4.00

RIG_ACTIVITY

ROP

Ft/Hr

150

Yes

0.00

600.00

ROP_FT_HOUR

ROP #1 Ref Depth

Feet

0

No

0.00

40000.00

TIMER_ROP_REF_DE PTH

ROP #1 Ref Time

Seconds

0

No

0.00

100.00

TIMER_ROP_REF_TI ME

ROP #2 Ref Depth

Feet

0

No

0.00

40000.00

TIMER_ROP_REF_DE PTH2

3-12 www.nov.com


3


Channel Name

Units

V-DAQ Ch

Archive

Lower Scale

Upper Scale

ROP #2 Ref Time

Seconds

0

No

0.00

100.00

TIMER_ROP_REF_TI ME2

ROP #3 Ref Depth

Feet

0

No

0.00

40000.00

TIMER_ROP_REF_DE PTH3

ROP #3 Ref Time

Seconds

0

No

0.00

100.00

TIMER_ROP_REF_TI ME3

ROP Min/Ft

Min/Ft

151

Yes

0.00

600.00

ROP_MIN_FT

Rotary Level

Feet

137

No

0.00

10000.00

ROTARY_LEVEL

Rotary RPM

RPM

51

No

0.00

300.00

ROTARY_RPM

Rotary Torq

Ft-Lbs

3

No

0.00

60000.00

ROTARY_TORQUE

Run Jnt Time

Minutes

110

Yes

0.00

999999.00

RUN_JNT_TIME

Sect One Len

Feet

118

No

0.00

40000.00

SECT_ONE_LEN

Sect Two Len

Feet

119

No

0.00

40000.00

SECT_TWO_LEN

Slip Status

Out/In

101

Yes

0.00

4.00

SLIP_STATUS

Slip Switch

Man/Auto

160

Yes

0.00

2.00

FORCE_OFF_SLIPS

SPipe Press

PSI

36

Yes

0.00

15000.00

PUMP_PRESSURE

SPipe Press1

PSI

2

Yes

0.00

15000.00

BLK_SPARE_1

SPipe Press2

PSI

69

Yes

0.00

15000.00

BLK_SPARE_2

Start Trip

TonMiles

327

Yes

0.00

500.00

TON_MILE4

Start Trip Ref

Time

0

No

0.00

100.00

TON_MILE_REF4

String Len

Feet

153

Yes

0.00

40000.00

STRING_LEN

String Speed

Ft/Min

113

Yes

0.00

1000.00

STRING_SPEED

Time on Slip

Minutes

109

Yes

0.00

999999.00

TIME_ON_SLIP

Tong Torque

Ft-Lbs

35

Yes

0.00

100000.00

TONG_TORQUE

Tool Jnt Offs

Feet

157

No

0.00

150.00

TOOL_JNT_OFFS

Top Drv Conn

No/Yes

156

No

0.00

1.00

TOP_DRV_CONN

Top Drv Offs

Feet

155

No

0.00

150.00

TOP_DRV_OFFS

Top Drv RPM

RPM

6

Yes

0.00

400.00

TOP_DRV_RPM

Top Drv Torq

Ft-Lbs

5

Yes

0.00

60000.00

TOP_DRV_TORQUE

Tot Flow In

GPM

184

Yes

0.00

2400.00

TOT_FLOW_IN

Total Gas

Units

8

Yes

0.00

5000.00

TOTAL_GAS

Total SPM

SPM

77

Yes

0.00

600.00

TOTAL_SPM

Total Strks

Strokes

78

Yes

0.00

999999.00

TOTAL_STRKS

Trig Hkld

KLbs

134

No

0.00

100.00

TRIG_HKLD

Trip Tank

BBls

22

Yes

0.00

50.00

TRIP_TANK

Trip Tank GL

BBls

87

Yes

-100.00

100.00

TRIP_TANK_GL

Trip Tot Vol

BBls

86

Yes

0.00

100.00

TRIP_TOT_VOL

True Vert Depth

Ft

0

No

0.00

40000.00

TVD

DM Type (ascii)

3-13 www.nov.com

3



Spare Channel List (Unused): 

Ann Pressure



Mud Pit 11



Mud Pit 12



WireLn Count



WireLn Speed

Typical S-DAQ Parameters

SDAQ Function

Data Type

Displayed

Alarms

Profibus DP1 Tag Name

OPC Tag Name

Top Drive RPM

Integer

Yes

Yes

TopDriveRPM

TBD

Top Drive Torque

Integer

Yes

Yes

TopDriveTorque

TBD

Rotary Table RPM

Integer

Yes

Yes

RotaryTableRPM

TBD

Rotary Table Torque

Integer

Yes

Yes

RotaryTableToque

TBD

Tong Line Pull

Integer

Yes

Yes

TongLinePull

TBD

Hook Load

Integer

Yes

Yes

HookLoad

TBD

Standpipe Pressure

Integer

Yes

Yes

StandpipePressure

TBD

Mud Pump 1 SPM

Integer

Yes

Yes

MudPump1SPM

TBD

Mud Pump 2 SPM

Integer

Yes

Yes

MudPump2SPM

TBD

Mud Pump 1 Strokes

Integer

Yes

Yes

MudPump1Strokes

TBD

Mud Pump 2 Strokes

Integer

Yes

Yes

MudPump2Strokes

TBD

Total Strokes

Integer

Yes

Yes

TotalStrokes

TBD

Weight On Bit

Integer

Yes

Yes

HookLoadWeightOnBit

TBD

Purge Loss Alarm

Digital

Yes

Yes

Purge

TBD

Brake Cooling Alarm

Digital

Yes

Yes

BrakeCooling

TBD

Mud Return Flow

Integer

No

No

MudRetureFlow

TBD

Trip Tank

Integer

No

No

TripTank

TBD

Mud Level #1 (Shaker A)

Integer

No

No

MudLevel1

TBD

Mud Level #2 (Shaker B)

Integer

No

No

MudLevel2

TBD

Mud Level #3 (Shaker C)

Integer

No

No

MudLevel3

TBD

Mud Level #4 (Shaker D)

Integer

No

No

MudLevel4

TBD

Mud Level #5 (Suction A)

Integer

No

No

MudLevel5

TBD

Mud Level #6 (Suction B)

Integer

No

No

MudLevel6

TBD

Mud Level #7 (Suction C)

Integer

No

No

MudLevel7

TBD

Mud Level #8 (Suction D)

Integer

No

No

MudLevel8

TBD

Block High Counter

Double Integer

No

No

BlockHighCounter

TBD

3-14 www.nov.com



3

Tool Controller Web-Based Interface The tool controller web-based interface displays tool controller information that can be used for diagnostic purposes. Web pages associated with each tool are stored within its own dedicated tool controller. Technicians can communicate with any tool controller by connecting a computer to the drilling control network and typing the tool controller’s unique IP address into a web browser’s address field, or by selecting the appropriate tool from the main tool controller web page.

See Chapter 6, titled "Tool Controllers” for an overview of the interface. See Chapter 8, titled "Troubleshooting and Maintenance” for more detailed diagnostic information.

Installing Third-Party Software In some cases, NOV may authorize third-party software updates.

In most instances, install software using the disk image. See section titled "Backup Disk Imaging" on page 3-2.



Obtain approval from NOV before installing software.



Follow appropriate lockout procedures.



Follow the software manufacturer’s installation instructions.



Create a new disk image for each affected computer.

3-15 www.nov.com

3



3-16 www.nov.com


Operator Workstations

4

The workstation and control panels in this section are presented as standard, and may or may not be modified during the commissioning process by National Oilwell Varco (NOV) or third-party vendors.

Normally located in the driller’s cabin, the operator workstations are the user's interface to the control network and tools. See Chapter 5, titled "Multi-Tool Controller Cabinet” for network connection overview and communication information. See the following engineering drawings for rig-specific information: 

Driller’s workstation General Arrangement



Workstation Electrical Connection Diagram



Drilling Control Network System Topology



Amphion Cable Schedule



Interconnect Diagram



Amphion MTC Cabinet Assembly



Amphion MTC Electrical Connection Diagram


4



Flex™ Workstation

4-2 www.nov.com



4

Front-Entry Chair (FEC™) Workstation

4-3 www.nov.com

4



Wrap-Around™ Workstation

350

500 550 400 450 600

300 250

650 700 750

200

800

150

850

100

900

TONG SCALE HOOK LOAD

50

X 1000 LB

O

LCD WEIGHT ON BIT

X 1000 LB

1000

4-4 www.nov.com



4

Touchscreens All workstations contain self-contained touchscreens (sometimes referred to as an HMI, or a human-machine interface). They display tool control, drilling operation, alarm, and status information pertinent to the activity being performed, allowing the operator to concentrate on the job at hand without the distraction of extraneous data. All touchscreens have access to any tool controller connected to the network. For additional information, see: 

Chapter 3, titled "Computers and Software”



NOV Amphion user’s manual



Touchscreen documentation

4-5 www.nov.com

4



Control Panels and Joysticks

See the NOV Amphion user’s manual for rig-specific control panels and joysticks.

Discrete switch controls are dedicated to frequently-used operations (such as opening and closing the roughneck jaws). Joysticks are used for tools that require controlled movement.

Left Control Panel & Joystick Examples

POW ER SL IPS OPEN CLOS E

4-6 www.nov.com



4

MUD P E-ST UMP OP

PUS

H TO

#2 T

HRO

TTL

HRO

TTL

HRO

DRIL L

LINK

OPE N

HRO

E #3 T

TDS

P

M U D

E #1 T

#4 T

STO

TTL

E

TTL

E

P U M P S

TILT

FLO AT TDS

CLO SE

LINK

OPE N CLO SE TDS

ELE

VAT OR R AC

KER

OFF /AUT O

DRA

JAW

ON

W

OVE WORKS RRID E PAR K

ING

DOL

LY E

BRA

KE

NAB

LE SLIP

S EN

OPE N

ABL

E

CLO SE

IBOP

4-7 www.nov.com

4



Right Control Panel & Joystick Examples

Dead man switch

Drawworks or racker joystick

Open Slips

Lower

Upper Lower

Close Slips Hoist

Dead man switch

Dead man switch

Lower

+Y +X

-X

-Y

Hoist

Drawworks

Racker

4-8 www.nov.com



4

OOR L FL DRIL IPMENT U EQ OP E-ST

H TO

PUS

P

STO

TDS

RPM

ZMS E RRID

OVE

E

EAS

E

INCR

L TOO IP H ERS OWN SE ALL A E L E R SE/ CLO K OC L N/ OPE AUTO

AS CRE

DE

LOW LIC F RAU ALVE HYD V CMC UT OFF SH

AIR KING E WOR R CMC PRESSU APV

SE C LO N OPE

MAIN CMC VE VAL

PU LL PAY

EAD

CATH

4-9 www.nov.com

4



The right control panel normally contains the emergency stop button (also referred to as a drill floor shutdown switch). Unless the override is engaged, certain types of joysticks require that the trigger (also referred to as a “dead man switch”) mounted on the front of the joystick be depressed in order to operate the equipment (such as the drawworks or the racker).

See the Workstation Electrical Connections engineering drawing for rig-specific information.

4-10 www.nov.com


Multi-Tool Controller Cabinet

5

Control Overview Example The multi-tool controller (MTC) cabinet houses the workstation and network control components, and is located in the drill floor local electrical room (LER). MTC cabinet

Network switch 2

V-DAQ Drawworks

6 7 2

4 5

Spare

Async Modem Power Sys & MP Gateway Racker (VCR) Auxiliary Power slips Rotary Support Table Hydraulic Power Unit Cathead

Spare

Network switch 3

1 5

2

6 4

9 7

MTC I/O Network switch 1

Driller's Workstation MTC Touchscreen Top Drive System

9 5 1

V-DAQ remote I/O

Drill floor shutdown Electronic weight indicator

HMI 2 Remote I/O

HMI 3

HMI 1 Network switch 2

M&I control cabinets

Network switch 1

network switches


5



Network Switches The MTC cabinet contains redundant network switches developed particularly for use in industrial environments. The network switches allow construction of switched Ethernet networks that conform to the IEEE 802 and 802.3u standard using copper wire or optical fiber in a ring topology. Switches are mounted by snapping them onto a standard DIN rail.

Communication Protocol The Amphion™ network architecture uses copper and fiber optic media to carry information. A variety of communication protocols are used, as described in this section.

Ethernet Physical network/data link layer protocols are 100-MB Ethernet for most PC and tool controller nodes. TCP/IP is normally used in instances where the Ethernet communication is routed through a network switch. Category 5 (CAT-5) copper cable is normally used for devices located within close proximity to one another (housed in the same or adjoining cabinets). 62.5/125-micron, multi-mode glass fiber optic cable is normally used for longer distances.

Process Field BUS (Profibus) The Amphion network typically uses Profibus DP communication. Profibus communication protocol is an international standard for communication between tool controllers, remote I/Os, drives, valves, operator interfaces, and computers. Profibus supports communication speeds up to 12M baud over twisted-pair copper or fiber optic cable. Application layer interface/communication protocols for Profibus DP are between tool controllers and remote I/Os.

RS232 The RigSense™ application server supports serial WITS connections from the system's built-in COM ports. Up to 2 WITS feeds are supported. The data is sent to the mud logger, Measurement While Drilling (MWD) system, and others as needed.

5-2 www.nov.com



5

Multi-tool Controller Cabinet Example

Power supplies 1 & 2

PROFIBUS connections and Flash card

7 Tool controllers

Network switches

OLMs and remote I/Os

Inside Back Panel UPS terminations

Circuit breakers 1 - 10

Circuit breakers 11 - 20 Asynchronus modem

Power supplies 3 & 4 Tool terminations

Inside Right Panel

Power distribution terminations

Touchscreen

Ethernet fast connect

2 rig and 1 UPS A/B power switches

Keyboard

Fiber patch panel Power distribution terminations Inside Left Door

Inside Right Door

Electromagnetic interference filters

Inside Left Panel

Rig and UPS terminations

5-3 www.nov.com

5



Connection Examples From

To

Communication

Workstation Emergency Stop (drill floor shutdown)

Emergency stop controller

Dedicated circuit

MTC Network switch 1

MTC remote I/O Operator workstation tool controller MTC touchscreen Top drive tool controller Operator workstation network switch 2 MTC network switch 2

Copper Ethernet Copper Ethernet Copper Ethernet Copper Ethernet Fiber Ethernet Fiber Ethernet


Network switch 1 V-DAQ tool controller Drawworks tool controller Emergency stop controller V-DAQ remote I/O MTC network switch 3

Fiber Ethernet Copper Ethernet Copper Ethernet Copper Ethernet Copper Ethernet Fiber Ethernet


MTC Network switch 2 Asynchronous modem Power system & Mud pump gateway Racker tool controller Auxiliary tool controller M&I VFD cabinet network switch 1

Fiber Ethernet Copper Ethernet Copper Ethernet Copper Ethernet Copper Ethernet Fiber Ethernet

VFD Cabinet network switch 1

MTC Network switch 3 VFD #3 (top drive motor/drawworks motor A) M&I VFD Cabinet network switch 2

Fiber Ethernet

VFD cabinet network switch 1 VFD #2 (top drive motor/drawworks motor A) VFD #1 (drawworks motor B) Drill floor MCC network switch 1

Fiber Ethernet

Drill floor MCC remote I/O Enclosure network switch 1

Copper Ethernet Fiber Ethernet

VFD #9/Mud pump 3B VFD #5/Mud pump 3A Emergency generator Enclosure network switch 2

Copper Ethernet Copper Ethernet Copper Ethernet Fiber Ethernet

Enclosure network switch 2

Enclosure network switch 1 Generator 4 Generator 3 Power management system Enclosure network switch 3

Fiber Ethernet Copper Ethernet Copper Ethernet Copper Ethernet Fiber Ethernet


Enclosure network switch 2 Generator 2 Generator 1 VFD #7/Mud pump 2B Enclosure network switch 3


VFD cabinet network switch 2

Drill floor MCC network switch 1


Copper Ethernet Fiber Ethernet

Copper Ethernet Copper Ethernet Fiber Ethernet

5-4 www.nov.com



From

To

Communication


Enclosure network switch 3 VFD #6/Mud pump 2A VFD #5/Mud pump 1B VFD #4/Mud pump 1A MCC2 Cabinet network switch 1


MCC2 Cabinet network switch 1

Mud pump console network switch 1

MCC1 Cabinet network switch 1 Mud pump console network switch 1 Operator workstation network switch 1

5

Fiber Ethernet Fiber Ethernet Fiber Ethernet

See the following engineering drawings for more detailed information: - Amphion System Topology - MTC Electrical Connection Diagram - Amphion Interconnect Diagram - Amphion Cable Schedule

Power Supplies Two redundant 24-volt DC power supplies provide power via a common bus to most components inside the MTC. In general, each component has its own circuit breaker to provide maximum maintenance flexibility. There are also two 5-volt power supplies dedicated to the Advantech tool controllers, and two 24volt power supplies dedicated to the Beckhoff tool controllers that work in parallel to share power demands. One, however, is sufficient should the other fail. The multi-tool controller (MTC) cabinet provides power distribution for workstation equipment, and supports dual, redundant, uninterruptable power supply (UPS) feeds. It is designed for installation in a safe area, and supports bottom-entry cable penetration.

See rig-specific engineering cabinet assembly diagram and electrical connection diagram for more detailed information.

5-5 www.nov.com

5



5-6 www.nov.com


Tool Controllers

6

Overview A tool controller is a customized computer used to automate machinery in commercial and industrial environments. Tool controllers are programmable and contain processors, memory, communication ports, and other components similar to those found in most computers. Each tool controller is programmed with the logic required to automate and monitor a specific piece of rig equipment. Amphion rigs use National Oilwell Varco (NOV) tool controllers. The term “tool controller” refers to the entire tool control unit, which consists of the chassis, cover, motherboard, tool control program, communication cards, and other hardware-related components used to control the tool.


6


Tool Controllers

Tool Controller Hardware The tool controller assembly, located in the control system (MTC) cabinet, is an industrial CPU to which you can connect using a browser. Two typical tool controllers are shown here.

Advantech™ Tool Controller Power

COM 1

Ethernet status lights

Fuse (10-Amp/250-Volt)

ON

COM

OFF

LAN

FU

SE

E US

F U SE

Ethernet

Profibus status light

F

KEY MSE

BLINKING

RST

Mouse/ Keyboard

GREEN = OK

PWR

COMPACT FLASH

Video

Power status light

VGA

HDD

Hard disk drive status light

DP1

Profibus DP1 Compact Flash card

6-2 www.nov.com


6

Tool Controllers

Beckhoff™ Tool Controller

Profibus status indicator

CPU Module Power status indicator

CX Profibus Scanner

BECKHOFF

DRL-DPM-BKF

BF ST

Profibus

BECKHOFF

BECKHOFF

BradCommunications

Ethernet port 1

CPU status indicators

Ethernet port 2 Profibus

CompactFlash card insert

CompactFlash card eject

Power connections

Power

! Do not remove the CompactFlash® card before turning off power. Do not turn off the tool controller while it is controlling a tool or communicating with other devices on the network.



Advantech: Press the Power button on the tool controller to turn it on or off.



Beckhoff: Press the tool controller’s individual circuit breaker located inside the MTC cabinet to turn it on or off. Refer to your rig-specific MTC assembly drawing for the exact location of the power switch.

The Power LEDs display green when the tool controller is on.

6-3 www.nov.com

6


Tool Controllers

CompactFlash® Card Tool controllers contain a processor and memory, and run a specialized version of the Linux™ operating system. A Java™ Technology program is embedded on a removable device called a CompactFlash memory card. On the Advantech tool controller, the CompactFlash card is installed in a slot in the tool controller chassis, secured by a screw-down panel. The Beckhoff tool controller has a CompactFlash eject button. The CompactFlash LED (HDD) blinks when the card is in use (information is being read or written).

Communication Ports

! Although some tool controllers have keyboard, mouse, and monitor ports similar to a standard PC, they should not be used during normal operations. Connecting directly to the tool controller using the COM1 or the keyboard/mouse and video ports is a non-standard procedure for this product. To prevent possible equipment damage, do not experiment with connections.

Ethernet (ENET) Connects the tool controller to the local area network (LAN). 

Advantech: A green light located near the port displays solid green when communication is established, and another blinks yellow when the tool controller is sending or receiving data.



Beckhoff: LAN 1 or LAN 2 (related to Ethernet ports 1 and 2) displays solid green when communication is established, and blinks when the tool controller is sending or receiving data.

Profibus (Process Field Bus) Profibus is optional. Connects the tool controller to remote I/Os. The Profibus communication status indicator normally displays green, indicating a ready status. Blinking green indicates that data is being transmitted or received. Blinking red LEDs indicate a data exchange error. Steady red indicates a wiring problem, a bus speed discrepancy, or a node-address conflict. Blinking red and green indicates that the Applicom card was flashed, but there is no Profibus hardware attached to it.

COM1 Can be used to connect a computer to the tool controller using a a serial cable (Advantech only).

Mouse/Keyboard PS/2 port that can be used to connect an keyboard or mouse to the tool controller (Advantech only).

6-4 www.nov.com


6

Tool Controllers

Video Can be used to connect an SVGA monitor to the tool controller (Advantech only).

Profibus Features Profibus DP is the software (communication protocol) for connecting multiple industrial devices on a shared pathway or channel (bus).

Laptop Computer

Ethernet

Hub

Tool Controller #1

Tool Controller #2

Tool Controller #3

DP1

DP1

DP1

Profibus

Sensor

Digital I/O

Actuator

Profibus

Profibus

VFD


Sensor

Digital I/O

Actuator


Sensor

Digital I/O

Actuator

Encoder


Profibus features include: 

Ability to connect I/O devices and simple field devices to an automation system



Flexible communication for peer-to-peer networking and data collection



High-speed data transfer of small volumes of data between central and peripheral devices



High data integrity



One master can service several slaves



Several masters can participate on the bus

See a complete description of this protocol at http://www.profibus.com.

6-5 www.nov.com

6


Tool Controllers

Tool Controllers and NOV Tools Ethernet communication is used for network communication, and Profibus DP is used to communicate between tool controllers and the remote I/Os. Profibus refers to the hardware, whereas Profibus DP refers to the protocol for connecting multiple industrial devices on a shared pathway or channel (bus). One Applicom® communication card installed in some tool controllers provides Profibus communication with individual tool remote I/Os, when required. A tool controller may have one Applicom card (master) or no Applicom cards. The card (labeled DP1) communicates with the remote I/O. The tool controller program sends read and write commands to the ApplicomIO® interface, which transfers them through the master Applicom card to the slave (point or node on the tool). If the program sends a “read” command, the slave responds by sending input back to the tool controller. If the program sends a “write” command, the slave responds by performing the command.

Control Program

Applicom IO® interface

IO_ReadByte...

DP Master

DP Slave

Input data

Input data

Output data

Output data

IO_WriteQByte...

6-6 www.nov.com


Tool Controllers

6

Tool Controller Web-Based Interface The tool controller service pages interface displays tool controller information that can be used for diagnostic purposes. Web pages associated with each tool are stored within its own tool controller. Technicians can communicate with any tool controller by connecting a computer to the drilling control network and typing the tool controller’s unique IP address into a Web browser’s address field, or by selecting the appropriate tool from the main tool controller Web page.

See NOV document titled “Amphion Tool Controller Service Pages User’s Manual” for detailed information.

6-7 www.nov.com

6

Tool Controllers


6-8 www.nov.com


Startup and Shutdown

7

Startup 1. Turn on the UPS, rig power A, and rig power B switches on the front of the MTC cabinet. 2. Turn on each touchscreen from the switch located at the rear of each unit. Verify that the touchscreen begins the Windows start up sequence. 3. Check that power lights are lit on the following components: 

Each tool controller. If a power light is not on, turn on the power switch on the tool controller.



Network switches in the MTC cabinet and workstation.



OLMs



Remote I/O in the MTC cabinet and workstation.



24V power supplies in the MTC cabinet and workstation.

4. If desired, turn on the diagnostic workstation (DWS) mounted in the door of the MTC cabinet using the power switch on the inside of the cabinet door. Verify the diagnostic workstation (DWS) begins the Windows® startup sequence.


7

Startup and Shutdown


Shutdown Amphion™ components are designed to operate continuously, and only need to be shut down for maintenance purposes. Shutdown procedures described in this section disable all drilling tools connected to the network.

This procedure should be performed by qualified personnel only. Ensure that proper lock and tag-out procedures are followed when working on energized equipment.

1. Exit all applications on the touchscreens on the DWS, then shut it down using Microsoft Windows. 2. Turn off all touchscreens. 3. Turn the UPS, rig power A, and rig power B switches on the front of the MTC cabinet to off.

Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS) The UPS is not part of Amphion, and therefore not addressed in this manual. Refer to rig power electrical schematics for more information about the UPS.

Control Enclosure Power Switches Amphion power switches are mounted on the front of the MTC cabinet, generally located in the local electrical room (LER). Leave all three of these switches (UPS, rig power A, and rig power B) in the On position during normal operations. Do not turn them off except to perform a complete system shutdown. If repairs on individual circuits are necessary, shut down only those breakers affecting relevant circuits.

See engineering Connection Diagram drawings.

Circuit Breakers Circuit breakers provide over-current protection and isolation of Amphion components. Breakers should remain in the On position during normal operations.

7-2 www.nov.com


Troubleshooting and Maintenance

8

Safety Read all notes, cautions, and warnings before performing any procedure contained in this chapter. Failure to adhere to cautions and warnings may result in serious or fatal injury to personnel and damage to equipment. National Oilwell Varco® (NOV) will not be held liable for consequences arising from misuse of tools or equipment. The procedures described in this chapter are intended for trained and qualified personnel. Contact NOV regarding issues that extend beyond the scope of this manual.

Basic Diagnostic Steps 

Check for alarms using the operator interface. See the rig-specific NOV Amphion™ user’s manual.”



Use the I/O Diagnostics screen to view the current status of the most common information coming from the equipment.

See NOV document number D811001117-MAN-001 titled “Amphion Tool Controller Service Pages User’s Manual” for detailed diagnostic information.

Call for technical support only if the previous steps have failed to help you identify the problem. See the appendix of this manual for NOV service center locations and contact information.


8



Workstation Controls Joysticks and Discrete Switches Calibrate joysticks prior to operating equipment using the Amphion™ interface. Joystick or discrete switch not responding.

Is a related alarm active?

WS = Workstation TC = Tool Controller

Is WS TC in the MTC running?

No

Contact NOV with information.

Yes

Yes

See section titled "Alarms" in this chapter.

No

Open the access panel to view the remote I/O indicator lights.

Inspect workstation power cables.

No

Are I/O lights illuminated? Yes

Verify joystick or discrete switch remote I/O is functioning properly using TC Service Pages.

No Are cables damaged? Yes


No

Repair cables or contact NOV.

Is remote I/O functioning properly? Yes

Verify tool remote I/O is functioning properly using TC Service Pages.


No

Is remote I/O functioning properly?

Yes


See section titled "Cable Inspection and Repair" on page 8-4.

8-2 www.nov.com



8

Touchscreens See section titled "Cleaning a Touchscreen" on page 8-18. See Azonix documentation for advanced troubleshooting and maintenance procedures.

Alarm Horn Horn does not sound.

Is a related alarm active?

No

Use a voltmeter to test voltage at horn.

Yes

See section titled "Alarms" in Amphion user manual.

Is horn receiving 24V?

No

Verify the remote I/O is functioning properly using the TC Service Pages. TC = Tool Controller

Yes

Replace the horn.

Is remote I/O functioning properly?

No


No


Yes

Is wiring from remote I/O to horn damaged? Yes

Replace wiring.

Cables See "Cable Inspection and Repair” on the next page.

8-3 www.nov.com

8



Cable Inspection and Repair Before attempting to repair or replace cables, determine the cause of the failure or damage. While performing the repair, take steps necessary to prevent a recurrence: 

Place shields on exposed cables, or reroute to prevent wear or chafing.



Use tie wraps to secure cables against unnecessary motion.

Turn off all power before performing maintenance. Obtain all required permits, and observe applicable lock-out/tag-out procedures.

Workstation Cable Inspection 1. Close all applications on the touchscreens and exit from Windows®. 2. Disconnect power to the workstation (see Chapter 7, titled "Startup and Shutdown”). 3. Inspect the cables for chafing and missing insulation at the gland plate on the back of the left console. 4. If the cables are worn or damaged, and require replacement, contact National Oilwell Varco. 5. Restore power to the workstation.

Fiber Optic Cable Inspection Perform fiber optic cable continuity test by shining a flashlight or a low-power LED laser into one end of the cable with the end of the cable pointed at a white card. If a spot of light is visible on the card, the cable is intact. .

Looking directly into the end of a fiber optic cable can cause eye damage.

If light is not visible, the cable is damaged, and should be repaired or replaced. The above procedure does not test performance of the fiber optic cable. It tests only for continuity between two common ends of the same fiber, and verifies that the cable is not completely severed. Use a fiber optic cable tester for comparing performance readings at each end of the cable. Alternatively, test for severity and damage location in long cable runs using an optical time domain reflectometer (OTDR). Follow instructions provided by the manufacturer of the OTDR.

8-4 www.nov.com



8

Fiber Optic Cable Repair Before attempting to repair a fiber optic cable, determine the cause of the damage and correct the condition. If the cable was accidentally severed, and the cut is in an accessible location, follow the procedure for repairing fiber optic cable described below. If the cable was damaged by stretching, or if the cause of the damage cannot be determined, replace the entire cable run.

! Fiber optic cable connections must remain free of contaminants. Do not unplug the cable unless absolutely necessary. Fiber optic cable is fragile, and also very sharp when stripped.

Many different adhesives are available for fiber optic connector assembly. The following instructions are for UV-cured adhesives. If you are not using a UV-cured type of adhesive, refer to the instructions included with your adhesive. 1. Ensure that the strain relief boot of the connector is placed correctly on the end of the cable. 2. Clean the bare fiber using a lint-free cloth, soaked in isopropyl alcohol. Use several strokes lengthwise. Do not touch the fiber once it has been cleaned. 3. Hold the needle end of the adhesive syringe upwards and gently depress the plunger to expel trapped air from the syringe. A small amount of the adhesive should be visible at the tip of the ceramic ferrule. 4. Holding the connector with the white ceramic ferrule pointed downwards, place the syringe needle in the connector and fill the cavity with adhesive. 5. Insert the cable into the connector. Seat the cable until it touches the buffer. When properly assembled, the bare fiber should protrude from the ferrule tip 1/4 to 1/2 inches. 6. Turn the curing oven on and wait for the green light to illuminate. 7. Remove the oven cover and place the cable connector assembly into the slot in the oven. The insulated portion of the cable must be on the foam. 8. Replace the oven cover. 9. When the oven beeps, remove the cable and ensure the adhesive is properly cured (the adhesive is solid, and the connector is firmly attached to the cable). 10. Slide the fiber strain relief boot onto the backside of the connector. 11. Use an ST connector coupler to join the two connectors.

8-5 www.nov.com

8



Ethernet Cable Repair For specific installation and maintenance instructions for Ethernet cable and equipment, refer to manufacturer’s documentation.

Profibus Cable Inspection Perform continuity testing at various cable points using a Profibus testing device, such as a BT200 made by Siemens®. Verify that the termination switch is set to On (for one cable) and Off (for two cables). If the cable is damaged, the entire cable run should be replaced.

Video (Coaxial) Cable Repair Video (coaxial) cable can be successfully spliced only by cutting out the damaged section of cable, attaching cable connectors to the ends, and fitting a replacement section of cable or a barrel connector (as suitable). In most instances, the entire cable run should be replaced, especially if the cable is exposed to the elements or to a dirty environment.

8-6 www.nov.com



8

Routine Maintenance Moxa® Network Switch Setup

This procedure is necessary only if replacing a switch after the factory acceptance test (FAT).

Properties Setup 1. Using a laptop, click Start --> All Programs -->Accessories -->Communications --> Hyperterminal, then click the Settings tab. The following screen appears.

2. Click to select the following settings (as shown above): 

Function, arrow, and ctrl keys act as: Terminal keys



Backspace key sends: Ctrl+H



Emulation: VT100



Telnet terminal ID: VT100



Backscroll buffer lines: 500

3. Click Terminal Setup.

8-7 www.nov.com

8



4. Click to select the following settings, as shown above: 

Cursor: Underline and Blink



Terminal Modes: None



Character set: ASCII

5. Click OK. 6. Click Input Translation.

7. Click to select Shift-JIS (Host System Encoding Method), then click OK. 8. Click ASCII Setup.

8-8 www.nov.com



8

9. Adjust the settings as shown above: 

Both checkboxes located beneath ASCII Sending deselected



Both Line delay and Character delay times set to zero milliseconds



First two checkboxes located beneath ASCII Receiving deselected.



Wrap lines that exceed terminal width checkbox located beneath ASCII Receiving selected

10. Click OK. 11. Click OK again to close the Moxa Properties window.

8-9 www.nov.com

8



Hyperterminal Setup 1. Connect the Moxa programming cable (supplied with the Moxa networks switch) to the serial port of your computer. 2. Connect the other end of the cable to the programming port located on the top of the Moxa network switch (not the Ethernet port located on the front). The following screen appears.

3. Press or to display the screen shown below.

8-10 www.nov.com



8

4. Ensure that the text located at the top of the screen displays V2.3 (BIOS version).

All Amphion system network switches must use BIOS version 2.3. If the switch is using any other version (earlier or later), an update is required.

5. Use the arrow keys to scroll down to item 4, Comm. Redundancy, then press .

8-11 www.nov.com

8



6. Press again to select Setup. The following screen appears.

7. Ensure that the line item titled Protocol of Redundancy is set to Turbo Ring with ED6008 series, as shown above.

8-12 www.nov.com



8

If necessary, press the arrow keys to highlight the setting, then press to display setting options. Use the arrow keys to highlight the appropriate setting, the press again. 8. Ensure that the line item titled Set to be Master is set to No, as shown above. If necessary, press the arrow keys to highlight the setting, then press to display setting options. Use the arrow keys to highlight the appropriate setting, the press again. 9. Press twice to return to the main menu.

10. Use the arrow keys to highlight item 9, Advanced Settings, then press . The following screen appears.

8-13 www.nov.com

8



11. Use the arrow keys to select Network, then press . The following screen appears.

12. Ensure that DHCP is set to Disable, as shown above. If necessary, press the arrow keys to highlight the setting, then press to display setting options. Use the arrow keys to highlight the appropriate setting, the press again.

8-14 www.nov.com



8

13. Use the arrow keys to highlight the IP Address setting, then type the correct IP address according to the project’s IP address list (see the appendix of this manual for a complete IP address list). Use the key to remove any characters remaining from the default address. 14. If necessary, use the arrow keys to highlight the Subnet Mask and Default Gateway settings, then type the correct addresses into the spaces provided. 15. Press twice. The following screen appears.

16. Press Y to activate the Moxa switch. The following screen appears.

8-15 www.nov.com

8



17. Press Y again to update the network settings and return to the main menu.

18. Use the arrow keys to highlight and press to display items 4 (Comm. Redundancy) and 9 (Advanced Settings). Ensure that the settings were saved correctly (see instruction for each, beginning with step 5 - 14, then return to the main menu. 19. Use the arrow keys to highlight item a, Exit, then press .

8-16 www.nov.com



8

Disk Imaging An updated disk image should be maintained for each computer. See Chapter 3, titled "Computers and Software,” section titled "Backup Disk Imaging" on page 3-2 for detailed disk imaging procedures.

Network and Workstation Equipment Perform these procedures regularly to keep equipment in good repair. Task details are in sections that follow. Visual inspection of equipment

page 8-17

Clean touchscreens (when powered off)

page 8-18

Every three (3) months

Change enclosure HMI fan filters and inspect enclosure covers

page 8-18

Annually

Inspect workstation cables

page 8-4

Daily

! Follow rig lockout procedures when working with enclosure components. Certain types of maintenance and repair cannot be performed while the rig is drilling. Never turn off computers, servers, or other components while the rig is drilling. The SCSI shared-resource hard drive should never be turned off or removed while the servers are running, and should always be in place and turned on while servers are turned on.

Visual Inspection of Equipment 

Visually inspect the workstation, joysticks, discrete switches, and touchscreens for damage.



Inspect for loose or missing fasteners.



Inspect the console controls for proper operation and condition.



Tighten or replace fasteners as necessary.

8-17 www.nov.com

8



Cleaning a Touchscreen

Navigate to the Clean Screen window before cleaning. Failure to do so could result in accidental tool operation.

1. Navigate the Clean Screen window (using the workstation’s operator interface) on the touchscreen to be cleaned. This screen is part of the workstation tool controller; it will inactivate the touchscreen so that it can be safely cleaned. 2. Use any commercially non-abrasive glass cleaner and a soft cloth to clean the surface of the touchscreen. Be sure to finish cleaning the touchscreen before the Clean Screen times out and the touchscreen becomes active again. See Azonix documentation for all other maintenance and troubleshooting issues pertaining to the touchscreens.

Replacing or Cleaning Air Filters The 15" Triton SA unit has two (2) Air Media Filters, located on the back of the unit, which should be replaced or cleaned every three (3) months.

8-18 www.nov.com



8

Remove the Filter Media and clean with mild detergent and water.

If Filter Media has holes or shows wear, replace it immediately.

After the Filter Media has been cleaned or replaced, replace the Filter Media Covers by gently snapping them back into place.

HMI and Foreign Objects

8-19 www.nov.com

8



Cabinets Ensure that enclosure covers are closed and sealed. Replace or clean fan filters monthly, or according to manufacturer’s recommended schedule.

Recommended Spare Parts Each rig, depending on its configuration, has a general recommended spare parts list for a twoyear operational period. See rig- or product-specific list for the following, as applicable: 

Amphion (Control System)



RigSense



Sensors



V-DAQ or S-DAQ Remote I/O

8-20 www.nov.com


Appendix

A

Opening a Command Prompt 1. Plug a keyboard into the touchscreen, then restart the computer if necessary (see Azonix documentation for location of keyboard port). 2. Close the Amphion™ software application at a touchscreen by pressing the buttons simultaneously to close Microsoft® Internet Explorer. 3. Press to display the Windows® Start menu. 4. Use the arrow up or down keys to highlight Run, then press to select. 5. Type cmd into the field provided, then press OK.

At the C:> prompt, type a network command (see general descriptions below), then press .

A-1 www.nov.com Form D811001123-GEN-001/05

A

Appendix


Command Descriptions and Syntax Ping Use the ping command with a url, IP address, or host name to test network connectivity, or to verify communication. Use the Use the ping localhost command when both the host name and IP address are unknown.

Using a URL Address

Using the Host Name

Using the IP Address

A-2 www.nov.com


Appendix

A

Using the Host Name

Ping Command Switch Options

Use the ping command to display a list of command switches. Syntax example: ping

-t 123.45.67.8

IP Config Use the ipconfig command to determine the domain name server (DNS), IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway assigned to the current computer. Use the ipconfig /all command to list the IP address, subnet mask address, and other information for each network card to which the current computer is connected.

Tracert Use the tracert command and either the url or IP address to display hop information (all network devices between the your computer and the destination address). Syntax example: tracert

www.nov.com or tracert 123.45.67.8

A-3 www.nov.com

A

Appendix


Nslookup Use the nslookup command and a url address to troubleshoot name resolution issues. Displays server name and IP address information. Syntax example: nslookup

www.nov.com

A-4 www.nov.com

National Oilwell Varco Service Center Directory

Reference





Document Number

Rev.

D811001337-DAS-001

04

D811001337-DAS-001 Revision 04

Revision History

04

12.11.2011

Operations update

T. Drake

S. Sobreira

T. Harmon

03

18.01.2011

Operations update

T. Drake

T. Harmon

T. Harmon

02

02.10.2009

Operations update

T. Drake

T. Harmon

P. Williams

01

08.09.2009

First Issue

T. Drake

T. Harmon

P. Williams

Rev

Date (dd.mm.yyyy)

Reason for issue

Prepared

Checked

Approved


Change Description

01

First Issue

02

• Moved Cairo office under North Africa heading. • Changed address information for India office.

03

• Removed outdated Louisiana contact information. • Added the new Louisiana service and repair center contact information.

04

• • • • •

www.nov.com

Updated/added Brazil, Canada, Colombia, UK contact information (page 3 through page 8). Added North Dakota contact information (page 4). Updated the contact information for the China office (page 6). Added addresses and contact information for Singapore and India (page 6). Updated contact information for NOV Dubai and NOV Abu Dhabi. (page 8).

D811001337-DAS-001 Revision 04

Service Center Directory

SC

The link below provides after-hours contact information for emergencies or other equipment issues requiring an immediate response by NOV service personnel. http://www.nov.com/ContactUs/24HrEmergencyContacts.aspx

Americas Brazil National Oilwell Varco do Brasil Rodovia Amaral Peixoto, s/n KM164,5 - n° 8.500 Imboassica – Macaé – RJ – Brazil CEP 27925-290 +55 22 2773 0600 (reception) +55 22 9882 7591 (after hours) +55 22 9702 8866 (drilling equipment) +55 22 9974 7056 (PCE / MoComp equipment) +55 22 9894 6608 (lifting and handling equipment) +55 22 2773 0635 (repair shop) +55 22 2773 0675 (inside sales) +55 22 2123 2452 (tech college)

Canada NOV Rig Solutions Aftermarket Service, Repair and Rentals (Leduc) Varco Canada ULC CO 009 6621 – 45 Street Leduc, Alberta, Canada T9E 7E3 +1 780 986 1712 (main) NOV Rig Solutions Spares (Edmonton) Varco Canada ULC CO 009 7127 – 56 Ave Edmonton, Alberta, Canada T6B 3L2 +1 780 801 1800 (main) +1 780 619 5579 (24 hour on-call)

Colombia National Oilwell Varco de Colombia Bogota, DC Top Drive Rental and Service +57 316 875 8748 (mobile) +57 317 515 3321 (mobile)

3 www.nov.com Form D811001123-GEN-001/06

SC


D811001337-DAS-001 Revision 04 Page 4 of 10

Americas USA Colorado NOV Service and Repair (Colorado) 420 South Ash St. Fruita, CO 81521 +1 970 858 4522 +1 281 569 3050 (after hours)

Louisiana NOV Service and Repair (Covington) 73765 Penn Mill Rd. Covington, LA 70435 +1 985 892 8216 (direct) +1 800 722 4425 (toll free) (Cranes: AmClyde, Unit, OS National, Dreco, Kingpost) +1 985 871 8609 (service) +1 985 871 8603 (parts NOV Service and Repair Center (New Iberia) 5212 Highway 90 Service Road West New Iberia, Louisiana 70560 (All NOV spare parts; legacy Shaffer, Varco, and NOI equipment) +1 337 374 1400

Minnesota NOV Service (St. Paul) 240 East Plato Blvd. St. Paul, Minnesota 55107 (lifting and handling equipment) +1 651 293 4745 (service) +1 651 293 4776 (service) +1 651 293 4600 (parts) +1 651 293 4603 (parts)

North Dakota NOV Service, Repair, and Spare Parts 3201 1st Avenue W. Williston, ND 58801 +1 307 473 8888 +1 281 569 3050 (after hours)

Oklahoma NOV Service and Repair (Oklahoma City) 7713 North West 3rd St. Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73127 +1 405 495 1000 +1 281 569 3050 (after hours)

4 www.nov.com



SC

Americas USA Pennsylvania NOV Service (Pittsburgh) 1349 Saw Mill Run Blvd. Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15226 +1 412 884 1027 +1 281 569 3050 (after hours)

Texas NOV Service and Repair (Alice) 2351 Energy Avenue Alice, Texas 78380 +1 361 668 4154 +1 281 569 3050 (after hours) NOV Service and Repair (Houston) 5100 North Sam Houston Parkway West Houston, Texas 77086 +1 281 569 3050 (24/7 technical support) +1 281 569 3051 (eHawk remote support)

Wyoming NOV Service and Repair (Casper) 1080 North Robertson Road Casper, Wyoming 82601 +1 307 473 8888 +1 281 569 3050 (after hours)

Venezuela NOV Rental and Service (Maturin, Monagas) Varco International de Venezuela Top Drive Rental and Service +58 291 651 6489 +58 414 394 2784 (mobile) +58 291 651 4384 (fax)

5 www.nov.com

SC



Asia China NOV Service 18th Floor, Raffles City Beijing Office Tower No. 1, Dongzhimen South Street, Dongcheng District Beijing 100007 P. R. China +86 139 0121 9392 +86 800 810 5109 (24/7 technical support)

India NOV Service and Repair R-619, TTC Industrial Area Rabale, MIDC Navi Mumbai – 400 701 Maharashtra, India +91 22 3916 9700 +91 982 009 1322 +91 983 349 6154 (after hours) NOV Machining Centre (Pressure Control) 11A/2 (NP) Sidco Industrial Estate Ambattur Chennai, Tamil Nadu, India 600098 +91 44 4285 8074 +91 95 0008 4149 (after hours)

Singapore NOV Service and Repair 29 Tuas Bay Drive Singapore 637429 +65 6594 1000 +65 6594 1222 (24/7 technical support) NOV Machining Centre (Pressure Control) 22 Jalan Terusan Singapore 619299 +65 6265 1900 +65 9128 2545 (after hours)

6 www.nov.com



SC

Europe France NOV Service +33 24 068 3600 +33 24 068 3611 +33 24 068 3600 (after hours) +33 677 790 943 (after hours)

Norway NOV Service (Asker) Blakstadmarka 26 1386 Asker – Norway +47 6400 5000 +47 6400 5001 (after hours) NOV Service (Kristiansand) Skibaasen 2 4636 Kristiansand – Norway +47 3819 2000 +47 3819 2482 (after hours) NOV Service (Molde) Granfjaera 24 6415 Molde – Norway +47 7120 2020 +47 9169 9664 (after hours) NOV Repair (Stavanger) Dusavik Base Notberget 46 4029 Stavanger – Norway +47 5781 8181 NOV Service (Stavanger) Lagerveien 8 4069 Stavanger – Norway +47 5181 8181 +47 4140 0041 (after hours) +47 9511 8181 (24/7 eHawk remote support)

Russia NOV Service and Support Russia, 119071, Moscow Leninsky prosp., 15A, 7th floor +7 495 287 2601 (direct) +7 495 981 3470 (fax) +7 985 410 5272 (mobile)

7 www.nov.com

SC



Europe UK NOV Service and Repair (Aberdeen/Montrose) Forties Road Montrose Scotland DD10 9ET +44 1674 677222 UK after hours, on-call contacts +44 (0) 7711 415 485 (mechanical) +44 (0) 7711 415 484 (electrical) +44 (0) 7739 170 079 (repair workshop) +44 (0) 7713 643 012 (spare parts) +44 (0) 7770 325 333 (distribution) +44 (0) 7801 078 092 (IMO/MD Totco)

Middle East UAE NOV Service and Repair (Abu Dhabi) Varco Al Mansoori Services LLC P. O. Box 27011 Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates +971 2 555 2668 +971 2 554 2280 (fax) +971 2 554 0012 (fax) +971 50 811 6083 (after hours service) +971 50 617 1235 (after hours workshop) NOV Service and Repair (Dubai) P.O. Box 61490 R/A No.13, Plot MO 0682 Daimler Chrysler Street Jebel Ali Free Zone Dubai, United Arab Emirates +971 4 883 8776 +971 4 883 8795 (fax) +971 56 686 2184 (after hours service on-call)

North Africa NOV Service (Algeria) Overseas Equipment Service Africa BP 852 Zone Industrielle Algerie Hassi Messaoud Ouargla Algeria 30500 +213 29 73 1236 +213 29 75 4105 (fax)

8 www.nov.com


Section 1.2 Spare Parts

www.nov.com

CHAPTER 1 INDEX 1.2 Installation, Operation & Maintenance

REFERENCE

8375


Spare Parts


www.nov.com


DOCUMENT NUMBER

REV

10707841-IDX

01


10707841-IDX 01 2

Sec

Name

ID

1.2

SPARES LIST/ COMMISSIONING / OPERATING / INSURANCE

Rev

Code

ELECTRICAL SPARES LIST, ADS-10SD

10548379-SPL

01

N08

SPARES LIST, MUD PUMPS

10564621-SPL

01

N08

CONTROL SPARE LIST, AUXILIARY

10620477-SPL

01

N08

CONTROL SPARES LIST, TDS-11SA

10620488-SPL

02

N08

SPARE LIST, ELECTRICAL CONTROLS

10622963-SPL

01

N08

www.nov.com

ELECTRICAL SPARES LIST ADS-10SD, AC IDEAL RIG 135

NOTES: 1. 2. 3.

10548379-1 10548379-2 10548379-3

Recommended Commissioning Spares Recommended Operational Spares Recommended Insurance Spares

NEXT ASSY

PRODUCT

MJOB-8375

ADS-10SD


CURRENT DRAWN

ELECTRICAL SPARES LIST, ADS-10SD, AC IDEAL RIG 135

INITIAL J. ALANIZ

CHECKED

C. HOVANETZ

APPVD

C. HOVANETZ

DATE

TITLE

11/03/2011

SCALE:

WT LBS:

NONE

SIZE:

SHT:

A

DWG NO.:

1 OF 3 REV:

10548379-SPL

01 D811000567-GEN-001/03

-1

-2

-3

Part Number

Description

Commission Spare

Operational Spare

Insurance Spare

76842

DIFF PRESS SWITCH

1

1

1

30158032-1

MOTOR INCREMENTAL ENCODER

1

1

1

30155842-040-HE

DRUM ABSOLUTE ENCODER

1

1

1

M734000264-SP

MAIN MOTOR

-

-

-

6550-10-0069

SPACE HEATER, MAIN MOTOR

-

-

-

30170005-8

BLOWER MOTOR

-

-

1

97886-3

LUBE MOTOR

-

-

1

30156355-2

PRESSURE XMTR (0-200 PSI)

1

1

1

30154368


1

1

2

221212-1H05DC


1

1

1

30156722-2.5

LUBE OIL, MOTOR EXHAUST, RTD

1

1

1

85890-C24

CROWN SAVER OVERRIDE

1

1

1

M734000280

DISENGAGE PARKING BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE A

1

1

1

30154322-EX

BRAKE PROPORTIONAL VALVE

1

1

2

PER INTERCONN

LOAD CELL I.S. TRANSMITTER SUPPLY ISOLATER

-

-

1

1

1

1

30171978-1 122627-112

OLM, G12-EEC, SIEMENS

1

1

1

122627-92

PROFIBUS CONNECTOR

2

2

2

140712

ISOLATION AMPLIFIER

1

1

1

30157104-3

FIBER JUMPER

1

1

1

30176964

POWER SUPPLY 24V@10A

1

1

1

943301-105

PROFIBUS-DP COUPLER TERMINAL

1

1

1

140698-3

IS 8 AI MODULE

1

1

1

140244

16 DO MODULE

1

1

1

140698-2

16 DI MODULE

1

1

1

140698-5

NIS 8 AI MODULE

1

1

1

140698-4

RTD MODULE

1

1

1

SCALE:

WT LBS:

NONE DWG NO.:

10548379-SPL

Where Used

Description Where Used

DRAWWORKS DPS-601, 602 SKID MAIN DRIVE ENC-401, 402 MOTOR DRAWWORKS ENC-331, 332, 333 SKID MAIN DRIVE MOT-100, 200 MOTOR MAIN DRIVE HTR-201, 202 MOTOR MAIN DRIVE MOT-201B, 202B MOTOR LUBE OIL TANK MOT-205L DRAWWORKS PXR-711, 712, 714 SKID DRAWWORKS PXR-519 SKID DRAWWORKS XMTR-725 SKID RTD-731,751,851, DRAWWORKS SKID 852 DRAWWORKS SOV-512 SKID DISC BRAKE SOV-513 CONTROL J-BOX DRAWWORKS SRV-518 SKID DRILL FLOOR LC 741, 742, 743 DRAWWORKS REMOTE I/O J-BOX DRAWWORKS REMOTE I/O J-BOX DRAWWORKS REMOTE I/O J-BOX DRAWWORKS ISO-1 REMOTE I/O J-BOX DRAWWORKS REMOTE I/O J-BOX DRAWWORKS REMOTE I/O J-BOX DRAWWORKS REMOTE I/O J-BOX DRAWWORKS REMOTE I/O J-BOX DRAWWORKS REMOTE I/O J-BOX DRAWWORKS REMOTE I/O J-BOX DRAWWORKS REMOTE I/O J-BOX DRAWWORKS REMOTE I/O J-BOX SIZE:

SHT:

A

2 of 3 REV:

01 D811000567-GEN-001/03

-1

-2

-3

Part Number

Description

Commission Spare

Operational Spare

Insurance Spare

140698-7

4 AI 4 AO MODULE

1

1

1

140698-8

4 DO 8 DI MODULE

1

1

1

30158244-2

RELAY (R10)

1

1

1

30154520-1

EC250GP, SERVO AMPLIFIER MODULE

1

1

1

111070

ISOLATOR,REPEAT

1

1

1

SCALE:

WT LBS:

NONE DWG NO.:

10548379-SPL

Where Used


DRAWWORKS REMOTE I/O J-BOX DRAWWORKS REMOTE I/O J-BOX DRAWWORKS REMOTE I/O J-BOX BRAKE SERVO J-BOX DRAWWORKS REMOTE I/O J-BOX

SIZE:

SHT:

A

3 of 3 REV:

01 D811000567-GEN-001/03

MUD PUMPS AC IDEAL 135 SPARES LIST/KIT, ELECTRICAL

NOTES:

RIG/PLANT

1.

10564621-1 Recommended Commissioning Spares

2.

10564621-2 Recommended Operational Spares

3.

10564621-3 Recommended Insurance Spares

NEXT ASSY

PRODUCT

MJOB-8375 ADDITIONAL CODE

SDRL CODE

TOTAL PGS

REMARKS

MAIN TAG NUMBER

DISCIPLINE

CLIENT PO NUMBER

This document contains proprietary and confidential information which belongs to National-Oilwell Varco, L.P., its affiliates or subsidiaries (all collectively referred to hereinafter as "NOV"). It is loaned for limited purposes only and remains the property of NOV. Reproduction, in whole or in part, or use of this design or distribution of this information to others is not permitted without the express written consent of NOV. This document is to be returned to NOV upon request and in any event upon completion of the use for which it was loaned. This document and the information contained and represented herein is the copyrighted property of NOV.  National Oilwell Varco

National Oilwell Varco 11000 Corporate Centre Drive Houston, Texas 77041 (USA) Phone + 281-854-0400 Fax + 281-854-0607

CLIENT DOCUMENT NUMBER

DOCUMENT NUMBER

REV

Client Document Number

10564621-SPL

01

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page Template Name

10564621-SPL 01 2 ORA_SPL_TPL.doc

REVISION HISTORY

01

11/1/2011

Rev

Date (mm.dd.yyyy)

Initial Release

CHANGE DESCRIPTION Revision 01

Change Description First issue

D7440000254-TPL-001/01

www.nov.com

Reason for issue

B.BOEPPLE Prepared

R. MOENCH R. MOENCH Checked

Approved


Part No.

Description

-1 -2 Recom. Recom. Commission Operational Spare Spare


-3 Recom. Insurance Spare

Where Used


MUD PUMP J-BOX 10064178-088 10064178-040

10066402-001

PC-ETHERNET ADAPTOR, TCP/IP. UDP PC-DIGITAL INPUT, 4DI, 24VDC, 0.2ms BARRIER-IS SWITCH ISOLATOR, 24VDC SUPPLY VOLTAGE,1CH INPUT

1

1

2

10064545-001

1

1

2

10064545-001

1

1

1

10064545-001

ASSY, MUD PUMP J-BOX ASSY, MUD PUMP J-BOX ASSY, MUD PUMP J-BOX ASSY, MUD PUMP J-BOX ASSY, MUD PUMP J-BOX ASSY, MUD PUMP J-BOX ASSY, MUD PUMP J-BOX ASSY, MUD PUMP J-BOX ASSY, MUD PUMP J-BOX ASSY, MUD PUMP J-BOX ASSY, MUD PUMP J-BOX ASSY, MUD PUMP J-BOX

10064178-072

PLC-MOD, FIELD SIDE

1

1

1

10064545-001

10064178-074

SUPPLY MODULE 24VDC

1

1

1

10064545-001

10064178-013

PLC-MOD, 2CH, ANALOG INPUT

1

1

1

10064545-001

10064178-070

PC-END MODULE

1

1

1

10064545-001

10052344-001

PWR SUPPLY-24V/10A, ZONE 2,

1

1

1

10064545-001

10066669-001

TB-8.2MM, GRAY, UT6

5

5

5

10064545-001

10066671-001

TB-GROUND BLOCK, UT6-PE

5

5

5

10064545-001

10066985-001

TB-5.2MM, GRAY, UT2.5

2

2

2

10064545-001

2

2

2

10064545-001

-

-

1

10064545-001

ASSY, MUD PUMP J-BOX

-

-

1

10064545-001


1

2

2

10064545-001


-

1

1

10064545-001

2FT

2FT

2FT

10064545-001

-

1

1

10064545-001


1

1

1

10064545-001


10066965-001 10052364-001 10052362-001 10055036-001 10055033-001 10053155-001 10052369-001 10064178-032

TB-5.2MM, GRN/YEL, UT2.5 ENCLOSURETHERMOSTAT MOUNTING, SET AT 10C HEATER STRIP, 165mm, 110-230VAC, 140W, Eexd ISOLATOR TERMINAL SWITCH, Eex de, 4A AT 250VAC PC-ETHERNET FIBER CONVERTER CABLE ASSY, CAT 5E, 2FT RECEPTACLE, SQUARE FLANGE FIBER OPTIC W/ 5’ PIGTAIL PLC-MOD ENCODER MODUL,32 BIT

D7440000254-TPL-001/01

www.nov.com

ASSY, MUD PUMP J-BOX ASSY, MUD PUMP J-BOX


Part No.

10043709-001

Description

SW-PROXIMITY, INDUCTIVE, W/FLYING LEAD, 2 METER, 18 AWG, 2 COND.

D7440000254-TPL-001/01

www.nov.com


3

3



Where Used


3

-

MUD PUMP

AUXILIARY AC IDEAL RIG 135 SPARES LIST/KIT, ELECTRICAL

NOTES:

RIG/PLANT

1.


2.


3.


NEXT ASSY

PRODUCT


SDRL CODE

TOTAL PGS

REMARKS

MAIN TAG NUMBER

DISCIPLINE

CLIENT PO NUMBER




DOCUMENT NUMBER

REV


10620477-SPL

01

www.nov.com



REVISION HISTORY

01

11/1/2011

Rev

Date (mm.dd.yyyy)

Initial Release



D7440000254-TPL-001/01

www.nov.com

Reason for issue

B. BOEPPLE

R. MOENCH

R. MOENCH

Prepared

Checked

Approved


Part No. 115299 10059428-001 10059428-001

Description ROTARY TABLE MOTOR INCREMENTAL ENCODER ROTARY TABLE HIGH GEAR PROXIMITY SWITCH ROTARY TABLE LOW GEAR PROXIMITY SWITCH


-1 Recom. Commission Spare

-2 Recom. Operational Spare


Where Used


-

1

1

-

ROTARY TABLE

-

1

1

-

ROTARY TABLE

-

1

1

-

ROTARY TABLE

10508604-001

4 CHANNEL ISOLATOR AMPLIFIER

-

1

1

10052457-001

10043620-001

ROTARY TABLE INTERTIA BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE

-

1

1

10052457-001

10064178-096

SUPPLY MODULE DC 24V / FUSE

1

3

5

10540174-001

10064178-072

FIELD SIDE CONNECTION MODULE

1

1

1

10540174-001

10064178-040

4 CH DIGITAL INPUT MODULE DC 24V

1

1

5

10540174-001

10064178-053

2 CH DIGITAL OUTPUT MODULE DC 24V, 2A

1

9

9

10540174-001

112554-J2

SOLENOID VALVES

-

2

10

50004480

203016-1

PRESSURE SWITCH

-

1

3

50004480

10050893-001

SOLENOID VALVES

-

1

1

10052506-001

130358-RV1

PROPORTIONAL SOLENOID VALVES

-

1

2

10052506-001

10051830-001

PRESSURE TRANSMITTER

1

1

1

10052506-001

10052307-001

ATOS PROFIBUS SOLENOID DRIVER

1

2

2

10540174-001

10042793-001

PROFIBUS CONNECTOR

1

2

2

10540174-001

10064178-008

2 CH ANALOG INPUT MODULE 4-20mA

1

1

1

10540174-001

10066792-001

24V POWER SUPPLY 10A,

1

1

1

10540174-001

10064178-086

PROFIBUS DP/V1 12 MBd FIELDBUS COUPLER

1

1

2

10540174-001

D7440000254-TPL-001/01

www.nov.com

ROTARY TABLE INTERFACE I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX ROTARY TABLE INTERFACE I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET PS CONTROL STATION ASSEMBLY PS CONTROL STATION ASSEMBLY HYDRAULIC CATHEAD INTERFACE ASSEMBLY HYDRAULIC CATHEAD INTERFACE ASSEMBLY HYDRAULIC CATHEAD INTERFACE ASSEMBLY DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET



Part No.

Description


10052294-001

SW, CAM, DISC, 4P, 32A

-

1

1

10540174-001

10049691-001

RLY, SPDT, 24VDC (RLY), 10A AT 250VAC

2

2

2

10540174-001

10505066-007

CB 10A, 2P, 480VAC

-

2

2

10540174-001

10064194-029

FUSE, 6A, 125V, 5 x 20mm

2

2

2

10540174-001

10044673-001

PWR-SPLY REDUNDANT MODULE

-

1

1

10540174-001

10066970-001

TB-PLUG IN BRIDGES (10 POS)

2

2

2

10540174-001

10065802-001

TB-GROUND BLOCK, UT-4-PE

5

5

5

10540174-001

10066667-001

TB-6.2mm, GRAY, UT4

5

5

5

10540174-001

10066985-001

TB-5.2MM, GRAY, UT2,5

2

2

2

10540174-001

10064178-070

MODULE, END, FIELDBUS

1

2

2

10540174-001

D7440000254-TPL-001/01

www.nov.com



Where Used

Description Where Used DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET

TDS-11SA AC IDEAL 135 SPARES LIST/KIT, ELECTRICAL

NOTES:

RIG/PLANT

1.


2.


3.


NEXT ASSY

PRODUCT


SDRL CODE

TOTAL PGS

REMARKS

MAIN TAG NUMBER

DISCIPLINE

CLIENT PO NUMBER




DOCUMENT NUMBER

REV


10620488-SPL

02

www.nov.com



REVISION HISTORY

02

11/22/2011

Corrected Part Numbers

R. MOENCH

B. BOEPPLE R. MOENCH

01

11/1/2011

Initial Release

B. BOEPPLE

R. MOENCH R. MOENCH

Rev

Date (mm.dd.yyyy)

Reason for issue

CHANGE DESCRIPTION Revision 01 02

Change Description First issue Corrected Part Numbers to Match Assemblies

D7440000254-TPL-001/01

www.nov.com

Prepared

Checked

Approved






Where Used

BLOWER MOTOR PRESSURE SWITCHES

-

1

2

-

83095-1

IBOP PRESSURE SWITCH

-

1

1

-

87541-1

LUBE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH

-

1

1

-

83095-2

Bx ELEVATOR CLOSED PRESSURE SWITCH

-

1

1

-

127908-D2

SOLENOID VALVES

-

2

9

-

127908-J2

SOLENOID VALVES

-

1

4

-

93939

FRAME DOLLY RETRACTED PROX SWITCH (OPTIONAL)

-

-

1

-

98263

BARRIER I.S. (OPTIONAL)

-

-

2

108616-6

115299

TD MOTOR INCREMENTAL ENCODER

1

2

2

-

10064178-096

SUPPLY MODULE DC 24V/FUSE

1

1

6

10540174-001

10064178-040


1

3

6

10540174-001

10064178-053

2 CH DIGITAL OUTPUT MODULE DC 24V, 2.0A

3

6

12

10540174-001

10064178-032

INCREMENTAL ENCODER MODULE

1

1

1

10540174-001

10044752-001

RIM SS2 ENCODER SPLITTER

1

1

1

10540174-001

10064178-086

PROFIBUS DP/V1 12 MBd FIELDBUS COUPLER

1

1

1

10540174-001

10042793-001

PROFIBUS CONNECTOR

2

2

2

10540174-001

10044170-001

24VDC POWER SUPPLY 10A

1

1

2

10540174-001

10052294-001

SW, CAM, DISC, 4P, 32A

-

1

1

10540174-001

10049691-001

RLY, SPDT, 24VDC (RLY), 10A AT 250VAC

2

4

4

10540174-001

10505066-007

CB 10A, 2P, 480VAC

1

2

2

10540174-001

10064194-029

FUSE, 6A, 125V, 5 x 20mm

2

2

2

10540174-001

Part No. 76841

Description

D7440000254-TPL-001/01

www.nov.com

Description Where Used TDS-11SA TOP DRIVE TDS-11SA TOP DRIVE TDS-11SA TOP DRIVE TDS-11SA TOP DRIVE TDS-11SA TOP DRIVE TDS-11SA TOP DRIVE TDS-11SA TOP DRIVE BARRIER I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX TD-MOT-01 DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET


Part No.

Description





Where Used

10066667-001

TB-6.2MM, GRAY UT4

5

5

5

10540174-001

10065802-001

TB-GROUND BLOCK, UT-4-PE

5

5

5

10540174-001

10066985-001

TB-5.2MM, GRAY, UT2.5

5

5

5

10540174-001

10044673-001

PWR-SPLY REDUNDANT

1

1

1

10540174-001

10064178-070

MODULE, END, FIELDBUS

1

2

2

10540174-001

10068104-001

SPLITTER CABLE

-

1

1

10540174-001

10077584-001

DATA STATION PLUS PROTOCOL

-

1

1

10540174-001

10077585-001

PROFIBUS DP CARD

-

1

1

10540174-001

10512924-001

BANNER WIRELESS GATEWAY

-

1

1

10540174-001

10072732-001

ANTENNA-OMNI

-

-

1

10540174-001

10064179-004

TB-C/B, 4 AMP, THERMALMAGNETIC

1

1

1

10540174-001

D7440000254-TPL-001/01

www.nov.com

Description Where Used DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET

AMPHION AC IDEAL 135 SPARES LIST/KIT, ELECTRICAL

NOTES:

RIG/PLANT

1.


2.


3.


NEXT ASSY

PRODUCT

10545605-001 ADDITIONAL CODE

SDRL CODE

TOTAL PGS

REMARKS

MAIN TAG NUMBER

DISCIPLINE

CLIENT PO NUMBER




DOCUMENT NUMBER

REV


10622963-SPL

01

www.nov.com



REVISION HISTORY

01

15/11/2011

Rev

Date (mm.dd.yyyy)

Initial Release



D7440000254-TPL-001/01

www.nov.com

Reason for issue

D. McGARY

T. PHAM

T. PHAM

Prepared

Checked

Approved


Part No.

Description




Where Used


Amphion MTC #1 Amphion MTC #1 Amphion MTC #1 Amphion MTC #1 Amphion MTC #1 Amphion MTC #1 Amphion MTC #1 Amphion MTC #1 Amphion MTC #1 Amphion MTC #1 Amphion MTC #1 Amphion MTC #1 Amphion MTC #1 Amphion MTC #1 Amphion MTC #1 Amphion MTC #1 Amphion MTC #1 Amphion MTC #1 Amphion MTC #1 Amphion MTC #1 Amphion MTC #1 Amphion MTC #1

MTC #1 10068347-001

PC,PANEL BASE , TOUCHSCREEN,15’’

-

-

1

10538858-001

10064178-040

MDL,DIGITAL INPUT,4-CHAN,24VDC

1

2

1

10538858-001

1

1

1

10538858-001

1

-

1

10538858-001

1

-

1

10538858-001

FLSH CARD, COMPACT , 2 GB

1

2

1

10538858-001

CONN. PROFIBUSDP, W/ PROG PORT

1

1

1

10538858-001

PLC-SIE,OPTICAL LINK,MDUL,EEC

1

-

1

10538858-001

-

-

2

10538858-001

-

-

1

10538858-001

1

1

1

10538858-001

1

1

1

10538858-001

-

-

1

10538858-001

-

-

2

10538858-001

-

-

2

10538858-001

10064178-088 10066946-001 10044673-001 10066405-001 10042793-001 10044012-001 10505066-007 10055028-001 10068313-001 10055033-001 10082412-001 10055064-001 10055068-001

PC-ETHERNET ADAPTER,TCP/IP,UDP PWR SPLY REDUNDANT MODULE 40A PWR-SPLY REDUNDANT MODULE 20A

CIRCUIT BREAKER, 2P, 10A, 480VAC KEYBOARD, USB, 119 KEY, PANEL MOUNT PC-ETHERNET/FIBER SW/SERVER,6 ETHERNET MEDIA CONVERTER PWR SPLY- 24VDC,20.0A COMPACT CABLE ASSY , FO, ST-ST, DUPLEX, 7 FEET CABLE ASSY , CAT5, RJ45, RED, 15FT

10066792-001

PWR SPLY, SWITCHNG, 24V,10A

1

1

1

10538858-001

10064179-004

TB-C/B,4AMP,THERMAL-MAGNETIC

1

1

1

10538858-001

10064179-006


1

1

1

10538858-001

10067365-001

FILTER , EXHAUST, SK, EMC SHIELDED

-

2

2

10538858-001

10067364-001

FAN, FILTER, EMC, 220 VAC

-

1

1

10538858-001

-

1

1

10538858-001

-

1

1

10538858-001

10066030-001 10068310-001

SBC-CONTROLLER ASSY,BECKHOFF PWR SPLY-FOR CX1000 CORE WITH

D7440000254-TPL-001/01

www.nov.com


Part No.

Description




Where Used


Amphion MTC #1 Amphion MTC #1 Amphion MTC #1

10053152-001

CABLE ASSY, CAT 5E , ZERO HALOGEN , 10 FT

1

1

-

10538858-001

10067363-001

FAN-PAGODA, 210CFM, 230VAC

-

1

1

10538858-001

10068309-001

CARD-APPLICOM,DP1

1

1

1

10538858-001

10068347-001

PC,PANEL BASE , TOUCHSCREEN, 15”

-

-

1

10538859-001

1006417-040

MDL,DIGITAL INPUT,4-CHAN,24VDC

1

2

1

10538859-001

1

1

1

10538859-001

1

-

1

10538859-001

1

-

1

10538859-001

FLSH CARD, COMPACT , 2 GB

1

2

1

10538859-001

CONN. PROFIBUSDP, W/ PROG PORT

1

1

1

10538859-001

PLC-SIE,OPTICAL LINK,MDUL,EEC

1

-

1

10538859-001

-

-

2

10538859-001

-

-

1

10538859-001

1

1

1

10538859-001

1

1

1

10538859-001

-

-

1

10538859-001

-

-

2

10538859-001

-

-

2

10538859-001

PWR MTC

10064178-088 10066946-001 10044673-001 10066405-001 10042793-001 10044012-001 10505066-007 10055028-001 10068313-001 10055033-001 10082412-001 10055064-001 10055068-001

PC-ETHERNET ADAPTER,TCP/IP,UDP PWR SPLY REDUNDANT MODULE 40A PWR SPLY REDUNDANT MODULE 20A

CIRCUIT BREAKER, 2P, 10A, 480VAC KEYBOARD, USB, 119 KEY, PANEL MOUNT PC-ETHERNET/FIBER SW/SERVER,6 ETHERNET MEDIA CONVERTER PWR SPLY- 24VDC,20.0A COMPACT CABLE ASSY , FO, ST-ST, DUPLEX, 7 FEET CABLE ASSY , CAT5, RJ45, RED, 15FT

10066792-001


1

1

1

10538859-001

10064179-004


1

1

1

10538859-001

10064179-006


1

1

1

10538859-001

10066030-001

SBC-CONTROLLER ASSY,BECKHOFF

-

1

1

10538859-001

D7440000254-TPL-001/01

www.nov.com

Amphion Power MTC Amphion Power MTC Amphion Power MTC Amphion Power MTC Amphion Power MTC Amphion Power MTC Amphion Power MTC Amphion Power MTC Amphion Power MTC Amphion Power MTC Amphion Power MTC Amphion Power MTC Amphion Power MTC Amphion Power MTC Amphion Power MTC Amphion Power MTC Amphion Power MTC Amphion Power MTC Amphion Power MTC


Part No.

10068310-001 10053157-001 10053152-001

Description

PWR SPLY-FOR CX1000 CORE WITH APPLIANCE, SECURITY, NET SCREEN CABLE ASSY, CAT 5E , ZERO HALOGEN , 10 FT




Where Used


Amphion Power MTC Amphion Power MTC Amphion Power MTC Amphion Power MTC Amphion Power MTC

-

1

1

10538859-001

-

1

1

10538859-001

1

1

-

10538859-001

10067363-001

FAN-PAGODA, 210CFM, 230VAC

-

1

1

10538859-001

10068309-001

CARD-APPLICOM,DP1

1

1

1

10538859-001

1

1

1

10539360-001

Amphion D.C.

1

1

1

10539360-001

Amphion D.C.

1

1

1

10539360-001

Amphion D.C.

1

1

1

10539360-001

Amphion D.C.

1

1

1

10539360-001

Amphion D.C.

1

1

1

10539360-001

Amphion D.C.

-

1

1

10539360-001

Amphion D.C.

-

1

1

10539360-001

Amphion D.C.

-

1

1

10539360-001

Amphion D.C.

-

1

1

10539360-001

Amphion D.C.

-

1

1

10539360-001

Amphion D.C.

-

1

1

10539360-001

Amphion D.C.

-

1

1

10539360-001

Amphion D.C.

10064178-040

HMI-SAFE AREA, AMPHION, GRAY JOYSTICK-DUAL AXIS, RH, SPRING-RETURN ENCODER-5VDC, EEXD INCREMENTAL SW MODULE, PNL MTD, W/ TERMINALS 2NC SW MODULE, PNL MTD, W/ TERMINALS 2N0 SW. 3 POSITION SELECTOR,MOMENTARY PLC-2PT, ANALOG OUTPUT, 010VDC PLC-MOD, ENCODER MODULE, 32 BIT PLC-2PT ANALOG OUTPUT +/10VDC PLC-MOD, FIELD SIDE PLC-2PT, ANALOG OUTPUT, 020mA PLC-2PT, ANALOG INPUT, 0-20MA PLC-MOD, ANALOG INPUT, 2CH, 420mA MDL,DIGITAL INPUT,4-CHAN,24VDC

1

2

1

10539360-001

Amphion D.C.

10064178-054

PLC-4PT, 24VDC OUTPUT MODULE

-

1

1

10539360-001

Amphion D.C.

DRILLERS CHAIR 10066029-001 10055020-001 10048305-001 10043289-001 10044536-001 10044540-001 10064178-021 10064178-034 10064178-026 10064178-072 10064178-022 10064178-007 10064178-012

PC-ETHERNET ADAPTER,TCP/IP,UDP FLSH CARD, COMPACT , 2 GB CIRCUIT BREAKER, 2P, 10A, 480VAC

1

1

1

10539360-001

Amphion D.C.

1

2

1

10539360-001

Amphion D.C.

-

-

2

10539360-001

Amphion D.C.

10055003-001

LUG-BUS FEEDER: 1 & 2 POLE

-

-

2

10539360-001

Amphion D.C.

10068313-001

PC-ETHERNET/FIBER SW/SERVER,6

1

1

1

10539360-001

Amphion D.C.

10064178-088 10066405-001 10055002-001

D7440000254-TPL-001/01

www.nov.com


Part No.

Description




Where Used


10055063-001

CABLE ASSY , FO, ST-ST, DUPLEX

-

-

2

10539360-001

Amphion D.C.

10053153-001

CABLE ASSY , CAT5, LSZH, 7 FEET

-

-

2

10539360-001

Amphion D.C.

10066792-001


1

1

-

10539360-001

Amphion D.C.

10067363-001

FAN-PAGODA,210CFM,230VAC FAN-EXHAUST FILTER LOUVER,EMC PLC-MOD,PWR SPLY/FUSE,24VDC PLC-MOD,DIG OUTPUT,2CH,24VDC PLC-2PT, ANALOG OUTPUT, 420mA PLC-MOD,FIELD SIDE AC/DC CONV-POT,VDC,MA IN/VDC,MA OUT CIRCUIT BREAKER- 10A ,2P, 480VAC FUSE, 6A, 125V, 5 X 20MM TB-FUSE WITH SCREW CAP & LED

-

1

1

10540174-001

DFTR CABINET

-

1

1

10540174-001

DFTR CABINET

-

1 -

1 1

10540174-001 10540174-001

DFTR CABINET DFTR CABINET

-

1

1

10540174-001

DFTR CABINET

-

1

1

10540174-001

DFTR CABINET

1

1

1

10540174-001

DFTR CABINET

-

-

2

10540174-001

DFTR CABINET

2 1

2 1

2 1

10540174-001 10540174-001

DFTR CABINET DFTR CABINET

10512936-001/ 10513957-001 10512936-001/ 10513957-001 10512936-001/ 10513957-001 10512936-001/ 10513957-001 10512936-001/ 10513957-001

UPS DESK/ CABINET UPS DESK/ CABINET UPS DESK/ CABINET UPS DESK/ CABINET UPS DESK/ CABINET

10513957-001

UPS CABINET

DFTR CABINET 10067365-001 10064178-096 10064178-052 10064178-024 10064178-072 10050899-001 10505066-007 10064194-029 10066733-001

UPS DESK/CABINET 10067493-001

KIT, SOLA UPS ETHERNET COMM.

-

-

2

10067098-001

SWITCH, REMOTE BYPASS

-

2

2

10510106-001

BATTERY, EXTERNAL MODULE

-

2

2

10510104-001

UPS-3KVA, VA/WATTS: 3000/2100, 208VAC

-

2

2

10505066-010

CB- 16A, 2P, 480VAC

2

2

2

10513950-001

UPS-3KVA, VA/WATTS 3000/2100, 120VAC

-

1

1

D7440000254-TPL-001/01

www.nov.com


Chapter 2 Technical Documentation & Drawing Package

www.nov.com


Section 2.1 General Drawings

www.nov.com

CHAPTER 2 INDEX 2.1 Technical Document & Drawing

REFERENCE

8375


General Drawings


www.nov.com


DOCUMENT NUMBER

REV

10707843-IDX

01


Sec

Name

2.1

ASSEMBLY DRAWING

10707843-IDX 01 2

ID

Rev

Code

ASSEMBLY, UPS DESK, 3KVA

10512936-ASM

04

B02

ASSY UPS CABINET, 3X3KVA,120&208 AMPHION MTC CABINET #1

10513957-ASM

04

B02

10538858-ASM

03

B02

AMPHION POWER SYSTEM CABINET

10538859-ASM

11

B02

DRILLER'S CHAIR PANEL LAYOUT

10539350-ASM

01

B02

DRILLER'S CHAIR

10539360-ASM

02

B02

ASSY, DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE IO ASSEMBLY, ROTARY TABLE J-BOX

10540174-ASM-ASSY

05

B02

30182304-ASM

E

B02

ASSEMBLY,WIRELESS TUGGER WINCH ASSEMBLY-MUD PUMP REMOTE I/O

M800001-0870-56-ASM-001

04

B02

M801002070-ASM-001

04

B02

02

B03

INTERFACE AND CONNECTION DRAWING KIT, FIBER CABLES

www.nov.com

10564823-KIT

15" TOUCH SCREEN HMI

KEYBOARD


KEYBOARD

FILTER

FAN



KEYBOARD

UPS A/B

RIG POWER A

RIG POWER B


KEYBOARD

FILTER

FAN


UPS A/B AC POWER DISTRIBUTION

RIG A/B AC POWER DISTRIBUTION # 1

RIG A/B AC POWER DISTRIBUTION # 2

PS1/2 24VDC POWER DISTRIBUTION




DIGITAL INPUT

FILTER

FILTER


Section 2.2 System Diagram & Specifications

www.nov.com


REFERENCE

8375


System Diagrams & Specifications


www.nov.com


DOCUMENT NUMBER

REV

10707844-IDX

01


Sec

Name

2.2

ELECTRICAL SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM

10707844-IDX 01 2

ID

Rev

Code

NETWORK DIAGRAM, MUD PUMPS

10564620-DIA

01

C04

NETWORK DIAGRAM, AUXILIARY

10620476-DIA

01

C04

NETWORK DIAGRAM, TDS-11SA

10620486-DIA

01

C04

10622469-IDX

01

C10

10622965-DIA

01

C11

CAUSE & EFFECT CHART E-STOP MATRIX, DFSD

NETWORK TOPOLOGY DIAGRAM AMPHION SYSTEM TOPOLOGY

www.nov.com

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL-OILWELL VARCO, L.P. IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF NATIONAL-OILWELL VARCO, L.P. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART OR USE OF THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NATIONAL-OILWELL VARCO, L.P. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NATIONAL-OILWELL VARCO, L.P. UPON REQUEST AND IN ANY EVENT UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED IS THE COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NATIONAL-OILWELL VARCO, L.P.

CURRENT DRAWN

INITIAL D. McGARY

CHECKED

T.PHAM

APPVD

T. PHAM

DATE

11/11/2011

TITLE

E-STOP CAUSE & EFFECT MATRIX AC IDEAL RIG 135 SIZE

DWG NO

REV

A 10622469-IDX SCALE

NONE

WT LBS

01 SHEET

1 OF 2

DCF0046 (REV B)

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO

E-STOP CAUSE EFFECT MATRIX AC IDEAL RIG 135

DATE

11/8/2011 3:00:44 PM

GENERATORS

MUD PUMPS

0

0

0

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

0

N/A

NOTE:2

NOTE:2

NOTE:2

NOTE:2

NOTE:2

NOTE:2

NOTE:2

NOTE:2

0

DRAWWORKS LOCAL TOOL E-STOP

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

CROWN SAVER E-STOP

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

NOTE:1

NOTE:1

0

NOTE:1

N/A

N/A

DRILLER'S CHAIR GENERATOR E-STOP P.B.

HPU

0 N/A

CAT HEAD

PIPECAT

POWER SLIPS

ROTARY TABLE

0 N/A

DRILLER'S CHAIR MUD PUMP E-STOP P.B.

TDS-11SA

0 N/A

DRILLER'S CHAIR DRILL FLOOR EQUIPMENT ESTOP P.B.

OTHER

DERRICK

DRILL FLOOR

CABIN

Push Button & Automatic Triggered Emergency Stops

DRAWWORKS

Affected Equipment and Systems

HPU LOCAL E-STOP

NOTE: 1 Tool isolated by turning off hydraulic power unit NOTE: 2 Tool isolated by turning off Generator power Cat.0 = Stopping by immediate removal of power to the hoisting machine actuators (i.e. an uncontrolled stop) Cat.2 = A controlled stop with power left available to the hoisting machine actuators

Note:

See IEC 60204-32 for definitions of Emergency Stop Categories.

SHEET

2 OF 2

DWG NO

10622469-IDX

REV

01

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1 NOTES: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED

DRILLER'S CABIN CAM#1

SAFE AREA

CAM#2

HMI

HMI

HMI

HMI

CCTV

#2

#4

#1

#3

J-BOX

CAM#3

EF

ETHERNET FIBER CUSTOMER

PF

PROFIBUS FIBER CUSTOMER

NIS

MULTI TOOL CONTROL

NON-INTRINSICALLY SAFE NOV HARDWIRED POWER CABLES

D

MOXA ETHERNET SWITCHES (3)

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

NETWORK

SWITCH

SWITCH

EF

#2

EF

EF

EF

EF

HARDWIRED I.S CABLES

EF EF

HARDWIRED N.I.S CABLES

I/O

E

E

E

E SBC

I/O

CONTROLS

I/O

SBC

PROFIBUS DP

PF

FIBER OPTIC AND

OLM

OLM

PF

DESK

TDS11

AUX

DRILL FLOOR

REMOTE

REMOTE

FLOOR

I/O

I/O

REMOTE I/O CABINET

DRILL LOGGER

NIS

SHUT

EF

NIS

EF

EF

EF

EF

DOWN

EF

ON

NIS

PIPECAT SKID

HOPPER

GRASS

PF

MUD

EF

MOUNTED

PF

E

EF

I/O

UPS

E

REMOTE

DP

PIPECATE

DP

BOP PANEL

E

NIS

POWER CONNECTORS

E

NIS

PF

EF

NIS

PROFIBUS FIBER

PF

NIS

SBC

ETHERNET NETWORK

DP

DAQ

CHAIR

FIBER OPTIC CABLES

EF E

EF

AUX

SBC

SBC

OPERATOR

REMOTE

DRILLER'S WORKSTATION

DRILLER'S

E

EF

TDS11

MTC

E

E

PIPECAT

HMI

E

MTC

E

E

E

EF REMOTE

D

SINGLE PH & 3 PH

#1

E

E

E

E

EF

DRILL FLOOR

EF

NETWORK

EF

EF

C EF

EF

NIS

C

POWER CONTROL HOUSE POWER SYSTEM CONTOL ENCLOSURE

EF

EF

BOP REMOTE

MOXA ETHERNET SWITCHES (5)

I/O

EF

MOUNTED

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

ON

DRIVE HOUSE

BOP SKID

ROUTER

DW

PWR SYS

PUMP

WAGO

SBC

SBC

E

E

MUD

TD/RT

SBC

E

E

INVERTER

E

E

E

E

E

E

GEN/PS

E

E

E

E

SBC

I/O MTC HMI

E

E

E

DP

DP

EF

EF

DP

BOOM

E

E

E

CONV

E

CONV

E

CONV

E

CONV

EF

EF

DP

PF

DW

CONV

EF

OLM

PLUG PANEL

MOUNTED

DRAWWORKS SKID

DWA

DWB

RPBA

RPBA

GEN #1 RPBA

RPBA

GEN #3 RPBA

GEN #4

INC/REC #1

INC/REC #2

I/O

I/O

WAGO

RPBA

E

E

E

E

E

E

WAGO

CHP A/B

ASSIGN.

WAGO

WAGO

I/O

I/O

RPBA

UPS

MP1

MP2

MP3

I/O

CABINET

RPBA

RPBA

RPBA

B

INV. MP2 WAGO

I/O

FOR FUTURE

INSTALLATION

INSTALLATION

EF

FOR FUTURE

EF

EF

MCC

BOARD

EF

EF

GEN #2

EF

EF

EF

E

E

ON

WAGO

EF

EF

B

PF

EF

I/O

EF

REMOTE

MCC

EF

OLM

DW

EF

EF

CONV

CONV

CONV

EF

EF

EF

EF CONV

TOOL PUSHER'S

ETHERNET SWITCH COMPANY

MAN

OFFICE (OPTIONAL)

CONV

WAGO

DAQ

REMOTE

REMOTE

I/O

I/O

I/O

I/O

MUD PUMP #3 REMOTE I/O SYSTEM (BY NOV) FOR FUTURE INSTALLATION

MUD PUMP #2 REMOTE I/O SYSTEM (BY NOV)

MUD PUMP #1 REMOTE I/O SYSTEM (BY NOV)

MUD SYSTEM

A

WAGO REMOTE

MUD PUMP #1

WITS INTERFACE

MUD PUMP #3

RIGSENSE SERVER

WAGO REMOTE

MUD PUMP #2

EF

OFFICE (OPTIONAL)

DAQ REMOTE I/O SYSTEM (BY NOV)

AMPHION

PRODUCT:

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES.

TOLERANCES ARE:

END ITEM: NEXT ASSY:

10545605-001

±.1

X.XX

±.03

TOL > ±.06 1000

7

6

5

4

L.P., ITS AFFILIATES OR SUBSIDIARIES (ALL COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER AS "NOV"). IT IS LOANED FOR

LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF

NOV. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF

INITIAL

T. PHAM

APPVD

T. PHAM

AMPHION SYSTEM TOPOLOGY

OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN

TO NOV UPON REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE

AC IDEAL RIG 135

USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED HEREIN IS THE COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NOV.

SCALE:

RIG SOLUTIONS ENGINEERING

11/15/2011

3

TITLE:

THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO CONSENT OF NOV. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED

CHECKED

DATE

8

BREAK EDGES .02/.03

D. McGARY

DRAWN

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED

250

FRACTIONS

CURRENT FINISH

TOL < ±.06

1/2 DEG ± 1/16

±

DO NOT SCALE DRAWING

WT LBS: RIGSENSE CLIENT

ANGLES

X.XXX ±.010

SIMILAR TO:

E

X.X

A

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL

INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO,

2

DWG NO.

1/1

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

1

10622965-DIA

1

REV:

OF

3

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

D

D

MTC #1

DRILLER'S CHAIR

(DRILLER'S CABIN)

(DRILLER'S CABIN)

62.5/125um X 4C EF

CAB-F02A

EF

TX

TX 8

RX

FIBER

RX

7

7

TX

D1001

TX

MOXA ETHERNET SWITCH 2

TX

EF

62.5/125um X 4C

8

RX

RX

EF

RX 7

7

TX

FIBER


TX 8

RX

EF

EF

TX


CAB-F01A

EF

FIBER


6

5

6

5

6

5

6

5

6

3

4

3

4

3

4

3

4

3

4

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

EF

EF

EF

EF

5

EF

EF

EF

HOPPER

GRASS

HOPPER

GRASS

C

EF

EF

C

EF

RX

7


62.5/125um X 4C

8

RX

RX

TX

EF

TX 8

RX

POWER SYSTEM CONTROL CABINET EF

(AC DRIVE HOUSE) 62.5/125um X 4C EF

B

TX

62.5/125um X 4C EF

CAB-F02

TX 8

RX

EF

EF

EF

TX 8

RX

RX

8

RX

RX

TX

EF

EF

CAB-F01

B

EF

7

TX


EF

FIBER

7

TX


8

RX

EF

RX

7

TX


8

RX

7

EF

TX

RX

RX

7

FIBER

TX

TX



5

6

5

6

5

6

5

6

5

6

3

4

3

4

3

4

3

4

3

4

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

A

A

AMPHION SYSTEM TOPOLOGY SCALE:

1/1

DWG NO.

8

7

6

5

4

3

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622965-DIA

2

1

2 OF 3

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

IP ADDRESS CONFIGURATION 192.168.31.27 – AUX SBC 192.168.31.34 – DW (ADS) SBC 192.168.31.90 – DFSD Estop Controller 192.168.31.25 – TDS 11 SBC 192.168.31.28 – Pipe Cat SBC 192.168.31.40 – Driller’s Chair SBC 192.168.31.60 – Mud Logger 192.168.31.61 – Mud Pump SBC 192.168.31.66 – Generator CTL /Power System SBC 192.168.31.111 – MTC #1 MOXA Switch 1 192.168.31.112 – MTC #1 MOXA Switch 2 192.168.31.113 – MTC #1 MOXA Switch 3 192.168.31.117 – Spare 192.168.31.114 – MTC #1 Wago 192.168.31.115 – MTC #1 HMI (DWS) 192.168.31.116 – Rigsense Router (Optional) 192.168.31.161 – Drill Chair HMI #1 192.168.31.162 – Drill Chair HMI #2 192.168.31.163 – Drill Chair HMI #3 192.168.31.164 – Drill Chair HMI #4 (CCTV) 192.168.31.101 – MOXA Switch #1 192.168.31.102 – MOXA Switch #2 192.168.31.80 – Drill Chair Wago I/O 192.168.31.81 – Drill Chair Wago I/O

192.168.31.215 – Assignment TD/RT Wago I/O 192.168.31.140 – MOXA Switch 1 in Power System Line Up Cabinet (Power House) 192.168.31.141 – MOXA Switch 2 in Power System Line Up Cabinet (Power House) 192.168.31.142 – MOXA Switch 3 in Power System Line Up Cabinet (Power House) 192.168.31.143 – MOXA Switch 4 in Power System Line Up Cabinet (Power House) 192.168.31.144 – MOXA Switch 5 in Power System Line Up Cabinet (Power House) IP NODE CONFIGURATION Inverter DWA RPBA – Node 4 Inverter DWB RPBA – Node 5 Inverter TD/RT RPBA – Node 5 Inverter MP1 RPBA – Node 5 Inverter MP2 RPBA – Node 6 Inverter MP3 RPBA – Node 7 GEN #1 RPBA – Node 11 GEN #2 RPBA – Node 12 GEN #3 RPBA – Node 13 GEN #4 RPBA – Node 14 (FUTURE)

192.168.31.47 – DAQ SBC 192.168.31.96 – DAQ Mud Pump Area Remote IO RigSense Server – Different net: 10.1.0.130 (OPTIONAL) RigSense Client – Different Net: 10.1.0.131 (OPTIONAL) 192.168.31.72 – MCC Wago I/O #1 192.168.31.172 – Power System Line Up Interface HMI 192.168.31.138 – Power System MTC Wago I/O 192.168.31.181 – Mud Pump #1 Remote I/O 192.168.31.182 – Mud Pump #2 Remote I/O 192.168.31.183 – Mud Pump #3 Remote I/O (FUTURE) 192.168.31.190 – WebCard UPS A Driller’s Cabin 192.168.31.191 – WebCard UPS B Driller’s Cabin 192.168.31.192 – WebCard UPS A AC Drive House 192.168.31.193 – WebCard UPS B AC Drive House 192.168.31.194 – WebCard UPS C AC Drive House 192.168.31.200 – Incomer Rect. 1 Wago I/O 192.168.31.201 – Incomer Rect. 2 Wago I/O 192.168.31.205 – Inverter TD/RT SBC 192.168.31.210 – Chopper A/B Wago I/O 192.168.31.246 – Inverter MP2 Wago I/O SIZE

DWG NO

B SCALE

REV

10622965-DIA NONE

WT LBS

SHEET

01 3 OF

3

DCF0047 (REV B)


Section 2.3 Electrical/ Instrument

www.nov.com


REFERENCE

8375


Electrical/ Instrument


www.nov.com


DOCUMENT NUMBER

REV

10707846-IDX

01


Sec

Name

2.3

ELECTRICAL BLOCK DIAGRAM

10707846-IDX 01 2

ID

Rev

Code

BLOCK DIAGRAM, ADS-10SD

10548374-DIA

01

E01

BLOCK DIAGRAM, MUD PUMPS

10564613-DIA

02

E01

BLOCK DIAGRAM, AUXILIARY

10620472-DIA

01

E01

BLOCK DIAGRAM, TDS-11SA

10620480-DIA

01

E01

BLOCK DIAGRAM, DFSD

10622470-DIA

01

E01

AMPHION BLOCK DIAGRAM

10622966-DIA

01

E01

ELECTRICAL INTERCONNECT/ TERMINATION DIAGRAM INTERCONNECT DIAGRAM, ADS-10SD

10548375-DIA

01

E02

INTERCONNECT DIAGRAM, MUD PUMPS

10564614-DIA

03

E02

SYSTEM INTERCONNECT, AUXILIARY

10620473-DIA

01

E02

INTERCONNECT, TDS-11SA

10620482-DIA

02

E02

INTERCONNECT, DFSD

10622471-DIA

01

E02

AMPHION INTERCONNECT

10622967-DIA

01

E02

AMPHION CHAIR CONNECTIONS

10622969-DIA

01

E02

UPS INSTALLATION

10622970-DIA

01

E02

INTERCONNECT DIAGRAM, CCTV

30184098-DIA

A

E02

www.nov.com


Sec

Name

2.3

ELECTRICAL CABLE INDEX

10707846-IDX 01 3

ID

Rev

Code

CABLE SCHEDULE, ADS-10SD

10548376-IDX

01

E07

CABLE SCHEDULE, MUD PUMPS

10564615-IDX

02

E07

CABLE SCHEDULE, AUXILIARY

10620475-IDX

01

E07

CABLE SCHEDULE, TDS-11SA

10620483-IDX

01

E07

CABLE SCHEDULE, DFSD

10622472-IDX

01

E07

AMPHION CABLE SCHEDULE

10622968-IDX

01

E07

HAZARDOUS EQUIP INDEX, ADS-10SD

10548378-IDX

01

E09

HAZARDOUS EQUIP INDEX, MUD PUMPS

10564618-IDX

02

E09

HAZARDOUS EQUIP INDEX, AUXILIARY

10620479-IDX

01

E09

HAZARDOUS EQUIP, TDS-11SA

10620485-IDX

01

E09

I/O MAP, ADS-10SD

10548377-IDX

01

E16

I/O MAP, MUD PUMPS

10564616-IDX

01

E16

I/O MAP, AUXILIARY

10620478-IDX

01

E16

I/O MAP, TDS-11SA

10620484-IDX

01

E16

I/O MAP, DFSD

10622473-IDX

01

E16

HAZARDOUS AREA EQUIPMENT INDEX

INPUT/ OUTPUT MAP

www.nov.com

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

NOTES:

ARMOURED/SHIELDED CABLES SHOULD BE USED THROUGHOUT INSTALLATION. PARTICULAR ATTENTION SHOULD BE MADE TO ENSURE THAT ALL AC MOTOR

ENCODERS

POWER DEVICES

1. RIG CABLE INSTALLATION: SINGLE LINE SYMBOL

SCHEMATIC SYMBOL

INPUT DEVICES

SINGLE LINE SYMBOL

SCHEMATIC SYMBOL

SINGLE LINE SYMBOL

POWER CABLES ARE "ARMOURED". ALL I.S., N.I.S., AND POWER CABLES SHOULD BE SEPARATED BY A

MINIMUM OF 50mm, OR A METALIC BARRIER TO ELIMINATE "CROSS TALK".

D

INCREMENTAL

INCREMENTAL ENCODER

LEVEL SWITCH - NC

WYE/DELTA

2. CABLES SHOWN WITH SOLID LINE ARE PROVIDED BY NOV.

D

3 PHASE

TRANSFORMER

CABLES SHOWN WITH DASHED LINE ARE PROVIDED BY CUSTOMER.

LEVEL SWITCH - N0

3. CABLE MARKED PROFIBUS MUST BE COMPLIANT WITH THE PROFIBUS SPECIFICATION. ABSOLUTE

ABSOLUTE ENCODER

4. MOTOR POWER CABLE SIZE IS DETERMINED USING IEEE-45

ABSOLUTE ENCODER FLOW SWITCH - NC

WITH TYPE P CABLE AT 45°C AMBIENT SINGLE BANK. FINAL CABLE SIZES TO BE DETERMINED BY CUSTOMER.

FLOW SWITCH - NO

PRESSURE SWITCH - NC

CONDUCTORS

RELAYS

WYE/DELTA-WYE 3 PHASE TRANSFORMER

MUTI-CORE CABLE

SINGLE LINE SYMBOL

TSP

EF

TEMPERATURE SWITCH - NC

NC RELAY CONTACT IEC 07-02-03

CABLE LEGEND EF

PRESSURE SWITCH - NO

NO RELAY CONTACT IEC 07-02-01

3/C CABLE

C

SCHEMATIC SYMBOL

1 PHASE TRANSFORMER

RELAY COIL IEC 07-15-01

C

TEMPERATURE SWITCH - NO

ETHERNET FIBER NOV NAMUR PROX SENSOR

EF

EF

IEC 07-19-02

ETHERNET FIBER CUSTOMER RECTIFIER

E

E

E

PROFIBUS DP NOV

DP

PF

PF

232

RS232 WITS NOV

M

232

M

M

V

2-WIRE

RS232 WITS CUSTOMER

M 3

(RTD / PTC)

B

LOAD CELL

HORN

M

3 PH MOTOR IEC 06-08-01

3

STROBE LIGHT IEC 08-10-02

CCTV NOV

V

TEMPERATURE DEVICE

PROPORTIONAL SOLENOID VALVE

MODEM CUSTOMER

V

RESISTANCE DEPENDANT

3-WIRE

CIRCUIT BREAKER IEC 07-13-05

MODEM NOV

M

V

SCHEMATIC SYMBOL

FUSED DISCONNECT IEC 07-21-09


PROFIBUS AND POWER NOV

232

SINGLE LINE SYMBOL

DIRECTIONAL SOLENOID VALVE

PROFIBUS FIBER NOV

DPP

232

INVERTER

PROFIBUS DP CUSTOMER

PF

PF

TRANSMITTER or TRANSDUCER

OUTPUT DEVICES

ETHERNET CUSTOMER

DP

DP

B

ETHERNET NOV

E

DP

IEC 07-20-02

HEATER IEC 04-01-12

CCTV CUSTOMER

E-STOP SWITCH

POWER NOV

POWER CUSTOMER

IS

IS

IS

NIS

IS

NIS

NIS

DRILL FLOOR SHUTDOWN REF DWG'S

INTRINSICALLY SAFE NOV

NIS

A

INTRINSICALLY SAFE CUSTOMER

10622470-DIA

NON-INTRINSICALLY SAFE NOV

10622471-DIA 10622472-IDX 10622473-IDX

NON-INTRINSICALLY SAFE CUSTOMER

10622469-IDX

BLOCK DIAGRAM, DFSD INTERCONNECT DIAGRAM, DFSD CABLE SCHEDULE, DFSD

I/O MAP, DFSD

E-STOP MATRIX, DFSD

CABLE CONNECTOR

DFSD

PRODUCT:


TOLERANCES ARE:

END ITEM:

X

CABLE CONNECTOR PIN

NEXT ASSY:

10545605-001

CABLE CONNECTOR SOCKET

±.1

X.XX

±.03

TOL > ±.06 1000

7

6

5

4




INITIAL

T. PHAM

APPVD

T. PHAM


TO NOV UPON REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE THE INFORMATION CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED HEREIN IS THE COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NOV.

SCALE:


2

BLOCK DIAGRAM, DFSD AC IDEAL RIG 135

USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND

11/11/2011

3

TITLE:


CHECKED

DATE

8

BREAK EDGES .02/.03

D. McGARY

DRAWN


250

FRACTIONS

CURRENT FINISH

TOL < ±.06

1/2 DEG ± 1/16

±


WT LBS:

GENERAL EARTH SYMBOL

ANGLES

X.XXX ±.010

SIMILAR TO:

X

X.X

A



DWG NO.

1/1

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

1

10622470-DIA

1

REV:

OF

2

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

DRILLER'S CABIN

AC DRIVE HOUSE

DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET

(10C x 14 AWG)

D

DFT-NJB100

(1 TSP x 16 AWG)

INVERTER MP1

VFD-MP1

(1 TSP x 16 AWG)

DFSD-D100

CABINET MTC #1 (P/N 10538858-001)

(3C x 12 AWG) DFSD-P1001

(3C x 12 AWG)

(1 TSP x 16 AWG)

DFSD-P1002

INVERTER MP3

VFD-MP3

C

D

(ETHERNET)

MULTI TOOL CONTROL

INVERTER MP2

VFD-MP2

(P/N 10538859-001)

(P/N 10540174-001)

MAIN MCC RELAY PANEL 01AD

MCC-N1001

MULTI TOOL CONTROL POWER SYSTEM CUBICLE

1

(1 TSP x 16 AWG)

INVERTER

VFD-TD/RT

TOP DRIVE /

ROTARY TABLE

(1 TSP x 16 AWG)

DRILLERS CHAIR

(P/N 10539360-001)

INVERTER DWA

VFD-DWA

(1 TSP x 16 AWG)

N4202

MUD PUMP E-STOP

INVERTER DWB

VFD-DWB

(7C x 16 AWG)

TOOL E-STOP

SUBSTRUCTURE

DRILL FLOOR SHUTDOWN

(4C x 16 AWG)

GENERATOR E-STOP

C

(DFSD)

N4204

PLUG PANEL

(7C x 14 AWG)

PIPECAT PANEL

(7C x 14 AWG)

PCAT-N104A

PCAT-N104

NIS

(7C x 14 AWG)

NIS

PCAT-N104B

GRASSHOPPER PLUG PANEL

GENERATOR PANEL

(3C x 14 AWG) CAB-N02B

(3C x 14 AWG)

(3C x 14 AWG)

CAB-N02

CAB-N02A

NIS

NIS

NIS

NIS

NIS

B

B

NIS


(20C x 14 AWG) CAB-N01

NIS

NIS

NIS

(20C x 14 AWG) CAB-N01A

NIS

NIS

NIS

NIS

NIS

NIS

TDS-11SA

AUX-N1005

NIS

TD-N1005

PLUG PANEL

(4C x 14 AWG)

(4C x 14 AWG)

GRASSHOPPER

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

NIS

NIS

(7C x 14 AWG) DW-N03B

(7C x 14 AWG) DW-N03

NIS

(7C x 14 AWG) DW-N03A

ADS

REMOTE I/O J-BOX (SUPPLIED BY NOV)

AUX

A

A

BLOCK DIAGRAM, DFSD SCALE:

1/1

DWG NO.

8

7

6

5

4

3

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622470-DIA

2

1

2 OF 2

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

NOTES:

ENCODERS

POWER DEVICES

1. RIG CABLE INSTALLATION:

ARMOURED/SHIELDED CABLES SHOULD BE USED THROUGHOUT INSTALLATION.

SINGLE LINE SYMBOL

SCHEMATIC SYMBOL

PARTICULAR ATTENTION SHOULD BE MADE TO ENSURE THAT ALL AC MOTOR

INPUT DEVICES

SINGLE LINE SYMBOL

SCHEMATIC SYMBOL

SINGLE LINE SYMBOL

POWER CABLES ARE "ARMOURED".


D

INCREMENTAL

INCREMENTAL ENCODER

ALL I.S. N.I.S., AND POWER CABLES SHOULD BE SEPARATED BY A

LEVEL SWITCH - NC

WYE/DELTA

2. CABLES SHOWN WITH SOLID LINE ARE PROVIDED BY VARCO.

D

3 PHASE


TRANSFORMER

CABLE MARKED PROFIBUS ARE PROVIDED BY CUSTOMER.

LEVEL SWITCH - N0

3. CABLE MARKED PROFIBUS MUST BE COMPLIANT WITH THE PROFIBUS SPECIFICATION.

4

ABSOLUTE

ABSOLUTE ENCODER

SYSTEM IS DESIGNED FOR 2 UPS FEEDS


IF ONLY 1 UPS SUPPLY PLACE JUMPERS BETWEEN; TB UPS 1 TO 3, AND TB UPS 2 TO 4

FLOW SWITCH - NO


CONDUCTORS

RELAYS


MUTI-CORE CABLE

SINGLE LINE SYMBOL

TSP

EF



CABLE LEGEND EF



3/C CABLE

C

SCHEMATIC SYMBOL

1 PHASE TRANSFORMER


C



EF

EF

IEC 07-19-02


E

E

E

PROFIBUS DP NOV

DP

PF

PF

232

RS232 WITS NOV

M

232

M

M

V

2-WIRE

RS232 WITS CUSTOMER

M 3

(RTD / PTC)

B

LOAD CELL

HORN

M


3


CCTV NOV

V

TEMPERATURE DEVICE


MODEM CUSTOMER

V


3-WIRE


MODEM NOV

M

V

SCHEMATIC SYMBOL




232

SINGLE LINE SYMBOL


PROFIBUS FIBER NOV

DPP

232

INVERTER


PF

PF


OUTPUT DEVICES

ETHERNET CUSTOMER

DP

DP

B

ETHERNET NOV

E

DP

IEC 07-20-02

HEATER IEC 04-01-12

CCTV CUSTOMER

E-STOP SWITCH

POWER NOV

POWER CUSTOMER

IS

IS

IS

NIS

IS


NIS

NIS

AMPHION REF DWG'S



NIS


A

CABLE CONNECTOR

X

10622965-DIA 10622966-DIA 10622967-DIA

NETWORK TOPOLOGY BLOCK DIAGRAM INTERCONNECT WIRING DIAGRAM

10622968-IDX 10622964-PRO 10622963-SPL

CABLE SCHEDULE FAT PROCEDURE

10538858-ASM 10538859-ASM

ASSEMBLY MTC ASSEMBLY POWER MTC

SPARES LIST, ELECTRICAL CONTROLS AMPHION

PRODUCT:


TOLERANCES ARE:

END ITEM:

CABLE CONNECTOR PIN

NEXT ASSY:

10545605-001


±.1

X.XX

±.03

TOL > ±.06 1000

7

6

5

4




INITIAL

T. PHAM

APPVD

T. PHAM

AMPHION BLOCK DIAGRAM



AC IDEAL RIG 135


SCALE:


11/15/2011

3

TITLE:


CHECKED

DATE

8

BREAK EDGES .02/.03

D. McGARY

DRAWN


250

FRACTIONS

CURRENT FINISH

TOL < ±.06

1/2 DEG ± 1/16

±


WT LBS:


ANGLES

X.XXX ±.010

SIMILAR TO:

X

X.X

A



2

DWG NO.

1/1

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

1

10622966-DIA

1

REV:

OF

4

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7

6

5

4

3

DRILLER'S CABIN (12 AWG X 3C)

TO BOP

BC-P01

CART RADIO

(OPTIONAL)

10512936-001

(10 AWG X 3C)

(14 AWG X 3C)

P1001 UPS A

4

D

E

B

4

E

J-BOX #1

D

MULTI TOOL

UPS A

P1002

TO TUGGER RADIO

TUG-P01

(E/NET X 4PR) (10 AWG X 3C)

UPS

CONTROL CABINET

TAG No: MTC #1 (P/N 10538858-001)

(12 AWG X 3C)

(UPS SUPPLY A)

P4201

(E/NET X 4PR) UPS B

(12 AWG X 3C)

(UPS SUPPLY B)

(8 AWG X 3C)

(8 AWG X 3C)

RIG POWER B

E

DFSD-D100

(10mm² x 1C) G1001

(12 AWG X 3C)

CAM-N01A

COAX CABLE

COAX CABLE

CAM-N02

CAM-N02A

COAX CABLE

COAX CABLE

CAM-N03

CAM-N03A

10622969-DIA

J-BOX

G4201

(16 AWG X 7C) NIS

8

EF

DRILL FLOOR

EF

(16 AWG X 4C)

SHUTDOWN

NIS

GRASS HOPPER

N4204

EF

EF

EF

EF

D1001

EF

SWITCH 1 8

EF

PLUG PANEL

(62.5-125um X 4C)

NETWORK

EF

MS CAM #3

EF

CAB-FO1B

(62.5-125um X 4C)

EF

EF

3 SH

EF

CAB-FO1

C3 ZN

7

EF

EF

DW CAM #2

7

N4202

(62.5-125um X 4C) EF

FB CAM #1

SWITCH 2

DFSD-P1002

EF

CCTV

EF

GND

CAM-N01

NETWORK

E

(12 AWG X 3C) DFSD-P1001

CONSOLE #1

EF

P1004

PANEL CB #32

(E/NET X 4PR)

4

COAX CABLE

REMOTE I/O CABINET (P/N 10540174-001)

P1003

PANEL CB #31

COAX CABLE

(6mm² x 1C)

GND

DRILL FLOOR TOOL

DRILLER'S REFER TO DWG

P4202

RIG POWER A

1

DRILL FLOOR

SAFE AREA

UPS DESK

2

(14 AWG X 3C)

C

NIS

CAB-NO2A

NIS

NIS

NIS

NIS

NIS

NIS

(14 AWG X 3C)

(14 AWG X 3C)

CAB-NO2A

CAB-NO2

EF

DRILL FLOOR SHUTDOWN

(14 AWG X 20C) NIS

(14 AWG X 20C)

(14 AWG X 20C)

CAB-NO1A

CAB-NO1

A3 ZN

3 SH

A3 ZN

C

EF

CAB-NO1A

3 SH

(12 AWG X 3C)

EF

4

E EF EF

NETWORK

E

(12 AWG X 3C)

MUD

ML-P1001

LOGGER

REMOTE I/O NIS

(12 AWG X 3C)

SWITCH 3 8

REMOTE I/O

(E/NET X 4PR) ML-D100

NIS

WIPER SYSTEM

WS-P1001

DS1-P1001

7

(PROFIBUS) DP

EF

AUX-D1060

EF

(12 AWG X 3C)

AUX

REMOTE I/O

AUX-P1001

NETWORK

(12 AWG X 3C)

SWITCH 2

AUX-P1002

7

NIS

8

DP

(PROFIBUS)

B

DP

EF

TD-D1001

EF

REMOTE I/O

TD-P1001

PIPECAT

(12 AWG X 3C)

SWITCH 1

SKID

TD-P1002

7

(14 AWG X 7C)

EF

PCAT-N104B

EF

OLM

(14 AWG X 7C) NIS

NIS

NIS

NIS

PCAT-N104

(12 AWG X 3C)

(12 AWG X 3C)

PIPECAT

PCAT-P01B

PCAT-P01

REMOTE I/O

(62.5-125um X 4C) PF

FJ-PCAT

B

PIPECAT SKID

TDS 11SA

(12 AWG X 3C)

NETWORK 8

DP

PF

PF

PF

PF

PF

PF

PF

PF

PF

PF

PF

PF

(62.5-125um X 4C)

(62.5-125um X 4C)

PCAT-F01

PCAT-F01A

EF GRASS HOPPER PLUG PANEL

(62.5-125um X 4C) EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

(12 AWG X 3C)

LIGHTING

A

EF

PANEL

BOP-P02

EF

EF

EF

BOP PANEL

CB #25

EF

CAB-FO2B

(62.5-125um X 4C) EF

CAB-FO2

EF

(16 AWG X 2 TSP)

(16 AWG X 2 TSP)

BOP-F01

BOP-F01A

(12 AWG X 3C)

(12 AWG X 3C)

BOP-N01

BOP-N01A

3

A3

SH

ZN

BOP SKID

BOP SKID

BOP REMOTE

A

I/O J-BOX

AMPHION BLOCK DIAGRAM SCALE:

1/1

DWG NO.

8

7

6

5

4

3

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622966-DIA

2

1

2 OF 4

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

AC DRIVE HOUSE

UPS CABINET

(10 AWG X 3C)

10513957-001

P2001 UPS A

(E/NET X 4PR)

4

D

E

POWER SYSTEMS MTC

UPS A

(10 AWG X 3C) B

4

(14 AWG X 7C)

UPS B

DW-N03

UPS

E

C

PF

OLM

UPS C

(8 AWG X 3C) P2003

RIG POWER A

EF

DW-F01

NIS

NIS

EF

PF

PF

DW-F01A

(12 AWG X 20C) DW-P18A

EF

2

C2

SH

ZN

DW

PF

PF

DAQ REMOTE

I/O J-BOX

(8 AWG X 1C)

GND

G2001

(12 AWG X 3C) SD-P01

EF

MCC BOARD MCC CUBICLE

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

MCC

REMOTE I/O

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

JUNCTION BOX

4

(E/NET X 4PR)

WAGO I/O

EF

SD-F01

E

E

E

C

EF

C

DAQ

(62.5-125um X 4C)

CONV

MCC

REMOTE I/O

MUD SYSTEM

EF

P2004

PF

DW-P18

(8 AWG X 3C) RIG POWER B

PF

(12 AWG X 20C)

CAB-F01

NIS

DW-N03A

(62.5-125um X 4C)

(62.5-125um X 4C)

EF

DRAWWORKS SKID

(14 AWG X 7C)

(62.5-125um X 4C)

(E/NET X 4PR)

4

D

(P/N 10538859-001)

(E/NET X 4PR)

E

DRAWWORKS

BOOM

PLUG PANEL

TAG No: PWR MTC

P2002 UPS

DW

CONTROL CUBICLE

E

MUD PUMP #1 CUBICLE

INC/RECT #1 WAGO I/O

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

EF

INC/REC #1

(E/NET X 4PR) INC/RECT #1

4

E

E

E

MUD PUMP #1 REMOTE I/O SYSTEM

E

(12 AWG X 10C)

NETWORK

INC/REC #2 CUBICLE


E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

(E/NET X 4PR) INC/RECT #2

4

E

E

E

E

8

MUD PUMP #1 REMOTE I/O

MP1-P12

SWITCH 5 7

JUNCTION BOX

(62.5-125um X 4C)

CONV

EF

MP1-F01

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

CUBICLE

CHOPPER A/B WAGO I/O

4

(E/NET X 4PR) E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

CHOPPER

EF

CHOPPER

E

E

E

E

NETWORK

MUD PUMP #2

SWITCH 4 8

DWA

(PROFIBUS) DP

RPBA

DP

DP

DP

DP

DW DRIVES

DP


EF EF

CUBICLE

7

DWA/DWB

(12 AWG X 10C)

DWB

B

CUBICLE

SWITCH 3 8

RPBA


MP2-P12

NETWORK 7

(62.5-125um X 4C)

CONV

EF

MP2-F01

JUNCTION BOX

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

B

EF ASSIGNMENT

CUBICLE

WAGO I/O

4

(E/NET X 4PR) E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

ASSIGNMENT

EF

ASSIGNMENT

E

E

E

E

NETWORK SWITCH 2 8

TD/RT

DP

RPBA

DP

DP

DP

DP

DP

EF


EF

CUBICLE

(PROFIBUS) INV. TD/RT

MUD PUMP #3

7

(12 AWG X 10C)

NETWORK 8


MP3-P12

SWITCH 1 7

(62.5-125um X 4C)

CONV

EF

EF

MP3-F01

JUNCTION BOX

EF

EF

EF

(14 AWG X 20C) CAB-N01

2 SH

NIS

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

C2 ZN

EF

FOR FUTURE

(62.5-125um X 4C) EF

A

4 SH

GEN #2

CUBICLE

INSTALLATION

EF

CAB-F02

2 SH

EF

A

D4 ZN

(14 AWG X 4C) TB ESD

NIS

NIS

NIS

NIS

NIS

NIS

NIS

NIS

A2 ZN

NIS

CAB-N02

2 SH

NIS

C2 ZN


1/1

DWG NO.

8

7

6

5

4

3

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622966-DIA

2

1

3 OF 4

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

AC DRIVE HOUSE

3 SH

D4 ZN

D

D POWER SYSTEMS MTC CONTROL CUBICLE TAG No: PWR MTC

(P/N 10538859-001)

C

MP2

INV. MP2

CUBICLE

WAGO I/O

MP1 CUBICLE

4

(E/NET X 4PR) E

E

MUD PUMP 2

E

E

C

(PROFIBUS) RPBA

DP

MP DRIVES

DP

(PROFIBUS) GEN/PS

DP

MP1/MP2 MP2 CUBICLE

RPBA

MP2/MP3 MP3 CUBICLE

RPBA

FOR FUTURE INSTALLATION

GEN #1

CUBICLE

GEN #2

CUBICLE

GEN #3

CUBICLE

GEN #1 WAGO I/O

DP

GEN1/GEN2

GEN #2 WAGO I/O

GEN2/GEN3

GEN #3 WAGO I/O

GEN3/GEN4

B GEN #4

CUBICLE

B

GEN #4 WAGO I/O FOR FUTURE INSTALLATION

ACCOMODATIONS

(OPTIONAL)

ROUTER

TOOL PUSHER'S OFFICE

62.5/125um X 4C

CONV

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

TP-F01

COMPANY'S MANS OFFICE

EF ENET X 4PR

FIBER

ETHERNET

ENET X 4PR

R/SERVER

R/CLIENT1

RIGSENSE REMOTE

E

CLIENT

DATA

SWITCH

DATA

E

A

E

E

E

E

A

RIGSENSE SERVER


1/1

DWG NO.

8

7

6

5

4

3

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622966-DIA

2

1

4 OF 4

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

NOTES:

ARMOURED/SHIELDED CABLES SHOULD BE USED THROUGHOUT INSTALLATION. PARTICULAR ATTENTION SHOULD BE MADE TO ENSURE THAT ALL AC MOTOR

ENCODERS

POWER DEVICES

1. RIG CABLE INSTALLATION: SINGLE LINE SYMBOL

SCHEMATIC SYMBOL

INPUT DEVICES

SINGLE LINE SYMBOL

SCHEMATIC SYMBOL

SINGLE LINE SYMBOL

POWER CABLES ARE "ARMOURED". ALL I.S., N.I.S., AND POWER CABLES SHOULD BE SEPARATED BY A


D

INCREMENTAL

INCREMENTAL ENCODER

LEVEL SWITCH - NC

WYE/DELTA

2. CABLES SHOWN WITH SOLID LINE ARE PROVIDED BY NOV.

D

3 PHASE

TRANSFORMER


LEVEL SWITCH - N0

3. CABLE MARKED PROFIBUS MUST BE COMPLIANT WITH THE PROFIBUS SPECIFICATION. ABSOLUTE

ABSOLUTE ENCODER

4. MOTOR POWER CABLE SIZE IS DETERMINED USING IEEE-45


WITH TYPE P CABLE AT 45°C AMBIENT SINGLE BANK. FINAL CABLE SIZES TO BE DETERMINED BY CUSTOMER.

FLOW SWITCH - NO


CONDUCTORS

RELAYS


MUTI-CORE CABLE

SINGLE LINE SYMBOL

TSP

EF



CABLE LEGEND EF



3/C CABLE

C

SCHEMATIC SYMBOL

1 PHASE TRANSFORMER


C



EF

EF

IEC 07-19-02


E

E

E

PROFIBUS DP NOV

DP

PF

PF

232

RS232 WITS NOV

M

232

M

M

V

2-WIRE

RS232 WITS CUSTOMER

M 3

(RTD / PTC)

B

LOAD CELL

HORN

M


3


CCTV NOV

V

TEMPERATURE DEVICE


MODEM CUSTOMER

V


3-WIRE


MODEM NOV

M

V

SCHEMATIC SYMBOL




232

SINGLE LINE SYMBOL


PROFIBUS FIBER NOV

DPP

232

INVERTER


PF

PF


OUTPUT DEVICES

ETHERNET CUSTOMER

DP

DP

B

ETHERNET NOV

E

DP

IEC 07-20-02

HEATER IEC 04-01-12

CCTV CUSTOMER

E-STOP SWITCH

POWER NOV

POWER CUSTOMER

IS

IS

IS

NIS

IS

NIS

NIS

DRILL FLOOR SHUTDOWN REF DWG'S


NIS

A


10622470-DIA


10622471-DIA 10622472-IDX


10622473-IDX 10622469-IDX

BLOCK DIAGRAM, DFSD INTERCONNECT DIAGRAM, DFSD CABLE SCHEDULE, DFSD

I/O MAP, DFSD

E-STOP MATRIX, DFSD

CABLE CONNECTOR

DFSD

PRODUCT:


TOLERANCES ARE:

END ITEM:

X

CABLE CONNECTOR PIN

NEXT ASSY:

10545605-001


±.1

X.XX

±.03

TOL > ±.06 1000

7

6

5

4




INITIAL

T. PHAM

APPVD

T. PHAM


TO NOV UPON REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE THE INFORMATION CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED HEREIN IS THE COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NOV.

SCALE:


2

INTERCONNECT, DFSD AC IDEAL RIG 135

USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND

11/11/2011

3

TITLE:


CHECKED

DATE

8

BREAK EDGES .02/.03

D. McGARY

DRAWN


250

FRACTIONS

CURRENT FINISH

TOL < ±.06

1/2 DEG ± 1/16

±


WT LBS:


ANGLES

X.XXX ±.010

SIMILAR TO:

X

X.X

A



DWG NO.

1/1

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

1

10622471-DIA

1

REV:

OF

11

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

DRILLER'S CABIN

DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DFT-NJB100

(P/N 10540174-001) (DFSD) D

2

4

6

8

D

CONTINUED TO

TB24V (9) F-2

F-3

F-4

4A

4A

4A

1A

3 SH

D8 ZN

+24V-PL3

1.5mm² - VIO TB24V-2

7


5

1.5mm² - VIO +24V-RPS

3

1.5mm² - VIO +24V-RPS

1

BRN

TB24V

F-1

E/NET X 4 PR DFSD-D100

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

DATA E

ETHERNET TCP/IP FIELDBUS COUPLER

DFSD POWER

POSITION 0

SWITCH

OFF

CB9

C

1-BLK


2-WHT

CONTINUED FROM

MTC #1 CABINET

3-GRN

TB6 TOOLS DFSD-L1

DFSD-N1

PE

1

2

3

PS-8

ON

CONTROL

10A

2.5mm² - BLK CB9-L 2.5mm² - WHT CB9-N 2.5mm² - GRN/YEL PE

2.5mm² - BLK L-PS8-A 1

3

2

4

2.5mm² - WHT N-PS8-A

2

4

1

3

2.5mm² - GRN/YEL PE

2.5mm² - BLK L-PS8-B

L

2.5mm² - WHT N-PS8-B

N



115/230VAC INPUT 50/60Hz NOV P/N 10066792-001

SDN 2.5-20 RED-4

+

X

PARALLEL

1.5mm² - VIO +24V PS8

+

+

Vin1

+

Vin2

Vout

+

IP ADDRESS 192.168.31.90

Com

-

-

1.5mm² - VIO/BLK 24V RTNPS8


1

24 V

1.5mm² - VIO/BLK TB0V-4

5

O V


2

24 V

6

24 V

3

0 V

7

0 V

0.75mm² - VIO +24V PS8 OK


0.75mm² - GRY PS8-STATUS

PS-9 CB10 10A

1-BLK


2-WHT

3-GRN

DFSD-L2

DFSD-N2

PE

4

2.5mm² - BLK CB10-L

5

2.5mm² - WHT CB10-N

6


1

3

2

4

4

CONTROL 2.5mm² - BLK L-PS9-A 2.5mm² - WHT N-PS9-A

6

8

5

7


2.5mm² - BLK L-PS9-B 2.5mm² - WHT N-PS9-B

L

N



115/230VAC INPUT 50/60Hz NOV P/N 10066792-001

+

B

SINGLE

10

X

PARALLEL

1.5mm² - VIO +24V PS9

WAGO P/N 750-433 NOV P/N 10064178-040

1.5mm² - VIO/BLK 24V RTNPS9 0.75mm² - VIO +24V PS9

OK


0.75mm² - VIO +24V PS8

2

24 V


1

DI 1

0.75mm² - VIO +24V PS9

6

24 V


5

DI 2

3

24 V

4

DI 3

+24V MCWS

7

24 V

MCWS SWITCH

8

DI 4

0.75mm² VIO

DFSD SYSTEM POWER PL3 BLU

6

4 CH DIGITAL INPUT MODULE DC 24 V POSITION 6

-

-

9


+

7 8

C

+


-

SINGLE

WAGO P/N 750-341 NOV P/N 10064178-088

REDUNDANT PS #4 NOV P/N 10044673-001

SW4

0.75mm² GRY

BRN

90DI1.4

DFSD-PS-8 STATUS

B 90DI1.5

DFSD-PS-9 STATUS

90DI1.6

SPARE

90DI1.7

MCWS LOCKOUT SWITCH

MCWS LOCKOUT SWITCH

0.75mm² GRY

NORMAL

TB0V

1.5mm² - VIO/BLK TB6-5



BLU

24V RTNPL3



MCWS SWITCH

4

OVERRIDE 3

0.75mm² VIO +24V MCWS

CONTINUED TO

TB0V (6) 1

2

3

4

5

3 SH

A

C8 ZN

A 3 SH

D3 ZN

INTERCONNECT DIAGRAM, DFSD SCALE:

1/1

DWG NO.

8

7

6

5

4

3

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622471-DIA

2

1

2 OF 11

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7

6

5

4

3

DRILLER'S CABIN

2 SH

2

1

A1 ZN

DRILLERS CHAIR

(REF. DWG 10540132-DIA) DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DFT-NJB100

0.75mm² - GRY DCSTOP1


RL1

A2


10

0.75mm² - VIO TB24V-10

5 SH

0.75mm² - VIO/BLK TB0V-6A

0.75mm² - VIO TB24V-12

5

0.75mm² - GRY MP-ESTOP

6

B4 ZN

SPARE

N4202

14

1A

SPARE

0.75mm² - VIO TB24V-14

SPARE

TB24V D8 ZN

14

DFSDTB16

1-BLK 2-WHT

REST-MUD1A

ESTOP-MUD1A

SPARE

REST-MUD1A

TB0V

3-RED

A2 ZN

34

3-RED

3

4-GRN

GEN-EST-C1A

SPARE

REST-GEN-C1A

4

DFSDTB2

1-BLK

1

3

4-GRN

DI POS 6

4

5-ORG

BLK

5

6-BLU

BLK

6

7-WHT/BLK

7

DI POS 6

2-WHT

2

0.75mm² - GRY TDESTOP2

3

0.75mm² - GRY TDESTOP2

4

33

REST-C1A

ESTOP-C2A

ESTOP-C2A

REST-C2A

REST-C2A

D

ESTOP-MUD1A

ESTOP-MUD1A

MP E-STOP

REST-MUD1A

REST-MUD1A

ESTOP-MUD2A

ESTOP-MUD2A

REST-MUD2A

REST-MUD2A

44

BLK

9

2-WHT

BLK

10

3-RED

11

4-GRN

DI POS 6

12

ESTOP-MUD1A

ESTOP-MUD1A

GEN E-STOP

REST-MUD1A

REST-MUD1A

ESTOP-MUD2A

ESTOP-MUD2A

REST-MUD2A

REST-MUD2A

3-RED 4-GRN

TDMESTOP +24VDC TDESTOP2

C

GRASS HOPPER PLUG PANEL CONTINUED TO AC DRIVE

NIS

(3C x 14 AWG)

1-BLK

CAB-N02A

2-WHT

NIS

3-RED

6

1

1

2

2

3

3

1-BLK

(3C x 14 AWG)

2-WHT

CAB-N02

HOUSE PLUG PANEL 11 SH

A7 ZN

3-RED

NIS


1-BLK

+24VDC

5

43

TDS-11SA

0.75mm² - VIO/BLK TB0V-6 62 72

CONTINUED TO

61 71

0.75mm² - GRY TDS-BLRM1

2

0.75mm² - GRY TDS-SLPM

3

0.75mm² - GRY TDS-SLPM

4

RL1 (54,53)

B8 ZN 0.75mm² - VIO/BLK TB0V-6A 0.75mm² - GRY DCSTOP2

B CONTINUED TO

RL3 (A1,A2) 4 SH

8 SH

A1

RL2

A2

14

13

23

13

0.75mm² - GRY ADS-BLRM1

34

33

0.75mm² - GRY +24V LOAD

TDESTOP2

4

6

14-GRN/WHT

+24V LOAD

0.75mm² - GRY ADSMESTOP

2

15-BLU/WHT

ADSMESTOP

0.75mm² - GRY 24V RTN-L

3

16-BLK/RED

24V RTN-L

0.75mm² - GRY ADSESTOP

4

17-WHT/RED

ADSESTOP

0.75mm² - GRY +24V LOAD

5

0.75mm² - GRY ESTOPSIG

6

18-ORG/RED

ESTOPSIG

0.75mm² - VIO TB24V-14

7

19-BLU/RED

+24VDC

0.75mm² - GRY ESTOPSIG2

8

20-RED/GRN

ESTOPSIG2


B

DFSDTB5 1 2 5 SH

3 CONTINUED TO

CONTINUED TO

CONTINUED TO

RLADS1 (13,14)

RLADS2 (23,24)

RL2 (44,43)

D6 ZN

4 SH

6

5

D3 ZN

A

CONTINUED TO

DFSDTB5 (4)

D4 ZN

4 SH

INTERCONNECT DIAGRAM, DFSD

D4 ZN

SCALE:

4 SH

7

3

7

1

A

4 SH

+24VDC

5

DFSDTB4


D7 ZN

2

7

A1

0.75mm² - GRY ADSES1

5 SH

TDMESTOP

6


A1

0.75mm² - VIO/BLK 24V RTN

4-GRN

1

NIS

RLADS1

3-RED

+24VDC

NIS

A2

2-WHT

TB1 ESTOP

0.75mm² - VIO/BLK TB0V-6B

D6 ZN

RLADS2

1-BLK

5

24 A2

1

D6 ZN

14


DFSDTB3

0.75mm² - GRY TDS-BLRM1

CONTINUED TO

TB0V

8

3-RED

REST-C1A

SPARE

7

B7 ZN

N4204

(4C x 14 AWG)

23

CONTINUED FROM

4 SH

GEN-EST-C1A

SPARE

TD-N1005

24

2-WHT

2

0.75mm² - GRY TDMESTOP

13

1-BLK

1

0.75mm² - GRY TDMESTOP

RLADS3 (A1,A2)

BLK

2

ESTOP-C1A

TOOL E-STOP

NIS

CONTINUED TO

CONTINUED TO

2-WHT

ESTOP-C1A

MUD PUMP E-STOP

REST-GEN-C1A

SPARE

5 SH

BLK

1

ESTOP-MUD1A

(4C x 16 AWG)

REST-GEN-C1A

5 SH

1-BLK

GENERATOR E-STOP

GEN-EST-C1A

6

SPARE

SPARE

0.75mm² - VIO TB24V-12 NIS

F-7

TB0V

REST-C1A

SPARE

NIS

12

1A

2 SH

7-WHT/BLK

7

(7C x 16 AWG)

REST-C1A

TOOL E-STOP

TB SIG

8 F-6

C

6-BLU

ESTOP-C1A

NIS

13

5-ORG

ESTOP-C1A

NIS

11

A1


TB24V

1A

4-GRN

4

D2 ZN

F-5

3-RED

3

TB24V

9

2-WHT

2

CONTINUED FROM

2 SH

1-BLK

1

NIS

(P/N 10540174-001) (DFSD)

D

DFSDTB1

0.75mm² - VIO TB24V-10

4

1/1

DWG NO.

D3 ZN

3

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622471-DIA

2

1

3 OF 11

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7

6

5

4

3 3 SH

2

1

DRILLER'S CABIN

A3 ZN


(P/N 10540174-001) (DFSD)

D

D

0.75mm² - VIO/BLK TB0V-6B

CONTINUED FROM

RL2 (A1,A2)

CONTINUED FROM

3 SH

RLADS2 (13,14) 3 SH


B6 ZN

RL3

A2

CONTINUED FROM

RL2 (33,34)


A6 ZN

24

A1

3 SH

0.75mm² - VIO/BLK TB0V-6C 0.75mm² - GRY ADSBLRM2-A

23

CONTINUED FROM

DFSDTB5 (3)

A5 ZN

44

3 SH

43

0.75mm² - GRY ADSBLRM2 0.75mm² - GRY ADSBLRM2

A4 ZN

DFSDTB5 4 5 6

34

0.75mm² - GRY ADSBLRM3-A

33

14

13

0.75mm² - GRY ADSBLRM3

7

0.75mm² - GRY ADSBLRM3

8

C

C

9

44

0.75mm² - GRY ADSLPM1-A

43

24

23

0.75mm² - GRY ADSLPM1

10


11 12

62

61

62

61

72

71

72

71

CONTINUED TO

CONTINUED TO

RLADS2 (54,53) 8 SH A2

CONTINUED FROM

RLADS1 (A1,A2) 3 SH

A8 ZN

RLADS3

A1

A1

0.75mm² - VIO/BLK 24V RTN

CONTINUED TO

RL5 (A1,A2)

0.75mm² - GRY ADSES1

5 SH 14

B

RL2 (53,54)

C7 ZN

13

C6 ZN

RL4

8 SH

A2

D7 ZN

0.75mm² - GRY DCSTOP5 0.75mm² - VIO/BLK TB0V-6D 0.75mm² - GRY ADSLPM2-A

34

33


13


14

B

15

24

23

0.75mm² - GRY ADSCWPM1-A

44

43

0.75mm² - GRY ADSCWPM1

16


17 18

34

33

44

14

13


19


20 21

43

62

62

61

72

71

61

72

A

0.75mm² - GRY ADSCWPM2-A

71

CONTINUED TO

CONTINUED TO

CONTINUED TO

RLADS3 (53,54)

RL4 (24,23)

RL3 (53,54)

8 SH

C8 ZN

5 SH

D5 ZN

8 SH

A

D7 ZN

INTERCONNECT DIAGRAM, DFSD SCALE: 5 SH

8

7

6

5

4

D3 ZN

1/1

DWG NO.

3

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622471-DIA

2

1

4 OF 11

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7

6

5

4

3 4

A3

SH

ZN

2

1

DRILLER'S CABIN


(P/N 10540174-001) (DFSD)

CONTINUED FROM TB24V

D

3

C8

SH

ZN

CONTINUED FROM

CONTINUED FROM

RLADS1 (A1,A2)

RL4 (14,13)

A7

4

A5

SH

ZN

SH

ZN

TB24V 15

16

1A

0.75mm² - VIO TB24V-16

14

13

24

0.75mm² - GRY ADS-VFD1

23

0.75mm² - VIO/BLK TB0V-8 F-9

18

1A

F-10

20

1A

DFSDTB6 1 2

3-RED 4-GRN

VFD-DW 24V RTN-A

3 24

19

0.75mm² - GRY ADS-VFD1A

23

0.75mm² - VIO TB24V-20


34

D

NIS

17

F-8

A3 ZN

NIS

3

3 SH

33


4


5

GRASS HOPPER PLUG PANEL

6

33


44

43

CONTINUED TO TB24V D8

SH

ZN

CONTINUED FROM

RL4 (A1,A2) 4 SH

B6 ZN

CONTINUED TO

RL6 (A1,A2) 43


D6 ZN


RL5

(20C x 14 AWG)

9

NIS

0.75mm² - VIO/BLK TB0V-6E

CAB-N01A

NIS

1-BLK NIS

NIS

NIS

4-GRN 5-ORG

CONTINUED TO

6-BLU

RL4 (53,54)

7-WHT/BLK 8-RED/BLK 9-GRN/BLK 10-ORG/BLK 11-BLU/BLK 12-BLK/WHT 13-RED/WHT 14-GRN/WHT 15-BLU/WHT 16-BLK/RED 17-WHT/RED 18-ORG/RED 19-BLU/RED 20-RED/GRN

8 SH

D8 ZN

13


10


11 12

24

23

13

0.75mm² - GRY TD-VFD1

14

NIS


15 34

33


16


17

5-ORG 6-BLU

VFD-TD 24V RTN-B

B 61

62

61

72

71

72

71

TB0V 3 SH

B8 ZN


8


CONTINUED TO

RLADS1 (53,54)

RL5 (53,54)

8 SH

C7 ZN

8 SH

C6 ZN

20

2

2

3

3

4

4

5

5

6

6

7

7

8

8

9

9

10

10

11

11

12

12

13

13

14

14

15

15

16

16

17

17

18

18

19

19

20

20

1-BLK 2-WHT 3-RED

C

4-GRN 5-ORG 6-BLU


B

21 CONTINUED TO POWER SYSTEM HOUSE

3 SH

10 SH

D4 ZN 0.75mm² - GRY MP-ESTOP

22


23

1-BLK 2-WHT

B8 ZN

CAB-N01

MP-ESTOP 24V RTN-RL

24


(20C x 14 AWG)

NIS

7

CONTINUED TO

0.75mm² - GRY RT-VFD

NIS

CONTINUED FROM

62

19

1

NIS

43

0.75mm² - GRY RT-VFD

1

NIS

18 44

2-WHT 3-RED

71

A2


14

8

61

72 A1

7


NIS

44

6 SH

0.75mm² - VIO/BLK TB0V-6D


NIS

C

6

62

NIS

34

25 26 27 28

CONTINUED TO

6 SH

30

C8 ZN

31 32 33 34

A

35

9-GRN/BLK 10-ORG/BLK 11-BLU/BLK 12-BLK/WHT 13-RED/WHT

NIS

29

TB0V

SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE

A

SPARE

36 37 38

6 SH

D3 ZN


6 SH

8

7

6

5

4

1/1

DWG NO.

D3 ZN

3

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622471-DIA

2

1

5 OF 11

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7

6

5

4

3 5

A3

SH

ZN

2

1

DRILLER'S CABIN


(P/N 10540174-001) (DFSD)

D

D

CONTINUED FROM

CONTINUED FROM

TB24V 5

C8

SH

ZN

RL5 (A1,A2) CONTINUED FROM

5

C6

SH

ZN

RL7 (A1,A2)

TB24V

21

F-11

22

1A

0.75mm² - VIO TB24V-22

14

13

7

B5

SH

ZN

A1

RL6

5

A3

SH

ZN

A2

NIS

7


C6

SH ZN CONTINUED TO

RL9 (A1,A2)

0.75mm² - VIO/BLK TB0V-6E

0.75mm² - GRY DCSTOP7 0.75mm² - VIO/BLK TB0V-6F

0.75mm² - GRY HPUST4

14


13


DFSDTB7 1

7-WHT/BLK

HPU-ESTOP

2

8-RED/BLK

24V RTN-C

3 CONTINUED TO TB24V

C

7

D8

SH

ZN

CONTINUED FROM

24

23


24


23


TB0V 5 SH

A8 ZN

C

DFSDTB8 1 2 3


9

CONTINUED TO

34

33


34


33


TB0V 7

C8

SH

ZN

DFSDTB9 1 2 3

44

43


44


43


B

DFSDTB10 1

B

2 3

62

61

62

61

72

71

72

71

CONTINUED TO

CONTINUED TO

RL9 (53,54)

RL6 (53,54)

9 SH

D8 ZN

9 SH

D6 ZN

A

A


8

7

6

5

4

D3 ZN

1/1

DWG NO.

3

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622471-DIA

2

1

6 OF 11

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7

6

5

4

3 6

A3

SH

ZN

2

1

DRILLER'S CABIN


CONTINUED FROM

(P/N 10540174-001) (DFSD)

TB24V

D

6

C8

SH

ZN

0.75mm² - VIO TB24V-24 A2

RLDF3

0.75mm² - GRY DFE-STOP1

A1

23

1A

24

0.75mm² - VIO TB24V-24 A2

F-13

25

1A

F-14

27

1A

F-15

29

1A

A1

RLDF2

0.75mm² - VIO TB24V-26

4

0.75mm² - GRY DFE-STOP2

5

26

28

0.75mm² - VIO TB24V-28

0.75mm² - VIO TB24V-28

7

0.75mm² - VIO TB24V-27

0.75mm² - GRY DE-STOP1

8

30

A2

RLDF1

A1

0.75mm² - VIO TB24V-30

JUMPER

JUMPER

9 14

11

0.75mm² - GRY TB24V-27A

14

0.75mm² - GRY TB24V-27B

11

14

11

CONTINUED TO

CONTINUED TO

CONTINUED TO

RLDF1 (21,24)

RLDF2 (21,24)

RLDF3 (21,24)

C6 ZN

9 SH

C7 ZN

9 SH

A2

A2

RL9

A1

0.75mm² - GRY TB24V-27C

DFSDTB12 1 0.75mm² - VIO/BLK TB0V-15

C7 ZN

RL8

2

C

3

A1

0.75mm² - GRY TB24V-27D

SPARE


4


5


6

CONTINUED FROM

7

TB0V

B

JUMPER

6

C

CONTINUED TO

RL9 (14,13)

C8 ZN

TB0V

2

0.75mm² - VIO TB24V-26

9 SH

6 SH

D

1

3

TB24V F-12

DFSDTB11

6 SH

D7 ZN

10


11


12


CONTINUED FROM

13


RL6 (A1,A2)

14


15


16


17


6 SH 14

13

C6 ZN

0.75mm² - VIO/BLK TB0V-6F 0.75mm² - GRY A1 DCSTOP7

0.75mm² - GRY AUXESTOP-A

AUX RL7

14

A2

13

0.75mm² - GRY AUXESTOP 0.75mm² - GRY AUXMESTOP

DFSDTB13 1

1-BLK 1-BLK

+24VDC

2-WHT

2

2-WHT 3-RED

SPARE

4-GRN

4

AUX-N1005

AUXMESTOP

3-RED

3

(4C x 14AWG)

4-GRN

SPARE

5

TB3 ESTOP +24VDC

1

AUXMESTOP

2

SPARE

3

SPARE

4

AUX

6

5

7

24

23

0.75mm² - GRY ARESTOP-A

24

23

0.75mm² - GRY ARESTOP 0.75mm² - GRY ARMESTOP

B

6 7

DFSDTB14 1 2 3 4 5 6

DRILLER'S CABIN

7

34

33

34

33

0.75mm² - GRY PHESTOP 0.75mm² - GRY PHMESTOP

44

43

44

43

DFSDTB15 1 2 3 4

62

61

62

61

5 6

A

72

71

72

71

CONTINUED TO

CONTINUED TO

RL8 (53,54)

RL7 (54,53)

9 SH

D7 ZN

9 SH

PLUG PANEL

7

1-BLK 2-WHT 3-RED 4-GRN 5-ORG 6-BLU

7-WHT/BLK

+24VDC

7

6

5

1-BLK

PCAT-N104B

2-WHT

PCATMESTOP

3-RED

SPARE

4-GRN

SPARE

5-ORG

SPARE

6-BLU

SPARE

7-WHT/BLK

SPARE

1

1

2

2

3

3

4

4

5

5

6

6

7

7

1-BLK

(7C x 14 AWG)

2-WHT

PCAT-N104

CONTINUED FROM PIPECAT PANEL

3-RED 4-GRN 5-ORG 6-BLU

7-WHT/BLK

A

INTERCONNECT DIAGRAM, DFSD

D7 ZN

SCALE:

8 SH

8

(7C x 14 AWG)

4

1/1

DWG NO.

D3 ZN

3

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622471-DIA

2

1

7 OF 11

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7

6

5

4

3 7 SH

2

1

DRILLER'S CABIN

A3 ZN


(P/N 10540174-001) (DFSD)

D

D

CONTINUED FROM

CONTINUED FROM

CONTINUED FROM

CONTINUED FROM

RL4 (43,44)

RL3 (43,44)

RL2 (43,44)

RL1 (43,44)

5 SH

C4 ZN

4 SH

A5 ZN

4 SH

B4 ZN

3 SH

C5 ZN

54


WAGO P/N 750-433 NOV P/N 10064178-040

53

RL1

54

53

RL2

54

53

0.75mm² - VIO +24VDC

2

24 V

0.75mm² - GRY DI0.0

1

DI 1


6

24 V

0.75mm² - GRY DI0.1

5

DI 2


3

24 V

0.75mm² - GRY DI0.2

4

DI 3


7

24 V

0.75mm² - GRY DI0.3

8

DI 4

90DI0.0

RELAY CAT 0 #1 STATUS

90DI0.1


90DI0.2


90DI0.3


RL3

C

C 54

53

RL4

CONTINUED FROM

CONTINUED FROM

CONTINUED FROM

CONTINUED FROM

RLADS3 (43,44)

RLADS2 (43,44)

RLADS1 (43,44)

RL5 (43,44)

4 SH

A7 ZN

4 SH

B6 ZN

5 SH

B7 ZN

5 SH


B5 ZN

54

WAGO P/N 750-433 NOV P/N 10064178-040

53

RL5

54

53

RLADS1

B 54

53


2

24 V

0.75mm² - GRY DI0.4

1

DI 1


6

24 V

0.75mm² - GRY DI0.5

5

DI 2


3

24 V

0.75mm² - GRY DI0.6

4

DI 3


7

24 V

0.75mm² - GRY DI0.7

8

DI 4

90DI0.4


90DI0.5

RELAY ADS1 STATUS

90DI0.6

RELAY ADS2 STATUS

90DI0.7

RELAY ADS3 STATUS

B

RLADS2

54

53

RLADS3

A

A


8

7

6

5

4

D3 ZN

1/1

DWG NO.

3

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622471-DIA

2

1

8 OF 11

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7

6

5

4

3 8 SH

2

1

DRILLER'S CABIN

A3 ZN


(P/N 10540174-001) (DFSD)

D

D

CONTINUED FROM

CONTINUED FROM

CONTINUED FROM

CONTINUED FROM

RL9 (43,44)

RL8 (43,44)

RL7 (33,34)

RL6 (43,44)

6 SH

A7 ZN

7 SH

A5 ZN

7 SH

A4 ZN

6 SH


A5 ZN

54

WAGO P/N 750-433 NOV P/N 10064178-040

53

RL6

54

53

RL7

54

53


2

24 V

0.75mm² - GRY DI0.8

1

DI 1


6

24 V

0.75mm² - GRY DI0.9

5

DI 2


3

24 V

0.75mm² - GRY DI0.10

4

DI 3


7

24 V

0.75mm² - GRY DI0.11

8

DI 4

90DI0.8


90DI0.9


90DI0.10


90DI0.11


RL8

C

C 54

53

RL9

CONTINUED FROM

CONTINUED FROM

CONTINUED FROM

RLDF3 (11,14)

RLDF2 (11,14)

RLDF1 (11,14)

7 SH

C5 ZN

7 SH

C6 ZN

7 SH

C7 ZN


WAGO P/N 750-433 NOV P/N 10064178-040

24

21

RLDF1

24

21

RLDF2

B 24

21


2

24 V

0.75mm² - GRY DI0.12

1

DI 1


6

24 V

0.75mm² - GRY DI0.13

5

DI 2


3

24 V

0.75mm² - GRY DI0.14

4

DI 3

7

24 V

8

DI 4

90DI0.12

RELAY RLDF1 STATUS

90DI0.13

RELAY RLDF2 STATUS

90DI0.14

RELAY RLDF3 STATUS

90DI0.15

SPARE

B

RLDF3


WAGO P/N 750-433 NOV P/N 10064178-040

A

2

24 V

1

DI 1

6

24 V

5

DI 2

3

24 V

4

DI 3

7

24 V

8

DI 4

90DI1.0

SPARE

90DI1.1

SPARE

90DI1.2

SPARE

90DI1.3

A

SPARE


1/1

DWG NO.

8

7

6

5

4

3

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622471-DIA

2

1

9 OF 11

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

AC DRIVE HOUSE MULTI TOOL CONTROL CUBICLE POWER SYSTEM TAG No: PWR MTC TB DFSD

D

1

0.75mm² GRY 54 RLY5-54

2

0.75mm² GRY RLY1-A2

53

(P/N 10538859-001)



A1

RLY1-MP1

A2


D

3 13 0.75mm² GRY RLY1-13

14 4

0.75mm² GRY 44 RLY5-44

5


43



A1

RLY2-MP2

A2

0.75mm² GRY RLY1-14

0.75mm² GRY RLY2-A2 24

0.75mm² GRY 34 RLY5-34

8


33



A1

RLY3-MP3

1

1-BLK 1-WHT

2

(1TSP x 16AWG)

VFD-MP1-1

VFD-MP1

VFD-MP1-2

VFD-MP1-1 VFD-MP1-2

1-BLK

07-18

1-WHT

VFD-MP1

07-19

3

6

7

TB VFD

23 0.75mm² GRY RLY1-23

4


5

A2


6 14


13


9

7

1-BLK 1-BLK VFD-MP2-1

8

1-WHT 1-WHT VFD-MP2-2

(1TSP x 16AWG) VFD-MP2A

VFD-MP2-1 VFD-MP2-2

1-BLK

07-18

1-WHT

VFD-MP2

07-19

9 24

C

10

0.75mm² GRY 24 RLY5-24

11


23


A1

RLY4-MP4

23

A2



10


11 12

12

14


13

0.75mm² GRY RLY3-14 14

13

13


14


(1TSP x 16AWG) VFD-MP3

VFD-MP3-1 VFD-MP3-2

1-BLK

07-18

1-WHT

VFD-MP3

07-19

C

15 24

23


16


17 18

14 1-BLK MP-ESTOP 2-WHT 24V RTN-RL

(20C x14 AWG)

13

0.75mm² GRY A1 RLY5-A1

14


A2


19


20 21

24

15

CAB-N01B

RLY5

13

23

AC DRIVE


22


23

CAB-N01

2-WHT

B1 ZN

PLUG PANEL

3-RED 4-GRN 5-ORG

B

6-BLU

NIS

NIS


1

1

2

2

3

3

4

4

5

5

6

6

7

7

8

8

9

9

10

10

11

11

12

12

13

13

14

14

15

15

16

16

17

17

18

18

19

19

1-BLK

24

2-WHT 3-RED

11 SH

4-GRN

D6 ZN

11 SH

D5 ZN

5-ORG 6-BLU

7-WHT/BLK 8-RED/BLK 9-GRN/BLK 10-ORG/BLK 11-BLU/BLK 12-BLK/WHT 13-RED/WHT 14-GRN/WHT 15-BLU/WHT 16-BLK/RED 17-WHT/RED 18-ORG/RED 19-BLU/RED

34

33

44

43 0.75mm² GRY RLY1-43

33

44

43

54 34

44

20-RED/GRN

54 34

53

33

43

53

33

44

43

54

11 SH

34

54

NIS

1-BLK

NIS

5 SH

(20C x14 AWG)

NIS

HOUSE

53

A

TB MCC

B

1


2

53 0.75mm² GRY RLY1-53

3


4


5


6


7


8


9


10


11


12


13


14


15


16

11 SH 11 SH

D3 ZN

A

C3 ZN


D3 ZN

1/1

DWG NO.

8

7

6

5

4

3

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622471-DIA

2

1

10 OF 11

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

AC DRIVE HOUSE

10 SH

10

A3

SH

ZN

MULTI TOOL CONTROL CUBICLE POWER SYSTEM TAG No: PWR MTC

B7 ZN

10 SH

D

(P/N 10538859-001)

B6 ZN

D

TB DFSD

17


RLY6-A2

A1

20

RLY7-A2

RLY7-A2

0.75mm² GRY

RLY7-TD/RT

A2

HPU-ESTOP

22

24V RTN-C

8-RED/BLK

23

RLY8-A2

A1

RLY8-AUX

23

0.75mm² GRY

1

+24V LOAD

2

ADSMESTOP

3

24V RTN-L

4

ADSESTOP

(7C x 14 AWG)

5

NIS

6

ESTOPSIG

7

+24VDC

8

ESTOP SIG 2

DW-NO3A

28

SPARE

12-BLK/WHT

29

14

13


24

32

24V RTN-L

16-BLK/RED

1-BLK

2-WHT

34

3-RED

35

NIS

ADSESTOP

17-WHT/RED

37

ESTOPSIG

18-ORG/RED

38

+24V LOAD

34

ADSMESTOP

4-GRN 5-ORN

44

ADSESTOP

54

ESTOPSIG

NIS

NIS

19-BLU/RED

ESTOP SIG 2

20-RED/GRN

41

7-WHT/BLK

33

+24VDC ESTOP SIG 2

44

43

42

HOUSE PLUG PANEL

54

+24V LOAD

1

1

+24V LOAD

+24V LOAD

1

1

+24V LOAD

ADSMESTOP

2

2

ADSMESTOP

ADSMESTOP

2

2

ADSMESTOP

24V RTN-L

3

3

24V RTN-L

(7C x 14 AWG)

24V RTN-L

3

3

24V RTN-L

ADSESTOP

4

4

ADSESTOP

DW-NO3

ADSESTOP

4

4

ADSESTOP

ESTOPSIG

5

5

ESTOPSIG

ESTOPSIG

5

5

ESTOPSIG

+24VDC

6

6

+24VDC

+24VDC

6

6

+24VDC

ESTOP SIG 2

7

7

ESTOP SIG 2

ESTOP SIG 2

7

7

ESTOP SIG 2

(7C x 14 AWG) NIS

14

34

44

CAB-N02

C1 ZN

A

33

43

CUBICLE #2

PLUG PANEL

3 SH

23

GENERATOR

HOUSE

(3C x 14 AWG)

13

DW-NO3B

24

AC DRIVE

GEN-EST-C1A

1

1

GEN-EST-C1A

REST-GEN-C1A

2

2

REST-GEN-C1A

SPARE

3

3

SPARE

4


1-BLK

31

1-WHT

32


34


35

(1TSP x 16AWG)

VFD-DWB-1

VFD-DW-1

VFD-DWB

VFD-DW-2

VFD-DWB-2

1-BLK

07-18

1-WHT

VFD-DWB

07-19

(1TSP x 16AWG)

VFD-TD/RT-1

VFD-TD/RT-1 VFD-TD/RT-2

VFD-TD/RT

VFD-TD/RT-2

1-BLK

07-18

1-WHT

VFD-TD/RT

07-19

43

53

TB ESD GEN-EST-C1A

ESD-01

REST-GEN-C1A

ESD-02

SPARE

ESD-03

54

53

53

A3 ZN


17


18


19


20


21


22


23


24


25


NIS

NIS

B

6-BLU

40

AC DRIVE

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

34

NIS

NIS

33

24V RTN-L

39 +24VDC

VFD-DWA

07-19

C

33 ADSMESTOP

29

TB MCC

14-GRN/WHT

15-BLU/WHT

1-WHT

10 SH

+24V LOAD NIS

1-BLK

28

30 31

VFD-DWA-2

07-18

1-WHT

36

36

NIS

23

27

13-RED/WHT

VFD-DW-2

1-BLK

33

26

SPARE

VFD-DWA

26


27


28


29


30

4-GRN

2251 2253

MAIN MCC RELAY PANEL 01AD TB01

1-BLK

2251

03

+24VDC

TB02 0VDC

2-WHT

3-RED

2252

2254

A1

01

4-GRN

A1

02

MCC-N1001

2255

A2

ESD-RL2

RT AUX ESD 3-RED

2254

5-ORG

A2

ESD-RL1

DW AUX ESD 2253

(10C X 14 AWG)

TDS AUX ESD

TB10

2-WHT

2252

03

A1

19

B

A2

ESD-RL3

HPU1 AUX ESD 5-ORG

2255

A1

20

A2

ESD-RL4

HPU2 AUX ESD


31


32

6-BLU

2256

6-BLU

2256

A1

21

A2

ESD-RL7

TRIP TANK 1 ESD


33


34


35


36


37


38

ESD-04

1-BLK

NIS

TBESD

SPARE

11-BLU/BLK

VFD-DW-1

30

NIS

C

SPARE

10-ORG/BLK

(1TSP x 16AWG)

VFD-DWA-1

NIS

REMOTE I/O J-BOX

SPARE

1-WHT

26


25

9-GRN/BLK

0.75mm² GRY RLY6-23 0.75mm² GRY RLY6-24

A2

24

DRAWWORKS

1-BLK

25

NIS

DW SKID


24 0.75mm² GRY RLY8-A1


27

21

7-WHT/BLK

13

7-WHT/BLK

2260

7-WHT/BLK

A1

03

A2

ESD-RL5

2260 TRIP TANK 2 ESD

8-RED/BLK

NIS

24V RTN-B

0.75mm² GRY

A1

ZN

NIS

6-BLU

19


B3

SH

TB VFD 14


10

NIS

VFD-TD

A2

0.75mm² GRY

18 5-ORG

RLY6-DW

NIS

4-GRN

24V RTN-A

16


NIS

VFD-DW


2261 NIS

3-RED

2261

8-RED/BLK

SPARE SPARE

39

9-GRN/BLK

SPARE

40

10-ORG/BLK

SPARE

A1

04

ESD-RL6

A2

9-GRN/BLK 10-ORG/BLK

A


1/1

DWG NO.

8

7

6

5

4

3

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622471-DIA

2

1

11 OF 11

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

NOTES:

ENCODERS

POWER DEVICES

1. RIG CABLE INSTALLATION:

ARMOURED/SHIELDED CABLES SHOULD BE USED THROUGHOUT INSTALLATION.

SINGLE LINE SYMBOL

SCHEMATIC SYMBOL

PARTICULAR ATTENTION SHOULD BE MADE TO ENSURE THAT ALL AC MOTOR

INPUT DEVICES

SINGLE LINE SYMBOL

SCHEMATIC SYMBOL

SINGLE LINE SYMBOL

POWER CABLES ARE "ARMOURED".


D

INCREMENTAL

INCREMENTAL ENCODER

ALL I.S. N.I.S., AND POWER CABLES SHOULD BE SEPARATED BY A

LEVEL SWITCH - NC

WYE/DELTA

2. CABLES SHOWN WITH SOLID LINE ARE PROVIDED BY VARCO.

D

3 PHASE


TRANSFORMER

CABLE MARKED PROFIBUS ARE PROVIDED BY CUSTOMER.

LEVEL SWITCH - N0

3. CABLE MARKED PROFIBUS MUST BE COMPLIANT WITH THE PROFIBUS SPECIFICATION.

4

ABSOLUTE

ABSOLUTE ENCODER

SYSTEM IS DESIGNED FOR 2 UPS FEEDS


IF ONLY 1 UPS SUPPLY PLACE JUMPERS BETWEEN; TB UPS 1 TO 3, AND TB UPS 2 TO 4

FLOW SWITCH - NO


CONDUCTORS

RELAYS


MUTI-CORE CABLE

SINGLE LINE SYMBOL

TSP

EF



CABLE LEGEND EF



3/C CABLE

C

SCHEMATIC SYMBOL

1 PHASE TRANSFORMER


C



EF

EF

IEC 07-19-02


E

E

E

PROFIBUS DP NOV

DP

PF

PF

232

RS232 WITS NOV

M

232

M

M

V

2-WIRE

RS232 WITS CUSTOMER

M 3

(RTD / PTC)

B

LOAD CELL

HORN

M


3


CCTV NOV

V

TEMPERATURE DEVICE


MODEM CUSTOMER

V


3-WIRE


MODEM NOV

M

V

SCHEMATIC SYMBOL




232

SINGLE LINE SYMBOL


PROFIBUS FIBER NOV

DPP

232

INVERTER


PF

PF


OUTPUT DEVICES

ETHERNET CUSTOMER

DP

DP

B

ETHERNET NOV

E

DP

IEC 07-20-02

HEATER IEC 04-01-12

CCTV CUSTOMER

E-STOP SWITCH

POWER NOV

POWER CUSTOMER

IS

IS

IS

NIS

IS

NIS

NIS

AMPHION REF DWG'S


NIS


10622965-DIA

NETWORK TOPOLOGY


10622966-DIA 10622967-DIA 10622968-IDX

BLOCK DIAGRAM INTERCONNECT WIRING DIAGRAM CABLE SCHEDULE

10622964-PRO 10622963-SPL

FAT PROCEDURE

10538858-ASM 10538859-ASM

ASSEMBLY MTC ASSEMBLY POWER MTC


A

CABLE CONNECTOR

X

SPARES LIST, ELECTRICAL CONTROLS AMPHION

PRODUCT:


TOLERANCES ARE:

END ITEM:

CABLE CONNECTOR PIN

NEXT ASSY:

10545605-001


±.1

X.XX

±.03

TOL > ±.06 1000

7

6

5

4




INITIAL

T. PHAM

APPVD

T. PHAM




AC IDEAL RIG 135


SCALE:


11/15/2011

3

TITLE:


CHECKED

DATE

8

BREAK EDGES .02/.03

D. McGARY

DRAWN


250

FRACTIONS

CURRENT FINISH

TOL < ±.06

1/2 DEG ± 1/16

±


WT LBS:


ANGLES

X.XXX ±.010

SIMILAR TO:

X

X.X

A



2

DWG NO.

1/1

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

1

10622967-DIA

1

REV:

OF

15

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

DRILLER'S CABIN SAFE AREA

MULTI TOOL CONTROL CABINET #1 TAG No: MTC#1 (P/N 10538858-001) UPS A SUPPLY FROM

(10 AWG X 3C)

L-UPS-A

P1001

N-UPS-A

UPS

DISTRIBUTION

PE

RED GRN

TB UPS

TB UPS A&B

1

1

L-UPS-A3

(12 AWG X 3C)

2

2

N-UPS-A3

P4201

5

3

PE

UPS DESK

DRILLER'S CHAIR

10

L-UPS-B3

(12 AWG X 3C)

11

N-UPS-B3

P4202

12

PE

DRILL FLOOR

L-UPS-B

P1002

N-UPS-B

UPS

DISTRIBUTION

PE

RED GRN

TD-L1

(12 AWG X 3C)

3

5

TD-N1

TD-P1001

4

6

PE

SEE

PLUG PANEL

CAB-N01A

(16 AWG X 7C)

PCAT-N1

18

PE

2 SH

B4 ZN

NIS

(16 AWG X 4C) DRILL FLOOR

RIG GROUND

N4204

NIS

7

DFSD-L1

(12 AWG X 3C)

8

DFSD-N1

DFSD-P1001

9

PE

19

DFSD-L2

(12 AWG X 3C)

(14 AWG X 3C)

DFSD-P1002

CAB-N02A

(10.0mm² X 1C)

TB GND

20

DFSD-N2

G1001

G

21

PE

VFD-DW

3

3

24V RTN-A

4

4

VFD-TD

5

5

24V RTN-B

6

6

REST-C1A

2

SPARE

3

HPU-ESTOP

7

7

SPARE

4

24V RTN-C

8

8

ESTOP-MUD1A

5

SPARE

9

9

REST-MUD1A

6

SPARE

10

10

SPARE

7

SPARE

11

11

SPARE

12

12

SPARE

13

13

GEN-EST-C1A

9

+24V LOAD

14

14

REST-GEN-C1A

10

ADSMESTOP

15

15

SPARE

11

24V RTN-L

16

16

SPARE

12

ADSESTOP

17

17

ESTOPSIG

18

18

+24VDC

19

19

ESTOPSIG2

20

20

E-STOP

C

2

CONTROLLER

NIS

17

2

1

8 PCAT-L1

24V RTN-RL

NIS

N4202

16

1

ESTOP-C1A

6

15

1

TB E-STOP

REMOTE I/O

14

MP-ESTOP

G4201

TO TDS 11SA

13

(14 AWG X 20C)

NIS

FROM

(10 AWG X 3C)

4

GRASS HOPPER

(6.0mm² X 1C)

I/O CABINET (P/N 10540174-001) BLK

FOR CONTINUATION 10622969-DIA

TOOL REMOTE

10512936-001

UPS B SUPPLY

D

NIS

D

BLK

DRILLER'S CHAIR

(14 AWG X 20C) CAB-N01A

NIS

NIS

NIS

NIS

1-BLK

(14 AWG X 20C)

2-WHT

CAB-N01

13 SH

3-RED

D6 ZN

4-GRN 5-ORG 6-BLU


C

NIS

(14 AWG X 7C) PCAT-N104B

NIS GRASS HOPPER

TB TOOLS

FROM LIGHTING

(8 AWG X 3C)

L-RIG-A

P1003

N-RIG-A

DISTRIBUTION

PE

CB #31

RED GRN

1

TD-L2

(12 AWG X 3C)

TB RIG

2

TD-N2

TD-P1002

1

3

PE

2

4

5

5

NIS

RIG A SUPPLY

BLK

PLUG PANEL TO TDS 11SA

NIS

REMOTE I/O

2 SH 2 SH

6

11 12 L-RIG-B

P1004

N-RIG-B

DISTRIBUTION

B

PE

CB #32

RED GRN

13

3

16 17

19

AUX-L1

(12 AWG X 3C)

20

AUX-N1

AUX-P1001

21

PE

22

AUX-L2

(12 AWG X 3C)

23

AUX-N2

AUX-P1002

24

PE

TO AUX

REMOTE I/O TO AUX

REMOTE I/O

J-BOX #1

(12 AWG X 3C)

BC-L1

28

BC-P01

BC-N1

29

PE

30

TUG-L1

31

(14 AWG X 3C)

TUG-N1

32

TUG-P01

PE

33

1

+24VDC

+24VDC

1

1

43

PCATMESTOP

2

2

PCATMESTOP

PCATMESTOP

2

2

44

SPARE

3

3

SPARE

SPARE

3

3

SPARE

4

4

SPARE

SPARE

4

4

SPARE

5

5

SPARE

SPARE

5

5

47

SPARE

6

6

SPARE

SPARE

6

6

48

SPARE

7

7

SPARE

SPARE

7

7

NIS

2

B3

SH

ZN

39

7

PIPECAT

B

REMOTE I/O

FOR CONTINUATION INTERCONNECT

50 51 52

2

C6

SH

ZN

12 AWG X 3C

PCAT-L1

1

1

PCAT-L1

12 AWG X 3C

PCAT-L1

1

1

PCAT-P01B

PCAT-N1

2

2

PCAT-N1

PCAT-P01

PCAT-N1

2

2

PE

3

3

PE

PE

3

3

4

4

4

4

53 54 55

2 SH

A5 ZN

DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE

I/O CABINET (P/N 10540174-001)

64

ML-L1

(12 AWG X 3C)

65

ML-N1

ML-P1001

66

PE

67

DS1-L1

(12 AWG X 3C)

68

DS1-N1

DS1-P1001

69

PE

70

WPS-L1

(12 AWG X 3C)

71

WPS-N1

WPS-P1001

72

PE

TO MUD LOGGER

REMOTE I/O TO MUD LOGGER

REMOTE I/O

A

TO WIPER SYSTEM

REMOTE I/O

73

B4 ZN


74

SCALE:

75 2 SH

PCAT-N104

63

38

DISTRIBUTION

(7C x 14 AWG)

SEE SYSTEM

62

37

8

1

61

36

AC POWER

+24VDC

60

35

2 SH

42

59

34

A

3-RED

58

27

TO TUGGER RADIO

3

A6 ZN

57

26

(OPTIONAL)

3

14 SH

PIPECAT SKID

56

25

CART RADIO

SPARE

CAB-N02

49

18

TO BOP

2

4

46

15

6

2

(14 AWG X 3C)

2-WHT

A6 ZN

45

14

4

REST-GEN-C1A

1-BLK

41

10

(8 AWG X 3C)

1

40

9

FROM LIGHTING

CAB-N02A

1

NIS

8

BLK

NIS

GEN-EST-C1A

A6 ZN

7

RIG B SUPPLY

(14 AWG X 3C)

1/1

DWG NO.

B4 ZN

6

5

4

3

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622967-DIA

2

1

2 OF 15

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

DRILLER'S CABIN MULTI TOOL CONTROL CABINET

TAG No: MTC #1 (P/N 10538858-001)

TX 8

D

D

RX FOR FIBER RING

SEE SHEET 6 TX 7 RX

6 DRILL FLOOR TOOL

REMOTE I/O

C

C

PROFIBUS CONNECTOR

NOV P/N 10042793-001 (6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0)

TD

WAGO I/O

GRN

PROFIBUS DP

DP

TD-D1001

DP

DP

DP

DP

RED

DP

A1 B1

PROF IN

RESISTOR ON

8

8

TD SBC

E/NET X 4PR

3

3

W/PROFIBUS

DATA

EJ-5

5

X

A2

PIPECAT

B2

SKID

PROF OUT

OFF MOXA ETHERNET SWITCH 1

4 PIPECAT

62.5-125um X 4C

WAGO I/O

PCAT-F01A

4 SH

PF

10068313-001

D7 ZN

PF

FIBER

PF

6 SH

PF

B

C5 ZN

PF PF

62.5-125um X 4C

2-ORN

PCAT-F01

3-GRN

FIBER

4-BRN

S1

P1

P1

S2

S2

P2

P2

EJ-3

3

DATA

B

PLUG PANEL

S1

E/NET X 4PR

D/C CHAIR W/O PROFIBUS

DRILLER'S CABIN

1-BLU

NOV P/N

1-BLU 1-BLU 2-ORN

62.5-125um X 4C

3-GRN

FJ-PCAT

4-BRN

FIBER

2-ORN

3-GRN

4-BRN

Tx

PIPECAT 0

62.5-125um X 2C FJ-6 FIBER

S6

Rx CH3 Tx

- Out. Power CH 2

S4 S3 S2 S1

9

L1+ M

SPARE

3

RESISTOR ON

PROF IN

A1 B1

GRN

PROFIBUS

GRN

RED

DP-1

RED

A1 B1

PROF IN

Mode CH 3

RESISTOR ON X

- Compatibility

- Out. Power CH 3

S8

8

X

S5

S0

8 3

1

PROF OUT

OFF

A2

A2

B2

B2

PROF OUT

8

8

3

3

PIPECAT SBC

E/NET X 4PR

W/PROFIBUS

DATA

EJ-2

2

OFF

Mode CH 2 DIP

2

S7

ON

SPARE

1

CH1

8

B36

CH2

7

B35

FIBER

NOV P/N 10042793-001 (6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0)

6

A36

FJ-5

NOV P/N 10042793-001 (6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0)

5

A35

SPARE

Rx

NOV P/N 10044012-001 (6GK1503-3CD00)

4

SPARE

B34

62.5-125um X 2C

PROFIBUS CONNECTOR

3

SPARE

B33

2

PROFIBUS CONNECTOR

2

SPARE

A34

SIEMENS G12-EEC

1

SPARE

A33

OPTICAL LINK MODULE

1

- Mode CH 1

F1 F2 L2+ .14mm X 4PR

PANEL PC

SPARE

EJ-1

(DWS)

1

DATA

A

A

4 SH

D3 ZN

AMPHION INTERCONNECT SCALE:

1/1

DWG NO.

8

7

6

5

4

3

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622967-DIA

2

1

3 OF 15

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7

6

5

4

3

DRILLER'S CABIN

2

3

A3

SH

ZN

1

MULTI TOOL CONTROL CABINET

TAG No: MTC #1 (P/N 10538858-001)

TX 8 RX

D

D

FOR FIBER RING

SEE SHEET 6 TX 7 RX 3

B7

SH

ZN

DRILL FLOOR TOOL

6

REMOTE I/O

5

4

C

C

DRILL FLOOR

SHUTDOWN

WAGO I/O

E/NET X 4PR E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

DFSD-D100

E

3

DATA MOXA ETHERNET SWITCH 2

NOV P/N 10068313-001

5 SH

D7 ZN

B

B UPS DESK

NOV P/N:

10512936-001

E/NET X 4PR

UPS A WEBCARD

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

UPS A

E

2

E

1

DATA

E/NET X 4PR

UPS B WEBCARD

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

UPS B DATA

A

A

5 SH

D3 ZN


1/1

DWG NO.

8

7

6

5

4

3

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622967-DIA

2

1

4 OF 15

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7

6

5

4

3 4 SH

DRILLER'S CABIN

2

1

A3 ZN


TAG No: MTC #1 (P/N 10538858-001)

TX 8 RX

D

D

FOR FIBER RING

SEE SHEET 6 TX 7 4 SH

B7 ZN

RX

DRILL FLOOR TOOL

REMOTE I/O PROFIBUS CONNECTOR

NOV P/N 10042793-001 (6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0)

AUX

GRN

PROFIBUS

WAGO I/O

DP

DP

AUX-D1060

DP

DP

DP

RED

DP

A1 B1

PROF IN

RESISTOR ON

8

8

AUX SBC

E/NET X 4PR

3

3

W/PROFIBUS

DATA

EJ-26

E

6

X

A2 B2

PROF OUT

OFF

C

C 5


4

NOV P/N 10068313-001

E/NET X 4PR

DAQ SBC

EJ-23

W/O PROFIBUS

E

3

DATA

B

B MUD LOGGER

WAGO I/O

E/NET X 4PR E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

ML-D100

E

2

E

1

DATA

ETHERNET TCP/IP FIELDBUS COUPLER POSITION 0

WAGO P/N 750-341 NOV P/N 10064178-088 E/NET X 4PR E

E

E

E

E

E

EJ-21 DATA

192.168.31.114

IP ADDRESS1

A

24 V

1

O V

5

24 V

2

24 V

6

0 V

3

0 V

7

A

4 6

6 SH

D5 ZN


1/1

DWG NO.

8

7

6

5

4

3

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622967-DIA

2

1

5 OF 15

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7

6

5

4 5 SH

3

2

1

DRILLER'S CABIN

A3 ZN


TAG No: MTC #1 (P/N 10538858-001) D

FIBER PATCH PANEL

62.5/125um X 2C EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

FJ-1

BLK

BLK 8

RED

FJ-2

BLK

7

FIBER

-

V2

-

BLK

7

FIBER

+

V1

MOXA

+

ETHERNET

-

FJ-4

BLK

FIBER

V2

MOXA

+

ETHERNET

-

SPARE

B18

BLK

RED

V2

2-ORN

FJ-CON1

3-GRN

FIBER

4-BRN

10068313-001

F2

F2

SG

SG

SG

6

3

4

3

4

3

4

1

2

1

2

1

2

A19

B19

SPARE

B20

RED 7

FIBER

BLK

62.5/125um X 2C EF

EF

BLK

F5002

+

V1

-

+

A1

A2

FIBER EF

+

-

MOXA

+

V1

ETHERNET

-

V2

NOV P/N

F1

SPARE

B1

SPARE

B2

BLK

ETHERNET

EF

10068313-001

F2

SG

SG

5

6

RED

NOV P/N

10068313-001

F2

MOXA

SWITCH 2

F1

5

P2

4-BRN

FIBER

4-BRN

B6 ZN

B

1-BLU

2-ORN

62.5-125um X 4C D1001 FIBER

3-GRN

4-BRN

A3

A4

SPARE

B3

SPARE

B4

1-BLU

1-BLU

2-ORN

PF

SWITCH 1

P2

D

D1 ZN

3-GRN

-

V2

S2

15 SH

FIBER

PF

F5010

BLK

S2

CAB-F02

FIBER PATCH PANEL RED

7

4-BRN

3-GRN

D1001

F5001

8

62.5/125um X 2C

FIBER

62.5/125um X 4C

2-ORN

EF

EF

BLK

RED

3-GRN

P1

EF

B

P2

CAB-F02B

P1

62.5-125um X 4C 2-ORN

A20

3 SH

FIBER

RED

P2

4-BRN

2-ORN

1-BLU

1-BLU

62.5/125um X 2C

8

S2

3-GRN

62.5/125um X 4C

S1

EF

5

RED

S2

2-ORN

S1

EF

6

BLK

P1

1-BLU

C

5

EF

P1

1-BLU

4-BRN

SPARE

ETHERNET

6

EF

S1

MOXA

5

EF

S1

10068313-001

F2

EF

PLUG PANEL

3-GRN

NOV P/N

F1

PLUG PANEL

EF

10068313-001

B17

SWITCH 3

NOV P/N

F1

SPARE

V1

SWITCH 2

NOV P/N

F1

62.5/125um X 2C

-

SWITCH 1

C

FJ-3

-

+

RED

62.5/125um X 2C

2-ORN

A18

62.5-125um X 4C

GRASS HOPPER

EF

+

V1

RED

RED

62.5/125um X 2C

8

A17

PF

+

8

RED

RED 7

BLK

BLK

1-BLU

1-BLU

PF

FIBER

RED

DRILLER'S CABIN

62.5-125um X 4C

2-ORN

FJ-CON2

3-GRN

FIBER

3-GRN

4-BRN

DRILLER'S CABIN

GRASS HOPPER

PLUG PANEL

PLUG PANEL

S1

S1

P1

P1

S2

S2

P2

P2

1-BLU 2-ORN 3-GRN 4-BRN

1-BLU

62.5/125um X 4C CAB-F01B FIBER

2-ORN 3-GRN 4-BRN

S1

S1

P1

P1

S2

S2

P2

P2


62.5/125um X 4C CAB-F01

15

B1

FIBER

SH

ZN

4-BRN

6

A

A 3

4

3

4

1

2

1

2


DRILLER'S CHAIR

SCALE:

1/1

10622969-DIA DWG NO.

8

7

6

5

4

3

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622967-DIA

2

1

6 OF 15

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7

6

5

4

3

MULTI TOOL CONTROL CUBICLE

TAG No: PWR MTC (P/N 10538859-001)

UPS A SUPPLY FROM

UPS

DISTRIBUTION

AC-L TBUPS

AC-N PE

(10 AWG X 3C)

L-UPS-A

1

P2001

N-UPS-A

2

PE

5

208VAC/60HZ

FROM

PE

DISTRIBUTION

AC-L2

208VAC/60HZ

AC-N2 PE

UPS B SUPPLY FROM

UPS

DISTRIBUTION

(10 AWG X 3C)

L-UPS-B

P2002

N-UPS-B

L-HTR N-HTR PE

PE

208VAC/60HZ

(10.0mm² X 1C)

TB GND

G2001

RIG GROUND

RED

(12 AWG X 3C) SD-P01A

(CONTROL POWER)

BLK WHT RED

BLK

AC-N1

UPS

WHT

SPARE SPARE SPARE

FROM RIG DISTRIBUTION

(8 AWG X 3C)

L-RIG-A

P2003

N-RIG-A PE

208VAC/60HZ

AC-L AC-N

RIG POWER

PE

FROM

AC-HTR-L

ELECTRICAL

AC-HTR-N

PANEL

PE HTR-MP2A-L RIG B SUPPLY FROM RIG DISTRIBUTION

(8 AWG X 3C)

L-RIG-B

P2004

N-RIG-B

HTR-MP2A-N PE

PE

208VAC/60HZ

HTR-MP2B-L HTR-MP2B-N PE

B

AC-L AC-N PE AC-HTR-L AC-HTR-N PE HTR-MP3A-L HTR-MP3A-N PE


AC-L AC-N PE AC-HTR-L AC-HTR-N PE HTR-MP1A-L

A

HOUSE

REMOTE I/O

AC-L

1

1

AC-L

AC-N

2

2

AC-N

PE

3

3

PE

BLK

WHT

BLK WHT RED

(12 AWG X 3C)

AC-L

SD-P01

AC-N

(CONTROL POWER)

PE

REMOTE I/O

HTR-MP1A-N PE


WHT

WHT

RED

RED

GRN

GRN

ORN

ORN

(12 AWG X 12C)

BLU

DW-P18B

BLK/WHT RED/BLK GRN/BLK

(CONTROL POWER)

BLU

BLK/WHT RED/BLK GRN/BLK ORN/BLK BLU/BLK BLK/WHT

1

1

AC-L1

AC-N1

2

2

AC-N1

PE

3

3

PE

AC-L2

4

4

AC-L2

AC-N2

5

5

AC-N2

PE

6

6

PE

L-HTR

7

7

L-HTR

N-HTR

8

8

N-HTR

PE

9

9

PE

SPARE

10

10

SPARE

SPARE

11

11

SPARE

SPARE

12

12

SPARE

13

13

SPARE

14

14

SPARE

15

15

SPARE

16

16

SPARE

17

17

SPARE

18

18

SPARE

19

19

SPARE

BLK/WHT RED/BLK GRN/BLK ORN/BLK BLU/BLK BLK/WHT RED/WHT GRN/WHT BLU/WHT BLK/RED WHT/RED ORN/RED BLU/RED

SPARE

RED/GRN

ORN/BLK BLU/BLK BLK/WHT

BLK

BLK

WHT

WHT

RED

RED

GRN

(12 AWG X 12C)

GRN

ORN

MP2-P12A

ORN

BLU

(CONTROL POWER)

BLU

WHT/BLK RED/BLK GRN/BLK ORN/BLK BLU/BLK BLK/WHT


BLK

WHT

WHT

RED

RED

GRN

(12 AWG X 12C)

GRN

ORN

MP3-P12C

ORN

BLU

(CONTROL POWER)

BLU



BLK

WHT

WHT

RED

RED

GRN

(12 AWG X 12C)

GRN

ORN

MP1-P12B

ORN

BLU

(CONTROL POWER)

BLU


1

AC-L

AC-N

2

2

AC-N

PE

3

3

AC-HTR-L

4

4

AC-HTR-L

AC-HTR-N

5

5

AC-HTR-N

PE

6

6

HTR-MP2A-L

7

7

HTR-MP2A-L

HTR-MP2A-N

8

8

HTR-MP2A-N

PE

9

9

PE

HTR-MP2B-L

10

10

HTR-MP2B-L

HTR-MP2B-N

11

11

HTR-MP2B-N

PE

12

12

PE

RED

WHT

GRN

RED

ORN

(12 AWG X 20C)

GRN

BLU

DW-P18

ORN

(CONTROL POWER)

BLU

BLK/WHT RED/BLK GRN/BLK ORN/BLK BLU/BLK BLK/WHT RED/WHT GRN/WHT BLU/WHT BLK/RED WHT/RED ORN/RED BLU/RED RED/GRN

PLUG PANEL

AC-L1

1

1

AC-L1

AC-N1

2

2

AC-N1

PE

3

3

PE

AC-L2

4

4

AC-L2

AC-N2

5

5

AC-N2

PE

6

6

PE

L-HTR

7

7

L-HTR

N-HTR

8

8

N-HTR

PE

9

9

PE

SPARE

10

10

SPARE

SPARE

11

11

SPARE

SPARE

12

12

SPARE

SPARE

13

13

SPARE

SPARE

14

14

SPARE

SPARE

15

15

SPARE

SPARE

16

16

SPARE

SPARE

17

17

SPARE

SPARE

18

18

SPARE

SPARE

19

19

SPARE

BLK/WHT RED/BLK GRN/BLK ORN/BLK BLU/BLK BLK/WHT RED/WHT GRN/WHT BLU/WHT BLK/RED WHT/RED ORN/RED BLU/RED

SPARE

RED/GRN

SPARE

WHT

GRN ORN

(12 AWG X 20C)

BLU

DW-P18A

N-HTR PE

AC-L

1

1

AC-L

AC-N

2

2

AC-N

PE

3

3

AC-HTR-L

4

4

AC-HTR-L

AC-HTR-N

5

5

AC-HTR-N

PE

6

6

HTR-MP3A-L

7

7

HTR-MP3A-L

HTR-MP3A-N

8

8

HTR-MP3A-N

PE

9

9

PE

HTR-MP3B-L

10

10

HTR-MP3B-L

HTR-MP3B-N

11

11

HTR-MP3B-N

PE

12

12

PE


AC-L

1

1

AC-L

AC-N

2

2

AC-N

PE

3

3

AC-HTR-L

4

4

AC-HTR-L

HTR- MP2A-L HTR- MP2A-N PE HTR- MP2B-L

MUD PUMP

BLK

AC-L

WHT AC-N

HTR- MP2B-N

AC-HTR-N

5

5

AC-HTR-N

PE

6

6

HTR-MP1A-L

7

7

HTR-MP1A-L

HTR-MP1A-N

8

8

HTR-MP1A-N

PE

9

9

PE

HTR-MP1B-L

10

10

HTR-MP1B-L

HTR-MP1B-N

11

11

HTR-MP1B-N

PE

12

12

PE

BLK

WHT

PE

7

6

3

AC-HTRL-L

ORN

AC-HTRL-N

BLU

WHT/BLK RED/BLK GRN/BLK ORN/BLK

HTR- MP3A-L HTR- MP3A-N PE HTR- MP3B-L HTR- MP3B-N

RED GRN

ORG BLU


5

RED

6

GRN

7 8

ORG

9

BLU

10


11 12 13 14

1

B

2 3

MUD PUMP #1

5 6

MUD PUMP

7

REMOTE I/O

8 9 10

AC-L

11 12

AC-N

13

TB AC IN

BLK

1

WHT

2 3 4

14 AC-HTRL-L

BLK

AC-HTRL-N

WHT

HTR- MP1A-L HTR- MP1A-N PE

(CONTROL POWER)

HTR- MP1B-L

ORN

HTR- MP1B-N

BLU

PE


5

RED

6

GRN

7

ORG BLU


8 9 10 11 12 13

A

14


5

2

TB AC IN

4

(CONTROL POWER)

MP1-P12

1

WHT

AC-HTRL-N

MUD PUMP #3

GRN

15

TB AC IN

BLK

AC-HTRL-L


(12 AWG X 10C)

14

4

INSTALLATION

RED

13

REMOTE I/O

BLU

MP3-P12

12

MUD PUMP

FOR FUTURE

GRN

11

C

ORN

(12 AWG X 10C)

10

MUD PUMP #2

(CONTROL POWER)

RED

9

SPARED

AC-N

MP2-P12

8

OTHER

WHT

GRN

7

CONDUCTORS

AC-L

(12 AWG X 10C)

6

16

BLK

RED

5

7-WHT/BLK 8-RED/BLK 9-GRN/BLK

L-HTR

(CONTROL POWER)

4

6-BLU

PE

D

3

5-ORN

AC-N2

RED

2

4-GRN

AC-L2

BLK

PE

BLK

WHT/BLK RED/BLK GRN/BLK

1

BLK

1

3-RED

BOOM

REMOTE I/O

BLK

WHT/BLK RED/BLK GRN/BLK

AC-L

WHT

TB AC IN

2-WHT

AC-N1

RED

1/1

DWG NO.

8

1-BLK

AC-L1

BLK

DW

BLK

AC-L1

C RIG A SUPPLY

DAQ

PE

AC-L1 UPS C SUPPLY

BLK

DW SKID DW

AC DRIVE PLUG PANEL

UPS CABINET

D

1

MUD SYSTEM AREA

AC DRIVE HOUSE

P/N 10513957-001

2

4

3

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622967-DIA

2

1

7 OF 15

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

AC DRIVE HOUSE MULTI TOOL CONTROL CABINET POWER SYSTEM TAG No: PWR MTC

12 SH

D

TX 8

(P/N 10538859-001)

C4 ZN

D

RX FOR FIBER RING

AC DRIVE

FIBER PATCH PANEL

HOUSE

1-BLU

PLUG PANEL

1-BLU

14 SH

62.5-125um X 4C

2-ORN

DW-F01

3-GRN

FIBER

4-BRN

C6 ZN

S1

S1

P1

P1

S2

S2

P2

P2

1-BLU 2-ORN 3-GRN

62.5-125um X 4C PF

DW-F01B

4-BRN

2-ORN

2

A16

3-GRN

FIBER

1

A15

62.5-125um X 2C 1

B15

4-BRN

Rx

FJ-14

SIEMENS G12-EEC

PROFIBUS CONNECTOR

PROFIBUS CONNECTOR

NOV P/N 10044012-001 (6GK1503-3CD00)

NOV P/N 10042793-001 (6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0)

NOV P/N 10042793-001 (6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0)

CH2

FIBER

Tx

CH1 DRAWWORKS

2

0

S2 S1

7

Tx

S3

6

FIBER

- Out. Power CH 2

S4

5

CH3

- Out. Power CH 3

S5

4

FJ-15

9

A1 B1

GRN

ON

A1 B1

GRN

PROFIBUS

GRN

RED

DP-3

RED

A1 B1

PROF IN

RESISTOR ON

RX 8

8

3

3

X X OFF

PROF OUT

A2 B2

GRN

A2

RED

B2

PROF OUT

DRAWWORKS SBC

E/NET X 4PR

W/PROFIBUS

DATA

EJ-6

6

OFF

- Mode CH 1

F1 F2 L2+

INV DWA CUBICLE

RED

3

PROF IN

7

Mode CH 2

L1+ M

C

3

RESISTOR

TX

DP

8

S8

Mode CH 3

DIP

S0

8

- Compatibility

3

S6

Rx

2

62.5-125um X 2C

8

1 ON

S7

1

B16

SEE SHEET 15

OPTICAL LINK MODULE

5

PROFIBUS DP

DP

DP

DP

DW DRIVES

C

DP

RPBA NODE 4

A2 B2

GRN

PROFIBUS

RED

DWA/DWB 4

A1 B1

GRN

MOXA

INV DWB CUBICLE

ETHERNET SWITCH 1

PROFIBUS CONNECTOR

RED

NOV P/N

NOV P/N 10042793-001 (6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0)

RPBA

GRN

PROFIBUS

NODE 5

DP

GEN/PS

DP

RED

DP

A2

A1 B1

PROF IN

RESISTOR ON

10068313-001

8

8

3

3

E/NET X 4PR

GEN/PS SBC W/PROFIBUS

EJ-3

3

DATA

X

B2

A2 B2

PROF OUT

OFF

2

B

DP

B GEN #2

A1

RED

CUBICLE A1

DP DP

B1

GRN

GEN #2

WAGO I/O NODE 12

A2 B2

B1

GRN

GRN

PROFIBUS

RED

GEN2/GEN3

NODE 11

A2 B2

E/NET X 4 PR E GRN

PROFIBUS

RED

GEN1/GEN2

A1

RED

B1

WAGO I/O

WAGO I/O GRN

PROFIBUS

RED

GEN3/GEN4

GRN

CUBICLE

IP ADDRESS1

RED

24 V

1

O V

5

24 V

2

24 V

6

0 V

3

0 V

7

NODE 14

B2

E

D100

1

4

A2 DP

B2

A

GRN

192.168.31.138

GEN #4

CUBICLE

E

DATA

DP

GEN #4

A2

DP

WAGO I/O

GEN #3 NODE 13

DP

WAGO P/N 750-341 NOV P/N 10064178-088

GEN #1

GEN #3

B1

POSITION 0

CUBICLE

RED

DP

A1


GEN #1

6

A

DP FOR FUTURE

INSTALLATION 9 SH

D3 ZN


1/1

DWG NO.

8

7

6

5

4

3

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622967-DIA

2

1

8 OF 15

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7

6

5

4

3

AC DRIVE HOUSE

8 SH

A1 B1

INV MP1 CUBICLE

GRN RED

DP

NODE 5

B2

GRN

PROFIBUS

RED

MP1/MP2

A3 ZN

TX 8

(P/N 10538859-001)

D

RX

DP

A2

1

MULTI TOOL CONTROL CABINET POWER SYSTEM TAG No: PWR MTC

DP

RPBA

D

2

FOR FIBER RING

SEE SHEET 15 TX

A1

INV MP2 CUBICLE

PROFIBUS

RED

MP1/MP2

RPBA

B2

GRN

PROFIBUS

RED

MP2/MP3

DP

PROFIBUS

GRN

MP DRIVES

RED

A1 B1

A1 B1

INV MP3 CUBICLE

PROFIBUS

RED

MP2/MP3

PROF IN

RESISTOR ON

8

8

3

3

B2

PROF OUT

E/NET X 4PR

MUD PUMP SBC

E

W/ PROFIBUS

X

A2 GRN

RX

NOV P/N 10042793-001 (6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0)

NODE 6

A2

7

PROFIBUS CONNECTOR

DP

B1

GRN

EJ-16

6

DATA

OFF

RPBA NODE 7

A2 B2

C

C FOR FUTURE

INSTALLATION

5


NOV P/N

UPS CABINET

NOV P/N:

10068313-001

10513957-001

E/NET X 4PR

UPS A WEBCARD

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

UPS A

E

4

E

3

DATA

E/NET X 4PR

UPS B WEBCARD

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

UPS B

B

B

DATA

E/NET X 4PR

UPS C WEBCARD

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

UPS C

E

2

DATA

1

2

MUD PUMP #1

REMOTE I/O J-BOX

11

B4

SH

ZN

RX

E

MUD PUMP #1

TX

V1

+ -

E/NET X 4PR

ETHERNET TO FIBER AC DRIVE HOUSE

CONNECTOR

MUD PUMP

#1

WAGO I/O

A

S1

S1

P1

P1

S2

S2

P2

P2

1-BLU

PLUG PANEL

1-BLU

1-BLU

2-ORN

62.5/125um X 4C

3-GRN 4-BRN

2-ORN

MP1-F01

3-GRN

FIBER

4-BRN

S1

S1

P1

P1

S2

S2

P2

P2


62.5/125um X 4C MP1-F01A FIBER

2-ORN

3-GRN

4-BRN

8

7

6

5

EF

MUD PUMP #1

FIBER PATCH PANEL 1

A7

2

A8

62.5/125um X 2C

CONVERTER

MP1

V2

+

FIBER

B8

SPARE

SG

ZN

DATA

F1

F2

SH

1

FJ-11

SPARE

A5

EJ-MP1

-

B7

10

E

A

10

D3

SH

ZN


1/1

DWG NO.

4

3

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622967-DIA

2

1

9 OF 15

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7

6

5

4

3

AC DRIVE HOUSE

2

9

A3

SH

ZN

1


TX 8

(P/N 10538859-001)

D

D

RX FOR FIBER RING

SEE SHEET 15

MUD PUMP 2 CUBICLE

TX 7

RX INV. MP2

E/NET X 4 PR

WAGO I/O E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

MUD PUMP 2

6

DATA

INC/RECT #2 CUBICLE


E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

MOXA

E/NET X 4 PR INC/RECT #2

E

5 ETHERNET SWITCH 3

DATA

NOV P/N

C

C

10068313-001

4

CHOPPER CUBICLE

E/NET X 4 PR

CHOPPER

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

CHOPPER

A/B WAGO I/O

3

DATA

B

B

2

1

TX

2

9 SH

OFFICE (OPTIONAL) AC DRIVE

1-BLU

PLUG PANEL RIGSENSE SERVER

ETHERNET SWITCH

1-BLU

WITS INTERFACE

62.5/125um X 4C

TP-F01 FIBER

OFFICE (OPTIONAL)

3-GRN 4-BRN

S1

P1

P1

S2

S2

P2

P2

V1

-

EF 1

A9

3-GRN 4-BRN

2-ORN

62.5/125um X 4C TP-F01A

EF

3-GRN

FIBER

4-BRN

2

A10

ETHERNET TO FIBER

E/NET X 4PR

CONVERTER

ROUTER

R/S

62.5/125um X 2C R/SENSE

1-BLU 2-ORN

+

V2

+

1 0

ROUTER

E/NET X 4PR 3

EJ-21

DATA

1

DATA

-

F1

FIBER

B9

SPARE

F2

B10

SPARE

SG

A

E

A

COMPANY MAN'S

2-ORN

S1

A5 ZN

FIBER PATCH PANEL

HOUSE

E

TOOL PUSHER'S

RX

11 SH

RIGSENSE CLIENT

11 SH

D4 ZN

D3 ZN


1/1

DWG NO.

8

7

6

5

4

3

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622967-DIA

2

1

10 OF 15

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

10 SH

AC DRIVE HOUSE

1

A3 ZN


(P/N 10538859-001)

MUD PUMP #2

#2

WAGO I/O

S1

S1

P1

P1

S2

S2

P2

P2

2-ORN 3-GRN 4-BRN

1-BLU

PLUG PANEL

1-BLU

1-BLU 62.5/125um X 4C

2-ORN

MP2-F01

3-GRN

FIBER

4-BRN

S1

S1

P1

P1

S2

S2

P2

P2

ZN

1-BLU

3-GRN

EF

MP2-F01A

4-BRN

EF

1

4-BRN

62.5/125um X 2C

7

CONVERTER

SPARE

B12

SPARE

E/NET X 4PR

+

V2

MP2

E

-

FIBER

B11

RX

ETHERNET TO FIBER

FJ-12

2

A12

3-GRN

FIBER

TX

-

A11

2-ORN

62.5/125um X 4C

2-ORN

SEE SHEET 15

+

FIBER PATCH PANEL

HOUSE

CONNECTOR

SH

V1

AC DRIVE

MUD PUMP #2

A5

FOR FIBER RING

RX

E

REMOTE I/O J-BOX

10

D

RX

TX

2

MUD PUMP #2

MUD PUMP

8

1

EF

D

TX

EJ-MP2

6

DATA F1

F2

SG

12

D4

SH

ZN

5

1

TX

MUD SYSTEM DAQ REMOTE I/O J-BOX

DAQ

WAGO I/O

CONNECTOR

PLUG PANEL

S1

S1

P1

P1

S2

S2

P2

P2


1-BLU 62.5/125um X 4C

2-ORN

SD-F01

3-GRN

FIBER

4-BRN

S1

S1

P1

P1

S2

S2

P2

P2

ZN

1-BLU 1-BLU

62.5/125um X 4C

2-ORN 3-GRN

EF

SD-F01A

4-BRN

EF

1

4-BRN

62.5/125um X 2C

NOV P/N 10068313-001

E/NET X 4PR

ETHERNET TO FIBER CONVERTER

DAQ

2

A6

3-GRN

FIBER

C

SWITCH 4

-

A5

2-ORN

ETHERNET

+

FIBER PATCH PANEL EF

HOUSE

A4

SH

V1

AC DRIVE MUD SYSTEM

15

RX

E

C

MOXA

2

V2

DAQ

SPARE

B6

SPARE

EJ-34

4

DATA

-

FIBER

B5

E

+

F1

F2

SG

9

A5

SH

ZN

INC/RECT #1 CUBICLE

B

B INC/RECT #1 WAGO I/O

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E/NET X 4 PR INC/RECT #1

E

3

DATA

PROFIBUS CONNECTOR

NOV P/N 10042793-001 (6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0)

INV TD/RT CUBICLE

A1 B1

GRN

PROFIBUS

RED

INV. TD/RT

GRN

PROFIBUS DP

DP

INV. TD/RT

DP

RED

A1 B1

RESISTOR

PROF IN

ON

8

8

3

3

E/NET X 4PR

INV. TD/RT SBC W/PROFIBUS

EJ-32

2

DATA

X

RPBA NODE 5

A2

A2

B2

B2

PROF OUT

OFF 1

A

12

D3

SH

ZN


1/1

DWG NO.

8

7

6

5

4

3

A

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622967-DIA

2

1

11 OF 15

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7

6

5

4

3 11 SH

AC DRIVE HOUSE

A3 ZN

TX 8

(P/N 10538859-001)

INSTALLATION

MUD PUMP #3 11 SH

REMOTE I/O J-BOX

#3

WAGO I/O

S1

S1

P1

P1

S2

S2

P2

P2


1-BLU 62.5/125um X 4C

2-ORN

MP3-F01

3-GRN

FIBER

4-BRN

S1

S1

P1

P1

S2

S2

P2

P2

C4 ZN V1

1-BLU

3-GRN

MP3-F01A

4-BRN

EF

EF

4-BRN

62.5/125um X 2C

RX

+

ETHERNET TO FIBER CONVERTER

FJ-13

2

A14

3-GRN

FIBER

1

A13

2-ORN

62.5/125um X 4C

2-ORN

7

-

EF

1-BLU

PLUG PANEL

CONNECTOR

TX

RX

FIBER PATCH PANEL

HOUSE

MUD PUMP #3

SEE SHEET 15

E

MUD PUMP #3

FOR FIBER RING

TX

2

AC DRIVE

D

RX 1

MUD PUMP

1


FOR FUTURE

D

2

MP3

SPARE

B14

SPARE

E/NET X 4PR

+

E

-

FIBER

B13

V2

EJ-MP3

6

DATA F1

F2

SG

8

D6

SH

ZN

ASSIGNMENT CUBILCE

C

C E/NET X 4 PR

ASSIGNMENT

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

ASSIGNMENT

5

DATA

WAGO I/O


NOV P/N 10068313-001

PANEL PC

E/NET X 4PR

(DWS)

DATA

HMI

4

MCC BOARD MCC 3

CUBICLE

B

B E/NET X 4 PR

MCC

WAGO I/O

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

MCC

E

E

2

DATA

1

A

A

13 SH

D3 ZN


1/1

DWG NO.

8

7

6

5

4

3

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622967-DIA

2

1

12 OF 15

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7

6

5

4

3 12 SH

AC DRIVE HOUSE

TB DFSD

D

2

1

0.75mm² GRY 54 RLY5-54

2


53



A1

RLY1-MP1

1

A3 ZN


A2

(P/N 10538859-001)


D

3 13 0.75mm² GRY RLY1-13

14 4

0.75mm² GRY 44 RLY5-44

5


43



A1

RLY2-MP2

A2



8


33



A1

RLY3-MP3

1-BLK 1-WHT

2

(1TSP x 16AWG)

VFD-MP1-1

VFD-MP1

VFD-MP1-2

VFD-MP1-1 VFD-MP1-2

1-BLK

07-18

1-WHT

VFD-MP1

07-19

3 24

0.75mm² GRY 34 RLY5-34

1

0.75mm² GRY

6

7

TB VFD

23

RLY1-23

4


5

A2


6 14


13


9

7


8



VFD-MP2-1 VFD-MP2-2

1-BLK

07-18

1-WHT

VFD-MP2

07-19

9 24

C

10

0.75mm² GRY 24 RLY5-24

11


23


A1

RLY4-MP4

23

A2



10


11 12

12

14


13

0.75mm² GRY RLY3-14 14

13

13


14



VFD-MP3-1 VFD-MP3-2

1-BLK

07-18

1-WHT

VFD-MP3

C

07-19

15 24

23


16


17 18

14 1-BLK MP-ESTOP 2-WHT 24V RTN-RL

(20C x14 AWG)

13

0.75mm² GRY A1 RLY5-A1

14


A2


19


20 21

24

15

CAB-N01B

RLY5

13

23

AC DRIVE


22


23

CAB-N01

2-WHT

D1 ZN

PLUG PANEL

3-RED 4-GRN 5-ORG

B

6-BLU

NIS

NIS


1

1

2

2

3

3

4

4

5

5

6

6

7

7

8

8

9

9

10

10

11

11

12

12

13

13

14

14

15

15

16

16

17

17

18

18

19

19

20

20

24

2-WHT 3-RED

14 SH

4-GRN

D6 ZN

14 SH

D5 ZN

5-ORG 6-BLU


34

33

44

43 0.75mm² GRY RLY1-43

33

44

43

54 34

44

54 34

53

33

43

53

33

44

43

54

14 SH

34

54

NIS

1-BLK

NIS

2 SH

(20C x14 AWG)

NIS

HOUSE

53

A

TB MCC

B

1


2

53 0.75mm² GRY RLY1-53

3


4


5


6


7


8


9


10


11


12


13


14


15


16

14 SH 14 SH

D3 ZN

A

C3 ZN


D3 ZN

1/1

DWG NO.

8

7

6

5

4

3

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622967-DIA

2

1

13 OF 15

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

6

5

4

3

2

AC DRIVE HOUSE

13 SH

TB DFSD 3-RED

P1

P1

DW

S2

S2

WAGO I/O

P2

P2

2-ORN

DW-F01A

4-BRN

FIBER

2-ORN 3-GRN 4-BRN

BOOM

PLUG PANEL 1-BLU S1 S1 2-ORN P1 P1 3-GRN S2 S2 4-BRN P2 P2

2

ADSMESTOP

3

24V RTN-L

4

ADSESTOP

19



20

RLY7-A2

RLY7-A2

0.75mm² GRY

RLY7-TD/RT

A2

HPU-ESTOP

7-WHT/BLK

24V RTN-C

8-RED/BLK

62.5-125um X 4C DW-F01

24

22


23

RLY8-A2

A1

RLY8-AUX


13

23

A2

D8 ZN

SPARE

9-GRN/BLK

SPARE

10-ORG/BLK

27

SPARE

11-BLU/BLK

28

SPARE

12-BLK/WHT

(7C x 14 AWG) NIS

6

ESTOPSIG

7

+24VDC

8

ESTOP SIG 2

NIS

0.75mm² GRY


26

0.75mm² GRY

27

RLY6-23

28

31

+24V LOAD

14-GRN/WHT

32

DW-NO3A

14

13

24V RTN-L

24

1-BLK

23

+24V LOAD

34

2-WHT 3-RED

35

ADSMESTOP

NIS

17-WHT/RED

37

ESTOPSIG

18-ORG/RED

38

4-GRN 5-ORN

44

ADSESTOP

54

NIS

ESTOP SIG 2

20-RED/GRN

41

7-WHT/BLK

33

+24VDC ESTOP SIG 2

44

43


31


32


34


35

HOUSE PLUG PANEL

54

+24V LOAD

1

1

+24V LOAD

+24V LOAD

1

1

+24V LOAD

ADSMESTOP

2

2

ADSMESTOP

ADSMESTOP

2

2

ADSMESTOP

24V RTN-L

3

3

24V RTN-L

(7C x 14 AWG)

24V RTN-L

3

3

24V RTN-L

ADSESTOP

4

4

ADSESTOP

DW-NO3

ADSESTOP

4

4

ADSESTOP

ESTOPSIG

5

5

ESTOPSIG

ESTOPSIG

5

5

ESTOPSIG

+24VDC

6

6

+24VDC

+24VDC

6

6

+24VDC

ESTOP SIG 2

7

7

ESTOP SIG 2

ESTOP SIG 2

7

7

ESTOP SIG 2

(7C x 14 AWG) NIS

14

53

13

DW-NO3B

24

34

44

23

2

C1

SH

ZN

CAB-N02

A

43

CUBICLE #2

PLUG PANEL

(3C x 14 AWG)

33

GENERATOR

HOUSE

GEN-EST-C1A

1

1

GEN-EST-C1A

REST-GEN-C1A

2

2

REST-GEN-C1A

SPARE

3

3

SPARE

4


VFD-DWA-2

(1TSP x 16AWG)

VFD-DWB-1

TB ESD GEN-EST-C1A

ESD-01

REST-GEN-C1A

ESD-02

SPARE

ESD-03

54

53

13

A3

SH

ZN


18


19


20


21


22


23


24


25 26


27


28


29


30


31 32

VFD-DWB

VFD-DWB-2

(1TSP x 16AWG)


1-BLK

07-18

1-WHT

VFD-DWB

07-19

1-BLK

07-18

1-WHT

VFD-TD/RT

07-19

4-GRN

2251 2253

MAIN MCC RELAY PANEL 11A

5

4

TB01

1-BLK

2251

01

+24VDC

TB02

3-RED

2252

2254

A1

01

4-GRN

A1

02

MCC-N1001

6-BLU

2255

3-RED

A1

03

B

A2

ESD-RL3

HPU1 AUX ESD 5-ORG

2255

2256

A2

ESD-RL2

RT AUX ESD 2254

5-ORG

A2

ESD-RL1

DW AUX ESD 2253

(10C X 14 AWG)

TDS AUX ESD

TB10

2-WHT

2252 2-WHT

01

0VDC

33


A1

04

6-BLU

2256

34


35


36


37


38

7-WHT/BLK

2260

A2

ESD-RL4

05

7-WHT/BLK

A1

06

A2

ESD-RL5

2260 TRIP TANK 2 ESD

8-RED/BLK

2261

2261

8-RED/BLK

SPARE SPARE

39

9-GRN/BLK

SPARE

40

10-ORG/BLK

SPARE

A1

07

ESD-RL6

A2

9-GRN/BLK 10-ORG/BLK

A

D4 ZN


1/1

DWG NO.

6


VFD-TD/RT

SCALE:

7

VFD-DW-2

1-BLK

TRIP TANK 1 ESD


ESD-04

15 SH

8

VFD-DW-1

VFD-DWA

07-19

C

17


AC DRIVE

1-BLK 1-WHT



NIS

B

6-BLU

53

42

AC DRIVE

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

34

40

43

ESTOPSIG

NIS

NIS

33

24V RTN-L

39

NIS

29

VFD-DW-2

07-18

1-WHT

TB MCC

34

ADSESTOP

19-BLU/RED

1-WHT

VFD-DWA

1-BLK

36

36

+24VDC

1-BLK

VFD-DW-1

33

33

16-BLK/RED

1-WHT

(1TSP x 16AWG)

VFD-DWA-1

29

SPARE

ADSMESTOP

1-BLK

30

26

13-RED/WHT

15-BLU/WHT

B3 ZN

25


25 8 SH

FIBER

14

30

5

NIS

A1

0.75mm² GRY

24

TBESD +24V LOAD

6-BLU

24V RTN-B

13 SH

TB VFD

21

1-BLU

1

5-ORG

VFD-TD

62.5/125um X 4C

3-GRN

DW

C

RLY6-A2

A2

0.75mm² GRY

18

1-BLU

S1


RLY6-DW

NIS

CONNECTOR

17

A1

NIS

DW SKID S1

4-GRN

24V RTN-A

16


NIS

VFD-DW


NIS

REMOTE I/O J-BOX

D

(P/N 10538859-001)

NIS

DRAWWORKS

B6 ZN

NIS

B7 ZN


NIS

D

13 SH

A3 ZN

NIS

DW SKID

13 SH

1

NIS

7

NIS

8

3

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622967-DIA

2

1

14 OF 15

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7

6

5

4 14 SH

A3 ZN

HOUSE PLUG PANEL

EF

BLK

62.5/125um X 2C EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

FJ-01

EF

EF

EF

BLK

BLK

62.5/125um X 2C FJ-02

RED

8

FJ-03

RED

8

FIBER

BLK

62.5/125um X 2C FJ-04

RED

8

B1

FJ-05

SPARE

B2

2-ORN

CAB-F02A

3-GRN

FIBER

4-BRN

S1

P1

P1

S2

S2

P2

P2

1-BLU

62.5/125um X 4C

2-ORN 3-GRN

CAB-F02

4-BRN

EF

6 SH

FIBER

D

D1 ZN

3-GRN

62.5/125um X 2C

RED

FIBER

2-ORN

A2

62.5-125um X 2C

S1

4-BRN

FIBER

EF

FIBER

BLK

62.5/125um X 2C

A1

SPARE

1-BLU

1-BLU

PF

RED

FIBER

8

1

AC DRIVE

FIBER PATCH PANEL

(P/N 10538859-001) EF

2

AC DRIVE HOUSE


D

3

RED

RED

+

7

BLK

+

V1

-

RED 7

BLK

+

V1

-

7

BLK

+

V1

-

EF

7

BLK

RED

V1

-

EF

+

V2

-

MOXA

+

ETHERNET

-

V2

SWITCH 1

ETHERNET

-

V2

MOXA

+

ETHERNET

-

MOXA

V2

ETHERNET

SWITCH 3

NOV P/N

F1

10068313-001

SWITCH 4

NOV P/N

F1

10068313-001

NOV P/N

F1

10068313-001

10068313-001

F2

F2

F2

F2

SG

SG

SG

SG

C

EF

C

+

SWITCH 2

NOV P/N

F1

MOXA

6

5

6

5

6

5

6

3

4

3

4

3

4

3

4

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

EF

5

AC DRIVE

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

HOUSE

EF

PLUG PANEL BLK

62.5/125um X 2C FJ-06

RED

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

FIBER

RED 7

BLK

+

EF

BLK

A3

2-ORN

A4

SPARE

B3

SPARE

B4

1-BLU

1-BLU

62.5-125um X 2C

2-ORN

CAB-F01A

3-GRN

FIBER

4-BRN

PF

B

EF

8

RED

S1

S1

P1

P1

S2

S2

P2

P2

1-BLU

62.5/125um X 4C

2-ORN 3-GRN

CAB-F01

4-BRN

EF

6 SH

FIBER

A1 ZN

3-GRN

B

4-BRN

V1

-

+

V2

-


NOV P/N

F1

10068313-001

F2

SG

A

5

6

3

4

1

2

11 SH

C4 ZN

A


1/1

DWG NO.

8

7

6

5

4

3

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622967-DIA

2

1

15 OF 15

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8 NOTES:

7

6

5

4

3

2

1


1. WIRING COLORS AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. 2. CABLE MARKED ETHERNET MUST BE COMPLIANT WITH

ETHERNET SPECIFICATION ISO/IEC 11802 & EN 50173. 3. ALL PANELS SHOULD BE GROUNDED TO A CENTRAL LOCATION

ON CHAIR USING 4mm. GRN/YEL,

ENCODERS

POWER DEVICES SINGLE LINE SYMBOL

SCHEMATIC SYMBOL

4.

120/220 VAC

N

WHT

GND

SINGLE LINE SYMBOL

SCHEMATIC SYMBOL LEVEL SWITCH - NC

INCREMENTAL

D

WYE/DELTA

WIRING COLORS FOR POWER BLK

SCHEMATIC SYMBOL

INCREMENTAL ENCODER

WIRING COLORS AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS.

L1

SINGLE LINE SYMBOL

35mm GRN/YEL WILL BE USED

TO TIE EACH CHAIR TO A GROUND BAR ON THE DRILL CABIN.

D

INPUT DEVICES

3 PHASE

LEVEL SWITCH - N0

TRANSFORMER

ABSOLUTE

ABSOLUTE ENCODER

GRN/YEL


__________________

DC

DC+

VIO

DC-

VIO/BLK FLOW SWITCH - NO

5. LABEL CABLES , WIRES AND FIBER AS PER PRINT ON BOTH ENDS.




CONDUCTORS

RELAYS 1 PHASE TRANSFORMER

MUTI-CORE CABLE

C

SINGLE LINE SYMBOL NO RELAY CONTACT IEC 07-02-01

3/C CABLE


RECTIFIER

ETHERNET FIBER VARCO

EF

E

E

DP

DP

INVERTER

SINGLE LINE SYMBOL



2-WIRE

ETHERNET CUSTOMER RESISTANCE DEPENDANT


TEMPEERATURE DEVICE


(RTD / PTC) 3-WIRE

PROFIBUS DP CUSTOMER M

PF

IEC 07-20-02

SCHEMATIC SYMBOL


PROFIBUS DP VARCO

DP

IEC 07-19-02

OUTPUT DEVICES

ETHERNET FIBER CUSTOMER

ETHERNET VARCO

E

NAMUR PROX SENSOR


CABLE LEGEND

EF

C


TSP

EF


SCHEMATIC SYMBOL

3

PROFIBUS FIBER VARCO


M 3

HORN +

PF

PF


HEATER IEC 04-01-12

B 232

232


RS232 WITS VARCO

232

B

SIG +

LOAD CELL

RS232 WITS CUSTOMER

-

SIG M

M

MODEM VARCO

M

V

V

E-STOP SWITCH

MODEM CUSTOMER

CCTV VARCO

V

CCTV CUSTOMER

POWER VARCO

POWER CUSTOMER

NIS


NIS

A


AMPHION

PRODUCT:

CABLE CONNECTOR


TOLERANCES ARE:


10545605-001

X.X

±.1

X.XX

±.03

X.XXX ±.010

SIMILAR TO:

TOL > ±.06 1000

7

6

5

4




INITIAL

T. PHAM

APPVD

T. PHAM




AC IDEAL RIG 135


SCALE:


11/15/2011

3

TITLE:


CHECKED

DATE

8

BREAK EDGES .02/.03

D. McGARY

DRAWN


250

FRACTIONS

CURRENT FINISH

TOL < ±.06

1/2 DEG ± 1/16

±


WT LBS:


ANGLES

A



2

DWG NO.

1/1

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

1

10622969-DIA

1

REV:

OF

16

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

1.5mm² VIO

PS1/2(+3) TB +24VDC

D BUSBAR

1

CB1 10A

2.5mm² BLK

2.5mm² BLK

L-UPS-A4

2

4

1

3

PE BAR

L-UPS-A4

2.5mm² WHT

2.5mm² X 3C

N-UPS-A4

HMI 1

2.5mm² WHT N-UPS-A4

2.5mm² GRN/YEL

2.5mm² GRN/YEL

PE

PE

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

D

10

+

HMI 1 L1

N

RB1

PE -

POSITION 12

CB2

1

2

4

6

1

2

4

6

24V

+

GND

+

24V

+

GND

+

WAGO

CPU

WAGO

ETHERNET I/O

PS1/2(+1)

POSITION 0

B

BLK

L-UPS-B3

FROM MTC1

(12 AWG X 3C)

WHT

P4202

N-UPS-B3 GRN/YEL

1

4

3

2.5mm² BLK

CB6 10A

PE

L1

2.5mm² WHT N

N-UPS-B5 PE BAR

2.5mm² GRN/YEL

4

1

3

PE BAR

7

5

3

8

7

2.5mm² BLK

N

RB2

PE

POWER SUPPLY

115/230VAC IN NOV P/N 10066792-001

2.5mm² BLK

2.5mm² WHT N-UPS-B6

L-UPS-B6

2.5mm² X 3C HMI 4

2.5mm² WHT N-UPS-B6

2.5mm² GRN/YEL

2.5mm² GRN/YEL

PE

PE

PS1/2(+8)

0.75mm² VIO

PS1/2(+7)

0.75mm² VIO

SWITCH #1

V1-

V2-

F2

MOXA

SWITCH #2

V1-

F2

L1

1.5mm² VIO +

PS2 +

+

1.5mm² VIO/BLK

-

PS2 -

-

0.75mm² VIO

OK

DI 8-6

OK

DI 8-5

0.75mm² GRY

L-UPS-B6

2

8

V2+

MOXA

+

HMI 2

PS2 24VDC/10A

PE

PE BAR

3

-

L-UPS-B5 2

5

F1

DI 8-8

PE

-

V1+

0.75mm² GRY

2.5mm² GRN/YEL

2.5mm² GRN/YEL PE

CB5 10A

N-UPS-B4

GND

F1

PE

HMI 2

-

PS1/2(-3)

N-UPS-B4

2.5mm² WHT

OV

1.5mm² VIO/BLK

PE BAR

2.5mm² X 3C

-

PS1/2(-2)

3

2.5mm² WHT

GND

1.5mm² VIO/BLK

4

L-UPS-B4

-

PS1/2(-1)

1

V2-

OV

PE

L-UPS-B4

2

ETHERNET I/O

750-341 RIGHT

1.5mm² GRN/YEL

2.5mm² BLK

V2+

POSITION 0

PE BAR

2.5mm² BLK

1.5mm² VIO/BLK

CB4 10A

V1+

CPU

750-341 LEFT

1.5mm² VIO BUSBAR

PS1/2(+6)

PE

PS1/2(-5)

PE

PE

0.75mm² VIO/BLK

2.5mm² GRN/YEL

2.5mm² GRN/YEL

C

N

PS1/2(-5)

N-UPS-A6

0.75mm² VIO/BLK

2.5mm² WHT

DI 8-4

HMI 3

0.75mm² GRY

PE BAR

2.5mm² X 3C

N-UPS-A6

PS1/2(-4)

3

2.5mm² WHT

L1

0.75mm² VIO/BLK

4

L-UPS-A6

PS1/2(-4)

C

1

HMI 3

0.75mm² VIO/BLK

2.5mm² BLK

A3 ZN

24 RTN

2.5mm² BLK L-UPS-A6

2

4 SH

0.75mm² GRY

1.5mm² VIO/BLK

10A

CONNECTION (2,1)

0.75mm² VIO

DI 8-1

PS1/2(+5)

OK

POSITION 8

0.75mm² VIO

DI 8-2

A3 ZN

+24V

OK

CB3

PE

0.75mm² VIO

1.5mm² GRN/YEL

PE BAR

-

PE BAR

PE

PS1 -

1.5mm² VIO

10066792-001

-

PS1/2(+4)

GRN/YEL

2.5mm² GRN/YEL

1.5mm² VIO/BLK

PS1/2(-3)

N-UPS-A3

PE BAR

+

1.5mm² VIO

P4201

N

N-UPS-A5

115/230VAC IN NOV P/N

1.5mm² VIO/BLK

WHT

3

POWER SUPPLY

PS1/2(+3)

FROM MTC1

(12 AWG X 3C)

4

2.5mm² WHT

12 SH

1.5mm² VIO

L-UPS-A3

1

PS1 +

PS1/2(+2)

BLK

2

+

1.5mm² VIO

L1

L-UPS-A5

CONNECTION 6

1.5mm² VIO

PS1 24VDC/10A

PS1/2(+2)

2.5mm² BLK

1.5mm² VIO

10A

B

POSITION 8

CONNECTION (6,5) 4 SH

A3 ZN

CCTV HMI 4 L1

POSITION 12

POSITION 8

POSITION 8

CONNECTION 7

CONNECTION 4

CONNECTION 8

12

A3

4

A3

11

A3

SH

ZN

SH

ZN

SH

ZN

N

PE

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

CB7 10A

2

1

4

3

TB -24VDC

A

A

AMPHION CHAIR CONNECTIONS SCALE:

1/1

DWG NO.

8

7

6

5

4

3

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622969-DIA

2

1

2 OF 16

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

LEFT I/O PANEL

LEFT INSTRUMENTATION PANEL


WAGO P/N 750-433 10064178-040

D

2

24 V

1

DI 1

6

24 V

5

DI 2

3

24 V

4

DI 3

7

24 V

8

DI 4

80DI24.0

SPARE

80DI24.1

SPARE

80DI24.2

SPARE

80DI24.3

SPARE

D


WAGO P/N 750-433 10064178-040

0.75mm² VIO

0.75mm² VIO

DI 2-2

14

OPEN

C

13

TD-ELEVATOR

CLOSE

24

DRILL/OFF

14

23

0.75mm² GRY

DI 2-2

2

24 V

DI 2-1

0.75mm² VIO

DI 2-1

0.75mm² VIO

1

DI 1

DI 2-6

0.75mm² GRY

DI 2-6

0.75mm² GRY

6

24 V

DI 2-5

DI 2-5

5

DI 2

0.75mm² VIO

0.75mm² VIO

DI 2-3

DI 2-3

3

24 V

4

DI 3

7

24 V

8

DI 4

0.75mm² GRY

13

0.75mm² GRY

DI 2-4

TD LINK TILT

0.75mm² GRY

TILT

24

23

DI 2-4

0.75mm² VIO

0.75mm² VIO

DI 2-7

DI 2-7

0.75mm² GRY

0.75mm² GRY

DI 2-8

DI 2-8

80DI24.4

TD ELEVATOR OPEN

C 80DI24.5

TD ELEVATOR CLOSE

80DI24.6

TD LINK DRILL

80DI24.7

TD LINK TILT


WAGO P/N 750-433 10064178-040

0.75mm² VIO

0.75mm² GRY

DI 3-2

14

TD LINK

13

0.75mm² GRY

0.75mm² GRY

DI 3-2

2

24 V

DI 3-1

DI 3-1

1

DI 1

0.75mm² GRY

FLOAT 24

0.75mm² GRY

TD-FLOAT-C

23

GND BAR

0.75mm² GRY

0.75mm² GRY

TD-FLOAT-C

6

24 V

TD-FLOAT-D

TD-FLOAT-D

5

DI 2

3

24 V

4

DI 3

7

24 V

8

DI 4

B

4 SH

80DI24.8

TD LINK TILT FLOAT

80DI24.9

SPARE

B

80DI24.10 SPARE

80DI24.11 SPARE

D7 ZN 4 CH DIGITAL INPUT MODULE DC 24 V POSITION 4

LEFT JOYSTICK CATHEAD 3

Y(+) SWITCH

4 2

Y(-) SWITCH

1

WAGO P/N 750-433 10064178-040

WHT BLK WHT BLK WHT

-

DEAD MAN

BLK -

JS-05A

20 AWG X 1 TSP

WHT

JS-05 A/B

BLK

JS-05B JS-05C

20 AWG X 1 TSP

WHT

JS-05 C/D

BLK

JS-05D JS-06A

20 AWG X 1 TSP

WHT

JS-06 A/B

BLK

JS-06B

JS-05A

2

24 V

JS-05B

1

DI 1

JS-05C

6

24 V

JS-05D

5

DI 2

JS-06A

3

24 V

JS-06B

4

DI 3

7

24 V

A

8 4 SH

DI 4

80DI24.12

Y (+) SWITCH LINE RELEASE

80DI24.13

Y (-) SWITCH LINE PULL

80DI24.14 DEAD MAN SWITCH

A

80DI24.15 SPARE

D2 ZN


4 SH

8

7

6

5

4

3

D2 ZN

1/1

DWG NO.

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622969-DIA

2

1

3 OF 16

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7 3 SH

6

5

4

3

2

B7 ZN

3 SH

1

A2 ZN

LEFT I/O PANEL


3 SH

A2 ZN


WAGO P/N 750-433 10064178-040

D

2

24 V

1

DI 1

6

24 V

5

DI 2

3

24 V

4

DI 3

7

24 V

8

DI 4

80DI25.0

SPARE

80DI25.1

SPARE

80DI25.2

SPARE

80DI25.3

SPARE

D


WAGO P/N 750-433 10064178-040

0.75mm² VIO

DRAWWORKS

C

0.75mm² VIO

DI 6-2

OFF/AUTO

14

13

PARKING BRAKE 24

ON

23

0.75mm² GRY

0.75mm² GRY

DI 6-2

2

24 V

DI 6-1

0.75mm² VIO

DI 6-1

0.75mm² VIO

1

DI 1

DI 6-6

0.75mm² GRY

DI 6-6

0.75mm² GRY

6

24 V

DI 6-5

DI 6-5

5

DI 2

3

24 V

4

DI 3

7

24 V

8

DI 4

0.75mm² GRY

DRAWWORKS

13

ADS-OR-C

0.75mm² GRY

0.75mm² GRY

ADS-OR-D

ADS-OR-D

0.75mm² VIO

OVERRIDE 24

23

0.75mm² GRY

0.75mm² GRY

DI 7-2

2

24 V

DI 7-1

DI 7-1

1

DI 1

0.75mm² VIO

0.75mm² VIO

DI 7-6

14

B

13

0.75mm² GRY

0.75mm² GRY

DI 7-6

6

24 V

S-ENABLE-B

S-ENABLE-B

5

DI 2

0.75mm² GRY

SLIPS ENABLE

24

0.75mm² GRY

S-ENABLE-C

23

0.75mm² GRY

0.75mm² GRY

S-ENABLE-C

2

24 V

S-ENABLE-D

S-ENABLE-D

4

DI 3

6

24 V

8

DI 4

5 SH

14

D2

SH

ZN

BLK

RJS-10A

80DI25.5

DRAWWORKS PARKING BRAKE ON

80DI25.6

SPARE

80DI25.7

SPARE

WAGO P/N 750-433 VARCO P/N 10064178-040

0.75mm² VIO

DI 7-2

C


0.75mm² GRY

ADS-OR-C

14

DRAWWORKS PARKING BRAKE OFF/AUTO

80DI25.4

C3 ZN

80DI25.8

DRAWWORKS OVERRIDE

80DI25.9

SPARE

B

80DI25.10 SPARE

80DI25.11 SPARE

TB SLIP 1 4 CH DIGITAL INPUT MODULE DC 24 V POSITION 8

0.75mm² VIO

CONTINUED TO PS1 2

C4

SH

ZN

A

2

B4

SH

ZN

CONTINUED TO

2

B2 ZN

24 V

DI 8-1

1

DI 1

DI 8-6

6

24 V

DI 8-5

5

DI 2

+V LCD

2

24 V

DI 8-4

4

DI 3

6

24 V

0.75mm² GRY 0.75mm² VIO 0.75mm² GRY

SW1 FAULT (F2) SH

2

0.75mm² VIO PS2

C2 ZN

DI 8-2

0.75mm² GRY CONTINUED TO

7 SH

WAGO P/N 750-433 VARCO P/N 10064178-040

8

DI 4

80DI25.12 PS1 FAULT

80DI25.13 PS2 FAULT

80DI25.14

MOXA SWITCH 1 FAULT (F2)

A

80DI25.15 SPARE


5 SH

8

5 SH

D7 ZN

7

6

5

4

3

D2 ZN

1/1

DWG NO.

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622969-DIA

2

1

4 OF 16

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7 4 SH

6

5

4

3

2

A7 ZN

4 SH

1

A3 ZN

LEFT I/O PANEL


2 CH ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE 4-20 mA POSITION 9

WAGO P/N 750-552 VARCO P/N 10064178-022

D

4 SH

1

AO 1

2

24 V

3

OV

4

SHIELD

5

AO 2

6

24 V

7

OV

8

SHIELD

80AO0

SPARE

80AO1

SPARE

D


B2 ZN

WAGO P/N 750-552 VARCO P/N 10064178-022

C

1

AO 1

2

24 V

3

OV

4

SHIELD

5

AO 2

6

24 V

7

OV

8

SHIELD

80AO2

SPARE

C

80AO3

SPARE


WAGO P/N 750-552 VARCO P/N 10064178-022

B

0.75mm

5 SH

7

B3

SH

ZN

7

B3 ZN

2

24 V

3

OV

4

SHIELD

5

AO 2

6

24 V

7

OV

8

SHIELD

GRY

80AO4

80AO5

SPARE

B

SPARE

2 CH ANALOG INPUT MODULE 0-10 V POSITION 12

WAGO P/N 750-478 VARCO P/N 10064178-012

WHT LJS-07B

CONNECTION 7 SH

AO 1

A3 ZN

POSITION 20

A

2

1

0.75mm² VIO/BLK

(-) OV

1

AI 1

2

24 V

3

OV

4

SHIELD

5

AI 2

6

24 V

7

OV

8

SHIELD

80AI0

SPARE

80AI1

LEFT JOYSTICK POTENTIOMETER

A


6 SH

8

D7 ZN

6 SH

7

6

5

4

3

D2 ZN

1/1

DWG NO.

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622969-DIA

2

1

5 OF 16

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7 5 SH

6

5

4

3

2

A7 ZN

5 SH

1

A3 ZN

LEFT I/O PANEL


2 CH ANALOG INPUT MODULE 0-20 mA POSITION 13

WAGO P/N 750-465 VARCO P/N 10064178-007

D

1

AI 1

2

24 V

3

OV

4

SHIELD

5

AI 2

6

24 V

7

OV

8

SHIELD

80AI2

SPARE

80AI3

SPARE

D


WAGO P/N 750-465 VARCO P/N 10064178-007

C

1

AI 1

2

24 V

3

OV

4

SHIELD

5

AI 2

6

24 V

7

OV

8

SHIELD

80AI4

SPARE

C

80AI5

SPARE


WAGO P/N 750-465 VARCO P/N 10064178-007

B

5 SH

1

AI 1

2

24 V

3

OV

4

SHIELD

5

AI 2

6

24 V

7

OV

8

SHIELD

80AI6 SPARE

B

80AI7 SPARE


B3 ZN

WAGO P/N 750-433 NOV P/N 10064178-040

A

2

24 V

1

DI 1

6

24 V

5

DI 2

3

24 V

4

DI 3

7

24 V

8

DI 4

80DI26.0

SPARE

80DI26.1

SPARE

80DI26.2

SPARE

A 80DI26.3

SPARE

AMPHION CHAIR CONNECTIONS 7 SH

8

8

D7

SH

ZN

7

6

5

4

3

7

D2

SH

ZN

D3 ZN

SCALE:

1/1

DWG NO.

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622969-DIA

2

1

6 OF 16

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7

6

5

4

3

2 6

A3

SH

ZN

1

LEFT I/O PANEL 6 SH


A3 ZN

WAGO P/N 750-433 NOV P/N 10064178-040

D

4mm² GRN/YEL PE

2

24 V

1

DI 1

6

24 V

5

DI 2

3

24 V

4

DI 3

7

24 V

8

DI 4

80DI26.4

SPARE

80DI26.5

SPARE

80DI26.6

SPARE

80DI26.7

SPARE

D

CENTRAL CABIN GND

2 AWG X 1C GRN/YEL

CHAIR GND

4mm² GRN/YEL

PE

CENTER PANEL

+SIG MVMT

A

A

RED

2 CH ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE 0-10V POSITION 19

PE

COM MVMT

+SIG MVMT

WAGO P/N 750-550 NOV P/N 10064178-021

TB SIG

RED

R2

R1

1

AO 1

3

COMMON

80AO6

WEIGHT INDICATOR SIGNAL MOVEMENT

9.53K

GRN

2

B

ELECTRONIC

C

B

C

GRN

BRN

COM MVMT

+SIG LCD

POSITION 8

+SIG LCD

WEIGHT

PIGTAIL

INDICATOR

N5014 D

D

WHT

BRN

+V LCD

WHT

CONNECTION 2 4

A3

SH

ZN

4

SHIELD

8

SHIELD

5

AO 2

7

COMMON

BLK

E

E

F

F

80AO7

LEFT JOYSTICK POTENTIOMETER

2 CH ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE +/-10V

(-) OV

COM LCD

BLK

C

6

+V LCD

0.75mm² VIO/BLK

C

COM LCD

POSITION 20

WAGO P/N 750-556 NOV P/N 10064178-026 1

AO 1

3

COMMON

80AO8

WEIGHT INDICATOR SIGNAL

80AO9

SPARE

2

POSITION 12 CONNECTION 7

B

LEFT JOYSTICK R

POTENTIOMETER

W

RED

WHT

LJS-07A

5

A3

SH

ZN

RED

WHT

LJS-07B

18 AWG X 4C

0.75mm² VIO/BLK

(-) OV

LJS-07A

4

SHIELD

8

SHIELD

5

AO 2

7

COMMON

B

6

POSITION 12 CONNECTION 5

LJS-07B

5 SH

A3 ZN

LJS-07 L

BLK

GRN

LJS-07C

BLK

LJS-07D

GRN

LJS-07C

LJS-07D

A

A


8 SH

8

7

6

5

4

3

D2 ZN

1/1

DWG NO.

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622969-DIA

2

1

7 OF 16

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7 6 SH

6

5

4

3

2

A7 ZN

7 SH

1

A2 ZN

LEFT I/O PANEL


FIELD SIDE CONNECTION AC/DC 0-230V + & POSITION 18

WAGO P/N 750-614 NOV P/N 10064178-072

POSITION 23

D

POSITION 24 CONNECTION 1 9 SH

CONNECTION 1 9 SH

0.75mm² VIO

D3 ZN

(+) 24 V

2

(+)

(+) 24 V

1

(+)

6

(+)

5

(+)

3

(-)

4

(-)

7

(-)

8

(-)

0.75mm² VIO

C3 ZN POSITION 23 CONNECTION 5 9 SH

0.75mm² VIO/BLK

(-) OV

D3 ZN

POSITION 24

C

GRY

GRN RED

MUD PUMP #1

BLU

THROTTLE

PINK

NOV P/N 10048305-001

GRY GRN YEL WHT BRN

+5 VDC

YEL

PIGTAIL

OV RTN

MUD-PUMP1

CH A

WHT

CH A/ CH B

BRN

CH B/ CH Z

RED

CH Z/ BLU

(+) 24 V

(-) OV

(-) OV

(+) 24 V

PINK

0.75mm² VIO

(-) OV

0.75mm² VIO/BLK

C3 ZN

0.75mm² VIO

9 SH

0.75mm² VIO/BLK 0.75mm² VIO/BLK

CONNECTION 5

CH A-1

INCREMENTAL ENCODER MODULE POSITION 21

WAGO P/N 750-637 NOV P/N 10064178-034

1

CH A/-1

5

2

CH B/-1

6

CH Z-1

3

CH Z/-1

7

+5 VDC-1

4

OV RTN-1

8

1

(+) 24 V

5

(-) 0 V

2

N1

A

A

JUMPER

CH B-1

D

B

6

N2

3

(L) LATCH

B

C

7

(G) GATE

4

(R) REF

8

(S) SHIELD

C

80AI8

STATUS WORD

80AI9

VALUE WORD

80AI10

RESERVED WORD

80AI11

LATCH WORD

80AO10

CONTROL WORD

80AO11

SETPOINT WORD

80AO12

RESERVED WORD

80AO13

RESERVED WORD

C

Ue (5 V) Uo (0 V)

SHIELD


WAGO P/N 750-637 NOV P/N 10064178-034

B

PINK

GRY

GRN RED BLU PINK GRY GRN YEL WHT BRN

+5 VDC

YEL

PIGTAIL

OV RTN

MUD-PUMP2

CH A

WHT

CH A/ CH B

BRN

CH B/ CH Z

RED

CH Z/ BLU

CH A-2

1

CH A/-2

5

2

CH B/-2

6

CH Z-2

3

CH Z/-2

7

+5 VDC-2

4

OV RTN-2

8

(+) 24 V

5

(-) 0 V

2

N1

A

A

JUMPER

CH B-2

1

B

6

N2

3

(L) LATCH

B

C

7

(G) GATE

4

(R) REF

8

(S) SHIELD

C

B

80AI12

STATUS WORD

80AI13

VALUE WORD

80AI14

RESERVED WORD

80AI15

LATCH WORD

80AO14

CONTROL WORD

80AO15

SETPOINT WORD

80AO16

RESERVED WORD

80AO17

RESERVED WORD

Ue (5 V) Uo (0 V)

SHIELD

A

A

AMPHION CHAIR CONNECTIONS SCALE: 9 SH

8

D7 ZN

9 SH

7

6

5

4

3

D2 ZN

1/1

DWG NO.

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622969-DIA

2

1

8 OF 16

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7 8 SH

6

5

4

3

2

A7 ZN

8 SH

1

A2 ZN

LEFT I/O PANEL



POSITION 18

D

CONNECTION 3 8 SH

BLU

THROTTLE

PINK

NOV P/N 10048305-001

GRY GRN YEL WHT BRN

MUD-PUMP3

CH A

2

CH B/-2

6

3

CH Z-2

CH A/ BRN

CH Z/-2

CH B/ CH Z

5

CH B-2

WHT

CH B

1

RED

7

4

+5 VDC-2

CH Z/ BLU

8

OV RTN-2

1

(+) 24 V

5

(-) 0 V

2

N1

A

A

JUMPER

YEL

PIGTAIL

OV RTN

WAGO P/N 750-637 NOV P/N 10064178-034

0.75mm² VIO/BLK

CH A/-2

GRN

MUD PUMP #3


(+) 24 V

CH A-2

GRY

+5 VDC

0.75mm² VIO

(-) OV

D3 ZN PINK

RED

D3 ZN

B

6

N2

3

(L) LATCH

B

C

7

(G) GATE

4

(R) REF

8

(S) SHIELD

C

D

80AI16

STATUS WORD

80AI17

VALUE WORD

80AI18

RESERVED WORD

80AI19

LATCH WORD

80AO18

CONTROL WORD

80AO19

SETPOINT WORD

80AO20

RESERVED WORD

80AO21

RESERVED WORD

Ue (5 V) Uo (0 V)

SHIELD POSITION 18 CONNECTION 1

C


C3 ZN

8 SH

D3 ZN

0.75mm² VIO


(+) 24 V

C

WAGO P/N 750-637 NOV P/N 10064178-034

0.75mm² VIO/BLK

(-) OV

1

5

6

3

7

4

8

(+) 24 V

5

(-) 0 V

2

N1

A

A

JUMPER

2

1

B

6

N2

3

(L) LATCH

B

C

7

(G) GATE

4

(R) REF

8

(S) SHIELD

C

80AI20

STATUS WORD

80AI21

VALUE WORD

80AI22

RESERVED WORD

80AI23

LATCH WORD

80AO22

CONTROL WORD

80AO23

SETPOINT WORD

80AO24

RESERVED WORD

80AO25

RESERVED WORD

Ue (5 V) Uo (0 V)

B

B

A

A


1/1

DWG NO.

8

7

6

5

4

3

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622969-DIA

2

1

9 OF 16

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

RIGHT I/O PANEL

RIGHT INSTRUMENTATION PANEL


WAGO P/N 750-433 NOV P/N 10064178-040

D

2

24 V

1

DI 1

6

24 V

5

DI 2

3

24 V

4

DI 3

7

24 V

8

DI 4

81DI20.0

SPARE

81DI20.1

SPARE

81DI20.2

SPARE

81DI20.3

SPARE

D


WAGO P/N 750-433 NOV P/N 10064178-040

C

2

24 V

1

DI 1

6

24 V

5

DI 2

3

24 V

4

DI 3

7

24 V

8

DI 4

81DI20.4

SPARE

C 81DI20.5

SPARE

81DI20.6

SPARE

81DI20.7

SPARE


WAGO P/N 750-433 NOV P/N 10064178-040

B

2

24 V

1

DI 1

6

24 V

5

DI 2

3

24 V

4

DI 3

7

24 V

8

DI 4

81DI20.8

SPARE

81DI20.9

SPARE

B

81DI20.10 SPARE

81DI20.11 SPARE


WAGO P/N 750-433 NOV P/N 10064178-040

GND BAR

A

2

24 V

1

DI 1

6

24 V

5

DI 2

3

24 V

4

DI 3

7

24 V

8

11 SH

8

D7 ZN

11 SH

7

6

5

4

3

D2 ZN

81DI20.13 SPARE

81DI20.14 SPARE

A

81DI20.15 SPARE

D3 ZN


SCALE:

11 SH

DI 4

81DI20.12 SPARE

1/1

DWG NO.

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622969-DIA

2

1

10 OF 16

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7 10 SH

6

5

4

3

2

A7 ZN

10 SH

10 SH

0.75mm² VIO 13

RELEASE ALL 24

WAGO P/N 750-433 NOV P/N 10064178-040

0.75mm² GRY

DI 5-2

2

24 V

DI 5-1

DI 5-1

1

DI 1

0.75mm² GRY

TO-RA-C

23

A3 ZN

0.75mm² GRY 0.75mm² GRY

TOOL OWNERSHIP


0.75mm² VIO

DI 5-2

14

A2 ZN

RIGHT I/O PANEL


D

1

0.75mm² GRY

0.75mm² GRY

TO-RA-C

6

24 V

TO-RA-D

TO-RA-D

5

DI 2

3

24 V

4

DI 3

7

24 V

8

DI 4

12 SH

C3 ZN

RJS-14A 14 SH

C3 ZN

BLK CLR

RJS-14B

D

81DI21.0

RELEASE ALL TOOL OWNERSHIP

81DI21.1

DEAD MAN SWITCH

81DI21.2

SPARE

81DI21.3

SPARE


DFSD ESTOP 15 SH

B5 ZN

MP ESTOP

C

15

A5

SH

ZN

GEN ESTOP 15

A5

SH

ZN

WAGO P/N 750-433 NOV P/N 10064178-040

0.75mm² VIO DI 6-2

DFSD ESTOP

0.75mm² VIO DI 6-6

15

B5

SH

ZN

0.75mm² GRY DI 6-1

MP ESTOP

0.75mm² VIO DI 6-3

15

A5

SH

ZN

0.75mm² GRY DI 6-6

GEN ESTOP 15

A5

SH

ZN

0.75mm² GRY DI 6-4

2

24 V

1

DI 1

6

24 V

5

DI 2

3

24 V

4

DI 3

7

24 V

8

DI 4

81DI21.4

DFSD ESTOP

C 81DI21.5

MP ESTOP

81DI21.6

GEN ESTOP

81DI21.7

SPARE


WAGO P/N 750-433 NOV P/N 10064178-040

B

2

24 V

1

DI 1

6

24 V

5

DI 2

3

24 V

4

DI 3

7

24 V

8

DI 4

81DI21.8

SPARE

81DI21.9

SPARE

B

81DI21.10 SPARE

81DI21.11 SPARE


WAGO P/N 750-433 NOV P/N 10064178-040

A

CONTINUED TO

MOXA SW2 FAULT (F2) 2

B1

SH

ZN

0.75mm² GRY DI 8-8

2

24 V

1

DI 1

6

24 V

5

DI 2

3

24 V

4

DI 3

7

24 V

8

DI 4

81DI21.12 SPARE

81DI21.13 SPARE

81DI21.14 SPARE

81DI21.15

A

MOXA SWITCH 2 FAULT (F2)


12 SH

8

D7 ZN

12 SH

7

6

5

4

3

D2 ZN

1/1

DWG NO.

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622969-DIA

2

1

11 OF 16

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7 11 SH

6

5

4

3

2

A7 ZN

11 SH

1

A2 ZN

RIGHT I/O PANEL



WAGO P/N 750-552 VARCO P/N 10064178-022

D

BLK

RJS-01A

CONTINUED TO X-AXIS/Y-AXIS RIGHT JOYSTICK POT(C),(K) 13 SH

C6 ZN

POSITION 13 20 AWG X 1TSP

CONNECTION 7

RJS-01

13 SH

0.75mm² GRY

D3 ZN

RX-RET

CLR

RJS-01B POSITION 14 CONNECTION 7 13 SH

11 SH

0.75mm² GRY

C3 ZN

RY1-RET

13

B6

SH

ZN

24 V

3

OV

4

SHIELD

5

AO 2

6

24 V

7

OV

8

SHIELD

20 AWG X 1TSP

CONNECTION 7

RJS-02

81AO0

X-AXIS RIGHT JOYSTICK POT (C)

81AO1

Y-AXIS RIGHT JOYSTICK POT (K)

D

WAGO P/N 750-552 VARCO P/N 10064178-022

BLK

POSITION 15

13

B3

SH

ZN

0.75mm² GRY RY2-RET

CLR

RJS-02B

2

D2 ZN

CONTINUED TO REDUNDANT Y-AXIS

C

AO 1


RJS-02A

RIGHT JOYSTICK POT(G)

1

1

AO 1

2

24 V

3

OV

4

SHIELD

5

AO 2

6

24 V

7

OV

8

SHIELD

81AO2

REDUNDANT Y-AXIS POT (G)

C

81AO3

SPARE

2 CH ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE 0-10 V POSITION 11

WAGO P/N 750-550 NOV P/N 10064178-021

1

AO 1

3

COMMON

81AO4

SPARE

2

B

4

SHIELD

8

SHIELD

5

AO 2

7

COMMON

B 81AO5

SPARE

6

0.75mm

13 SH

GRY

2 CH ANALOG INPUT MODULE 0-10 V POSITION 12

WAGO P/N 750-478 VARCO P/N 10064178-012

A3 ZN 1

AI 1

2

24 V

3

OV

4

SHIELD

5

AI 2

+ 24V

6

24 V

24 RTN

7

OV

8

SHIELD

POSITION 0

CONNECTION 6,7 1.5mm² VIO

A

2

C3

SH 2

ZN B3

SH

ZN

1.5mm² VIO/BLK

81AI0

SPARE

81AI1

SPARE

A


14 SH

8

C7 ZN

13 SH

7

6

5

4

3

D2 ZN

1/1

DWG NO.

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622969-DIA

2

1

12 OF 16

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7

6

5

4

3

2 12 SH

1

A2 ZN

RIGHT I/O PANEL

RIGHTJOYSTICK


WAGO P/N 750-465 VARCO P/N 10064178-007

D

A

X-AXIS

C

POTENTIOMETER

D

BLK

BLK

CLR

RJS-03A

BLK

RJS-03A

20 AWG X 1TSP RJS-01A

RJS-03

0.75mm GRY

RJS-03B

CLR

RJS-03B


POSITION 9 20 AWG X 1TSP RJS-01

CONNECTION (1), (5) 12 SH

0.75mm² GRY

D3 ZN

RX-RET

1

AI 1

2

24 V

3

OV

4

SHIELD

5

AI 2

6

24 V

7

OV

8

SHIELD

81AI2

RIGHT JOYSTICK X-AXIS POT (+)

81AI3

RIGHT JOYSTICK X-AXIS POT (-)

D

D4 ZN


WAGO P/N 750-465 VARCO P/N 10064178-007

I

C

Y1-AXIS

K

POTENTIOMETER

L

BLK

CLR

CLR

RJS-04A

CLR

RJS-04B

20 AWG X 1TSP RJS-01B

RJS-04

0.75mm GRY

RJS-04B

BLK

RJS-04A

POSITION 9 CONNECTION 7 12

D3

SH

ZN


1

AI 1

2

24 V

3

OV

4

SHIELD

5

AI 2

6

24 V

7

OV

8

SHIELD

RIGHT JOYSTICK Y1-AXIS POT (+)

81AI4

C RIGHT JOYSTICK Y1-AXIS POT (-)

81AI5


WAGO P/N 750-465 VARCO P/N 10064178-007

E

REDUNDANT Y-AXIS

G

POTENTIOMETER

B

H

BLK

BLK

CLR

RJS-05A

20 AWG X 1TSP RJS-02A

RJS-05B

RJS-05

1

X(+) SWITCH

2

3

X(-) SWITCH

4 3

A

Y(+) SWITCH

4 1

Y(-) SWITCH

2

BLK CLR BLK CLR BLK CLR BLK CLR

0.75mm GRY

POSITION 10 20 AWG X 1TSP RJS-02

CLR

CLR

RJS-05B

RJS-05A

CONNECTION (1) 12

C4

SH

ZN

POSITION 10

RJS-02B

CONNECTION 3 12

C3

SH

ZN


12

B3

SH

ZN

20 AWG X 1TSP

RJS-06A RJS-06B

RJS-07A

RJS-07

RJS-07B

RJS-07B 20 AWG X 1TSP

RJS-08A

RJS-08A

RJS-08

RJS-08B


RJS-09A

RJS-09A

RJS-09

RJS-09B

2

24 V

3

OV

4

SHIELD

5

AI 2

6

24 V

7

OV

8

SHIELD

81AI6

81AI7

REDUNDANT RIGHT JOYSTICK Y-AXIS POT(+)

REDUNDANT RIGHT JOYSTICK Y-AXIS POT(-)

B

WAGO P/N 750-433 NOV P/N 10064178-040


AI 1


RJS-06A

RJS-06

RJS-07A

BLK

1

RJS-09B

BLK CLR BLK CLR BLK CLR BLK CLR

2

24 V

1

DI 1

6

24 V

5

DI 2

3

24 V

4

DI 3

7

24 V

8

DI 4

81DI22.0

X (+) SWITCH

81DI22.1

X (-) SWITCH

81DI22.2

Y (+) SWITCH

81DI22.3

A

Y (-) SWITCH


14 SH

8

D7 ZN

14 SH

7

6

5

4

3

D2 ZN

14

D3

SH

ZN

SCALE:

1/1

DWG NO.

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622969-DIA

2

1

13 OF 16

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7 13 SH

6

5

4

3

2

A7 ZN

12 SH

UPPER RIGHT

D

BLU

SWITCH

GRN

LOWER RIGHT

BRN

SWITCH

WHT

UPPER LEFT

ORN

SWITCH

PURP

LOWER LEFT

GRY

SWITCH

BLK

DEAD MAN

YEL

SWITCH 12 SH

M N O P U V

S T

Q R

13 SH

BLK CLR BLK CLR BLK CLR BLK CLR BLK CLR

20 AWG X 1TSP

RJS-10A

RJS-10A

RJS-10


BLK

4 SH

B3 ZN

CLR


RJS-11A

BLK

RJS-11A

RJS-11

RJS-11B

CLR


RJS-12A

BLK

RJS-12A

RJS-12

RJS-12B

CLR


RJS-13A

BLK

RJS-13A

RJS-13

RJS-13B

CLR

RJS-13B

RJS-14A

20 AWG X 1TSP

POSITION 5

RJS-14

CONNECTION 6, 5

RJS-14B

CABIN GND

CLR

1

DI 1

6

24 V

5

DI 2

3

24 V

4

DI 3

7

24 V

8

DI 4

81DI22.4

POWER SLIPS OPEN

81DI22.5

POWER SLIPS CLOSE

81DI22.6

SPARE

81DI22.7

SPARE

D

D3 ZN

2 AWG X 1C GRN/YEL

CHAIR GND

4mm² GRN/YEL

4 CH DIGITAL OUTPUT MODULE DC 24 V POSITION 18

PE

10064178-054

BLK

HORN-01A

HORN-01A

20 AWG X 1TSP HORN-01

-

24 V

WAGO P/N 750-504

HORN

C

2

PE

PE


11 SH

4mm² GRN/YEL

CENTRAL

BLK

WAGO P/N 750-433 NOV P/N 10064178-040

A3 ZN

RJS-10B

A7 ZN

+

A3 ZN

RIGHT I/O PANEL

RIGHTJOYSTICK RED

1

CLR

HORN-01B

HORN-01B

1

DO 1

2

24 V

3

OV

5

DO 2

6

24 V

7

OV

4 8

81DO18.0

HORN

C 81DO18.1

SPARE

DO 3

81DO18.2

SPARE

DO 4

81DO18.3

SPARE

FIELD SIDE CONNECTION AC/DC 0-230V + & POSITION 19

WAGO P/N 750-614 NOV P/N 10064178-072

POSITION 21 CONNECTION 1 POSITION 22 15 D2 CONNECTION 1 SH ZN 15 C2 SH

0.75mm² VIO

(+) 24 V

2

(+)

(+) 24 V

1

(+)

6

(+)

5

(+)

(-) OV

3

(-)

(-) OV

4

(-)

7

(-)

8

(-)

0.75mm² VIO

ZN POSITION 21

POSITION 22

CONNECTION 5

CONNECTION 5 15

C2

SH

ZN

D3

SH

ZN

0.75mm² VIO/BLK

B

PINK

TOP DRIVE

BLU

THROTTLE

PINK

NOV P/N 10048305-001

GRY GRN YEL WHT

A

BRN

TD

CH A

CH B-3

6

CH Z-3

CH A/ BRN

3

CH Z/-3

CH B/ CH Z

2

CH B/-3

WHT

CH B

5

RED

7

+5 VDC-3

CH Z/ BLU

4

OV RTN-3

8

1

(+) 24 V

5

(-) 0 V

2

N1

A

A

JUMPER

YEL

PIGTAIL

OV RTN

WAGO P/N 750-637 NOV P/N 10064178-034

1

CH A/-3

GRN

+5 VDC


(+) 24 V

CH A-3

GRY

RED

0.75mm² VIO

(-) OV

0.75mm² VIO/BLK

B

15

0.75mm² VIO/BLK

B

6

N2

3

(L) LATCH

B

C

7

(G) GATE

4

(R) REF

8

(S) SHIELD

C

15 SH

8

7

6

5

4

3

D2 ZN

81AI9

VALUE WORD

80AI10

RESERVED WORD

81AI11

LATCH WORD

81AO6

CONTROL WORD

81AO7

SETPOINT WORD

81AO8

RESERVED WORD

81AO9

RESERVED WORD

A

Uo (0 V)


D7 ZN

STATUS WORD

Ue (5 V)

SHIELD 15 SH

81AI8

1/1

DWG NO.

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622969-DIA

2

1

14 OF 16

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7 14 SH

6

5

4

3

2

A7 ZN

14 SH

1

A3 ZN

RIGHT I/O PANEL



POSITION 19

D

CONNECTION 3 14 SH

BLU

THROTTLE

PINK

NOV P/N 10048305-001

GRY GRN YEL WHT BRN

RT

CH A

CH B/-3

6

3

CH Z-3

CH A/ BRN

CH Z/-3

CH B/ CH Z

2

CH B-3

WHT

CH B

5

RED

7

4

+5 VDC-3

CH Z/ BLU

8

OV RTN-3

1

(+) 24 V

5

(-) 0 V

2

N1

A

A

JUMPER

YEL

PIGTAIL

OV RTN

1

CH A/-3

GRN

ROTARY TABLE

WAGO P/N 750-637 NOV P/N 10064178-034

0.75mm² VIO/BLK

CH A-3

GRY

+5 VDC


(-) OV

B3 ZN PINK

RED

0.75mm² VIO

(+) 24 V

B2 ZN

B

6

N2

3

(L) LATCH

B

C

7

(G) GATE

4

(R) REF

8

(S) SHIELD

C

D

81AI12

STATUS WORD

81AI13

VALUE WORD

81AI14

RESERVED WORD

81AI15

LATCH WORD

81AO10

CONTROL WORD

81AO11

SETPOINT WORD

81AO12

RESERVED WORD

81AO13

RESERVED WORD

Ue (5 V) Uo (0 V)

SHIELD POSITION 19 CONNECTION 1

C


B3 ZN

14 SH

0.75mm² VIO


(+) 24 V

B3 ZN

C

WAGO P/N 750-637 NOV P/N 10064178-034

0.75mm² VIO/BLK

(-) OV

1

5

6

3

7

4

8

(+) 24 V

5

(-) 0 V

2

N1

A

A

JUMPER

2

1

B

6

N2

3

(L) LATCH

B

C

7

(G) GATE

4

(R) REF

8

(S) SHIELD

C

81AI16

STATUS WORD

81AI17

VALUE WORD

81AI18

RESERVED WORD

81AI19

LATCH WORD

81AO14

CONTROL WORD

81AO15

SETPOINT WORD

81AO16

RESERVED WORD

81AO17

RESERVED WORD

Ue (5 V) Uo (0 V)

CENTER PANEL

B

TB SIG

0.75mm² GRY

0.75mm² GRY

ESTOP-C1A

1

ESTOP-CIA

ESTOP-CIA

REST-C1A

2

REST-C1A

REST-C1A

SPARE

3

SPARE

TO DFSD TB1 FOR CONTINUATION SEE SYSTEM INTERCONNECT

4

16 AWG X 7C NIS

N4202

POSITION 6

CONNECTION 1,2 11

C3

SH

ZN

B RIGHT 12

11

PANEL

22

21

DFSD E-STOP

0.75mm² GRY

0.75mm² GRY

DI 6-1

DI 6-1

DI 6-2

0.75mm² VIO DI 6-2

NIS

0.75mm² GRY

0.75mm² GRY

ESTOP-MUD1A

5

ESTOP-MUD1A

ESTOP-MUD1A

REST-MUD1A

6

REST-MUD1A

REST-MUD1A

SPARE

7 8

POSITION 6

CONNECTION 5,6 11

C3

SH

ZN

LEFT 12

11

PANEL

0.75mm² GRY

0.75mm² GRY

DI 6-5

DI 6-5

DI 6-6

0.75mm² VIO

MUD PUMP 22

E-STOP

21

DI 6-6

TO DFSD TB16 FOR CONTINUATION SEE SYSTEM INTERCONNECT

A

16 AWG X 4C NIS

N4204

GEN-EST-C1A

9

REST-GEN-C1A

10

NIS

PANEL GND

SPARE

11

SPARE

12

4mm GRN/YEL

POSITION 6

CONNECTION 3,4 11

C3

SH

ZN

0.75mm² GRY

0.75mm² GRY

GEN-EST-C1A

GEN-EST-C1A

REST-GEN-C1A

REST-GEN-C1A

RIGHT 12

11

PANEL

0.75mm² VIO

0.75mm² VIO

DI 6-3

DI 6-3

DI 6-4

0.75mm² GRY

GENERATOR 22

E-STOP

21

A

DI 6-4

PE


1/1

DWG NO.

8

7

6

5

4

3

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622969-DIA

2

1

15 OF 16

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

DRILLER'S CHAIR FIBER PATCH PANEL 1-BLU

2-ORN D1001

3-GRN

FIBER

FOR

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

EF

D

FIBER

B1

4-BRN

CONTINUATION

EF

EF

EF

F5001

BLK

A2

62.5/125um X 4C

62.5/125um X 2C

B2

SEE SYSTEM INTERCONNECT DWG

BLK

A3

62.5/125um X 2C F5002

RED

A4

EF

62.5/125um X 2C

TX

FIBER

EF 8

RX

EF

TX

F5010 FIBER

EF

D

RED

A1

8

RX

B3 RX

B4

RX

EF

EF 7

7

TX

TX

MOXA

MOXA

ETHERNET

ETHERNET

SWITCH 2

SWITCH 1

C

C E/NET X 4 PR E

E

E

E

E

E/NET X 4 PR

D5000

E

5

E

E

6

POSITION 24

END

E

13 14

15 16

13 14

15 16

13 14

15 16

13 14

3

4

4

1

2

1

2

E

POSITION 23

POSITION 22

POSITION 21

POSITION 20

POSITION 19

POSITION 18

POSITION 17

POSITION 16

POSITION 15

POSITION 14

POSITION 13

POSITION 12

POSITION 11

POSITION 10

POSITION 9

POSITION 8

POSITION 7

POSITION 6

POSITION 5

POSITION 4

POSITION 3

POSITION 2

3

DATA

E

POSITION 0

6

E

15 16

E

13 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 14

5

E

01 02

E

E

POSITION 1

DATA

ETHERNET

DATA PORT

D5006

ON

LINK

24V

0V

13 14

ERROR

13 14

13 14

13 14

13 14

13 14

13 14

13 14

A1 A2

A1 A2

E1 E2 13 14

+

+

+

+

13 14

13 14

13 14

13 14

+

+

+

+

A1 A2

-

-

-

-

A

A

+

-

A

A

+

-

A

A

+

-

A

A

+

-

B

-

B

N1

N2

B

-

B

N1

N2

B

-

B

N1

N2

B

-

B

N1

N2

C

-

L

G

C

-

L

G

C

-

L

G

C

-

L

G

A1 A2

I/O

+

+

LEFT SIDE

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

750-341 -

-

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

OV OV

OV OV

S

S

S

S

-

-

-

-

-

-

+

+

+

+

-

-

M

M

M

M

-

-

S

S

S

S

e

15 16

15 16

15 16

15 16

15 16

15 16

15 16

S

S

S

S

15 16

15 16

15 16

15 16

15 16

750-433 750-433 750-433 750-433 750-433 750-433 750-433 750-433 750-552 750-552 750-552 750-478 750-465 750-465 750-465 750-433 750-433 750-614

C

E

D5001

E

E

E

DATA U

15 16

C

U

o

R

S

U

e

U

o

R

S

U

e

U

o

S

R

U

e

U

o

R

750-637

750-637

750-637

750-637

D5002

E

DATA

E/NET X 4 PR

S

D5003

750-550 750-556

E/NET X 4 PR E

OV OV

C

E/NET X 4 PR E

OV OV

C

E

E

A1 A2

E

DATA

750-600

E

TxD/RxD

END

ENC-24

ENC-23

ENC-22

ENC-21

FS-20

AO-19

AO-18

DI-17

DI-16

AI-15

AI-14

AI-13

AI-12

AO-11

AO-10

AO-9

DI-8

DI-7

DI-6

DI-5

DI-4

DI-2

DI-3

B DI-1

B HMI-3

HMI-1

HMI-2

E

E

E

E

E

D5004

(CCTV)

CCTV MATRIX

E

J-BOX

DATA

E

E/NET X 4 PR

E/NET X 4 PR

HMI-4

D5005

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

ETHERNET

01 02

13 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 1413 14

13 14

15 16

13 14

15 16

13 14

END

POSITION 22

POSITION 21

POSITION 20

POSITION 19

POSITION 18

POSITION 17

POSITION 16

POSITION 15

POSITION 14

POSITION 13

POSITION 12

POSITION 11

POSITION 10

POSITION 9

POSITION 8

POSITION 7

POSITION 6

POSITION 5

POSITION 4

POSITION 3

POSITION 2

POSITION 1

POSITION 0

E

DATA

15 16

ON

LINK

ERROR

RIGHT SIDE

13 14

13 14

13 14

13 14

13 14

13 14

13 14

A1 A2

A1 A2

A1 A2

E1 E2 13 14

+

+

+

13 14

13 14

13 14

13 14

13 14

+

+

I/O

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

OV OV

OV OV

S

S

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

OV OV

OV OV

-

-

-

-

-

-

+

+

+

+

-

-

-

-

S

S

-

-

750-341

15 16

15 16

15 16

15 16

15 16

15 16

15 16

15 16

S

S

S

S

15 16

15 16

15 16

15 16

15 16

DI-17

DI-16

AI-15

AI-14

AI-13

AI-12

AO-11

AO-10

AO-9

DI-8

DI-7

DI-6

DI-5

DI-4

DI-3

DI-2

DI-1

750-433 750-433 750-433 750-433 750-433 750-433 750-433 750-433 750-552 750-552 750-552 750-478 750-465 750-465 750-465 750-433 750-433

15 16

750-504

750-614

FS-19

A

-

DO-18

-

-

A

A

B

-

C

-

L

-

U

U

A

A

+

+

B

-

C

-

C

-

-

G

S

S

L

B

e

o

-

U

U

A

A

+

+

B

-

C

-

C

-

-

G

S

S

L

B

e

o

U

U

+

+

C

-

-

G

S

S

B

e

o

A 750-631

750-631

750-631

750-600


END

13 14

ENC-22

0V

ENC-21

24V

ENC-20

TxD/RxD

SCALE:

1/1

DWG NO.

8

7

6

5

4

3

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622969-DIA

2

1

16 OF 16

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

DRILLER'S CABIN UPS DESK

REMOTE BYPASS SWITCH A

NOV (P/N 10512936-001)

(P/N 10067098-001) (SOLA P/N A2D130HW)

1-BLK

D

2-WHT

TB1 IN L1

1

L2

3

10 AWG X 3C AC LINE INPUT

5

P202-04

208 VAC, 2 PHASE 3-GRN

GND

4.0mm² - BLK

4.0mm² - BLK

4.0mm² - WHT

4.0mm² - WHT



L/L1

N/L2

2

L/L1

4

N/L2

6

L/L1

PE

N/L2

L N

OUTPUT

L-UPS-A 1

L/L1

4.0mm² - WHT

4.0mm² - WHT


L/L1

N/L2

N/L2

N

16A

4.0mm² - BLK

4.0mm² - BLK L

CB1

BUSBAR

2-WHT 1-BLK

3-GRN

(10AWG x 3C) BYPASS A

UPS

2-WHT

(PIGTAIL) 3-GRN

(10AWG x 3C)

2-WHT

UPS A

3-GRN

1

2

3

4

L/L1

C

10 AWG X 3C P1001

TO MTC CABINET

N/L2

N

16A

OUTPUT 1

2

3

4

PE

L/L1

L

N/L2

N

REMOTE EMERGENCY POWER OFF INPUT BATTERY MODE

PE

SHUT DOWN

BATTERY MODE

(PIGTAIL)

1

1

PE

3-GRN

2

2

3 TB1 ESTOP

3

1

(4TSP x 18AWG)

4

2 3

5

4

6

BATTERY A

(P/N 10510106-001) (SOLA P/N S4K2U96BATC)

D

CB3

L

REPO A

EXTERNAL BATTERY MODULE A

2-WHT

16A

4.0mm² - GRN/YEL PE 1-BLK

4

N-UPS-A

CB2

UPS A (3KVA) (P/N 10510104-001) (SOLA P/N S4K2U3000-5C)

1-BLK

2

3


INPUT

1-BLK

5

C

6

7 LOW BATTERY

7

8

8 9 10 11 12

REMOTE BYPASS SWITCH B

(P/N 10067098-001) (SOLA P/N A2D130HW)

1-BLK 2-WHT

TB2 IN L1

1

L2

AC LINE INPUT

3-GRN

GND

L/L1

4.0mm² - WHT

5



2

L/L1

P202-05

208 VAC, 2 PHASE

L/L1

N/L2

4

N/L2

6

PE

N/L2

4.0mm² - BLK

4.0mm² - BLK

4.0mm² - WHT

4.0mm² - WHT



L/L1

L

4.0mm² - BLK

4.0mm² - WHT 3

10 AWG X 3C

4.0mm² - BLK

L N

OUTPUT

CB4 16A

BUSBAR

INPUT

1

L/L1

N/L2

N

L-UPS-B

N/L2

1-BLK

2

3

4

N-UPS-B

2-WHT

CB5 16A

1-BLK

UPS B (3KVA) (P/N 10510104-001) (SOLA P/N S4K2U3000-5C)

2-WHT 3-GRN 1-BLK

(10AWG x 3C) BYPASS B

UPS

B

2-WHT

(PIGTAIL) 3-GRN

L/L1

L

N/L2

N

OUTPUT

PE

(10AWG x 3C)

2-WHT

UPS B

3-GRN

L/L1

L

N/L2

N


PE

SHUT DOWN

BATTERY MODE

(PIGTAIL)

4

1

2

3

4

1 2

2

3

3

TB2 ESTOP

(4TSP x 18AWG)

4

10 AWG X 3C P1002

TO MTC CABINET

B

PE

3-GRN

1 2 3

5

4

6

BATTERY B


3

1

REPO B

EXTERNAL BATTERY MODULE B

2

CB6 16A


1-BLK

1

5 6

7 LOW BATTERY

7

8

8 9 10 11 12

A


PRODUCT:

TOLERANCES ARE:


10545605-001

X.X

±.1

X.XX

±.03

X.XXX ±.010

SIMILAR TO:

TOL > ±.06 1000

6

5

4




INITIAL

T. PHAM

APPVD

T. PHAM

UPS INSTALLATION



AC IDEAL RIG 135


SCALE:


11/15/2011

3

TITLE:


CHECKED

DATE

7

BREAK EDGES .02/.03

D. McGARY

DRAWN


8

FRACTIONS

CURRENT FINISH

250

1/2 DEG ± 1/16

±


WT LBS:

TOL < ±.06

ANGLES

A



2

DWG NO.

1/1

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

1

10622970-DIA

1

REV:

OF

3

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

POWER SYSTEM HOUSE UPS CABINET

NOV (P/N 10513957-001)

REMOTE BYPASS SWITCH A

(P/N 10067098-001) (SOLA P/N A2D130HW)

D 1-BLK 2-WHT

TB1 IN L1

1

L2

AC LINE INPUT

3-GRN

GND

L/L1

4.0mm² - WHT

5



2

L/L1

PA 001

208 VAC, 2 PHASE

L/L1

N/L2

4

N/L2

6

PE

N/L2

4.0mm² - BLK

4.0mm² - BLK

4.0mm² - WHT

4.0mm² - WHT



L/L1

L

4.0mm² - BLK

4.0mm² - WHT 3

10 AWG X 3C

4.0mm² - BLK

L N

OUTPUT

CB1

BUSBAR

INPUT

L-UPS-A 1

L/L1

N/L2

N

16A

N/L2

1-BLK

3-GRN 1-BLK

(10AWG x 3C) BYPASS A

UPS

2-WHT

(PIGTAIL) 3-GRN

2-WHT 3-GRN

16A

1

2

3

4

L/L1

L

P2001

TO PWR MTC CABINET

N/L2

N

16A

OUTPUT 1

2

3

4

L/L1

L

N/L2

N


PE

SHUT DOWN

1

1

BATTERY MODE

(PIGTAIL)

2

3 TB1 ESTOP

3

1

(4TSP x 18AWG)

4

C

2 3

5

4

6

BATTERY A

3-GRN

PE

2

REPO A


10 AWG X 3C

CB3

C EXTERNAL BATTERY MODULE A

2-WHT

PE

1-BLK

UPS A

4

N-UPS-A

CB2


(10AWG x 3C)

D

2

3

UPS A (3KVA) (P/N 10510104-001) (SOLA P/N S4K2U3000-5C)

2-WHT

1-BLK

5 6

7 LOW BATTERY

7

8

8 9 10 11 12

REMOTE BYPASS SWITCH B

(P/N 10067098-001) (SOLA P/N A2D130HW)

1-BLK 2-WHT

TB2 IN L1

1

L2

AC LINE INPUT

B

3-GRN

GND

L/L1

4.0mm² - WHT

5



2

L/L1

PB 001

208 VAC, 2 PHASE

L/L1

N/L2

4

N/L2

6

PE

N/L2

4.0mm² - BLK

4.0mm² - BLK

4.0mm² - WHT

4.0mm² - WHT



L/L1

L

4.0mm² - BLK

4.0mm² - WHT 3

10 AWG X 3C

4.0mm² - BLK

L N

OUTPUT

CB4 16A

BUSBAR

INPUT

1

L/L1

N/L2

N

L-UPS-B

N/L2

1-BLK

2

3

4

N-UPS-B

2-WHT

CB5 16A

1-BLK

UPS B (3KVA) (P/N 10510104-001) (SOLA P/N S4K2U3000-5C)

2-WHT 3-GRN 1-BLK

(10AWG x 3C) BYPASS B

UPS

2-WHT

(PIGTAIL) 3-GRN

L/L1

L

N/L2

N

OUTPUT


(10AWG x 3C)

2-WHT

UPS B

3-GRN

L/L1

L

N/L2

N

PE

REMOTE EMERGENCY POWER OFF INPUT BATTERY MODE SHUT DOWN

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

1

1

2

2

3

3

TB2 ESTOP

BATTERY MODE

(PIGTAIL)


CABINET

B

PE

3-GRN

3

5

4

6

BATTERY B

TO PWR MTC

2

REPO B

EXTERNAL BATTERY MODULE B

P2002

1

(4TSP x 18AWG)

4

10 AWG X 3C

CB6 16A

PE

1-BLK

1

5 6

7 LOW BATTERY

7

8

8 9

A

A

10 11 12

UPS INSTALLATION SCALE: 3 SH

8

7

6

5

4

D4 ZN

1/1

DWG NO.

3

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622970-DIA

2

1

2 OF 3

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

POWER SYSTEM HOUSE 2

A4

SH

ZN

UPS CABINET

NOV (P/N 10513957-001)

D

D

REMOTE BYPASS SWITCH C

(P/N 10067098-001) (SOLA P/N A2D130HW)

1-BLK 2-WHT

TB3 IN L

1

N

AC LINE INPUT

3-GRN

GND

L/L1

4.0mm² - WHT

5



2

L/L1

4

N/L2

6

PE

PC 001

120 VAC, 1 PHASE

L/L1

N/L2

N/L2

4.0mm² - BLK

4.0mm² - BLK

4.0mm² - WHT

4.0mm² - WHT



L/L1

L

4.0mm² - BLK

4.0mm² - WHT 3

10 AWG X 3C

4.0mm² - BLK

L N

OUTPUT

CB7

BUSBAR

INPUT

L-UPS-C 1

L/L1

N/L2

N

25A

N/L2

1-BLK

3-GRN 1-BLK

(10AWG x 3C) BYPASS C

UPS

2-WHT

(PIGTAIL) 3-GRN

1-BLK

(10AWG x 3C)

2-WHT

UPS C

3-GRN

1

2

3

4

(10AWG x 3C)

TO VFD LINEUP

CB9

L/L1

L

N/L2

N

25A

OUTPUT 1

2

3

4

PE

L/L1

L

N/L2

N

PE

REMOTE EMERGENCY POWER OFF INPUT BATTERY MODE SHUT DOWN

BATTERY MODE

(PIGTAIL)

1

1

PE

3-GRN

C

2

2

3 TB3 ESTOP

3

1

(4TSP x 18AWG)

4

2 3

5

4

6

BATTERY C


2-WHT

25A

REPO C

EXTERNAL BATTERY MODULE C

4

N-UPS-C

CB8


C

2

3

UPS C (3KVA) (P/N 10513950-001) (SOLA P/N S4K2U3000C)

2-WHT

1-BLK

5 6

7 LOW BATTERY

7

8

8 9 10 11 12

B

B

A

A

UPS INSTALLATION SCALE:

1/1

DWG NO.

8

7

6

5

4

3

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

D

SHT:

10622970-DIA

2

1

3 OF 3

REV:

01

DRAWN IN ACAD

RS-MECH_D-TPL-001

MJOB-8375 NEXT ASSY

This document contains proprietary and confidential information which belongs to National-Oilwell Varco, L.P., its affiliates or subsidiaries (all collectively referred to hereinafter as "NOV"). It is loaned for limited purposes only and remains the property of NOV. Reproduction, in whole or in part, or use of this design or distribution of this information to others is not permitted without the express written consent of NOV. This document is to be returned to NOV upon request and in any event upon completion of the use for which it was loaned. This document and the information contained and represented herein is the copyrighted property of NOV. © National Oilwell Varco

USED ON

APPLICATION

DRAWN

J. ALANIZ

TITLE

CABLE SCHEDULE INDEX, ADS-10SD, AC IDEAL RIG 135

CHECKED

C. HOVANETZ

SIZE

APPVD

C. HOVANETZ

B

DATE

11/3/2011

SCALE

DWG NO

REV

10548376-IDX 01 NTS

WT LBS

SHEET

1

OF

3

D74DCF0049-TPL-001 (REV B)



CABLE ID

CABLE

NOV

GLAND

GLAND

CABLE

TAG NO.

CONSTRUCTION

PART NO.

SIZE

P/N

TYPE

FROM TAG NO.

DATE

TO LOCATION

TAG NO.

BLOCK DIAG. LOCATION

DWG. NO.

INTERCONNECT SHT.

DWG. NO.

11/3/2011 11:58:28 AM

REMARKS SHT.

CABLE SUPPLIED BY

D331

PIGTAIL

-

-

DATA

ENC-331

DRUM ABSOLUTE ENC. #1

AD-SNJB600

REMOTE I/O J-BOX

10548374-DIA

9

10548375-DIA

6,22

NOV

D332

PIGTAIL

-

-

DATA

ENC-332


AD-SNJB600

REMOTE I/O J-BOX

10548374-DIA

9

10548375-DIA

6,22

NOV

-

-

DATA

ENC-333


AD-SNJB600

REMOTE I/O J-BOX

10548374-DIA

9

10548375-DIA

6,22

NOV

-

-

DATA

AD-SNJB700

TRANSMITTER J-BOX

AD-SNJB600

REMOTE I/O J-BOX

10548374-DIA

8

10548375-DIA

12,22

NOV

DATA

AD-SNJB700

TRANSMITTER J-BOX

SJB-800

RTD J-BOX

10548374-DIA

10

10548375-DIA

9,14

NOV

DATA

AD-SNJB600

REMOTE I/O J-BOX

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

10548374-DIA

5

10548375-DIA

23

NOV

D333

PIGTAIL

D700

PROFIBUS

30156220

D800

PROFIBUS

30156220

-

-

DW-F01A

FIBER

-

-

-

DW-F01

FIBER

-

-

-

DATA

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

-

MTC CONTROL SYSTEM

10548374-DIA

5

10548375-DIA

23

NOV

DW-N01A

16 AWG x 3 TSP

-

-

-

CONTROL

AD-NJB410

INTERMEDIATE ENC./AUX. J-BOX

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

10548374-DIA

2

10548375-DIA

2

CUSTOMER

DW-N01

16 AWG x 3 TSP

-

-

-

CONTROL

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

-

INV DWA/DWB

10548374-DIA

2

10548375-DIA

2

CUSTOMER

DW-N02A

16 AWG x 3 TSP

-

-

-

CONTROL

AD-NJB410


-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

10548374-DIA

2

10548375-DIA

3

CUSTOMER

DW-N02

16 AWG x 3 TSP

-

-

-

CONTROL

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

-

INV DWA/DWB

10548374-DIA

2

10548375-DIA

3

CUSTOMER

N333

2 1.0mm x 1 TSP

56626-01

-

-

CONTROL

NJB-510

"A" BRAKE PNEUMATIC INTERFACE J-BOX

AD-NJB410


10548374-DIA

6

10548375-DIA

9,10

NOV

N350

2 1.0mm x 3 TSP

56626-03

-

-

CONTROL

NJB-350

E-STOP PUSH-BUTTON STATION

AD-NJB410


10548374-DIA

6

10548375-DIA

9

NOV

N511

2 1.0mm x 1 TSP

56626-01

-

-

CONTROL

PS-511

CROWN SAVER PRESSURE SWITCH

NJB-510


10548374-DIA

6

10548375-DIA

10

NOV

N512

2 1.0mm x 1 TSP

56626-01

-

-

CONTROL

SOV-512

CROWN SAVER OVERRIDE SOLENOID

NJB-510


10548374-DIA

6

10548375-DIA

10

NOV

N513

2 1.0mm x 1 TSP

56626-01

-

-

CONTROL

SOV-513

DISENGAGE "A" PARK PRAKE

NJB-510


10548374-DIA

6

10548375-DIA

10

NOV

N516

2 1.0mm x 1 TSP

56626-01

-

-

CONTROL

NJB-530

SERVO J-BOX, "A" BRAKE

NJB-510


10548374-DIA

6

10548375-DIA

10

NOV

-

-

CONTROL

NJB-530


NJB-510


10548374-DIA

6

10548375-DIA

10

NOV

NJB-521

"A" BRAKE CONTROL BOX

NJB-530


10548374-DIA

6

10548375-DIA

10,15

NOV

2

N517

1.0mm x 1 TSP

56626-01

N518

2 1.0mm x 3 TSP

56626-03

-

-

CONTROL

N519

2 1.0mm x 1 TSP

56626-01

-

-

CONTROL

PXR-519

PRESS. TRANSMTR, "A" BRAKE SERVO

NJB-530


10548374-DIA

6

10548375-DIA

10,15

NOV

N601

2 1.0mm x 1 TSP

56626-01

-

-

CONTROL

DPS-601

DIFF PRESS SW, BLOWER "A"

AD-SNJB600

REMOTE I/O J-BOX

10548374-DIA

5

10548375-DIA

17

NOV

N602

2 1.0mm x 1 TSP

56626-01

-

-

CONTROL

DPS-602

DIFF PRESS SW, BLOWER "B"

AD-SNJB600

REMOTE I/O J-BOX

10548374-DIA

5

10548375-DIA

17

NOV

N607

2 1.0mm x 1 TSP

56626-01

-

-

CONTROL

AD-NJB410


AD-SNJB600

REMOTE I/O J-BOX

10548374-DIA

6

10548375-DIA

9,24

NOV

N608

2 1.0mm x 1 TSP

56626-01

-

-

CONTROL

AD-NJB410


AD-SNJB600

REMOTE I/O J-BOX

10548374-DIA

6

10548375-DIA

9,18

NOV

N610

2 1.0mm x 7 TSP

56626-07

-

-

CONTROL

NJB-510


AD-SNJB600

REMOTE I/O J-BOX

10548374-DIA

6

10548375-DIA

10,18

NOV

N401

2 1.0mm x 3 TSP

56626-03

-

-

CONTROL

ENC-401

"A" ENCODER, DRIVE MOTOR

AD-NJB410


10548374-DIA

2

10548375-DIA

2

NOV

N402

2 1.0mm x 3 TSP

56626-03

-

-

CONTROL

ENC-402

"B" ENCODER, DRIVE MOTOR

AD-NJB410


10548374-DIA

2

10548375-DIA

3

NOV

DW-N04B

16AWG x 7 TSP

CUSTOMER

-

-

CONTROL

AD-SNJB01

SENSOR J-BOX

-


10548374-DIA

8

10548375-DIA

16

CUSTOMER

DW-N04A

16AWG x 7 TSP

CUSTOMER

-

-

CONTROL

-


-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

10548374-DIA

8

10548375-DIA

16

CUSTOMER

DW-N04

16AWG x 7 TSP

CUSTOMER

-

-

CONTROL

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

AD-SNJB600

REMOTE I/O J-BOX

10548374-DIA

8

10548375-DIA

16,21

CUSTOMER

CAB-N01A

14AWG x 20C

CUSTOMER

-

-

CONTROL

DFT-NJB100

DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O

-


10548374-DIA

9

10548375-DIA

24

CUSTOMER

CAB-N01

14AWG x 20C

CUSTOMER

-

-

CONTROL

-


-

MTC CONTROL SYSTEM

10548374-DIA

9

10548375-DIA

24

CUSTOMER

DW-N03A

14 AWG X 7C

CUSTOMER

-

-

CONTROL

AD-SNJB600

REMOTE I/O J-BOX

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

10548374-DIA

9

10548375-DIA

24

CUSTOMER

DW-N03

14 AWG X 7C

CUSTOMER

-

-

CONTROL

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

-

MTC CONTROL SYSTEM

10548374-DIA

9

10548375-DIA

24

CUSTOMER

DW-P01A

535MCM x 1C

CUSTOMER

-

-

POWER

-

A DRIVE MOTOR

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

10548374-DIA

2

10548375-DIA

2

CUSTOMER

DW-P02A

535MCM x 1C

CUSTOMER

-

-

POWER

-

A DRIVE MOTOR

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

10548374-DIA

2

10548375-DIA

2

CUSTOMER

DW-P03A

535MCM x 1C

CUSTOMER

-

-

POWER

-

A DRIVE MOTOR

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

10548374-DIA

2

10548375-DIA

2

CUSTOMER

DW-P04A

535MCM x 1C

CUSTOMER

-

-

POWER

-

A DRIVE MOTOR

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

10548374-DIA

2

10548375-DIA

2

CUSTOMER

DW-P05A

535MCM x 1C

CUSTOMER

-

-

POWER

-

A DRIVE MOTOR

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

10548374-DIA

2

10548375-DIA

2

CUSTOMER

DW-P06A

535MCM x 1C

CUSTOMER

-

-

POWER

-

A DRIVE MOTOR

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

10548374-DIA

2

10548375-DIA

2

CUSTOMER

DW-P07A

4/0 x 1C

CUSTOMER

-

-

POWER

-

A DRIVE MOTOR

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

10548374-DIA

2

10548375-DIA

2

CUSTOMER

DW-P01

535MCM x 1C

CUSTOMER

-

-

POWER

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

-

INV DWA/DWB

10548374-DIA

2

10548375-DIA

2

CUSTOMER

DW-P02

535MCM x 1C

CUSTOMER

-

-

POWER

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

-

INV DWA/DWB

10548374-DIA

2

10548375-DIA

2

CUSTOMER

DW-P03

535MCM x 1C

CUSTOMER

-

-

POWER

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

-

INV DWA/DWB

10548374-DIA

2

10548375-DIA

2

CUSTOMER

DW-P04

535MCM x 1C

CUSTOMER

-

-

POWER

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

-

INV DWA/DWB

10548374-DIA

2

10548375-DIA

2

CUSTOMER

DW-P05

535MCM x 1C

CUSTOMER

-

-

POWER

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

-

INV DWA/DWB

10548374-DIA

2

10548375-DIA

2

CUSTOMER

DW-P06

535MCM x 1C

CUSTOMER

-

-

POWER

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

-

INV DWA/DWB

10548374-DIA

2

10548375-DIA

2

CUSTOMER

DW-P07

4/0 x 1C

CUSTOMER

-

-

POWER

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

-

INV DWA/DWB

10548374-DIA

2

10548375-DIA

2

CUSTOMER

SHEET

2

OF

3

DWG NO

10548376-IDX

REV

01



FROM

DATE

TO

BLOCK DIAG.

INTERCONNECT

11/3/2011 11:58:28 AM

CABLE ID

CABLE

NOV

GLAND

GLAND

CABLE

TAG NO.

CONSTRUCTION

PART NO.

SIZE

P/N

TYPE

TAG NO.

LOCATION

TAG NO.

LOCATION

DWG. NO.

SHT.

DWG. NO.

SHT.

REMARKS

SUPPLIED BY

CABLE

DW-P08A

535MCM x 1C

CUSTOMER

-

-

POWER

-

B DRIVE MOTOR

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

10548374-DIA

2

10548375-DIA

3

CUSTOMER

DW-P09A

535MCM x 1C

CUSTOMER

-

-

POWER

-

B DRIVE MOTOR

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

10548374-DIA

2

10548375-DIA

3

CUSTOMER

DW-P10A

535MCM x 1C

CUSTOMER

-

-

POWER

-

B DRIVE MOTOR

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

10548374-DIA

2

10548375-DIA

3

CUSTOMER

DW-P11A

535MCM x 1C

CUSTOMER

-

-

POWER

-

B DRIVE MOTOR

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

10548374-DIA

2

10548375-DIA

3

CUSTOMER

DW-P12A

535MCM x 1C

CUSTOMER

-

-

POWER

-

B DRIVE MOTOR

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

10548374-DIA

2

10548375-DIA

3

CUSTOMER

DW-P13A

535MCM x 1C

CUSTOMER

-

-

POWER

-

B DRIVE MOTOR

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

10548374-DIA

2

10548375-DIA

3

CUSTOMER

DW-P14A

4/O x 1C

CUSTOMER

-

-

POWER

-

B DRIVE MOTOR

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

10548374-DIA

2

10548375-DIA

3

CUSTOMER

DW-P08

535MCM x 1C

CUSTOMER

-

-

POWER

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

-

INV DWA/DWB

10548374-DIA

2

10548375-DIA

3

CUSTOMER

DW-P09

535MCM x 1C

CUSTOMER

-

-

POWER

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

-

INV DWA/DWB

10548374-DIA

2

10548375-DIA

3

CUSTOMER

DW-P10

535MCM x 1C

CUSTOMER

-

-

POWER

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

-

INV DWA/DWB

10548374-DIA

2

10548375-DIA

3

CUSTOMER

DW-P11

535MCM x 1C

CUSTOMER

-

-

POWER

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

-

INV DWA/DWB

10548374-DIA

2

10548375-DIA

3

CUSTOMER

DW-P12

535MCM x 1C

CUSTOMER

-

-

POWER

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

-

INV DWA/DWB

10548374-DIA

2

10548375-DIA

3

CUSTOMER

DW-P13

535MCM x 1C

CUSTOMER

-

-

POWER

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

-

INV DWA/DWB

10548374-DIA

2

10548375-DIA

3

CUSTOMER

DW-P14

4/O x 1C

CUSTOMER

-

-

POWER

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

-

INV DWA/DWB

10548374-DIA

2

10548375-DIA

3

CUSTOMER

DW-P15B

2 6.0mm X 3/C + E

56625-6.0-04

-

-

POWER

MOT-201B

"A" BLOWER MOTOR

AD-PJB210

AUX POWER J-BOX

10548374-DIA

3

10548375-DIA

7

NOV

DW-P15A

10AWG X 4/C

CUSTOMER

-

-

POWER

AD-PJB210

AUX POWER J-BOX

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

10548374-DIA

3

10548375-DIA

7

CUSTOMER CUSTOMER

DW-P15

10AWG X 4/C

CUSTOMER

-

-

POWER

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

-

MCC

10548374-DIA

3

10548375-DIA

7

DW-P16B

2 6.0mm X 3/C + E

56625-6.0-04

-

-

POWER

MOT-202B

"B" BLOWER MOTOR

AD-PJB210

AUX POWER J-BOX

10548374-DIA

3

10548375-DIA

7

NOV

DW-P16A

10AWG X 4/C

CUSTOMER

-

-

POWER

AD-PJB210

AUX POWER J-BOX

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

10548374-DIA

3

10548375-DIA

7

CUSTOMER

DW-P16

10AWG X 4/C

CUSTOMER

-

-

POWER

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

-

MCC

10548374-DIA

3

10548375-DIA

7

CUSTOMER

DW-P17A

12AWG X 20/C

CUSTOMER

-

-

POWER

AD-PJB210

AUX POWER J-BOX

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

10548374-DIA

3

10548375-DIA

7

CUSTOMER

DW-P17

12AWG X 20/C

CUSTOMER

-

-

POWER

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

-

MCC

10548374-DIA

3

10548375-DIA

7

CUSTOMER

DW-P18A

12AWG X 20/C

CUSTOMER

-

-

POWER

AD-PNJB630

POWER SUPPLY J-BOX

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

10548374-DIA

5

10548375-DIA

25

CUSTOMER

DW-P18

12AWG X 20/C

CUSTOMER

-

-

POWER

-

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

-

MTC CONTROL SYSTEM

10548374-DIA

5

10548375-DIA

25

CUSTOMER

DW-P19

2 2.5mm X 3/C+E

56625-2.5-04

-

-

POWER

MOT-205L

"A" LUBE OIL PUMP MOTOR

AD-PJB210

AUX POWER J-BOX

10548374-DIA

3

10548375-DIA

7

NOV

DW-P20

2 1.5mm X 3/C

56625-1.5-03

-

-

POWER

HTR-201B

"A" BLOWER MOTOR HEATER

AD-PJB210

AUX POWER J-BOX

10548374-DIA

3

10548375-DIA

7

NOV

DW-P21

2 1.5mm X 3/C

56625-1.5-03

-

-

POWER

HTR-202B

"B" BLOWER MOTOR HEATER

AD-PJB210

AUX POWER J-BOX

10548374-DIA

3

10548375-DIA

7

NOV

DW-P22

2 2.5mm X 3/C+E

56625-2.5-04

-

-

POWER

MOT-206C

"A" LUBE PUMP COOLING MOTOR

AD-PJB210

AUX POWER J-BOX

10548374-DIA

3

10548375-DIA

7

NOV

DW-P23

2 1.5mm X 3/C

56625-1.5-03

-

-

POWER

HTR-201D

"A" DRIVE MOTOR HEATER

AD-PJB210

AUX POWER J-BOX

10548374-DIA

3

10548375-DIA

7

NOV

DW-P24

2 1.5mm X 3/C

56625-1.5-03

-

-

POWER

HTR-202D

"B" DRIVE MOTOR HEATER

AD-PJB210

AUX POWER J-BOX

10548374-DIA

3

10548375-DIA

7

NOV

P621

2 1.5mm X 3/C

56625-1.5-03

-

-

POWER

NJB-530

BRAKE SERVO J-BOX "A"

AD-SNJB600

REMOTE I/O J-BOX

10548374-DIA

6

10548375-DIA

10,23

NOV

P630

2 2.5mm X 7/C

56625-2.5-07

-

-

POWER

AD-SNJB600

REMOTE I/O J-BOX

AD-PNJB630

POWER SUPPLY J-BOX

10548374-DIA

5

10548375-DIA

23

NOV

DW-S02

16 AWG x 1 TSP

CUSTOMER

-

-

CONTROL

XMTR-725

PRESS. TRANSMITTER STANDPIPE A

AD-SNJB01

SENSOR J-BOX

10548374-DIA

8

10548375-DIA

16

CUSTOMER

S711

2 1.0mm x 1 TSP

56627-01

-

-

CONTROL

PXR-711

PRESS. XMTR, "A" BRAKE AIR SUPP.

AD-SNJB700

TRANSMITTER J-BOX

10548374-DIA

6

10548375-DIA

12

NOV

S712

2 1.0mm x 1 TSP

56627-01

-

-

CONTROL

PXR-712

PRESS. XMTR, "A" PARKING BRAKE

AD-SNJB700

TRANSMITTER J-BOX

10548374-DIA

6

10548375-DIA

12

NOV

S714

2 1.0mm x 1 TSP

56627-01

-

-

CONTROL

PXR-714

GEAR BOX PRESS. XMTR, "A" LUBE OIL

AD-SNJB700

TRANSMITTER J-BOX

10548374-DIA

8

10548375-DIA

12

NOV

AD-S740

PIGTAIL

-

-

-

CONTROL

LC-741,42,43

LOAD CELL ASSY, DEADLINE ANCHOR

AD-SNJB01

SENSOR J-BOX

10548374-DIA

8

10548375-DIA

16

NOV

S731

2 1.0mm x 1 TSP

56627-01

-

-

CONTROL

RTD-731

"A" GEARBOX LUBE OIL TEMP

AD-SNJB700

TRANSMITTER J-BOX

10548374-DIA

10

10548375-DIA

14

NOV

S755

2 1.0mm x 1 TSP

56627-01

-

-

CONTROL

RTD-755

AMBIENT AIR

AD-SNJB700

TRANSMITTER J-BOX

10548374-DIA

10

10548375-DIA

14

NOV

S851

2 1.0mm x 1 TSP

56627-01

-

-

CONTROL

RTD-851

EXHAUST AIR, MOTOR "A"

SJB800

RTD J-BOX

10548374-DIA

10

10548375-DIA

9

NOV

S852

2 1.0mm x 1 TSP

56627-01

-

-

CONTROL

RTD-852

EXHAUST AIR, MOTOR "B"

SJB800

RTD J-BOX

10548374-DIA

10

10548375-DIA

9

NOV

S855

2 1.0mm x 3 TSP

-

-

-

DATA

RTD-855

MTR "A" POWER J-BOX

SJB800

RTD J-BOX

10548374-DIA

10

10548375-DIA

27

NOV

S858

2 1.0mm x 3 TSP

-

-

-

DATA

RTD-858

MTR "B" POWER J-BOX

SJB800

RTD J-BOX

10548374-DIA

10

10548375-DIA

27

NOV

S867

2 1.0mm x 7 TSP

56626-07

-

-

-

SJB-867

SLIP AND CUT CONTROL STAT

SJB800

RTD J-BOX

10548374-DIA

10

10548375-DIA

26

NOV

SHEET

3

OF

3

DWG NO

10548376-IDX

REV

01

MJOB-8375

MUD PUMPS

NEXT ASSY

USED ON

APPLICATION


TITLE

CABLE SCEDULE, MUD PUMPS AC IDEAL RIG 135

CURRENT

INITIAL

DRAWN

E. JOHNSON

B. BOEPPLE

CHECKED

R. MOENCH

R. MOENCH

SIZE

R. MOENCH

R. MOENCH

B

6/11/2012

11/1/2011

APPVD DATE

SCALE

DWG NO

REV

10564615-IDX 02 NONE

WT LBS

SHEET

1

OF

3




FROM

CABLE ID

CABLE

NOV

GLAND

GLAND

CABLE

TAG NO.

CONSTRUCTION

PART NO.

SIZE

P/N

TYPE

TAG NO.

MP1-P01 MP1-P02 MP1-P03 MP1-P04 MP1-P05 MP1-P06 MP1-P07 MP1-P08 MP1-P09 MP1-P10 MP1-P11 MP1-P12B MP1-P12 MP1-P13 MP1-P15 MP1-P16 MP1-N01 MP1-N02

1C x 777MCM 1C x 777MCM 1C x 777MCM 1C x 4/0 AWG 1C x 777MCM 1C x 777MCM 1C x 777MCM 1C x 4/0 AWG 4C x 10 AWG 4C x 10 AWG 10C x 12 AWG 10C x 12 AWG 10C x 12 AWG 4C x 12 AWG 3C x 12 AWG 3C x 12 AWG 3C x 14 AWG 3C x 14 AWG

-

FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL

POWER POWER POWER GROUND POWER POWER POWER GROUND POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER N.I.S. N.I.S.

MP1 VFD MP1 VFD MP1 VFD MP1 VFD MP1 VFD MP1 VFD MP1 VFD MP1 VFD MCC MCC MCC PWR MTC MP1-P12 SNJB160 SNJB160 SNJB160 SNJB160 SNJB160

MP1-S01 MP1-S02 MP1-S03 MP1-S03A

5 TSP x 16 AWG 5 TSP x 16 AWG 1 TSP x 16 AWG PIGTAIL

-

FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL

I.S. I.S. I.S. I.S.

SNJB160 SNJB160 SNJB160 SJB150

MP1-F01A MP1-F01

62.5-125um x 4C 62.5-125um x 4C

10052375-001 10052385-001

FIELD INSTALL

FIBER FIBER

MP2-P01 MP2-P02 MP2-P03 MP2-P04 MP2-P05 MP2-P06 MP2-P07 MP2-P08 MP2-P09 MP2-P10 MP2-P11 MP2-P12 MP2-P12A MP2-P13 MP2-P15 MP2-P16 MP2-N01 MP2-N02

1C x 777MCM 1C x 777MCM 1C x 777MCM 1C x 4/0 AWG 1C x 777MCM 1C x 777MCM 1C x 777MCM 1C x 4/0 AWG 4C x 10 AWG 4C x 10 AWG 10C x 12 AWG 10C x 12 AWG 10C x 12 AWG 4C x 12 AWG 3C x 12 AWG 3C x 12 AWG 3C x 14 AWG 3C x 14 AWG

-

FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL



-

MP2-F01A MP2-F01

62.5-125um x 4C 62.5-125um x 4C

MP3-P01 MP3-P02 MP3-P03 MP3-P04 MP3-P05 MP3-P06 MP3-P07 MP3-P08 MP3-P09 MP3-P10 MP3-P11 MP3-P12 MP3-P12C MP3-P13 MP3-P15 MP3-P16

1C x 777MCM 1C x 777MCM 1C x 777MCM 1C x 4/0 AWG 1C x 777MCM 1C x 777MCM 1C x 777MCM 1C x 4/0 AWG 4C x 10 AWG 4C x 10 AWG 10C x 12 AWG 10C x 12 AWG 10C x 12 AWG 4C x 12 AWG 3C x 12 AWG 3C x 12 AWG

DATE

TO

LOCATION

TAG NO.

MUD PUMP 1 VFD MUD PUMP 1 VFD MUD PUMP 1 VFD MUD PUMP 1 VFD MUD PUMP 1 VFD MUD PUMP 1 VFD MUD PUMP 1 VFD MUD PUMP 1 VFD 400VAC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER 400VAC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER 400VAC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER POWER SYSTEM MTC CUBICLE AC DRIVE HOUSE PLUG PANEL MUD PUMP REMOTE I/O I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX MUD PUMP REMOTE I/O I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX MUD PUMP REMOTE I/O I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX MUD PUMP REMOTE I/O I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX MUD PUMP REMOTE I/O I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX

MP1A MP1A MP1A MP1A MP1B MP1B MP1B MP1B MOT-109 MOT-110 SNJB160 MP1-P12 SNJB160 MOT-113 HTR-MP1A HTR-MP1B PS-101 PS-102


INTERCONNECT

6/11/2012 11:18:02 AM

REMARKS

CABLE

DWG. NO.

SHT.

DWG. NO.

SHT.

SUPPLIED BY

MUD PUMP 1, AC MOTOR A MUD PUMP 1, AC MOTOR A MUD PUMP 1, AC MOTOR A MUD PUMP 1, AC MOTOR A MUD PUMP 1, AC MOTOR B MUD PUMP 1, AC MOTOR B MUD PUMP 1, AC MOTOR B MUD PUMP 1, AC MOTOR B MUD PUMP 1, MOTOR BLOWER A MUD PUMP 1, MOTOR BLOWER B MUD PUMP REMOTE I/O I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX AC DRIVE HOUSE PLUG PANEL MUD PUMP REMOTE I/O I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX MUD PUMP 1, LINEAR WASHER PUMP MUD PUMP 1, AC MOTOR A, MOTOR HEATER MUD PUMP 1, AC MOTOR B, MOTOR HEATER MP1 BLOWER A, PRESSURE SWITCH MP1 BLOWER B, PRESSURE SWITCH

10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3


2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3,7 21 7,21 3,7 2,7 2,7 4 4

NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV

MUD PUMP REMOTE I/O I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX MUD PUMP REMOTE I/O I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX MUD PUMP REMOTE I/O I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX MUD PUMP 1 SPM PROXIMITY SENSOR I.S. J-BOX

RTD-101 RTD-102 SJB150 ZS-103A

DRILL MOTOR 1A, PHASE U1, V1, W1 RTD DRILL MOTOR 1B, PHASE U1, V1, W1 RTD MUD PUMP 1 SPM PROXIMITY SENSOR I.S. J-BOX MUD PUMP 1 SPM PROXIMITY SENSOR A

10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA

3 3 3 3

10564614-DIA 10564614-DIA 10564614-DIA 10564614-DIA

6 6 4 4

NOV NOV NOV NOV

PWR MTC MP1-F01

POWER SYSTEM MTC CUBICLE AC DRIVE HOUSE PLUG PANEL

MP1-F01 SNJB160

AC DRIVE HOUSE PLUG PANEL MUD PUMP 1 REMOTE I/O I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX

10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA

3

10564614-DIA 10564614-DIA

20 7,20

NOV NOV

POWER POWER POWER GROUND POWER POWER POWER GROUND POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER N.I.S. N.I.S.

MP2 VFD MP2 VFD MP2 VFD MP2 VFD MP2 VFD MP2 VFD MP2 VFD MP2 VFD MCC MCC MCC MP2-P12 PWR-MTC SNJB260 SNJB260 SNJB260 SNJB260 SNJB260

MUD PUMP 2 VFD MUD PUMP 2 VFD MUD PUMP 2 VFD MUD PUMP 2 VFD MUD PUMP 2 VFD MUD PUMP 2 VFD MUD PUMP 2 VFD MUD PUMP 2 VFD 400VAC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER 400VAC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER 400VAC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER AC DRIVE HOUSE PLUG PANEL POWER SYSTEM MTC CUBICLE MUD PUMP REMOTE I/O I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX MUD PUMP REMOTE I/O I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX MUD PUMP REMOTE I/O I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX MUD PUMP REMOTE I/O I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX MUD PUMP REMOTE I/O I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX

MUD PUMP 2, AC MOTOR A MUD PUMP 2, AC MOTOR A MUD PUMP 2, AC MOTOR A MUD PUMP 2, AC MOTOR A MUD PUMP 2, AC MOTOR B MUD PUMP 2, AC MOTOR B MUD PUMP 2, AC MOTOR B MUD PUMP 2, AC MOTOR B MUD PUMP 2, MOTOR BLOWER A MUD PUMP 2, MOTOR BLOWER B MUD PUMP REMOTE I/O I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX MUD PUMP REMOTE I/O I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX AC DRIVE HOUSE PLUG PANEL MUD PUMP 2, LINEAR WASHER PUMP MUD PUMP 2, AC MOTOR A, MOTOR HEATER MUD PUMP 2, AC MOTOR B, MOTOR HEATER MP2 BLOWER A, PRESSURE SWITCH MP2 BLOWER B, PRESSURE SWITCH


2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2


8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 9 9 9,13 13,21 21 9,13 8,13 8,13 10 10



I.S. I.S. I.S. I.S.


10052375-001 10052384-001

FIELD INSTALL

FIBER FIBER

-

FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL

POWER POWER POWER GROUND POWER POWER POWER GROUND POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER

MP2A MP2A MP2A MP2A MP2B MP2B MP2B MP2B MOT-209 MOT-210 SNJB260 SNJB260 MP2-P12 MOT-213 HTR-MP2A HTR-MP2B PS-201 PS-202




10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA

2 2 2 2

10564614-DIA 10564614-DIA 10564614-DIA 10564614-DIA

12 12 10 10

NOV NOV NOV NOV

PWR-MTC MP2-F01


MP2-F01 SNJB260


10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA

2

10564614-DIA 10564614-DIA

20 13,20

NOV NOV

MP3 VFD MP3 VFD MP3 VFD MP3 VFD MP3 VFD MP3 VFD MP3 VFD MP3 VFD MCC MCC MCC MP3-P12 PWR-MTC SNJB360 SNJB360 SNJB360

MUD PUMP 3 VFD MUD PUMP 3 VFD MUD PUMP 3 VFD MUD PUMP 3 VFD MUD PUMP 3 VFD MUD PUMP 3 VFD MUD PUMP 3 VFD MUD PUMP 3 VFD 400VAC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER 400VAC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER 400VAC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER AC DRIVE HOUSE PLUG PANEL POWER SYSTEM MTC CUBICLE MUD PUMP REMOTE I/O I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX MUD PUMP REMOTE I/O I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX MUD PUMP REMOTE I/O I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX

MUD PUMP 3, AC MOTOR A MUD PUMP 3, AC MOTOR A MUD PUMP 3, AC MOTOR A MUD PUMP 3, AC MOTOR A MUD PUMP 3, AC MOTOR B MUD PUMP 3, AC MOTOR B MUD PUMP 3, AC MOTOR B MUD PUMP 3, AC MOTOR B MUD PUMP 3, MOTOR BLOWER A MUD PUMP 3, MOTOR BLOWER B MUD PUMP REMOTE I/O I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX MUD PUMP REMOTE I/O I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX AC DRIVE HOUSE PLUG PANEL MUD PUMP 3, LINEAR WASHER PUMP MUD PUMP 3, AC MOTOR A, MOTOR HEATER MUD PUMP 3, AC MOTOR B, MOTOR HEATER

10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

10564614-DIA 10564614-DIA 10564614-DIA 10564614-DIA 10564614-DIA 10564614-DIA 10564614-DIA 10564614-DIA 10564614-DIA 10564614-DIA 10564614-DIA 10564614-DIA 10564614-DIA 10564614-DIA 10564614-DIA 10564614-DIA

14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 15 15 15,19 19,21 21 15,19 14,19 14,19

SHEET

2

MP3A MP3A MP3A MP3A MP3B MP3B MP3B MP3B MOT-309 MOT-310 SNJB360 SNJB360 MP3-P12 MOT-313 HTR-MP3A HTR-MP3B

OF

3

FUTURE FUTURE FUTURE FUTURE FUTURE FUTURE FUTURE FUTURE FUTURE FUTURE FUTURE FUTURE FUTURE FUTURE FUTURE

DWG NO

NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV

10564615-IDX

REV

02



FROM

DATE

TO

BLOCK DIAG.

INTERCONNECT

6/11/2012 11:18:02 AM

CABLE ID

CABLE

NOV

GLAND

GLAND

CABLE

REMARKS

CABLE

TAG NO. MP3-N01 MP3-N02

CONSTRUCTION 3C x 14 AWG 3C x 14 AWG

PART NO. -

SIZE FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL

P/N

TYPE N.I.S. N.I.S.

TAG NO. SNJB360 SNJB360

LOCATION MUD PUMP REMOTE I/O I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX MUD PUMP REMOTE I/O I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX

TAG NO. PS-301 PS-302

LOCATION MP3 BLOWER A, PRESSURE SWITCH MP3 BLOWER B, PRESSURE SWITCH

DWG. NO. 10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA

SHT. 4 4

DWG. NO. 10564614-DIA 10564614-DIA

SHT. 16 16

FUTURE FUTURE

SUPPLIED BY NOV NOV



-


I.S. I.S. I.S. I.S.





10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA

4 4 4 4

10564614-DIA 10564614-DIA 10564614-DIA 10564614-DIA

18 18 16 16

FUTURE FUTURE FUTURE FUTURE

NOV NOV NOV NOV

MP3-F01A MP3-F01

62.5-125um x 4C 62.5-125um x 4C

10052375-001 10052384-001

FIELD INSTALL

FIBER FIBER

PWR-MTC MP3-F01


MP3-F01 SNJB360


10564613-DIA 10564613-DIA

4

10564614-DIA 10564614-DIA

20 19,20

FUTURE

NOV NOV

SHEET

3

OF

3

DWG NO

10564615-IDX

REV

02

NOTES: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED 1. THIS DOCUMENT BEST VIEWED THROUGH MS EXCEL. 2. THE STATUS COLUMN AND REVISION LETTER CORRESPONDS TO THE MOST CURRENT CHANGE TO RESPECTIVE LINE (ROW). 3. CABLES LISTED ON THE FOLLOWING PAGES ARE SUGGESTED CABLE SPECIFICATIONS.

MJOB-8375

AUX

NEXT ASSY

USED ON

APPLICATION


CURRENT

TITLE

CABLE SCHEDULE, AUXILIARY AC IDEAL RIG 135

INITIAL

DRAWN

B. BOEPPLE

CHECKED

R. MOENCH

SIZE

APPVD

R. MOENCH

B

DATE

11/1/2011

SCALE

DWG NO

REV

10620475-IDX 01 NONE

WT LBS

SHEET 1 OF 2 D74DCF0049-TPL-001 (REV B)

CABLE SCHEDULE, AUXILIARY AC IDEAL RIG 135


FROM

DATE

TO

BLOCK DIAG.

INTERCONNECT

11/1/2011 11:12:33 AM

3

CABLE

NOV

GLAND

GLAND

CABLE

TAG NO.

CONSTRUCTION

PART NO.

SIZE

P/N

TYPE

TAG NO.

LOCATION

TAG NO.

LOCATION

DWG. NO.

SHT.

DWG. NO.

SHT.

SUPPLIED BY

RT-P01A RT-P01 RT-P01B RT-P02A RT-P02 RT-P02B RT-P03A RT-P03 RT-P03B RT-P04A RT-P04 RT-P04B RT-P05A RT-P05 RT-P05B RT-P06A RT-P06 RT-P06B

1C x 4/0 AWG 1C x 4/0 AWG 1C x 4/0 AWG 1C x 4/0 AWG 1C x 4/0 AWG 1C x 4/0 AWG 1C x 4/0 AWG 1C x 4/0 AWG 1C x 4/0 AWG 1C x 4/0 AWG 1C x 4/0 AWG 1C x 4/0 AWG 4C x 12 AWG 4C x 12 AWG 4C x 12 AWG 3C x 12 AWG 3C x 12 AWG 3C x 12 AWG

FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL -

-

-

POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER

RT-MOT-01 RT-P01 RT-P01B RT-MOT-01 RT-P02 RT-P02B RT-MOT-01 RT-P03 RT-P03B RT-MOT-01 RT-P04 RT-P04B RT-P05A RT-P05 MCC RT-P06A RT-P06 RT-P06B

ROTARY TABLE AC MOTOR 400HP MOTOR GRASS HOPPER PLUG PANEL ROTARY TABLE VFD ROTARY TABLE AC MOTOR 400HP MOTOR GRASS HOPPER PLUG PANEL ROTARY TABLE VFD ROTARY TABLE AC MOTOR 400HP MOTOR GRASS HOPPER PLUG PANEL ROTARY TABLE VFD ROTARY TABLE AC MOTOR 400HP MOTOR GRASS HOPPER PLUG PANEL ROTARY TABLE VFD GRASS HOPPER PLUG PANEL GRASS HOPPER PLUG PANEL 480VAC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MCC GRASS HOPPER PLUG PANEL GRASS HOPPER PLUG PANEL ROTARY TABLE VFD

RT-P01A RT-P01 RT-P01B RT-P02A RT-P02 RT-P02B RT-P03A RT-P03 RT-P03B RT-P04A RT-P04 RT-P04B RT-MOT-05 RT-P05 RT-P05B SNJB10 RT-P06A RT-P06B

GRASS HOPPER PLUG PANEL AC DRIVE HOUSE PLUG PANEL AC DRIVE HOUSE PLUG PANEL GRASS HOPPER PLUG PANEL AC DRIVE HOUSE PLUG PANEL AC DRIVE HOUSE PLUG PANEL GRASS HOPPER PLUG PANEL AC DRIVE HOUSE PLUG PANEL AC DRIVE HOUSE PLUG PANEL GRASS HOPPER PLUG PANEL AC DRIVE HOUSE PLUG PANEL AC DRIVE HOUSE PLUG PANEL ROTARY TABLE MOTOR BLOWER AC DRIVE HOUSE PLUG PANEL AC DRIVE HOUSE PLUG PANEL ROTARY TABLE INTERFACE I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX AC DRIVE HOUSE PLUG PANEL AC DRIVE HOUSE PLUG PANEL


2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2


2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 2 2 2


RT-P07 RT-N01A RT-N01 RT-N01B RT-N02 RT-N02A RT-N03

7C x 1.5mm 2 3TSP x 16 AWG 3TSP x 16 AWG 3TSP x 16 AWG 14C x 14 AWG 14C x 14 AWG 10C x 22 AWG

56625-1.5-07 FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL FIELD INSTALL W/ ENCODER

M25 M20

-

POWER N.I.S. N.I.S. N.I.S. N.I.S. N.I.S. N.I.S.

SNJB10 RT-N01A RT-N01 RT-N01B RT-N02 DFT-NJB100 SNJB10

ROTARY TABLE INTERFACE I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX GRASS HOPPER PLUG PANEL GRASS HOPPER PLUG PANEL ROTARY TABLE VFD DRILLERS CABIN DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET ROTARY TABLE INTERFACE I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX

RT-HTR-01 SNJB10 RT-N01 RT-N01B SNJB10 RT-N02A RT-ENC-01

ROTARY TABLE AC MOTOR 400HP MOTOR HEATER ROTARY TABLE INTERFACE I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX AC DRIVE HOUSE PLUG PANEL AC DRIVE HOUSE PLUG PANEL ROTARY TABLE INTERFACE I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX DRILLERS CABIN ROTARY TABLE INCREMENTAL ENCODER

10620472-DIA 10620472-DIA 10620472-DIA 10620472-DIA 10620472-DIA 10620472-DIA 10620472-DIA

2 2 2 2 2 2 2


2 2 2 2 3,4,5 4,5 2

NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV

RT-N04

3C x 1.5mm 2

10054266-001

M20

-

N.I.S.

SNJB10

ROTARY TABLE INTERFACE I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX

RT-PS-05

ROTARY TABLE BLOWER PRESSURE SWITCH

10620472-DIA

2

10620473-DIA

3

RT-S01 RT-S02

4C x 22 AWG 4C x 22 AWG

10511290-001 10511290-001

M20 M20

-

I.S. I.S.

SNJB10 SNJB10

ROTARY TABLE INTERFACE I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX ROTARY TABLE INTERFACE I.S./N.I.S. J-BOX

RT-ZS-01 RT-ZS-02

ROTARY TABLE HIGH GEAR PROXIMITY SWITCH ROTARY TABLE LOW GEAR PROXIMITY SWITCH

10620472-DIA 10620472-DIA

2 2

10620473-DIA 10620473-DIA

3 3

PS-N01 PS-N01A

24C x 16 AWG 24C x 16 AWG

FIELD INSTALL 10042204-026

-

-

N.I.S. N.I.S.

PS-N01 DFT-NJB100

DRILLERS CABIN DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET

NJB320 PS-N01A

PS21/30 N.I.S. J-BOX DRILLERS CABIN

10620472-DIA 10620472-DIA

3 3

10620473-DIA 10620473-DIA

6,7 6,7


E9

3C x 1.5mm 2

10054266-001

M20

83444-03

N.I.S.

NJB320

PS21/30 24VDC N.I.S. J-BOX

E9

POWER SLIPS UP SOLENOID

10620472-DIA

3

10620473-DIA

6

NOV

E10

3C x 1.5mm 2

10054266-001

M20

83444-03

N.I.S.

NJB320


E10

POWER SLIPS DOWN SOLENOID

10620472-DIA

3

10620473-DIA

6

NOV

E15

3C x 1.5mm 2

10054266-001

M20

83444-03

N.I.S.

NJB320


E15

GREASE TO CENTER SLIP SOLENOID

10620472-DIA

3

10620473-DIA

6

NOV

E16

3C x 1.5mm 2

10054266-001

M20

83444-03

N.I.S.

NJB320


E16

GREASE TO L&R SLIPS SOLENOID

10620472-DIA

3

10620473-DIA

6

NOV

E18

3C x 1.5mm 2

10054266-001

M20

83444-03

N.I.S.

NJB320


E18

GREASE PUMP UP SOLENOID

10620472-DIA

3

10620473-DIA

6

NOV

E19

3C x 1.5mm 2

10054266-001

M20

83444-03

N.I.S.

NJB320


E19

GREASE PUMP DOWN SOLENOID

10620472-DIA

3

10620473-DIA

6

NOV

E11

3C x 1.5mm 2

10054266-001

M20

83444-03

N.I.S.

NJB320


E11

POWER SLIPS SET PRESSURE SWITCH

10620472-DIA

3

10620473-DIA

6

NOV

E12

3C x 1.5mm 2

10054266-001

M20

83444-03

N.I.S.

NJB320


E12

POWER SLIPS LOW PRESSURE SWITCH

10620472-DIA

3

10620473-DIA

6

NOV

E13

3C x 1.5mm 2

10054266-001

M20

83444-03

N.I.S.

NJB320


E13

POWER SLIPS UP PRESSURE SWITCH

10620472-DIA

3

10620473-DIA

6

NOV

E17

3C x 1.5mm 2

10054266-001

M20

83444-03

N.I.S.

NJB320


E17

EMPTY GREASE BIN PRESSURE SWITCH

10620472-DIA

3

10620473-DIA

6

NOV

CH-N01 CH-N01A

10TSP x 14 AWG 10TSP x 14 AWG

FIELD INSTALL 10068202-001

-

-

N.I.S. N.I.S.

CH-N01 DFT-NJB100

DRILLERS CABIN DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET

NJB310 CH-N01A

HYDRAULIC CATHEAD N.I.S. J-BOX DRILLER'S CABIN

10620472-DIA 10620472-DIA

4 4

10620473-DIA 10620473-DIA

8,9,10 8,9,10

NOV NOV

N310-1

3C x 1.5mm 2

10054266-001

-

83444-03

N.I.S.

NJB310

HYDRAULIC CATHEAD N.I.S. J-BOX

SOV-310-1

HYDRAULIC CATHEAD #1 PULL IN SOLENOID

10620472-DIA

4

10620473-DIA

8

NOV

N310-2

3C x 1.5mm 2

10054266-001

-

83444-03

N.I.S.

NJB310


SOV-310-2

HYDRAULIC CATHEAD #1 PAY OUT SOLENOID

10620472-DIA

4

10620473-DIA

8

NOV

N310-3

3C x 1.5mm 2

10054266-001

-

83444-03

N.I.S.

NJB310


SOV-310-3


10620472-DIA

4

10620473-DIA

8

NOV

N310-4

3C x 1.5mm 2

10054266-001

-

83444-03

N.I.S.

NJB310


SOV-310-4


10620472-DIA

4

10620473-DIA

8

NOV

N310-5

3C x 1.5mm 2

10054266-001

-

83444-03

N.I.S.

NJB310


SOV-310-5

HYDRAULIC CATHEAD ENABLE SOLENOID

10620472-DIA

4

10620473-DIA

8

NOV

N311-1

3C x 1.5mm 2

10054266-001

-

83444-03

N.I.S.

NJB310


PV-311-1

HYDRAULIC CATHEAD #1 PROPORTIONAL SOLENOID

10620472-DIA

4

10620473-DIA

8

NOV

N311-2

3C x 1.5mm 2

10054266-001

-

83444-03

N.I.S.

NJB310


PV-311-2

HYDRAULIC CATHEAD #2 PROPORTIONAL SOLENOID

10620472-DIA

4

10620473-DIA

8

NOV

N312-1

1TSP x 1.0mm 2

10054268-001

-

83444-01

N.I.S.

NJB310


PT-312-1

HYDRAULIC CATHEAD MAKE UP PRESS TRANSMITTER

10620472-DIA

4

10620473-DIA

8

NOV

AUX-D1060 AUX-P1001 AUX-P1002 AUX-N1005

PROFIBUS 3C x 12 AWG 3C x 12 AWG 4C x 14 AWG

-

-

-

DATA POWER POWER N.I.S.

MTC #1 MTC #1 MTC #1 DFSD

MULTI TOOL CONTROLLER MULTI TOOL CONTROLLER MULTI TOOL CONTROLLER DRILL FLOOR SHUTDOWN CONTROLLER

DFT-NJB100 DFT-NJB100 DFT-NJB100 DFT-NJB100

DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET

10620472-DIA 10620472-DIA 10620472-DIA 10620472-DIA

4 4 4 4

10620473-DIA 10620473-DIA 10620473-DIA 10620473-DIA

11 11 11 11

NOV NOV NOV NOV

SHEET

2

OF

2

REMARKS

DWG NO

CABLE

10620475-IDX

REV

01

MJOB-8375

TDS-11SA

NEXT ASSY

USED ON

APPLICATION


CURRENT

TITLE

CABLE SCHEDULE, TDS-11SA AC IDEAL RIG 135

INITIAL

DRAWN

B. BOEPPLE

CHECKED

R. MOENCH

SIZE

APPVD

R. MOENCH

B

DATE

11/1/2011

SCALE

DWG NO

REV

10620483-IDX 01 NONE

WT LBS

SHEET

1

OF

3




FROM

TO

CABLE ID

CABLE

NOV

GLAND

GLAND

CABLE

TAG NO.

CONSTRUCTION

PART NO.

SIZE

P/N

TYPE

TAG NO.

30175017-75-4-3-B -

-

-

POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER PE POWER POWER POWER PE POWER POWER POWER PE N.I.S.

TD-MOT-01 TD-MOT-01 TD-MOT-01 TD-MOT-01 TD-MOT-02 TD-MOT-02 TD-MOT-02 TD-MOT-02 TD-P01 TD-P02 TD-P03 TD-P04 TD-ENC-01

DRILL MOTOR ASSEMBLY DRILL MOTOR ASSEMBLY DRILL MOTOR ASSEMBLY DRILL MOTOR ASSEMBLY DRILL MOTOR ASSEMBLY DRILL MOTOR ASSEMBLY DRILL MOTOR ASSEMBLY DRILL MOTOR ASSEMBLY TOP DRIVE PLUG PANEL MAST PLUG PANEL MAST PLUG PANEL MAST PLUG PANEL MAST PLUG PANEL GRASSHOPPER PLUG PANEL GRASSHOPPER PLUG PANEL GRASSHOPPER PLUG PANEL GRASSHOPPER PLUG PANEL AC DRIVE HOUSE PLUG PANEL AC DRIVE HOUSE PLUG PANEL AC DRIVE HOUSE PLUG PANEL AC DRIVE HOUSE PLUG PANEL DRILL MOTOR INCREMENTAL ENCODER

TD-P01-U TD-P01-V TD-P01-W TD-P01-G VFD VFD VFD VFD TD-PNJB01

TD-N03

2

7C x 1.5 mm

-

-

-

N.I.S.

TD-HTR-01

DRILL MOTOR HEATER #1

TD-N04

7C x 1.5 mm2

-

-

-

N.I.S.

TD-HTR-02

DRILL MOTOR HEATER #2

TD-P08

4C x 2.5 mm

2

-

-

-

POWER

TD-MOT-03

TD-P06

4C x 2.5 mm2

-

-

-

POWER

TD-P07 CAB-N03A CAB-N03 CAB-N03B TD-LOOP 2

4C x 2.5 mm2 3 TSP x 16 AWG 3 TSP x 16 AWG 3 TSP x 16 AWG

124457-75-4-4-B

-

-

POWER N.I.S. N.I.S. N.I.S. POWER

TD-P01C TD-P02C TD-P03C TD-P04C TD-P01D TD-P02D TD-P03D TD-P04D TD-LOOP 1 TD-P01A TD-P02A TD-P03A TD-P04A TD-P01 TD-P02 TD-P03 TD-P04 TD-P01-U TD-P02-V TD-P03-W TD-P04-G TD-N20

1C x 4/0 AWG 1C x 4/0 AWG 1C x 4/0 AWG 1C x 4/0 AWG 1C x 4/0 AWG 1C x 4/0 AWG 1C x 4/0 AWG 1C x 4/0 AWG 3C x 777MCM + 3C x 2/0 AWG 1C x 646MCM 1C x 646MCM 1C x 646MCM 1C x 444MCM 1C x 646MCM 1C x 646MCM 1C x 646MCM 1C x 4/0 AWG 1C x 646MCM 1C x 646MCM 1C x 646MCM 1C x 4/0 AWG 2

3 TSP x 1.0 mm

2

18C x 2.5 mm

TD-P05C

18C x 2.5 mm2

TD-P05A TD-P05 TD-P05B TD-LOOP 3 TD-N01 TD-N01A TD-N01B

18C x 2.5 mm2 20C x 12 AWG 20C x 12 AWG 4 TSP x 14 AWG + 30C x 12 AWG 4 TSP x 14 AWG + 30C x 12 AWG 4 TSP x 14 AWG + 30C x 12 AWG 4 TSP x 14 AWG + 30C x 12 AWG

TD-N05

DATE

LOCATION

TAG NO.

BLOCK DIAG.

REMARKS

CABLE

DWG. NO.

SHT.

DWG. NO.

SHT.

SUPPLIED BY

TOP DRIVE PLUG PANEL TOP DRIVE PLUG PANEL TOP DRIVE PLUG PANEL TOP DRIVE PLUG PANEL TOP DRIVE PLUG PANEL TOP DRIVE PLUG PANEL TOP DRIVE PLUG PANEL TOP DRIVE PLUG PANEL MAST PLUG PANEL GRASSHOPPER PLUG PANEL GRASSHOPPER PLUG PANEL GRASSHOPPER PLUG PANEL GRASSHOPPER PLUG PANEL AC DRIVE HOUSE PLUG PANEL AC DRIVE HOUSE PLUG PANEL AC DRIVE HOUSE PLUG PANEL AC DRIVE HOUSE PLUG PANEL TOP DRIVE VFD TOP DRIVE VFD TOP DRIVE VFD TOP DRIVE VFD INSTRUMENT J-BOX

10620480-DIA 10620480-DIA 10620480-DIA 10620480-DIA 10620480-DIA 10620480-DIA 10620480-DIA 10620480-DIA 10620480-DIA 10620480-DIA 10620480-DIA 10620480-DIA 10620480-DIA 10620480-DIA 10620480-DIA 10620480-DIA 10620480-DIA 10620480-DIA 10620480-DIA 10620480-DIA 10620480-DIA 10620480-DIA

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

10620482-DIA 10620482-DIA 10620482-DIA 10620482-DIA 10620482-DIA 10620482-DIA 10620482-DIA 10620482-DIA 10620482-DIA 10620482-DIA 10620482-DIA 10620482-DIA 10620482-DIA 10620482-DIA 10620482-DIA 10620482-DIA 10620482-DIA 10620482-DIA 10620482-DIA 10620482-DIA 10620482-DIA 10620482-DIA

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5

NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV

TD-PNJB01

INSTRUMENT J-BOX

10620480-DIA

2

10620482-DIA

3

NOV

TD-PNJB01

INSTRUMENT J-BOX

10620480-DIA

2

10620482-DIA

3

NOV

HYDRAULIC PUMP MOTOR

TD-PNJB01

INSTRUMENT J-BOX

10620480-DIA

2

10620482-DIA

3

NOV

TD-MOT-04

RT. BLOWER MOTOR

TD-PNJB01

INSTRUMENT J-BOX

10620480-DIA

2

10620482-DIA

3

NOV

TD-MOT-05 DFT-NJB100 CAB-N03 -

LT. BLOWER MOTOR DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET GRASSHOPPER PLUG PANEL AC DRIVE HOUSE PLUG PANEL TOP DRIVE PLUG PANEL

TD-PNJB01 CAB-N03B -

INSTRUMENT J-BOX GRASSHOPPER PLUG PANEL AC DRIVE HOUSE PLUG PANEL ASSIGNMENT CUBICLE TD/RT MAST PLUG PANEL

10620480-DIA 10620480-DIA 10620480-DIA 10620480-DIA 10620480-DIA

2 2 2 2 2

10620482-DIA 10620482-DIA 10620482-DIA 10620482-DIA 10620482-DIA

3 2,12 2 2 3

NOV NOV NOV NOV NOV

-

LOCATION

INTERCONNECT

11/1/2011 2:07:54 PM

124459-01-20

-

-

POWER

TD-PNJB01

INSTRUMENT J-BOX

124458-100-B 30183284-75-4-4-B 123985-100-B 122718-01-20

-

-

POWER POWER POWER N.I.S. N.I.S. N.I.S. N.I.S.

TD-P05 TD-N01 TD-LOOP 3

MAST PLUG PANEL GRASSHOPPER PLUG PANEL AC DRIVE HOUSE PLUG PANEL TOP DRIVE PLUG PANEL MAST PLUG PANEL DRILLER'S CABIN PLUG PANEL TOP DRIVE PLUG PANEL

TOP DRIVE PLUG PANEL

10620480-DIA

2

10620482-DIA

3

NOV

GRASSHOPPER PLUG PANEL AC DRIVE HOUSE PLUG PANEL 600VAC MCC MAST PLUG PANEL DRILLER'S CABIN PLUG PANEL DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET INSTRUMENT J-BOX


2 2 2 2 2 2 2


3 3 3 4 4,8 8 4


3C x 1.5 mm

2

10054266-001

M20 (O)

10054938-001

N.I.S.

TDS-PNJB01

INSTRUMENT J-BOX

TD-N06

3C x 1.5 mm2

10054266-001

M20 (O)

10054938-001

N.I.S.

TDS-PNJB01

INSTRUMENT J-BOX

PS-01

RT BLOWER DIFF. PRESSURE SWITCH

10620480-DIA

3

10620482-DIA

4

NOV

PS-02

LEFT BLOWER DIFF. PRESSURE SWITCH

10620480-DIA

3

10620482-DIA

4

TD-N07

3C x 1.5 mm2

10054266-001

M20 (O)

10054938-001

N.I.S.

TDS-PNJB01

INSTRUMENT J-BOX

NOV

PS-03


10620480-DIA

3

10620482-DIA

4

NOV

TD-N08

3C x 1.5 mm2

10054266-001

M20 (O)

10054938-001

N.I.S.

TDS-PNJB01

INSTRUMENT J-BOX

PS-04


10620480-DIA

3

10620482-DIA

4

NOV

TD-N09

3C x 1.5 mm2

10054266-001

M20 (O)

10054938-001

N.I.S.

TDS-PNJB01

INSTRUMENT J-BOX

SOV-01

BRAKE ON SOLENOID

10620480-DIA

3

10620482-DIA

4

NOV

TD-N10

3C x 1.5 mm

2

10054266-001

M20 (O)

10054938-001

N.I.S.

TDS-PNJB01

INSTRUMENT J-BOX

SOV-02

ROTATE RIGHT SOLENOID

10620480-DIA

3

10620482-DIA

4

NOV

TD-N11

3C x 1.5 mm2

10054266-001

M20 (O)

10054938-001

N.I.S.

TDS-PNJB01

INSTRUMENT J-BOX

SOV-03

ROTATE LEFT SOLENOID

10620480-DIA

3

10620482-DIA

4

NOV

TD-N12

3C x 1.5 mm2

10054266-001

M20 (O)

10054938-001

N.I.S.

TDS-PNJB01

INSTRUMENT J-BOX

SOV-04

IBOP CLOSE SOLENOID

10620480-DIA

3

10620482-DIA

4

NOV

TD-N13

3C x 1.5 mm2

10054266-001

M20 (O)

10054938-001

N.I.S.

TDS-PNJB01

INSTRUMENT J-BOX

SOV-05

TORQUE WRENCH CLAMP SOLENOID

10620480-DIA

3

10620482-DIA

4

NOV

TD-N14

7C x 1.5 mm2

10054266-001

M20 (A)

10054938-001

N.I.S.

TDS-PNJB01

INSTRUMENT J-BOX

SOV-06

LINK TILT EXTEND SOLENOID

10620480-DIA

3

10620482-DIA

4

NOV

TD-N15

3C x 1.5 mm2

10054266-001

M20 (O)

10054938-001

N.I.S.

TDS-PNJB01

INSTRUMENT J-BOX

SOV-07

LINK TILT "DRILL" SOLENOID

10620480-DIA

3

10620482-DIA

4

NOV

TD-N16

3C x 1.5 mm2

10054266-001

M20 (O)

10054938-001

N.I.S.

TDS-PNJB01

INSTRUMENT J-BOX

SOV-08

LINK TILT "FLOAT" SOLENOID

10620480-DIA

3

10620482-DIA

4

NOV

TD-N17

3C x 1.5 mm2

10054266-001

M20 (O)

10054938-001

N.I.S.

TDS-PNJB01

INSTRUMENT J-BOX

SOV-09

STAND JUMP SOLENOID

10620480-DIA

3

10620482-DIA

5

NOV

TD-N18

3C x 1.5 mm2

10054266-001

M20 (O)

10054938-001

N.I.S.

TDS-PNJB01

INSTRUMENT J-BOX

SOV-10

Bx ELEVATOR OPEN SOLENOID

10620480-DIA

3

10620482-DIA

5

NOV

TD-N21

3C x 1.5 mm2

10054266-001

M20 (O)

10054938-001

N.I.S.

TDS-PNJB01

INSTRUMENT J-BOX

PS-05

Bx ELEVATOR PRESSURE SWITCH

10620480-DIA

3

10620482-DIA

4

NOV

TD-N30

1 TSP x 1.0 mm

2

10054266-001

M20 (O)

10054938-001

N.I.S.

-

CRT PLUG

PS-15

CRT SLIPS SET PRESSURE SWITCH

10620480-DIA

4

10620482-DIA

6

NOV

TD-N31

1 TSP x 1.0 mm2

10054266-001

M20 (O)

10054938-001

N.I.S.

-

CRT PLUG

PS-16

CRT SJ ELEVATOR CLOSED PRESSURE SWITCH

10620480-DIA

4

10620482-DIA

6

NOV

TD-N32

1 TSP x 1.0 mm2

10054266-001

M20 (O)

10054938-001

N.I.S.

-

CRT PLUG

PS-17

CRT STOP LOWERING PRESSURE SWITCH

10620480-DIA

4

10620482-DIA

6

NOV

TD-P05B MCC TD-N01A DFT-NJB100 TD-PNJB01

SHEET

2

OF

3

DWG NO

10620483-IDX

REV

01



DATE

FROM

CABLE ID

CABLE

NOV

GLAND

GLAND

CABLE

TAG NO.

CONSTRUCTION

PART NO.

SIZE

P/N

TYPE

TAG NO.

TO LOCATION

TAG NO.


INTERCONNECT

REMARKS

11/1/2011 2:07:54 PM

CABLE

DWG. NO.

SHT.

DWG. NO.

SHT.

SUPPLIED BY

TD-N25

3C x 1.5 mm

2

10054266-001

M20 (O)

10054938-001

N.I.S.

-

CRT PLUG

SOV-15

CRT SLIPS UP SOLENOID

10620480-DIA

4

10620482-DIA

6

NOV

TD-N26

3C x 1.5 mm2

10054266-001

M20 (O)

10054938-001

N.I.S.

-

CRT PLUG

SOV-16

CRT ELEVATOR OPEN SOLENOID

10620480-DIA

4

10620482-DIA

6

NOV

TD-N27

3C x 1.5 mm2

10054266-001

M20 (O)

10054938-001

N.I.S.

-

CRT PLUG

SOV-17

CRT LINK TILT EXTEND SOLENOID

10620480-DIA

4

10620482-DIA

6

NOV

TD-N28

3C x 1.5 mm2

10054266-001

M20 (O)

10054938-001

N.I.S.

-

CRT PLUG

SOV-18

CRT LINK TILT DRILL SOLENOID

10620480-DIA

4

10620482-DIA

6

NOV

TD-N29

3C x 1.5 mm2

10054266-001

M20 (O)

10054938-001

N.I.S.

-

CRT PLUG

SOV-19

CRT LINK TILT FLOAT SOLENOID

10620480-DIA

4

10620482-DIA

6

NOV

TD-LOOP 5

24C x 1.5 mm2

-

-

-

N.I.S.

TD-N34B

TD-N34

24C x 1.5 mm2

-

-

-

N.I.S.

TD-LOOP 5

TD-N34A

24C x 1.5 mm2

-

-

-

N.I.S.

TD-N34

TD-N34B

24C x 1.5 mm2

-

-

-

N.I.S.

TD-LOOP 5


-

TD-LOOP 4

7 TSP x 1.0 mm2

-

-

-

N.I.S.

TD-N33B


TD-N33

TD-N33

7 TSP x 1.0 mm2

-

-

-

N.I.S.

TD-LOOP 4

TD-N33A

7 TSP x 1.0 mm2

-

-

-

N.I.S.

TD-N33

TD-N33B

7 TSP x 1.0 mm2

-

-

-

N.I.S.

TD-LOOP 4


TD-D1001 TD-P1001 TD-P1002

PROFIBUS 3C x 12 AWG 3C x 12 AWG

-

-

-

DATA POWER POWER

DFT-NJB100 DFT-NJB100 DFT-NJB100

DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET

MTC #1 MTC #1 MTC #1

ANT-D1001 TD-S33

LMR400, COAX 3C x 0.75 mm2

10077615-001 -

-

-

DATA I.S.

DFT-NJB100 LT-02

DRILL FLOOR TOOL REMOTE I/O CABINET LINK CYLINDER LINEAR TRANSDUCER

TDS-SJB01


TD-N34

MAST PLUG PANEL

TD-N34A

DRILLER'S CABIN PLUG PANEL

DFT-NJB100

MAST PLUG PANEL

TD-N33A


DFT-NJB100 -

SHEET

3

OF

3

MAST PLUG PANEL

10620480-DIA

4

10620482-DIA

6

NOV


10620480-DIA

4

10620482-DIA

6,14

NOV


10620480-DIA

4

10620482-DIA

14

NOV

CRT PLUG

10620480-DIA

4

10620482-DIA

6

NOV

MAST PLUG PANEL

10620480-DIA

4

10620482-DIA

6

NOV


10620480-DIA

4

10620482-DIA

6,13

NOV


10620480-DIA

4

10620482-DIA

13

NOV

CRT PLUG

10620480-DIA

4

10620482-DIA

6

NOV

MULTI TOOL CONTROLLER CABINET #1 MULTI TOOL CONTROLLER CABINET #1 MULTI TOOL CONTROLLER CABINET #1

10620480-DIA 10620480-DIA 10620480-DIA

4 4 4

10620482-DIA 10620482-DIA 10620482-DIA

16 16 16

NOV NOV NOV

OMNI ANNTENA FLEX POWER NODE

10620480-DIA 10620480-DIA

4

10620482-DIA 10620482-DIA

15 7

NO BLOCK

DWG NO

NOV NOV

10620483-IDX

REV

01

10545605-001

DFSD

NEXT ASSY

USED ON

APPLICATION

This document contains proprietary and confidential information which belongs to National National-Oilwell Oilwell Varco, L.P., its affiliates or subsidiaries (all collectively referred to hereinafter as "NOV"). It is loaned for limited purposes only and remains the property of NOV. Reproduction, in whole or in part, or use of this design or distribution of this information to others is not permitted without the express written consent of NOV. This document is to be returned to NOV upon request and in any event upon completion of the use for which it was loaned. This document and the information contained and represented herein is the copyrighted property of NOV. © National Oilwell Varco

CURRENT DRAWN

TITLE

CABLE SCHEDULE, DFSD AC IDEAL RIG 135

INITIAL D. McGARY

CHECKED

T. PHAM

SIZE

APPVD

T. PHAM

B

DATE

11/11/2011

SCALE

DWG NO

REV

10622472-IDX 01 NONE

WT LBS

SHEET

1

OF

2


CABLE SCHEDULE, DFSD AC IDEAL RIG 135


CABLE ID

CABLE

NOV

GLAND

GLAND

CABLE

TAG NO.

CONSTRUCTION

PART NO.

SIZE

P/N

TYPE

DATE

FROM TAG NO.

TO LOCATION

TAG NO.


DWG. NO.

INTERCONNECT

SHT.

DWG. NO.

11/8/2011 3:10:44 PM

REMARKS

SHT.

CABLE SUPPLIED BY

MCC-N1001

10C x 14AWG

N/A

N/A

-

N.I.S.

PWR MTC

POWER SYSTEMS MTC CONTROL CUBICLE

MCC


10622470-DIA

2

10622471-DIA

11

NOV

VFD-MP1

1TSP x 16AWG

N/A

N/A

-

N.I.S.

PWR MTC


VFD-MP1

INVERTER MP1

10622470-DIA

2

10622471-DIA

10

NOV

VFD-MP2

1TSP x 16AWG

N/A

N/A

-

N.I.S.

PWR MTC


VFD-MP2

INVERTER MP2

10622470-DIA

2

10622471-DIA

10

NOV

VFD-MP3

1TSP x 16AWG

N/A

N/A

-

N.I.S.

PWR MTC


VFD-MP3

INVERTER MP3

10622470-DIA

2

10622471-DIA

10

NOV

VFD-TD/RT

1TSP x 16AWG

N/A

N/A

-

N.I.S.

PWR MTC


VFD-TD/RT

INVERTER TOP DRIVE/ROTARY TABLE

10622470-DIA

2

10622471-DIA

11

NOV

VFD-DWA

1TSP x 16AWG

N/A

N/A

-

N.I.S.

PWR MTC


VFD-DWA

INVERTER DWA

10622470-DIA

2

10622471-DIA

11

NOV

INVERTER DWB

10622470-DIA

2

10622471-DIA

11

NOV


10622470-DIA

2

10622471-DIA

2

NOV

VFD-DWB

1TSP x 16AWG

N/A

N/A

-

N.I.S.

PWR MTC


VFD-DWB

DFSD-D100

ETHERNET CAT 5

N/A

N/A

-

N.I.S.

PWR MTC

MULTI TOOOL CONTROL CABINET MTC #1

DFT-NJB100

CAB-N01A

20C x 14AWG

N/A

N/A

-

N.I.S.

DFT-NJB100


CAB-N01A

CAB-N01

20C x 14AWG

N/A

N/A

-

N.I.S.

CAB-N01

CAB-N01B

20C x 14AWG

N/A

N/A

-

N.I.S.

CAB-N01B

CAB-N02A

3C x 14AWG

N/A

N/A

-

N.I.S.

DFT-NJB100

CAB-N02

3C x 14AWG

N/A

N/A

-

N.I.S.

CAB-N02

CAB-N02B

3C x 14AWG

N/A

N/A

-

N.I.S.

CAB-N02B

DW-N03A

7C x 14AWG

N/A

N/A

-

N.I.S.

-

DW-N03

7C x 14AWG

N/A

N/A

-

N.I.S.

DW-N03


10622470-DIA

2

10622471-DIA

5

NOV

CAB-N01

AC DRIVE HOUSE PLUG PANEL

10622470-DIA

2

10622471-DIA

5,10

NOV


PWR MTC


10622470-DIA

2

10622471-DIA

10

NOV


CAB-N02A


10622470-DIA

2

10622471-DIA

3

NOV


10622470-DIA

2

10622471-DIA

3,11

NOV

GENERATOR CUBICLE #2

10622470-DIA

2

10622471-DIA

11

NOV



CAB-N02


-

DRAWWORKS REMOTE I/O

DW-N03A

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

DW-N03


PWR MTC

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

10622470-DIA

2

10622471-DIA

11

NOV


10622470-DIA

2

10622471-DIA

11

NOV

DW-N03B

7C x 14AWG

N/A

N/A

-

N.I.S.

DW-N03B


10622470-DIA

2

10622471-DIA

11

NOV

TD-N1005

4C x 14AWG

N/A

N/A

-

N.I.S.

DFT-NJB100


-

TDS-11SA REMOTE I/O

10622470-DIA

2

10622471-DIA

3

NOV

AUX-N1005

4C x 14AWG

N/A

N/A

-

N.I.S.

DFT-NJB100


-

AUX REMOTE I/O

10622470-DIA

2

10622471-DIA

7

NOV

N4202

7C x 16AWG

N/A

N/A

-

N.I.S.

DFT-NJB100


-

DRILLERS CHAIR

10622470-DIA

2

10622471-DIA

3

NOV

N4204

4C x 16AWG

N/A

N/A

-

N.I.S.

DFT-NJB100


-

DRILLERS CHAIR

10622470-DIA

2

10622471-DIA

3

NOV

DFSD-P1001

3C x 12AWG

N/A

N/A

-

N.I.S.

MTC #1


DFT-NJB100


10622470-DIA

2

10622471-DIA

2

NOV

DFSD-P1002

3C x 12AWG

N/A

N/A

-

N.I.S.

MTC #1


DFT-NJB100


10622470-DIA

2

10622471-DIA

2

NOV

PCAT-N104B

7C x 14AWG

N/A

N/A

-

N.I.S.

DFT-NJB100


PCAT-N104B


10622470-DIA

2

10622471-DIA

7

NOV

SUBSTRUCTURE PLUG PANEL

10622470-DIA

2

10622471-DIA

7

PIPECAT PANEL

10622470-DIA

2

10622471-DIA

-

PCAT-N104

7C x 14AWG

N/A

N/A

-

N.I.S.

PCAT-N104


PCAT-N104

PCAT-N104A

7C x 14AWG

N/A

N/A

-

N.I.S.

PCAT-N104A

SUBSTRUCTURE PLUG PANEL

-

SHEET

2

OF

2

DWG NO

NOV BLOCK ONLY

10622472-IDX

NOV

REV

01

10545605-001

AMPHION

NEXT ASSY

USED ON

APPLICATION


CURRENT DRAWN

TITLE

CABLE SCHEDULE INDEX AC IDEAL RIG 135

INITIAL D. McGARY

CHECKED

T. PHAM

SIZE

APPVD

T. PHAM

B

DATE

11/15/2011

SCALE

DWG NO

REV

10622968-IDX 01 NONE

WT LBS

SHEET

1

OF

4




FROM

CABLE ID

CABLE

CABLE

TAG NO.

CONSTRUCTION

TYPE

TAG NO.

CAB-F01A

FIBER 4 CORE 62.5/125 um MULTIMODE

DATA

CAB-F01


DATA

CAB-F01B


CAB-F02A

DATE

TO

BLOCK DIAG.

LOCATION

TAG NO.

LOCATION

DWG. NO.

PWR MTC

POWER SYSTEM MTC

CAB-F01A


CAB-F01


CAB-F01


DATA

CAB-F01B


CAB-F01B


DATA

PWR MTC

POWER SYSTEM MTC

CAB-F02


DATA

CAB-F02

CAB-F02B


DATA

SD-F01A


SD-F01

INTERCONNECT

11/10/2011 11:37:22 AM

REMARKS

SHT.

CABLE

SHT.

DWG. NO.

SUPPLIED BY

10622966-DIA

-

10622967-DIA

15

-

NOV

10622966-DIA

2,3

10622967-DIA

6,15

-

NOV


10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

6

-

NOV

CAB-F02A


10622966-DIA

-

10622967-DIA

15

-

NOV


CAB-F02


10622966-DIA

2,3

10622967-DIA

6,15

-

NOV

CAB-F02B


CAB-F02B


10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

6

-

NOV

DATA

PWR MTC

POWER SYSTEM MTC

SD-F01A


10622966-DIA

-

10622967-DIA

11

-

NOV


DATA

SD-F01


-

V-DAQ WAGO I/O

10622966-DIA

3

10622967-DIA

11

-

NOV

D1001


DATA

MTC#1

MULTI TOOL CONTROL CABINET #1

-

DRILLER'S CHAIR

10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

6

-

NOV

MP1-F01A


DATA

PWR MTC

POWER SYSTEM MTC

MP1-F01A


10622966-DIA

-

10622967-DIA

9

-

NOV

MP1-F01


DATA

MP1-F01


SNJB160


10622966-DIA

3

10622967-DIA

9

-

NOV

MP2-F01A


DATA

PWR MTC

POWER SYSTEM MTC

MP2-F01A


10622966-DIA

-

10622967-DIA

11

-

NOV

MP2-F01


DATA

MP2-F01


SNJB260


10622966-DIA

3

10622967-DIA

11

-

NOV

MP3-F01A


DATA

PWR MTC

POWER SYSTEM MTC

MP3-F01A


10622966-DIA

-

10622967-DIA

12

-

NOV

MP3-F01


DATA

MP3-F01


SNJB360


10622966-DIA

3

10622967-DIA

12

FUTURE

NOV

DW-F01B


DATA

PWR MTC

POWER SYSTEM MTC

DW-F01B


10622966-DIA

-

10622967-DIA

8

-

NOV

DW-F01


DATA

DW-F01


DW-F01

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

10622966-DIA

3

10622967-DIA

8,14

-

NOV

DW-F01A


DATA

DW-F01A

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

-

DRAWWORKS WAGO I/O

10622966-DIA

3

10622967-DIA

14

-

NOV

FJ-PCAT


DATA

MTC#1


FJ-PCAT


10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

3

-

NOV

PCAT-F01


DATA

PCAT-F01


PCAT-F01

CABLE PCAT-F01A CONNECTOR

10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

3

-

NOV

PCAT-F01A


DATA

PCAT-F01A

CABLE PCAT-F01 CONNECTOR

PCAT-F01A

PIPECAT PLUG PANEL

10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

3

-

NOV

TP-F01A


DATA

PWR MTC

POWER SYSTEM MTC

TP-F01A


10622966-DIA

-

10622967-DIA

10

-

NOV

TP-F01


DATA

TP-F01


-

TOOL PUSHER'S OFFICE (ETHERNET SWITCH)

10622966-DIA

4

10622967-DIA

10

OPTIONAL

NOV

DFSD-D100

ETHERNET CAT 5 COPPER

DATA

MTC#1


-

DRILL FLOOR SHUT DOWN

10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

4

-

NOV NOV

ML-D100


DATA

MTC#1


-

MUD LOGGER REMOTE I/O

10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

5

-

UPS A


DATA

MTC#1


UPS A

UPS A WEBCARD, DRILLER'S CABIN UPS CABINET

10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

4

-

NOV

UPS B


DATA

MTC#1


UPS B

UPS B WEBCARD, DRILLER'S CABIN UPS CABINET

10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

4

-

NOV

MCC


DATA

PWR MTC

POWER SYSTEM MTC

MCC

MCC WAGO I/O

10622966-DIA

3

10622967-DIA

12

-

NOV

INC/RECT #1


DATA

PWR MTC

POWER SYSTEM MTC

INC/RECT #1


10622966-DIA

3

10622967-DIA

11

-

NOV

INC/RECT #2


DATA

PWR MTC

POWER SYSTEM MTC

INC/RECT #2


10622966-DIA

3

10622967-DIA

10

-

NOV

CHOPPER


DATA

PWR MTC

POWER SYSTEM MTC

CHOPPER

CHOPPER A/B WAGO I/O

10622966-DIA

3

10622967-DIA

10

-

NOV

ASSIGNMENT


DATA

PWR MTC

POWER SYSTEM MTC

ASSIGNMENT

ASSIGNMENT WAGO I/O

10622966-DIA

3

10622967-DIA

12

-

NOV

UPS A


DATA

PWR MTC

POWER SYSTEM MTC

UPS A

UPS A WEBCARD, PS HOUSE UPS CABINET

10622966-DIA

3

10622967-DIA

9

-

NOV

UPS B


DATA

PWR MTC

POWER SYSTEM MTC

UPS B

UPS B WEBCARD, PS HOUSE UPS CABINET

10622966-DIA

3

10622967-DIA

9

-

NOV

UPS C


DATA

PWR MTC

POWER SYSTEM MTC

UPS C

UPS C WEBCARD, PS HOUSE UPS CABINET

10622966-DIA

3

10622967-DIA

9

-

NOV

4

10622967-DIA

10

-

NOV NOV

MUD PUMP 2


DATA

PWR MTC

POWER SYSTEM MTC

INV MP2

INVERTER MUD PUMP 2 CUBICLE

10622966-DIA

R/SERVER


DATA

-

TOOL PUSHER'S (ETHERNET SWITCH)

-

TOOL PUSHER'S OFFICE (RIGSENSE SERVER)

10622966-DIA

4

10622967-DIA

10

OPTIONAL

R/CLIENT1


DATA

-

TOOL PUSHER'S (ETHERNET SWITCH)

-

COMP. MAN OFFICE (RIGSENSE REMOTE CLIENT)

10622966-DIA

4

10622967-DIA

10

OPTIONAL

NOV

GEN/PS

PROFIBUS

DATA

-


GEN#1

GEN #1 CUBICLE

10622966-DIA

4

10622967-DIA

8

-

NOV

AUX-D1060

PROFIBUS

DATA

MTC#1


AUX-D1060

AUX REMOTE I/O

10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

5

-

NOV

TD-D1001

PROFIBUS

DATA

MTC#1


TD-D1001

TDS 11SA REMOTE I/O

10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

3

-

NOV

GEN1/GEN2

PROFIBUS

DATA

GEN#1

GEN #1 WAGO I/O

GEN#2

GEN #2 WAGO I/O

10622966-DIA

4

10622967-DIA

8

-

NOV

GEN2/GEN3

PROFIBUS

DATA

GEN#2

GEN #2 WAGO I/O

GEN#3

GEN #3 WAGO I/O

10622966-DIA

4

10622967-DIA

8

-

NOV

4

10622967-DIA

8

FUTURE

NOV

GEN3/GEN4

PROFIBUS

DATA

GEN#3

GEN #3 WAGO I/O

GEN#4

GEN #4 WAGO I/O

10622966-DIA

DW DRIVES

PROFIBUS

DATA

PWR MTC

POWER SYSTEM MTC

VFD-DWA

INV DWA CABINET RPBA

10622966-DIA

3

10622967-DIA

8

-

NOV

DWA/DWB

PROFIBUS

DATA

VFD-DWA

INV DWA CABINET RPBA

VFD-DWA

INV DWB CABINET RPBA

10622966-DIA

3

10622967-DIA

8

-

NOV

SHEET

2

OF

4

DWG NO

10622968-IDX

REV

01



CABLE ID

CABLE

CABLE

TAG NO.

CONSTRUCTION

TYPE

FROM TAG NO.

DATE

TO

BLOCK DIAG.

INTERCONNECT

11/10/2011 11:37:22 AM

REMARKS

LOCATION

TAG NO.

LOCATION

DWG. NO.

SHT.

DWG. NO.

SHT.

CABLE SUPPLIED BY

INV. TD/RT

PROFIBUS

DATA

PWR MTC

POWER SYSTEM MTC

VFD-TD/RT

INV TD/RT CABINET RPBA

10622966-DIA

3

10622967-DIA

11

-

MP DRIVES

PROFIBUS

DATA

PWR MTC

POWER SYSTEM MTC

VFD-MP1

MP1 CUBICLE RPBA

10622966-DIA

4

10622967-DIA

9

-

NOV

MP1/MP2

PROFIBUS

DATA

VFD-MP1

MP1 CUBICLE RPBA

VFD-MP2

MP2 CUBICLE RPBA

10622966-DIA

4

10622967-DIA

9

-

NOV

MP2/MP3

PROFIBUS

DATA

VFD-MP2

MP2 CUBICLE RPBA

VFD-MP3

MP3 CUBICLE RPBA

10622966-DIA

4

10622967-DIA

9

FUTURE

NOV

NOV

NOV

SIGNAL

-

CAB-N01A

14 AWG X 20C

N.I.S.

DFTR


CAB-N01A


10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

2

-

CAB-N01

14 AWG X 20C

N.I.S.

CAB-N01


CAB-N01


10622966-DIA

2,3

10622967-DIA

2,13

-

NOV

CAB-N01B

14 AWG X 20C

N.I.S.

CAB-N01B


PWR MTC

POWER SYSTEM MTC

10622966-DIA

-

10622967-DIA

13,14

-

NOV

CAB-N02A

14 AWG X 3C

N.I.S.

DFTR


CAB-N02A


10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

2

-

NOV

2,3

10622967-DIA

2,14

-

NOV

CAB-N02

14 AWG X 3C

N.I.S.

CAB-N02


CAB-N02


10622966-DIA

CAB-N02B

14 AWG X 3C

N.I.S.

CAB-N02B


-

GENERATOR CUBICLE

10622966-DIA

-

10622967-DIA

14

-

NOV

N4202

16AWG X 7C

N.I.S.

DFTR


-

DRILLER'S CHAIR

10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

2

-

NOV

N4204

16AWG X 4C

N.I.S.

DFTR


-

DRILLER'S CHAIR

10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

2

-

NOV

DW-N03B

14 AWG X 7C

N.I.S.

PWR MTC

POWER SYSTEM MTC

DW-N03B


10622966-DIA

-

10622967-DIA

14

-

NOV

DW-N03

14 AWG X 7C

N.I.S.

DW-N03


DW-N03

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

10622966-DIA

3

10622967-DIA

14

-

NOV

DW-N03A

14 AWG X 7C

N.I.S.

DW-N03A

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

-


10622966-DIA

3

10622967-DIA

14

-

NOV

CAM-N01

COAX CABLE

N.I.S.

CAM-N01


CAM-N01


10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

-

BLOCK ONLY

NOV

2

10622967-DIA

-

BLOCK ONLY

NOV

2

10622967-DIA

-

BLOCK ONLY

NOV

CAM-N01A

COAX CABLE

N.I.S.

CAM-N01A


CAM#1

FB CAM #1 CONNECTOR

10622966-DIA

CAM-N02

COAX CABLE

N.I.S.

CAM-N02


CAM-N02


10622966-DIA

CAM-N02A

COAX CABLE

N.I.S.

CAM-N02A


CAM#2

DW CAM #2 CONNECTOR

10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

-

BLOCK ONLY

NOV

CAM-N03

COAX CABLE

N.I.S.

CAM-N03


CAM-N03


10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

-

BLOCK ONLY

NOV NOV

CAM-N03A

COAX CABLE

N.I.S.

CAM-N03A


CAM#3

MS CAM #3 CONNECTOR

10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

-

BLOCK ONLY

MCC-N1001

14 AWG X 10C

N.I.S.

PWR MTC

POWER SYSTEM MTC

MCC


10622966-DIA

-

10622967-DIA

14

-

NOV

PCAT-N104

14 AWG X 7C

N.I.S.

DFTR


PCAT-N104


10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

2

-

NOV

PCAT-N104B

14 AWG X 7C

N.I.S.

PCAT-N104B


PCAT-N104B

PIPECAT PLUG PANEL

10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

2

-

NOV

VFD-MP1

16 AWG X 1TSP

N.I.S.

PWR MTC

POWER SYSTEM MTC

VFD-MP1

VFD-MP1

10622966-DIA

-

10622967-DIA

13

-

NOV

VFD-MP2

16 AWG X 1TSP

N.I.S.

PWR MTC

POWER SYSTEM MTC

VFD-MP2

VFD-MP2

10622966-DIA

-

10622967-DIA

13

-

NOV

VFD-MP3

16 AWG X 1TSP

N.I.S.

PWR MTC

POWER SYSTEM MTC

VFD-MP3

VFD-MP3

10622966-DIA

-

10622967-DIA

13

-

NOV

VFD-TD/RT

16 AWG X 1TSP

N.I.S.

PWR MTC

POWER SYSTEM MTC

VFD-TD/RT

VFD-TD/RT

10622966-DIA

-

10622967-DIA

14

-

NOV

VFD-DWA

16 AWG X 1TSP

N.I.S.

PWR MTC

POWER SYSTEM MTC

VFD-DWA

VFD-DWA

10622966-DIA

-

10622967-DIA

14

-

NOV

VFD-DWB

16 AWG X 1TSP

N.I.S.

PWR MTC

POWER SYSTEM MTC

VFD-DWB

VFD-DWB

10622966-DIA

-

10622967-DIA

14

-

NOV

BOP-F01

16 AWG X 2TSP

N.I.S.

-

BOP PANEL

BOP-F01


10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

-

BLOCK ONLY

NOV

BOP-F01A

16 AWG X 2TSP

N.I.S.

BOP-F01A


-

BOP REMOTE I/O

10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

-

BLOCK ONLY

NOV

BOP-N01

12 AWG X 3C

N.I.S.

-

BOP PANEL

BOP-N01


10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

-

BLOCK ONLY

NOV

BOP-N01A

12 AWG X 3C

N.I.S.

BOP-N01A


-

BOP REMOTE I/O

10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

-

BLOCK ONLY

NOV

BOP-N02

12 AWG X 3C

N.I.S.

-

LIGHTING PANEL

-

BOP PANEL

10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

-

BLOCK ONLY

NOV

SHEET

3

OF

4

DWG NO

10622968-IDX

REV

01



FROM

DATE

TO

BLOCK DIAG.

INTERCONNECT

11/10/2011 11:37:22 AM

CABLE ID

CABLE

CABLE

TAG NO.

CONSTRUCTION

TYPE

TAG NO.

LOCATION

TAG NO.

LOCATION

DWG. NO.

SHT.

DWG. NO.

SHT.

REMARKS

CABLE

10 AWG X 3C

POWER

UPS A

UPS A

MTC#1


10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

2

-

NOV

2

10622967-DIA

2

-

NOV NOV

SUPPLIED BY

POWER P1001 P1002

10 AWG X 3C

POWER

UPS B

UPS B

MTC#1


10622966-DIA

P1003

8 AWG X 3C

POWER

P1003

NON UPS A (RIG A) (LIGHTING PANEL CB #31)

MTC#1


10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

2

-

P1004

8 AWG X 3C

POWER

P1004

NON UPS B (RIG B) (LIGHTING PANEL CB #32)

MTC#1


10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

2

-

NOV

G1001

2 10mm X 1C

GROUND

G1001

RIG GROUND

MTC#1


10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

2

-

NOV

P2001

10 AWG X 3C

POWER

UPS A

UPS A

PWR MTC

POWER SYSTEM MTC

10622966-DIA

3

10622967-DIA

7

-

NOV

P2002

10 AWG X 3C

POWER

UPS B

UPS B

PWR MTC

POWER SYSTEM MTC

10622966-DIA

3

10622967-DIA

7

-

NOV

P2003

8 AWG X 3C

POWER

P2003

NON UPS A (RIG A)

PWR MTC

POWER SYSTEM MTC

10622966-DIA

3

10622967-DIA

7

-

NOV

P2004

8 AWG X 3C

POWER

P2004

NON UPS B (RIG B)

PWR MTC

POWER SYSTEM MTC

10622966-DIA

3

10622967-DIA

7

-

NOV

G2001

8 AWG X 1C

GROUND

G2001

RIG GROUND

PWR MTC

POWER SYSTEM MTC

10622966-DIA

3

10622967-DIA

7

-

NOV

P4201

12 AWG X 3C

POWER

MTC#1


-

DRILLER'S CHAIR

10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

2

-

NOV

P4202

12 AWG X 3C

POWER

MTC#1


-

DRILLER'S CHAIR

10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

2

-

NOV

G4201

2 6mm X 1C

GROUND

-

RIG GROUND

-

DRILLER'S CHAIR

10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

2

-

NOV

SD-P01A

12 AWG X 10C

POWER

PWR MTC

POWER SYSTEM MTC

SD-P01A


10622966-DIA

-

10622967-DIA

7

-

NOV

SD-P01

12 AWG X 10C

POWER

SD-P01


V-DAQ

V-DAQ REMOTE I/O

10622966-DIA

3

10622967-DIA

7

-

NOV

DFSD-P1001

12 AWG X 3C

POWER

MTC#1


DFSD-P1001


10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

2

-

NOV

2

10622967-DIA

2

-

NOV

DFSD-P1002

12 AWG X 3C

POWER

MTC#1


DFSD-P1002


10622966-DIA

AUX-P1001

12 AWG X 3C

POWER

MTC#1


AUX-P1001

AUX REMOTE I/O

10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

2

-

NOV

AUX-P1002

12 AWG X 3C

POWER

MTC#1


AUX-P1002

AUX REMOTE I/O

10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

2

-

NOV

DW-P18B

12 AWG X 12C

POWER

PWR MTC

POWER SYSTEM MTC

DW-P18B


10622966-DIA

-

10622967-DIA

7

-

NOV

DW-P18

12 AWG X 20C

POWER

DW-P18


DW-P18

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

10622966-DIA

3

10622967-DIA

7

-

NOV

DW-P18A

12 AWG X 20C

POWER

DW-P18A

DW BOOM PLUG PANEL

DW-P18A


10622966-DIA

3

10622967-DIA

7

-

NOV

TD-P1001

12 AWG X 3C

POWER

MTC#1


TD-P1001

TDS-11SA REMOTE I/O

10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

2

-

NOV

2

10622967-DIA

2

-

NOV

TD-P1002

12 AWG X 3C

POWER

MTC#1


TD-P1002

TDS-11SA REMOTE I/O

10622966-DIA

MP1-P12B

12 AWG X 12C

POWER

PWR MTC

POWER SYSTEM MTC

MP1-P12B


10622966-DIA

-

10622967-DIA

7

-

NOV

MP1-P12

12 AWG X 10C

POWER

MP1-P12


SNJB160


10622966-DIA

3

10622967-DIA

7

-

NOV

MP2-P12A

12 AWG X 12C

POWER

PWR MTC

POWER SYSTEM MTC

MP2-P12A


10622966-DIA

-

10622967-DIA

7

-

NOV

MP2-P12

12 AWG X 10C

POWER

MP2-P12


SNJB260


10622966-DIA

3

10622967-DIA

7

-

NOV

MP3-P12C

12 AWG X 10C

POWER

PWR MTC

POWER SYSTEM MTC

MP3-P12C


10622966-DIA

-

10622967-DIA

7

-

NOV

MP3-P12

12 AWG X 10C

POWER

MP3-P12


SNJB360


10622966-DIA

3

10622967-DIA

7

FUTURE

NOV

ML-P1001

12 AWG X 3C

POWER

MTC#1


-


10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

2

-

NOV

DS1-P1001

12 AWG X 3C

POWER

MTC#1


-


10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

2

-

NOV

WPS-P1001

12 AWG X 3C

POWER

MTC#1


-

WIPER SYSTEM REMOTE I/O (DRILL FLOOR I/O)

10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

2

-

NOV

PCAT-P01B

12 AWG X 3C

POWER

MTC#1


PCAT-P01B


10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

2

-

NOV

PCAT-P01

12 AWG X 3C

POWER

PCAT-P01


PCAT-P01

PIPECAT PLUG PANEL

10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

2

-

NOV

BC-P01

12 AWG X 3C

POWER

MTC#1


-

BOP CART RADIO

10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

2

OPTIONAL

NOV

TUG-P01

14 AWG X 3C

POWER

MTC#1


-

TUGGER J-BOX #1 (OUTSIDE CABIN WALL)

10622966-DIA

2

10622967-DIA

2

-

NOV

SHEET

4

OF

4

DWG NO

10622968-IDX

REV

01

MJOB-8375 NEXT ASSY


USED ON

APPLICATION

DRAWN

J. ALANIZ

TITLE

HAZARDOUS EQUIPMENT AREA INDEX, ADS-10SD, AC IDEAL RIG 135

CHECKED

C. HOVANETZ

SIZE

APPVD

C. HOVANETZ

B

DATE

11/3/2011

SCALE

DWG NO

REV

10548378-IDX 01 NTS

WT LBS

SHEET

1

OF

3




NOV

NOV

TAG NO.

P/N:

DPS-601

76842

DPS-602

76842

ENC-331

30155842-040-HE

ENC-332

DESCRIPTION BLOWER A DIFF PRESS SWITCH (2 to 80” WC) BLOWER B DIFF PRESS SWITCH (2 to 80” WC)

LOCATION

MANUFACTURER

DATE

MANUFACTURER

HAZARDOUS

HAZARDOUS

CERTIFICATION

CERTIFICATE

TEMP.

IP

P/N:

RATING

ZONE

AGENCY

No.

RATING

RATING

MATERIAL

BLOCK DIAG.

INTERCONNECT

11/3/2011 12:07:45 PM

ASSOCIATED

DWG. NO.

SHT.

DWG. NO.

SHT.

REMARKS

COMPONENT

J120K-15641

EEx d IIC T6

Zone 1

DEMKO

03 ATEX0305048

-40 TO+71°C

IP66

-

10548374-DIA

5

10548375-DIA

17

Set switch at 18” WC

Motor/Skid

United Electric Controls United Electric Controls

J120K-15641

EEx d IIC T6

Zone 1

DEMKO

03 ATEX0305048

-40 TO+71°C

IP66

-

10548374-DIA

5

10548375-DIA

17

Set switch at 18” WC

DRUM ABSOLUTE ENCODER #1

Skid

HENGSTLER

0 539 888 / 1 HE

EExd IIC 2 G

Zone 1

PTB

00 ATEX1107

-40 TO +60°C

IP66/67

316L SS

10548374-DIA

9

10548375-DIA

6

30155842-040-HE


Skid

HENGSTLER

0 539 888 / 1 HE

EExd IIC 2 G

Zone 1

PTB

00 ATEX1107

-40 TO +60°C

IP66/67

316L SS

10548374-DIA

9

10548375-DIA

6

ENC-333

30155842-040-HE


Skid

HENGSTLER

0 539 888 / 1 HE

EExd IIC 2 G

Zone 1

PTB

00 ATEX1107

-40 TO +60°C

IP66/67

316L SS

10548374-DIA

9

10548375-DIA

6

ENC-401

30158032-1

MOTOR A INCREMENTAL ENCODER

Motor/Skid

AVTRON

M6-5S3HX51-W003

EEx de IIC T4

Zone 1

DEMKO

02 ATEX 131477X

-20 TO+80°C

IP66

10548374-DIA

2

10548375-DIA

2

ENC-402

30158032-1

MOTOR B INCREMENTAL ENCODER

Motor/Skid

AVTRON

M6-5S3HX51-W003

EEx de IIC T4

Zone 1

DEMKO

02 ATEX 131477X

-20 TO+80°C

IP66

CAST ALLUMINUM CAST ALLUMINUM

10548374-DIA

2

10548375-DIA

3

HTR-201D

6550-10-0069

MAIN MOTOR A SPACE HEATER

Skid

BARTEC

27-2551-2720

EEx d IIC T3

Zone 1

PTB

02ATEX1094U

-

IP66

-

10548374-DIA

3

10548375-DIA

7

HTR-202D

6550-10-0069

MAIN MOTOR B SPACE HEATER

Skid

BARTEC

27-2551-2720

EEx d IIC T3

Zone 1

PTB

02ATEX1094U

-

IP66

-

10548374-DIA

3

10548375-DIA

7

Part of GE Motor P/N M734000264 Part of GE Motor P/N M734000264-500

HTR-201B

-

BLOWER A MOTOR SPACE HEATER

Skid

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

10548374-DIA

3

10548375-DIA

7

Part of 30170005-8

HTR-202B

-

BLOWER B MOTOR SPACE HEATER

Skid

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

10548374-DIA

3

10548375-DIA

7

Part of 30170005-8

Motor/Skid

Part of GE Motor P/N M734000264 Part of GE Motor P/N M734000264-500

LC-741

CCE-045K-E551-01HD DEADLINE ANCHOR LOAD CELL #1

Drill Floor

NOV/MDT

CCE-045K-E551-01HD

EEx ia IIB T4

Zone 0

DEMKO

03ATEX0305995X

-40 TO 140°F

-

PH17-4SS

10548374-DIA

8

10548375-DIA

16

LC-742


Drill Floor

NOV/MDT

CCE-045K-E551-01HD

EEx ia IIB T4

Zone 0

DEMKO

03ATEX0305995X

-40 TO 140°F

-

PH17-4SS

10548374-DIA

8

10548375-DIA

16

LC-743


Drill Floor

NOV/MDT

CCE-045K-E551-01HD

EEx ia IIB T4

Zone 0

DEMKO

03ATEX0305995X

-40 TO 140°F

-

PH17-4SS

10548374-DIA

8

10548375-DIA

16

Part of M801001640KIT(Installation Kit) Part of M801001640KIT(Installation Kit) Part of M801001640KIT(Installation Kit)

MOT-100

M734000264

MAIN MOTOR A, 917KW

Skid

GE

CM628TUT-119B

EEx e II T3

Zone 1

SIRA

01ATEX3197X

-20 TO +45°C

IP56

-

10548374-DIA

2

10548375-DIA

2

M734000287

MOT-200

M734000264-500

MAIN MOTOR B, 917KW

Skid

GE

CM628TUT-119A

EEx e II T3

Zone 1

SIRA

01ATEX3197X

-20 TO +45°C

IP56

-

10548374-DIA

2

10548375-DIA

3

M734000287-100

MOT-201B

30170005-8

BLOWER MOTOR A, 13KW

Skid/motor

HUNT ENGINE

EMGV-160LB-02

EExe II T3

Zone 1

PTB

98ATEX3511

+40°C

-

-

10548374-DIA

3

10548375-DIA

7

M734000287

MOT-202B

30170005-8

BLOWER MOTOR B, 13KW

Skid/motor

HUNT ENGINE

EMGV-160LB-02

EExe II T3

Zone 1

PTB

98ATEX3511

+40°C

-

-

10548374-DIA

3

10548375-DIA

7

M734000287-100

MOT-205L

97886-3

Skid

LOHER

DNGW-112MB-04F

Eex de IIC T4

Zone 1

PTB

Ex-91.C.3268

-20 TO +55°C

IP56

CAST IRON

10548374-DIA

3

10548375-DIA

7

Part of 30171363-3

PS-511

79388

Skid/Pneumatic Panel

United Electric Controls

J120-15642

EEx d IIC T6

Zone 1

DEMKO

03 ATEX0305048

-40 TO +71°C

IP66

-

10548374-DIA

6

10548375-DIA

10

Part of M734000232

PXR-519

30154368

-

DRUCK

PTX651-9031

EEx d IIC T6

Zone 1

INERIS

02ATEX0087X

-40 T0 +80°C

IP66

-

10548374-DIA

6

10548375-DIA

15

Part of Brake Assembly 30181188

PXR-711

30156355-2

DRUCK

PTX671-1140

EEx ia IIC T4

Zone 0

BASEEFA

02 ATEX0235X

-20 TO+80°C

IP66

316L SS

10548374-DIA

6

10548375-DIA

12

PXR-712

30156355-2

BRAKE A AIR SUPPLY PRESSURE XMTR 0-200 PSI Skid/Lube System PARKING BRAKE A PRESSURE XMTR 0- Skid/Pneumatic 200 PSI Panel

DRUCK

PTX671-1140

EEx ia IIC T4

Zone 0

BASEEFA

02 ATEX0235X

-20 TO+80°C

IP66

316L SS

10548374-DIA

6

10548375-DIA

12

PXR-714

30156355-2

LUBE OIL TRANSMITTER A 0-200PSI

-

DRUCK

PTX671-1140

EEx ia IIC T4

Zone 0

BASEEFA

02 ATEX0235X

-20 TO+80°C

IP66

316L SS

10548374-DIA

8

10548375-DIA

12

XMTR-725

221145-002HD

Drill Floor

MDT

221212-1H05DC

EEx ia IIC T5

Zone 0

DEMKO

03ATEX0305995X

-40 TO 60°C

-

PH17-4SS

10548374-DIA

8

10548375-DIA

13

LUBE MOTOR A, 3KW (4HP)

CROWN SAVER AIR PRESSURE SWITCH (20-200 PSI)

BRAKE A SERVO PRESSURE XMTR 0200 PSI

STAND PIPE PRESSURE TRANSMITTER A 0-5,000 PSI

SHEET

2

OF

3

Part of 30154200-1

Part of 221212-1H05DC

DWG NO

Part of M801001640KIT(Installation Kit)

10548378-IDX

REV

01



NOV

NOV

TAG NO.

P/N:

DESCRIPTION

LOCATION

RTD-731

30156722-2.5

GEAR BOX A LUBE OIL RTD

RTD-755

30156722-2.5

AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE

RTD-851

30156722-2.5

MAIN MOTOR A AIR EXHAUST RTD

Skid/Lube Skid

RTD-852

30156722-2.5

MAIN MOTOR B AIR EXHAUST RTD

RTD-855

-

RTD-856

Skid/Lube System

MANUFACTURER

HEAT TECHNOLOGY

DATE

MANUFACTURER

HAZARDOUS

HAZARDOUS

CERTIFICATION

CERTIFICATE

TEMP.

IP

P/N:

RATING

ZONE

AGENCY

No.

RATING

RATING

R9BGL-01W-R02-5-025-W

Simple Device

Cert Not Required

-

-

-85 TO +200°F

IP67

R9BGL-01W-R02-5-025-W

Simple Device

Cert Not Required

-

-

-85 TO +200°F

MATERIAL

BLOCK DIAG.

INTERCONNECT

ASSOCIATED

DWG. NO.

SHT.

DWG. NO.

SHT.

316 SS

10548374-DIA

10

10548375-DIA

14

IP67

316 SS

10548374-DIA

10

10548375-DIA

14

R9BGL-01W-R02-5-025-W

Simple Device

Cert Not Required

-

-

-85 TO +200°F

IP67

316 SS

10548374-DIA

10

10548375-DIA

9

Skid/Lube Skid

HEAT TECHNOLOGY HEAT TECHNOLOGY HEAT TECHNOLOGY

R9BGL-01W-R02-5-025-W

Simple Device

Cert Not Required

-

-

-85 TO +200°F

IP67

316 SS

10548374-DIA

10

10548375-DIA

9

MAIN MOTOR A A PHASE RTD

Skid/motor

HUNT ENGINE

-

Simple Device

Cert Not Required

-

-

-

-

-

10548374-DIA

11

10548375-DIA

27

-

MAIN MOTOR A B PHASE RTD

Skid/motor

HUNT ENGINE

-

Simple Device

Cert Not Required

-

-

-

-

-

10548374-DIA

11

10548375-DIA

27

RTD-857

-

MAIN MOTOR A C PHASE RTD

Skid/motor

HUNT ENGINE

-

Simple Device

Cert Not Required

-

-

-

-

-

10548374-DIA

11

10548375-DIA

27

RTD-858

-

MAIN MOTOR B A PHASE RTD

Skid/motor

HUNT ENGINE

-

Simple Device

Cert Not Required

-

-

-

-

-

10548374-DIA

11

10548375-DIA

27

Skid

11/3/2011 12:07:45 PM

REMARKS

COMPONENT

RTD-859

-

MAIN MOTOR B B PHASE RTD

Skid/motor

HUNT ENGINE

-

Simple Device

Cert Not Required

-

-

-

-

-

10548374-DIA

11

10548375-DIA

27

RTD-860

-

MAIN MOTOR B C PHASE RTD

Skid/motor

HUNT ENGINE

-

Simple Device

Cert Not Required

-

-

-

-

-

10548374-DIA

11

10548375-DIA

27

Part of GE Motor P/N M734000264 Part of GE Motor P/N M734000264-500 Part of GE Motor P/N M734000264 Part of GE Motor P/N M734000264 Part of GE Motor P/N M734000264 Part of GE Motor P/N M734000264-500 Part of GE Motor P/N M734000264-500 Part of GE Motor P/N M734000264-500

SOV-512

85890-C24

Skid/Pneumatic Pnl

VERSA

02ATEX2281X

-40 TO +40°C

-

316L SS

10548374-DIA

6

10548375-DIA

10

Part of 30160083

Skid/Pneumatic Pnl

VERSA

EEx d IIB +H2 T6 Ex II (2)G, Eex d IIC T5

KEMA

M734000280

KSG-4332-6K-XN-D024 VGS-3709-MS-XDAS-16BD024

Zone 1

SOV-513

CROWN SAVER OVERRIDE SOLENOID VALVE DISENGAGE "A" PARK BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE

Zone 1

CESI

02ATEX016

-

316L SS

10548374-DIA

6

10548375-DIA

10

Part of 30160083

SRV-518

30154322-ex

BRAKE PROPORTIONAL VALVE A

Skid/Pneumatic Pnl

VERSA

VGS-3729-XDAS-16B-D024

EEx d IIC T4,T5,T6

Zone 1

CESI

02ATEX016

-

-

316L SS

10548374-DIA

6

10548375-DIA

15

Part of 30170732

Skid

BARTEC

A7-3136-3016-0001

EEx nA [L] IIC T3

Zone 2

BARTEC

A7-3136-3106/0001

-40 TO 160°F

IP66

316 SS

10548374-DIA

10548375-DIA

15

Part of 30170778

SS

10548374-DIA

2

10548375-DIA

3

Part of 30157272-10SD

IP66

316 SS

10548374-DIA

6

10548375-DIA

10

Part of 30154915-4

10548374-DIA

6

10548375-DIA

10

Part of 30158693-1

10548374-DIA

6

10548375-DIA

9

10548374-DIA

3

10548375-DIA

7 9,26,27

J-BOXES NJB-521

30170732

AD-NJB410

92928

NJB-530

30158506-4

NJB-510

92927

NJB-350

140243-1-N81

AD-PJB210

30156512

AD-SNJB800

30177023-4

AD-SNJB700

30177173-10SD-M

AD-SNJB01

M801001823-2

AD-SNJB600

30177162-10SD-M

AD-PNJB630

10505357-001

SJB-867

30174896

BRAKE CONTROL J-BOX INTERMEDIATE ENC./AUX. J-BOX

Skid

WEIDMULLER

TB12 Ex

EEx e IIC T6

Zone 0

EECS

BAS01ATEX2210X

BRAKE SERVO J-BOX

Skid

BARTEC

A7-3136-4021/0003

EEx nA [L] IIC T3

Zone 2

BARTEC

A7-3136-4021/0003

-40 TO 160°F

BRAKE PNEUMATIC INTERFACE J-BOX

Skid

WEIDMULLER

TB11 Ex

EEx e II T6

Zone 1

EECS

BAS01ATEX2210

-

E-STOP PUSHBUTTON STATION

Skid

BARTEC

07-3511-10N8-1

EEx e d m IIC T6

Zone 1

PTB

00ATEX1068

-

AUX POWER J-BOX

Skid

WEIDMULLER

TB11 Ex

Zone 1

SIRA

02ATEX3201

-50 TO 55°C

RTD BOX

Skid

NOV/MDT

30177023-4

Zone 2

MDT

30177023-INDEX

-20 TO +52°C

IP66

316 SS

10548374-DIA

10,11

10548375-DIA

TRANSMITTER BOX

Skid

NOV/MDT

30177173-10SD-M

Zone 2

MDT

30177173-INDEX

-20 TO +55°C

IP66

316 SS

10548374-DIA

6,7,8,10

10548375-DIA

SENSOR J-BOX

Skid

MDT

40224461-0018A

Zone 2

MDT

M801001823-INDEX

-20 TO +55°C

IP66

304 SS

10548374-DIA

7

10548375-DIA

REMOTE I/O J-BOX

Skid

NOV/MDT

30177162-10SD-M

EEx e II T5 II 3 (1) G Ex nA [ia] IIB T3 II 3 (1) G Ex nA [ia] IIB T3 II 3 (1) G Ex nA [ia] IIB T3 II 3 (1) G Ex nA [ia] IIB T3

Zone 2

MDT

30177162-INDEX

-0 TO +55°C

IP66

316 SS

10548374-DIA

5-9

10548375-DIA

POWER SUPPLY BOX

Skid

NOV/MDT

40224461-0010A

-

Zone 2

DEMKO

07ATEX0649571U

-

IP66

316 SS

10548374-DIA

5-9

10548375-DIA

25

SLIP AND CUT CONTROL STATION

Skid

BARTEC

9002364

EEx e d m IIC T6

Zone 2

PTB

00ATEX1068

-

-

-

10548374-DIA

10

10548375-DIA

26

SHEET

3

OF

3

IP66/67

THERMOPLASTIC

Part of 30156511-7

Part of 30177024-5 Part of 30177174-10SD12,13,15 M Part of M80100164010 KIT(Installation Kit) Part of 30177163-10SD17-24 M Part of 30177079-1

DWG NO

10548378-IDX

REV

01

MJOB-8375

MUD PUMPS

NEXT ASSY

USED ON

APPLICATION


TITLE

HAZARDOUS EQUIPMENT INDEX, MUD PUMPS, AC IDEAL RIG 135

CURRENT

INITIAL

DRAWN

E. JOHNSON

B. BOEPPLE

CHECKED

R. MOENCH

R. MOENCH

SIZE

APPVD

R. MOENCH

R. MOENCH

B

6/11/2012

11/1/2011

DATE

SCALE

DWG NO

REV

10564618-IDX 02 NONE

WT LBS

SHEET

1

OF

3




NOV

NOV

TAG NO.

P/N:

DESCRIPTION

LOCATION

MP1A

CM628TUT

MUD PUMP 1 AC MOTOR 1A

MUD PUMP 1

MP1B

CM628TUT

MUD PUMP 1 AC MOTOR 1B

MUD PUMP 1

HTR-MP1A

6550-10-0069

MUD PUMP 1A MOTOR HEATER

HTR-MP1B

6550-10-0069

MUD PUMP 1B MOTOR HEATER

PS-101

78187084-1

PS-102

78187084-1

MOT-109 MOT-110 MOT-113

MANUFACTURER

DATE

MANUFACTURER

HAZARDOUS

HAZARDOUS

CERTIFICATION

CERTIFICATE

AMBIENT

IP

P/N:

RATING

ZONE

AGENCY

No.

TEMP RATING

RATING

BAYLOR

CM628TUT

EExe II T3

Zone 1

TRL

05ATEX31083X

-40ºC to +45ºC

IP45

BAYLOR

CM628TUT

EExe II T3

Zone 1

TRL

05ATEX31083X

-40ºC to +45ºC

IP45

MUD PUMP 1

BARTEC

27-2551-1710

EExd II T3/T4

Zone 1

PTB

02ATEX1094U

-50ºC to +60ºC

MUD PUMP 1

BARTEC

27-2551-1710

EExd II T3/T4

Zone 1

PTB

02ATEX1094U

-50ºC to +60ºC

MUD PUMP 1 BLOWER 1A PRESSURE SWITCH

MUD PUMP 1

DWYER

1950-00-2F

CLASS I, GROUP C,D

CLASS I DIV I

UL

NOWT.E62583

MUD PUMP 1 BLOWER 1B PRESSURE SWITCH

MUD PUMP 1

DWYER

1950-00-2F

CLASS I, GROUP C,D

CLASS I DIV I

UL

NOWT.E62583

30170005-5

MUD PUMP 1 BLOWER MOTOR 1A

MUD PUMP 1

LOHER

EMGV-160LB-02

EEx de II T3

Zone 1

PTB

30170005-5

MUD PUMP 1 BLOWER MOTOR 1B

MUD PUMP 1

LOHER

EMGV-160LB-02

EEx de II T3

Zone 1

PTB

7812798

MUD PUMP 1 LINER WASH PUMP MOTOR

MUD PUMP 1

BALDOR

36L739X915H2

CLASS I, GROUP D

CLASS I DIV I

RTD-101

-

DRILL MOTOR 1A PHASE U1, V1, W1 RTD

MUD PUMP 1

SUPPLIED WITH AC MOTOR

-

SIMPLE DEVICE

RTD-102

-

DRILL MOTOR 1B PHASE U1, V1, W1 RTD

MUD PUMP 1


-

SIMPLE DEVICE

MATERIAL

BLOCK DIAG.

INTERCONNECT

ASSOCIATED

DWG. NO.

SHT.

DWG. NO.

SHT.

CAST IRON

10564613-DIA

3

10564614-DIA

2

CAST IRON

10564613-DIA

3

10564614-DIA

2

IP66

ANOD. ALUM.

10564613-DIA

3

10564614-DIA

2

IP66

ANOD. ALUM.

10564613-DIA

3

10564614-DIA

2

-40ºC to +60ºC

IP54

ANOD. ALUM.

10564613-DIA

3

10564614-DIA

4

-40ºC to +60ºC

IP54

ANOD. ALUM.

10564613-DIA

3

10564614-DIA

4

98ATEX3511

-20ºC to +50ºC

IP56

CAST IRON

10564613-DIA

3

10564614-DIA

3

98ATEX3511

-20ºC to +50ºC

IP56

CAST IRON

10564613-DIA

3

10564614-DIA

3

UL

PTDR.E6951

-25ºC to +55ºC

-

CAST IRON

10564613-DIA

3

10564614-DIA

3

CERT NOT REQUIRED

-

-

-

-

-

10564613-DIA

3

10564614-DIA

6

CERT NOT REQUIRED

-

-

-

-

-

10564613-DIA

3

10564614-DIA

6

ZS-103A

10043709-001

MUD PUMP 1 SPM PROXIMITY SENSOR A

MUD PUMP 1

PEPPERL & FUCHS

NJ10-30GM-N-V1

EEx ia IIC T6

Zone 1

PTB

00ATEX2048X

-25ºC to +100ºC

IP65

CRASTIN

10564613-DIA

3

10564614-DIA

4

SNJB150

10046598-001

MUD PUMP 1 SPM PROXIMITY SENSOR I.S. J-BOX

MUD PUMP 1

ABTECH

BPG1

EEX ia

Zone 1

SIRA

99ATEX3173

-40ºC to +80ºC

IP66

ST. STEEL

10564613-DIA

3

10564614-DIA

4

SNJB160

10064545-001

ASSEMBLY, MUD PUMP REMOTE I/O J-BOX

SNJB160

10064389-001

ENCL-JBOX, 24"H x 24"W x 8"D, 304SS

SNJB160

10044589-001

SNJB160

NOV

10064545-001

-

Zone 2

-

-

-

IP66

316SS

10564613-DIA

3

10564614-DIA

4 thru 7

MD TOTCO

40224461-0024

Ex II 2G Exe II

Zone 1

DEMKO

07ATEX0649571U

-40ºC to +60ºC

IP66

304SS

10564613-DIA

3

10564614-DIA

4 thru 7

BREATHER DRAIN, (Eex ell), IP66, 1/2"NPT, 316SS

REDAPT

DP-E-3-0-29-S3

Eex eII

Zone 1

SIRA

99ATEX3050U

-50ºC to +85ºC

IP66

316SS

10564613-DIA

3

10564614-DIA

4 thru 7

10055036-001

ISOLATOR TERMINAL SWITCH, Eex de, 4A AT 250VAC

BARTEC

07-7311-6131/EE00

EEx de IIC

Zone 1

PTB

99ATEX1020U

-40ºC to +75ºC

IP20

-

10564613-DIA

3

10564614-DIA

4 thru 7

SNJB160

10066402-001

BARRIER-I.S. SWITCH, ISOLATOR

PEPPERL & FUCHS

KFD2-SOT2-Ex1.LB.IO

Ex II 2G [EExe ia] IIC

Zone 1

PTB

00ATEX2035

-20ºC to +60ºC

IP20

-

10564613-DIA

3

10564614-DIA

4 thru 7

SNJB160

10052366-001

THERMOSTAT

THERMON

TRANSBERG T-STAT

EEx m II T6

Zone 1

NEMKO

03ATEX1470X

-40ºC to +50ºC

IP67

-

10564613-DIA

3

10564614-DIA

4 thru 7

SNJB160

10052362-001

HEATER, ELECTRIC 110-230VAC, 140E, Eexd

THERMON

DSE-140E

EEx d IIB

Zone 1

DEMKO

04ATEX0333433X

-50ºC to +66ºC

IP67

-

10564613-DIA

3

10564614-DIA

4 thru 7

SNJB160

10066985-001

TB-BLK, THRU, 2-COND, 5.2mm, GREY, UT 2.5

PHOENIX

3044076

Ex II 2G Exe II

Zone 1

KEMA

04ATEX2048U

-50ºC to +110ºC

IP20

-

10564613-DIA

3

10564614-DIA

4 thru 7

SNJB160

10066965-001

TB-BLK, THRU, 2-COND, 5.2mm, GRN/YEL, UT 2.5

PHOENIX

3044092

Ex II 2G Exe II

Zone 1

KEMA

04ATEX2048U

-50ºC to +110ºC

IP20

-

10564613-DIA

3

10564614-DIA

4 thru 7

SNJB160

10066669-001

TB-BLK, THRU, 2-COND, 8.2mm, GREY, UT 6

PHOENIX

3044131

Ex II 2G Exe II

Zone 1

KEMA

04ATEX2048U

-50ºC to +110ºC

IP20

-

10564613-DIA

3

10564614-DIA

4 thru 7

SNJB160

10066671-001

TB-BLK, THRU, 2-COND, 8.2mm, GRN/YEL, UT 6

PHOENIX

3044157

Ex II 2G Exe II

Zone 1

KEMA

04ATEX2048U

-50ºC to +110ºC

IP20

-

10564613-DIA

3

10564614-DIA

4 thru 7

SNJB160

10052344-001

POWER SUPPLY, 24V/10A, ZONE 2

PHOENIX

2938866

EEx nAC IIC T4

Zone 2

TUV

03ATEX2047X

-25ºC to +60ºC

IP20

-

10564613-DIA

3

10564614-DIA

4 thru 7

SNJB160

10064178-070

PC-END MODULE

WAGO

750-600

EEx nC IIC T4

Zone 2

KEMA

01ATEX1024X

-0ºC to +60ºC

IP20

-

10564613-DIA

3

10564614-DIA

4 thru 7

SNJB160

10064178-074

INTRINSICALLY SAFE SUPPLY MODULE 24VDC

WAGO

750-625

EEx nC IIC T4

Zone 2

KEMA

01ATEX1024X

-0ºC to +55ºC

IP20

-

10564613-DIA

3

10564614-DIA

4 thru 7

SNJB160

10064178-072


WAGO

750-614

EEx nC IIC T4

Zone 2

KEMA

01ATEX1024X

-0ºC to +60ºC

IP20

-

10564613-DIA

3

10564614-DIA

4 thru 7

SNJB160

10064178-032

INCREMENTAL ENCODER MODULE

WAGO

750-631

EEx nC IIC T4

Zone 2

KEMA

01ATEX1024X

-0ºC to +55ºC

IP20

-

10564613-DIA

3

10564614-DIA

4 thru 7

SNJB160

10064178-040


WAGO

750-433

EEx nC IIC T4

Zone 2

KEMA

01ATEX1024X

-0ºC to +60ºC

IP20

-

10564613-DIA

3

10564614-DIA

4 thru 7

SNJB160

10064178-013

2 CH ANALOG INPUT RTD MODULE

WAGO

750-481

EEx nC IIC T4

Zone 2

KEMA

01ATEX1024X

-0ºC to +55ºC

IP20

-

10564613-DIA

3

10564614-DIA

4 thru 7

SNJB160

10064178-088


WAGO

750-341

EEx nC IIC T4

Zone 2

KEMA

01ATEX1024X

-0ºC to +55ºC

IP20

-

10564613-DIA

3

10564614-DIA

4 thru 7

SNJB160

10055033-001

MOXA ETHERNET CONVERTER

MOXA

IMC-101-M-ST

EEx nC IIC T4

Zone 2

DEMKO

03ATEX0324537U

-20ºC to +60ºC

IP30

-

10564613-DIA

3

10564614-DIA

4 thru 7

MP2A

CM628TUT


MUD PUMP 2

BAYLOR

CM628TUT

EExe II T3

Zone 1

TRL

05ATEX31083X

-40ºC to +45ºC

IP45

CAST IRON

10564613-DIA

2

10564614-DIA

8

MP2B

CM628TUT


MUD PUMP 2

BAYLOR

CM628TUT

EExe II T3

Zone 1

TRL

05ATEX31083X

-40ºC to +45ºC

IP45

CAST IRON

10564613-DIA

2

10564614-DIA

8

HTR-MP2A

6550-10-0069


MUD PUMP 2

BARTEC

27-2551-1710

EExd II T3/T4

Zone 1

PTB

02ATEX1094U

-50ºC to +60ºC

IP66

ANOD. ALUM.

10564613-DIA

2

10564614-DIA

8

HTR-MP2B

6550-10-0069


MUD PUMP 2

BARTEC

27-2551-1710

EExd II T3/T4

Zone 1

PTB

02ATEX1094U

-50ºC to +60ºC

IP66

ANOD. ALUM.

10564613-DIA

2

10564614-DIA

8

PS-201

78187084-1


MUD PUMP 2

DWYER

1950-00-2F

CLASS I, GROUP C,D

CLASS I DIV I

UL

NOWT.E62583

-40ºC to +60ºC

IP54

ANOD. ALUM.

10564613-DIA

2

10564614-DIA

10

PS-202

78187084-1


MUD PUMP 2

DWYER

1950-00-2F

CLASS I, GROUP C,D

CLASS I DIV I

UL

NOWT.E62583

-40ºC to +60ºC

IP54

ANOD. ALUM.

10564613-DIA

2

10564614-DIA

10

MOT-209

30170005-5


MUD PUMP 2

LOHER

EMGV-160LB-02

EEx de II T3

Zone 1

PTB

98ATEX3511

-20ºC to +50ºC

IP56

CAST IRON

10564613-DIA

2

10564614-DIA

9

MOT-210

30170005-5


MUD PUMP 2

LOHER

EMGV-160LB-02

EEx de II T3

Zone 1

PTB

98ATEX3511

-20ºC to +50ºC

IP56

CAST IRON

10564613-DIA

2

10564614-DIA

9

MOT-213

7812798


MUD PUMP 2

BALDOR

36L739X915H2

CLASS I, GROUP D

CLASS I DIV I

UL

PTDR.E6951

-25ºC to +55ºC

-

CAST IRON

10564613-DIA

2

10564614-DIA

9

RTD-201

-


MUD PUMP 2


-

SIMPLE DEVICE

CERT NOT REQUIRED

-

-

-

-

-

10564613-DIA

2

10564614-DIA

12

RTD-202

-


MUD PUMP 2


-

SIMPLE DEVICE

CERT NOT REQUIRED

-

-

-

-

-

10564613-DIA

2

10564614-DIA

12

ZS-203A

10043709-001


MUD PUMP 2

PEPPERL & FUCHS

NJ10-30GM-N-V1

EEx ia IIC T6

Zone 1

PTB

00ATEX2048X

-25ºC to +100ºC

IP65

CRASTIN

10564613-DIA

2

10564614-DIA

10

SNJB250

10046598-001


MUD PUMP 2

ABTECH

BPG1

EEX ia

Zone 1

SIRA

99ATEX3173

-40ºC to +80ºC

IP66

ST. STEEL

10564613-DIA

2

10564614-DIA

10

SNJB260

10064545-001


SNJB260

10064389-001


NOV

10064545-001

-

Zone 2

-

-

-

IP66

316SS

10564613-DIA

2

10564614-DIA

10 thru 13

MD TOTCO

40224461-0024

Ex II 2G Exe II

Zone 1

DEMKO

07ATEX0649571U

-40ºC to +60ºC

IP66

304SS

10564613-DIA

2

10564614-DIA

10 thru 13

SHEET

2

OF

3

6/11/2012 11:45:12 AM

REMARKS

COMPONENT

DWG NO

10564618-IDX

REV

02



NOV

NOV

TAG NO.

P/N:

DESCRIPTION

LOCATION

MANUFACTURER

DATE

MANUFACTURER

HAZARDOUS

HAZARDOUS

CERTIFICATION

CERTIFICATE

AMBIENT

IP

P/N:

RATING

ZONE

AGENCY

No.

TEMP RATING

RATING

MATERIAL

BLOCK DIAG.

INTERCONNECT

6/11/2012 11:45:12 AM

ASSOCIATED

DWG. NO.

SHT.

DWG. NO.

SHT.

SNJB260

10044589-001


REDAPT

DP-E-3-0-29-S3

Eex eII

Zone 1

SIRA

99ATEX3050U

-50ºC to +85ºC

IP66

316SS

10564613-DIA

2

10564614-DIA

10 thru 13

SNJB260

10055036-001


BARTEC

07-7311-6131/EE00

EEx de IIC

Zone 1

PTB

99ATEX1020U

-40ºC to +75ºC

IP20

-

10564613-DIA

2

10564614-DIA

10 thru 13

SNJB260

10066402-001


PEPPERL & FUCHS

KFD2-SOT2-Ex1.LB.IO


Zone 1

PTB

00ATEX2035

-20ºC to +60ºC

IP20

-

10564613-DIA

2

10564614-DIA

10 thru 13

SNJB260

10052366-001

THERMOSTAT

THERMON

TRANSBERG T-STAT

EEx m II T6

Zone 1

NEMKO

03ATEX1470X

-40ºC to +50ºC

IP67

-

10564613-DIA

2

10564614-DIA

10 thru 13

SNJB260

10052362-001


THERMON

DSE-140E

EEx d IIB

Zone 1

DEMKO

04ATEX0333433X

-50ºC to +66ºC

IP67

-

10564613-DIA

2

10564614-DIA

10 thru 13

SNJB260

10066985-001


PHOENIX

3044076

Ex II 2G Exe II

Zone 1

KEMA

04ATEX2048U

-50ºC to +110ºC

IP20

-

10564613-DIA

2

10564614-DIA

10 thru 13

SNJB260

10066965-001


PHOENIX

3044092

Ex II 2G Exe II

Zone 1

KEMA

04ATEX2048U

-50ºC to +110ºC

IP20

-

10564613-DIA

2

10564614-DIA

10 thru 13

SNJB260

10066669-001


PHOENIX

3044131

Ex II 2G Exe II

Zone 1

KEMA

04ATEX2048U

-50ºC to +110ºC

IP20

-

10564613-DIA

2

10564614-DIA

10 thru 13

SNJB260

10066671-001


PHOENIX

3044157

Ex II 2G Exe II

Zone 1

KEMA

04ATEX2048U

-50ºC to +110ºC

IP20

-

10564613-DIA

2

10564614-DIA

10 thru 13

SNJB260

10052344-001


PHOENIX

2938866

EEx nAC IIC T4

Zone 2

TUV

03ATEX2047X

-25ºC to +60ºC

IP20

-

10564613-DIA

2

10564614-DIA

10 thru 13

SNJB260

10064178-070

PC-END MODULE

WAGO

750-600

EEx nC IIC T4

Zone 2

KEMA

01ATEX1024X

-0ºC to +55ºC

IP20

-

10564613-DIA

2

10564614-DIA

10 thru 13

SNJB260

10064178-074


WAGO

750-625

EEx nC IIC T4

Zone 2

KEMA

01ATEX1024X

-0ºC to +55ºC

IP20

-

10564613-DIA

2

10564614-DIA

10 thru 13

SNJB260

10064178-072


WAGO

750-614

EEx nC IIC T4

Zone 2

KEMA

01ATEX1024X

-0ºC to +55ºC

IP20

-

10564613-DIA

2

10564614-DIA

10 thru 13

SNJB260

10064178-040


WAGO

750-433

EEx nC IIC T4

Zone 2

KEMA

01ATEX1024X

-0ºC to +55ºC

IP20

-

10564613-DIA

2

10564614-DIA

10 thru 13

REMARKS

COMPONENT

SNJB260

10064178-013


WAGO

750-481

EEx nC IIC T4

Zone 2

KEMA

01ATEX1024X

-0ºC to +55ºC

IP20

-

10564613-DIA

2

10564614-DIA

10 thru 13

SNJB260

10064178-088


WAGO

750-341

EEx nC IIC T4

Zone 2

KEMA

01ATEX1024X

-0ºC to +55ºC

IP20

-

10564613-DIA

2

10564614-DIA

10 thru 13

SNJB260

10055033-001


MOXA

IMC-101-M-ST

EEx nC IIC T4

Zone 2

DEMKO

03ATEX0324537U

-20ºC to +60ºC

IP30

-

10564613-DIA

2

10564614-DIA

10 thru 13

MP3A

CM628TUT


MUD PUMP 3

BAYLOR

CM628TUT

EExe II T3

Zone 1

TRL

05ATEX31083X

-40ºC to +45ºC

IP45

CAST IRON

10564613-DIA

4

10564614-DIA

14

FUTURE

MP3B

CM628TUT


MUD PUMP 3

BAYLOR

CM628TUT

EExe II T3

Zone 1

TRL

05ATEX31083X

-40ºC to +45ºC

IP45

CAST IRON

10564613-DIA

4

10564614-DIA

14

FUTURE

HTR-MP3A

6550-10-0069


MUD PUMP 3

BARTEC

27-2551-1710

EExd II T3/T4

Zone 1

PTB

02ATEX1094U

-50ºC to +60ºC

IP66

ANOD. ALUM.

10564613-DIA

4

10564614-DIA

14

FUTURE

HTR-MP3B

6550-10-0069


MUD PUMP 3

BARTEC

27-2551-1710

EExd II T3/T4

Zone 1

PTB

02ATEX1094U

-50ºC to +60ºC

IP66

ANOD. ALUM.

10564613-DIA

4

10564614-DIA

14

FUTURE

PS-301

78187084-1


MUD PUMP 3

DWYER

1950-00-2F

CLASS I, GROUP C,D

CLASS I DIV I

UL

NOWT.E62583

-40ºC to +60ºC

IP54

ANOD. ALUM.

10564613-DIA

4

10564614-DIA

16

FUTURE

PS-302

78187084-1


MUD PUMP 3

DWYER

1950-00-2F

CLASS I, GROUP C,D

CLASS I DIV I

UL

NOWT.E62583

-40ºC to +60ºC

IP54

ANOD. ALUM.

10564613-DIA

4

10564614-DIA

16

FUTURE

MOT-309

30170005-5


MUD PUMP 3

LOHER

EMGV-160LB-02

EEx de II T3

Zone 1

PTB

98ATEX3511

-20ºC to +50ºC

IP56

CAST IRON

10564613-DIA

4

10564614-DIA

15

FUTURE

MOT-310

30170005-5


MUD PUMP 3

LOHER

EMGV-160LB-02

EEx de II T3

Zone 1

PTB

98ATEX3511

-20ºC to +50ºC

IP56

CAST IRON

10564613-DIA

4

10564614-DIA

15

FUTURE

MOT-313

7812798


MUD PUMP 3

BALDOR

36L739X915H2

CLASS I, GROUP D

CLASS I DIV I

UL

PTDR.E6951

-25ºC to +55ºC

-

CAST IRON

10564613-DIA

4

10564614-DIA

15

FUTURE

RTD-301

-


MUD PUMP 3


-

SIMPLE DEVICE

CERT NOT REQUIRED

-

-

-

-

-

10564613-DIA

4

10564614-DIA

18

FUTURE

RTD-302

-


MUD PUMP 3


-

SIMPLE DEVICE

CERT NOT REQUIRED

-

-

-

-

-

10564613-DIA

4

10564614-DIA

18

FUTURE

ZS-303A

10043709-001


MUD PUMP 3

PEPPERL & FUCHS

NJ10-30GM-N-V1

EEx ia IIC T6

Zone 1

PTB

00ATEX2048X

-25ºC to +100ºC

IP65

CRASTIN

10564613-DIA

4

10564614-DIA

16

FUTURE

SNJB350

10046598-001


MUD PUMP 3

ABTECH

BPG1

EEX ia

Zone 1

SIRA

99ATEX3173

-40ºC to +80ºC

IP66

ST. STEEL

10564613-DIA

4

10564614-DIA

16

FUTURE

SNJB360

10064545-001


SNJB360

10064389-001


NOV

10064545-001

-

Zone 2

-

-

-

IP66

316SS

10564613-DIA

4

10564614-DIA

16 thru 19

FUTURE

MD TOTCO

40224461-0024

Ex II 2G Exe II

Zone 1

DEMKO

07ATEX0649571U

-40ºC to +60ºC

IP66

304SS

10564613-DIA

4

10564614-DIA

16 thru 19

SNJB360

10044589-001

FUTURE


REDAPT

DP-E-3-0-29-S3

Eex eII

Zone 1

SIRA

99ATEX3050U

-50ºC to +85ºC

IP66

316SS

10564613-DIA

4

10564614-DIA

16 thru 19

SNJB360

FUTURE

10055036-001


BARTEC

07-7311-6131/EE00

EEx de IIC

Zone 1

PTB

99ATEX1020U

-40ºC to +75ºC

IP20

-

10564613-DIA

4

10564614-DIA

16 thru 19

FUTURE

SNJB360

10066402-001


PEPPERL & FUCHS

KFD2-SOT2-Ex1.LB.IO


Zone 1

PTB

00ATEX2035

-20ºC to +60ºC

IP20

-

10564613-DIA

4

10564614-DIA

16 thru 19

FUTURE

SNJB360

10052366-001

THERMOSTAT

THERMON

TRANSBERG T-STAT

EEx m II T6

Zone 1

NEMKO

03ATEX1470X

-40ºC to +50ºC

IP67

-

10564613-DIA

4

10564614-DIA

16 thru 19

FUTURE

SNJB360

10052362-001


THERMON

DSE-140E

EEx d IIB

Zone 1

DEMKO

04ATEX0333433X

-50ºC to +66ºC

IP67

-

10564613-DIA

4

10564614-DIA

16 thru 19

FUTURE

SNJB360

10066985-001


PHOENIX

3044076

Ex II 2G Exe II

Zone 1

KEMA

04ATEX2048U

-50ºC to +110ºC

IP20

-

10564613-DIA

4

10564614-DIA

16 thru 19

FUTURE

SNJB360

10066965-001


PHOENIX

3044092

Ex II 2G Exe II

Zone 1

KEMA

04ATEX2048U

-50ºC to +110ºC

IP20

-

10564613-DIA

4

10564614-DIA

16 thru 19

FUTURE

SNJB360

10066669-001


PHOENIX

3044131

Ex II 2G Exe II

Zone 1

KEMA

04ATEX2048U

-50ºC to +110ºC

IP20

-

10564613-DIA

4

10564614-DIA

16 thru 19

FUTURE

SNJB360

10066671-001


PHOENIX

3044157

Ex II 2G Exe II

Zone 1

KEMA

04ATEX2048U

-50ºC to +110ºC

IP20

-

10564613-DIA

4

10564614-DIA

16 thru 19

FUTURE

SNJB360

10052344-001


PHOENIX

2938866

EEx nAC IIC T4

Zone 2

TUV

03ATEX2047X

-25ºC to +60ºC

IP20

-

10564613-DIA

4

10564614-DIA

16 thru 19

FUTURE

SNJB360

10064178-070

PC-END MODULE

WAGO

750-600

EEx nC IIC T4

Zone 2

KEMA

01ATEX1024X

-0ºC to +55ºC

IP20

-

10564613-DIA

4

10564614-DIA

16 thru 19

FUTURE

SNJB360

10064178-074


WAGO

750-625

EEx nC IIC T4

Zone 2

KEMA

01ATEX1024X

-0ºC to +55ºC

IP20

-

10564613-DIA

4

10564614-DIA

16 thru 19

FUTURE

SNJB360

10064178-072


WAGO

750-614

EEx nC IIC T4

Zone 2

KEMA

01ATEX1024X

-0ºC to +55ºC

IP20

-

10564613-DIA

4

10564614-DIA

16 thru 19

FUTURE

SNJB360

10064178-040


WAGO

750-433

EEx nC IIC T4

Zone 2

KEMA

01ATEX1024X

-0ºC to +55ºC

IP20

-

10564613-DIA

4

10564614-DIA

16 thru 19

FUTURE

SNJB360

10064178-013


WAGO

750-481

EEx nC IIC T4

Zone 2

KEMA

01ATEX1024X

-0ºC to +55ºC

IP20

-

10564613-DIA

4

10564614-DIA

16 thru 19

FUTURE

SNJB360

10064178-088


WAGO

750-341

EEx nC IIC T4

Zone 2

KEMA

01ATEX1024X

-0ºC to +55ºC

IP20

-

10564613-DIA

4

10564614-DIA

16 thru 19

FUTURE

SNJB360

10055033-001


MOXA

IMC-101-M-ST

EEx nC IIC T4

Zone 2

DEMKO

03ATEX0324537U

-20ºC to +60ºC

IP30

-

10564613-DIA

4

10564614-DIA

16 thru 19

FUTURE

SHEET

3

OF

3

DWG NO

10564618-IDX

REV

02

MJOB-8375

AUX

NEXT ASSY

USED ON

APPLICATION


CURRENT

TITLE

HAZARDOUS EQUIPMENT INDEX AUXILIARY, AC IDEAL RIG 135

INITIAL

DRAWN

B. BOEPPLE

CHECKED

R. MOENCH

SIZE

APPVD

R. MOENCH

B

DATE

11/1/2011

SCALE

DWG NO

REV

10620479-IDX 01 NONE

WT LBS

SHEET

1

OF

2


HAZARDOUS EQUIPMENT INDEX AUXILIARY, AC IDEAL RIG 135

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO NOV

NOV

TAG NO.

P/N:

DESCRIPTION

LOCATION

MANUFACTURER

DATE

MANUFACTURER

HAZARDOUS

HAZARDOUS

CERTIFICATION

CERTIFICATE

TEMP.

IP

P/N:

RATING

ZONE

AGENCY

No.

RATING

RATING

-20ºC to +50ºC

IP40

MATERIAL

BLOCK DIAG. DWG. NO.

INTERCONNECT

SHT.

DWG. NO.

SHT.

11/1/2011 11:24:18 AM

ASSOCIATED

REMARKS

COMPONENT

ROTARY TABLE RT-MOT-01

108235-40L60

ROTARY TABLE AC MOTOR

ROTARY TABLE

RT-MOT-05

TBD

ROTARY TABLE MOTOR BLOWER

ROTARY TABLE

RT-PS-05

6526-66-0067

ROTARY TABLE BLOWER PRESSURE SWITCH

ROTARY TABLE

RT-ENC-01

115299

ROTARY TABLE MOTOR INCREMENTAL ENCODER

RT-ZS-01

7818530

RT-ZS-02

RELIANCE ELECTRIC

4046

II 3G EEx nC II T3

ZONE 2

EPSILON

DWYER

1950-10-2F

CLASS I C,D CLASS II E,F,G

ROTARY TABLE

BEI INDUSTRIAL ENCODERS

H25D-SS-1024-ABC-4469-SM18-S

NONE

RST HIGH GEAR PROXIMITY SENSOR

ROTARY TABLE

PEPPERL & FUCHS

NJ10-30GM-N-V1

7818530

RST LOW GEAR PROXIMITY SENSOR

ROTARY TABLE

PEPPERL & FUCHS

SNJB10

10052457-001

ROTARY TABLE INTERFACE I.S./N.I.S. JBOX

ROTARY TABLE

ISO-01

10508604-001

4 CHANNEL ISOLATOR AMPLIFIER


RT-SOV-01

10043620-001

ROTARY TABLE INERTIA BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE


VERSA

KSG-4332-KMLB-LB-PC-ST-XN-DO24

II 2G EEx d IIB + H2 T6 or T4

NJB320

50004480

PS-21/30 N.I.S. J-BOX

PS CONTROL STATION ASSEMBLY

-

-

-

SOV-320-1

112554-J2

POWER SLIPS UP SOLENOID (E9)


ATOS

000290-DHA-0713/M/7-24VDC/20

II 2G EEx d IIC T6,T4,T3

ZONE 1

CESI

02ATEX014

-20ºC to +70ºC

IP66

112554-J2

POWER SLIPS SET SOLENOID (E10)


ATOS

000290-DHA-0713/M/7-24VDC/20


ZONE 1

CESI

02ATEX014

-20ºC to +70ºC

SOV-320-3

112554-J2

PS CONTROL STATION GREASE TO SLIP CENTER SOLENOID (E15) ASSEMBLY

ATOS

000290-DHA-0713/M/7-24VDC/20


ZONE 1

CESI

02ATEX014

SOV-320-4

112554-J2

GREASE TO L&R SLIPS SOLENOID (E16)


ATOS

000290-DHA-0713/M/7-24VDC/20


ZONE 1

CESI

GREASE PUMP UP SOLENOID (E18)


ATOS

000290-DHA-0713/M/7-24VDC/20


ZONE 1

ATOS

000290-DHA-0713/M/7-24VDC/20


ZONE 1

CLASS 1, DIV 1

CSA

-

-

II 2G EEx ia IIC T6

ZONE 1

NJ10-30GM-N-V1

II 2G EEx ia IIC T6

ADALET

TN4X-20208U

BARTEC

07-7311-97MT/BA12

04ATEX1284X

CAST IRON

10620472-DIA

2

10620473-DIA

2

10620472-DIA

2

10620473-DIA

3

10620472-DIA

2

10620473-DIA

3

042749-0-000

-40ºC to +60ºC

IP54

-

-40ºC to +100ºC

IP54

HARD ANODIZED ALUMINUM

10620472-DIA

2

10620473-DIA

2

PTB

00ATEX2048X

-40ºC to +100ºC

IP67

STAINLESS STEEL

10620472-DIA

2

10620473-DIA

3

ZONE 1

PTB

00ATEX2048X

-40ºC to +100ºC

IP67

STAINLESS STEEL

10620472-DIA

2

10620473-DIA

3

II 2GD EEx e II T4

ZONE 1

DEMKO

01ATEX0112700U

-40ºC to +70ºC

IP66

STAINLESS STEEL

10620472-DIA

2

10620473-DIA

2,3

II 2(1)G EEx de [ia] IIC T6

ZONE 1

TUV

97ATEX1211X

-25ºC to +75ºC

IP20

THERMOPLASTIC

10620472-DIA

2

10620473-DIA

3

ANODIZED ALUMINUM

10620472-DIA

2

10620473-DIA

3

10620472-DIA

3

10620473-DIA

6

CAST IRON

10620472-DIA

3

10620473-DIA

6

IP66

CAST IRON

10620472-DIA

3

10620473-DIA

6

-20ºC to +70ºC

IP66

CAST IRON

10620472-DIA

3

10620473-DIA

6

02ATEX014

-20ºC to +70ºC

IP66

CAST IRON

10620472-DIA

3

10620473-DIA

6

CESI

02ATEX014

-20ºC to +70ºC

IP66

CAST IRON

10620472-DIA

3

10620473-DIA

6

CESI

02ATEX014

-20ºC to +70ºC

IP66

CAST IRON

10620472-DIA

3

10620473-DIA

6

ZONE 1

KEMA

02ATEX2281X

-40ºC to +40ºC

-

PS CONTROL STATION

SOV-320-2

SOV-320-5

112554-J2

-

-

-

SOV-320-6

112554-J2

GREASE PUMP DOWN SOLENOID (E19)


PS-321-1

203016

POWER SLIPS SET PRESSURE SWITCH (E11)


-

-

-

-

-

-

10620472-DIA

3

10620473-DIA

6

PS-321-2

203016

POWER SLIPS LOW PRESSURE SWITCH (E12)


-

-

-

-

-

-

10620472-DIA

3

10620473-DIA

6

203016

PS CONTROL STATION POWER SLIPS UP PRESSURE SWITCH (E13) ASSEMBLY

-

-

-

-

-

-

10620472-DIA

3

10620473-DIA

6

PS-321-4

203016-1

EMPTY GREASE BIN PRESSURE SWITCH (E17)


-

-

-

-

-

-

10620472-DIA

3

10620473-DIA

6

NJB310

89310


HYDRAULIC CATHEAD WEIDMULLER INTERFACE PANEL ASSEMBLY

TB10Ex

II 2GD T85C, EEx e II T6

ZONE 1

EECS

BAS01ATEX2210X

-20ºC to +60ºC

IP66

10620472-DIA

4

10620473-DIA

8

SOV-310-1

112554-J2


HYDRAULIC CATHEAD ATOS INTERFACE PANEL ASSEMBLY

000290-DHA-0713/M/7-24VDC/20


ZONE 1

CESI

02ATEX014

-20ºC to +70ºC

IP66

10620472-DIA

4

10620473-DIA

8

SOV-310-2

112554-J2



000290-DHA-0713/M/7-24VDC/20


ZONE 1

CESI

02ATEX014

-20ºC to +70ºC

IP66

10620472-DIA

4

10620473-DIA

8

SOV-310-3

112554-J2



000290-DHA-0713/M/7-24VDC/20


ZONE 1

CESI

02ATEX014

-20ºC to +70ºC

IP66

10620472-DIA

4

10620473-DIA

8

SOV-310-4

112554-J2

HYDRAULIC CATHEAD #2 PAYOUT SOLENOID


000290-DHA-0631/2/M/7-24VDC/20


ZONE 1

CESI

02ATEX014

-20ºC to +70ºC

IP66

10620472-DIA

4

10620473-DIA

8

SOV-310-5

10050893-001

HYDRAULIC CATHEAD ENABLE SOLENOID


000290-DHA-0631/2/M/7-24VDC/20


ZONE 1

CESI

02ATEX014

-20ºC to +70ºC

IP66

10620472-DIA

4

10620473-DIA

8

PV-311-1

130358-RV1

HYDRAULIC CATHEAD #1 PROPORTIONAL HYDRAULIC CATHEAD ATOS SOLENOID INTERFACE PANEL ASSEMBLY

OZA-A-12DC

II 2G, EEx d IIC T6,T4,T3

ZONE 1

CESI

02ATEX014

-20ºC to +70ºC

IP66

10620472-DIA

4

10620473-DIA

8

PV-311-2

130358-RV1

HYDRAULIC CATHEAD #2 PROPORTIONAL HYDRAULIC CATHEAD ATOS SOLENOID INTERFACE PANEL ASSEMBLY

OZA-A-12DC

II 2G, EEx d IIC T6,T4,T3

ZONE 1

CESI

02ATEX014

-20ºC to +70ºC

IP66

10620472-DIA

4

10620473-DIA

8

PT-312-1

10051830-001

HYDRAULIC CATHEAD MAKE-UP PRESSURE TRANSMITTER

50306308

II 2G, EEx d IIC T6…T1

ZONE 1

KEMA

05ATEX2240X

-40ºC to +105ºC

IP67

10620472-DIA

4

10620473-DIA

8

PS-321-3

HYDRAULIC CATHEAD

HYDRAULIC CATHEAD WIKA INTERFACE PANEL ASSEMBLY

SHEET

2

OF

2

STAINLESS STEEL

DWG NO

10620479-IDX

REV

01

NOTES: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED 1. THIS DOCUMENT BEST VIEWED THROUGH MS EXCEL. 2. THE STATUS COLUMN AND REVISION LETTER CORRESPONDS TO THE MOST CURRENT CHANGE TO RESPECTIVE LINE (ROW).

MJOB-8375

TDS-11SA

NEXT ASSY

USED ON

APPLICATION


CURRENT

INITIAL

TITLE

HAZARDOUS AREA INDEX, TDS-11SA AC IDEAL RIG 135

DRAWN

B. BOEPPLE

CHECKED

R. MOENCH

SIZE

APPVD

R. MOENCH

B

DATE

11/1/2011

SCALE

DWG NO

REV

10620485-IDX 01 NONE

WT LBS

SHEET

1

OF

3




NOV TAG NO.

NOV P/N:

DESCRIPTION

LOCATION

MANUFACTURER

MANUFACTURER P/N:

HAZARDOUS RATING

HAZARDOUS ZONE

CERTIFICATION AGENCY

DATE

CERTIFICATE No.

TEMP. RATING

IP RATING

MATERIAL

BLOCK DIAG. DWG. NO. SHT.

INTERCONNECT DWG. NO. SHT.

11/1/2011 2:16:16 PM

ASSOCIATED COMPONENT

REMARKS

TDS-11SA

TD-MOT-01

108235

DRILL MOTOR ASSEMBLY

TD-11SA

RELIANCE ELECTRIC

108235

EEx nC II T3

ZONE 2

EPSILON

04ATEX1284X

-20ºC TO +50ºC

IP40

CAST IRON

10620480-DIA

2

10620482-DIA

2

TD-MOT-02

108235

DRILL MOTOR ASSEMBLY

TD-11SA

RELIANCE ELECTRIC

108235

EEx nC II T3

ZONE 2

EPSILON

Ex95Y4141X

-20ºC TO +50ºC

IP40

CAST IRON

10620480-DIA

2

10620482-DIA

2

TD-MOT-03

109755-2

HYDRAULIC PUMP MOTOR

TD-11SA

RELIANCE ELECTRIC

109755-2

CLASS 1, DIV 1, GRP D

-

UL

E10822 (N)

-25ºC TO +40ºC

IP56

CAST IRON

10620480-DIA

2

10620482-DIA

3

TD-MOT-04

30172028-1

RT. BLOWER MOTOR

TD-11SA

RELIANCE ELECTRIC

6283074


-

UL

E10822 (N)

-25ºC TO +40ºC

IP56

CAST IRON

10620480-DIA

2

10620482-DIA

3

TD-MOT-05

30172028-1

LT. BLOWER MOTOR

TD-11SA

RELIANCE ELECTRIC

6283074


-

UL

E10822 (N)

-25ºC TO +40ºC

IP56

CAST IRON

10620480-DIA

2

10620482-DIA

3

TD-PNJB01

110139

INSTRUMENT J-BOX

TD-11SA

HOFFMAN

A-1412NFSS

-

-

UL

-

-

NEMA 4X

304SS

10620480-DIA

2

10620482-DIA

3

PS-01

76841

RT. BLOWER DIFF PRESSURE SWITCH

TD-11SA

UNITED ELEC CONTROLS

J120K-15642

CLASS 1, DIV 1 & 2, GRP B,CD

-

UL

E40857(N)

-40ºC TO +71ºC

IP66

-

10620480-DIA

3

10620482-DIA

4

PS-02

76841

LT. BLOWER DIFF PRESSURE SWITCH

TD-11SA


J120K-15642


-

UL

E40857(N)

-40ºC TO +71ºC

IP66

-

10620480-DIA

3

10620482-DIA

4

PS-03

83095-1


TD-11SA


J120-15643


-

UL

E40857(N)

-40ºC TO +71ºC

IP66

-

10620480-DIA

3

10620482-DIA

4

PS-04

87541-1


TD-11SA


J120-15646


-

UL

E40857(N)

-40ºC TO +71ºC

IP66

-

10620480-DIA

3

10620482-DIA

4

PS-05

83095-2

B & V ELEVATOR PRESSURE SWITCH

TD-11SA


J120-15644


-

UL

E40857(N)

-40ºC TO +71ºC

IP66

-

10620480-DIA

3

10620482-DIA

4

S0V-01

127908-D2

BRAKES ON SOLENOID

TD-11SA

ATOS

DHA/UL-0631/2/NPT 240C/20

CLASS 1, DIV 1

-

UL

TBS

-

IP66

CAST IRON

10620480-DIA

3

10620482-DIA

4

S0V-02

127908J2

ROTATE RIGHT SOLENOID

TD-11SA

ATOS

DHA/UL-0713/NPT 24DC/20

CLASS 1, DIV 1

-

UL

TBS

-

IP66

CAST IRON

10620480-DIA

3

10620482-DIA

4

SOV-03

127908J2

ROTATE LEFT SOLENOID

TD-11SA

ATOS


CLASS 1, DIV 1

-

UL

TBS

-

IP66

CAST IRON

10620480-DIA

3

10620482-DIA

4

SOV-04

127908-D2

IBOP CLOSE SOLENOID

TD-11SA

ATOS

DHA/UL-0631/2/NPT 240C/20

CLASS 1, DIV 1

-

UL

TBS

-

IP66

CAST IRON

10620480-DIA

3

10620482-DIA

4

SHEET

2

OF

3

DWG NO

10620485-IDX

REV

01



NOV TAG NO.

NOV P/N:

SOV-05

DATE

BLOCK DIAG. DWG. NO. SHT.

INTERCONNECT DWG. NO. SHT.

DESCRIPTION

LOCATION

MANUFACTURER

MANUFACTURER P/N:

HAZARDOUS RATING

HAZARDOUS ZONE

CERTIFICATION AGENCY

CERTIFICATE No.

TEMP. RATING

IP RATING

MATERIAL

127908-D2

TORQUE WRENCH SOLENOID

TD-11SA

ATOS

DHA/UL-0631/2/NPT 240C/20

CLASS 1, DIV 1

-

UL

TBS

-

IP66

CAST IRON

10620480-DIA

3

10620482-DIA

4

SOV-06

127908J2

LINK TILT EXTEND SOLENOID

TD-11SA

ATOS


CLASS 1, DIV 1

-

UL

TBS

-

IP66

CAST IRON

10620480-DIA

3

10620482-DIA

4

SOV-07

127908J2

LINK TILT DRILL SOLENOID

TD-11SA

ATOS


CLASS 1, DIV 1

-

UL

TBS

-

IP66

CAST IRON

10620480-DIA

3

10620482-DIA

4

SOV-08

127908-D2

LINK TILT FLOAT SOLENOID

TD-11SA

ATOS

DHA/UL-0631/2/NPT 240C/20

CLASS 1, DIV 1

-

UL

TBS

-

IP66

CAST IRON

10620480-DIA

3

10620482-DIA

4

SOV-09

127908-D2

STAND JUMP SOLENOID

TD-11SA

ATOS

DHA/UL-0631/2/NPT 240C/20

CLASS 1, DIV 1

-

UL

TBS

-

IP66

CAST IRON

10620480-DIA

3

10620482-DIA

5

SOV-10

127908-D2

Bx ELEVATOR OPEN SOLENOID

TD-11SA

ATOS

DHA/UL-0631/2/NPT 240C/20

CLASS 1, DIV 1

-

UL

TBS

-

IP66

CAST IRON

10620480-DIA

3

10620482-DIA

5

SOV-15

TBD

CRT SLIPS UP SOLENOID

TD-11SA

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

10620480-DIA

4

10620482-DIA

6

SOV-16

TBD

CRT ELEVATOR OPEN SOLENOID

TD-11SA

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

10620480-DIA

4

10620482-DIA

6

SOV-17

TBD

CRT LINK TILT EXTEND SOLENOID

TD-11SA

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

10620480-DIA

4

10620482-DIA

6

SOV-18

TBD

CRT LINK TILT DRILL SOLENOID

TD-11SA

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

10620480-DIA

4

10620482-DIA

6

SOV-19

TBD

CRT LINK TILT FLOAT SOLENOID

TD-11SA

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

10620480-DIA

4

10620482-DIA

6

PS-15

30178379

CRT SLIPS SET PRESSURE SWITCH

TD-11SA


-

CLASS 1, DIV 1 & 2, GRP A,B,CD

ZONE 1

DEMKO

03ATEX0252466X

-50ºC TO +80ºC

IP66

SS

10620480-DIA

4

10620482-DIA

6

PS-16

-

CRT SJ ELEVATOR CLOSED PRESSURE SWITCH

TD-11SA

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

10620480-DIA

4

10620482-DIA

6

PS-17

-

CRT STOP LOWERING PRESSURE SWITCH

TD-11SA

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

10620480-DIA

4

10620482-DIA

6

LT-02

10077587-001

LINK CYLINDER LINEAR TRANSDUER

TD-11SA

ROTA

LTSY02621.SHB1804

EXII 1G, Eex ia IIC T4

ZONE 1

ATEX

BASOATEX1322

-20ºC TO +85ºC

-

SS

10620480-DIA

4

10620482-DIA

7

TDS-SJB01

10509113-001

BANNER FLEX POWER NODE

TD-11SA

BANNER ENGINEERING

14428

Ex ia IIC T4

ZONE 0

LCIE

08ATEX6098X

-40ºC TO +70ºC

IP68

PLYCARBONATE

10620480-DIA

4

10620482-DIA

7

SHEET

3

OF

3

11/1/2011 2:16:16 PM

ASSOCIATED COMPONENT

DWG NO

REMARKS

10620485-IDX

REV

01

MJOB-8375


TITLE

I/O MAP INDEX, ADS-10SD, AC IDEAL RIG 135

NEXT ASSY

APPLICATION

DRAWN

J. ALANIZ

CHECKED

C. HOVANETZ

SIZE

APPVD

C. HOVANETZ

B

DATE

11/3/2011

SCALE

DWG NO

REV

10548377-IDX 01 NTS

WT LBS

SHEET

1

OF

4




I/O DESCRIPTION

I/O

DATE

I/O

SIGNAL

NETWORK

NODE

ADDRESS

TYPE

ID

No.

1 FUNCTION

0 FUNCTION

ENG.

MIN ENG.

MAX ENG.

UNITS

UNITS

UNITS

DI 0.0

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

Blower A Differential Pressure Switch

DI 0.1

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

DI 0.2

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

DI 0.3

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

Spare

4

DI 0.4

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

Master ESD (RL1A

5

DI 0.5

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

Crown Saver RL3

6

Crown Saver of Local E-Stop

Depressed

DI 0.6

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

CAT 2 E-STOP

7

CAT 2 E-STOP

Depressed

DI 0.7

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

Spare

8

DI 1.0

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

Driller E-Stop

9

DI 1.1

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

E-STOP Pushbutton

10

Local E-STOP

LOCAL E-STOP Depressed

DI 1.2

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

Spare

11

DI 1.3

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

Spare

12

DI 1.4

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

Open/Short Input Circuit

13

ISO-1 input O.K.

ISO-1 Open/Short

DI 1.5

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

A Brake Load Pwr Sense

14

A Brake Load Pwr Sense – OK

A Brake Load Pwr Sense - Fault

DI 1.6

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

OLM/LWL Status

15

OLM/LWL – O.K.

OLM/LWL – Fault

DI 1.7

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

Spare

16

DQ 0.0

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

12

Crown Saver Override Solenoid Valve

1

Crown Saver Enabled

Crown Saver Disabled

DQ 0.1

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

12

A Parking BrakeDisengage Solenoid

2

A Parking Brake – Disengaged

A Parking Brake - Engaged

DQ 0.2

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

12

Spare

3

DQ 0.3 DQ 0.4

NIS 24 vdc NIS 24 vdc

DP1 DP1

12 12

A Brake Bypass Spare

4 5

DQ 0.5

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

12

Spare

6

DQ 0.6

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

12

Spare

7

DQ 0.7

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

12

Spare

8

DQ 1.0 DQ 1.1


DP1 DP1

12 12

Spare

9

Spare

10

DQ 1.2

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

12

Spare

11

DQ 1.3

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

12

Spare

12

DQ 1.4

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

12

Spare

13

DQ 1.5

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

12

Spare

14

DQ 1.6

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

12

Cat 2 E-Stop for VFD

15

DQ 1.7

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

12

CAT 0 E-Stop

16

AI 0

NIS 4-20mA

DP1

13

A Brake Servo Valve Feedback

1,2

PSI

0

200

AI 2

NIS 4-20mA

DP1

13

AI 4

NIS 4-20mA

DP1

13

A Pressure Transmitter Stand Pipe

3,4

PSI

0

5,000

Spare

5,6

AI 6

NIS 4-20mA

DP1

13

Spare

7,8

AI 8

NIS 4-20mA

DPI

13

A Brake Cooling Flow

9,10

LOCATION 1

Air Flow through Motor A – Normal

Air Flow through Motor A - Low

Blower B Differential Pressure Switch

2

Air Flow through Motor B – Normal

Air Flow through Motor B - Low

Spare

3

RL1A E-STOP

Depressed

SHEET

Service Brake A Controlled by

Service Brake A

Servo Valve

(Brake Full Pressure)

Cat 2 for VFD OK

CAT 2 for VFD

2

OF

4

11/3/2011 12:02:22 PM

SETPOINTS

DWG NO

REMARKS

10548377-IDX

REV

01



I/O

SIGNAL

NETWORK

NODE

ADDRESS

TYPE

ID

No.

I/O DESCRIPTION

I/O

AI 10

NIS 4-20mA

DP1

13

Spare

11,12

AI 12

NIS 4-20mA

DP1

13

Spare

13,14

AI 14

NIS 4-20mA

DP1

13

Spare

15,16

1 FUNCTION

LOCATION

DATE

0 FUNCTION

ENG.

MIN ENG.

MAX ENG.

UNITS

UNITS

UNITS

AI 0

NIS 4-20mA

DPI

14

Deadline Anchor Load Cell #1

1,2

Klbs

0

325

AI 2

NIS 4-20mA

DP1

14


4,5

Klbs

0

325

7,8

Klbs

0

325

%

0

100

AI 4

NIS 4-20mA

DP1

14


AI 6

NIS 4-20mA

DP1

14

Spare

10,11

AQ 0

NIS 4-20mA

DP1

14

A Brake Servo CMD

13,14

AQ 2

NIS 4-20mA

DP1

14

Spare

16,17

AQ 6

NIS 4-20mA

DP1

14

Spare

19,20

AQ 8

NIS 4-20mA

DP1

14

Spare

22,23

Profibus

NIS

DP1

20

Drum Absolute Encoder #1

Profibus

NIS

DP1

21


Profibus

NIS

DP1

22


AI 0

IS 4-20mA

DP1

15

A Brake Air Supply Pressure

1,2

PSI

0

200

AI 2

IS 4-20mA

DP1

15

A Brake, Parking Pressure

3,4

PSI

0

200

AI 4

IS 4-20mA

DP1

15

Spare

5,6

AI 6

IS 4-20mA

DP1

15

Lube Oil Pressure Transmitter Gearbox A

7,8

PSI

0

200

AI 8

IS 4-20mA

DP1

15

Spare

9,10

AI 10

IS 4-20mA

DP1

15

Spare

11,12

AI 12

IS 4-20mA

DP1

15

Spare

13,14

AI 14

IS 4-20mA

DP1

15

Spare

15,16

AI 0

IS 4-20mA

DP1

16

Spare

1,2

AI 2

IS 4-20mA

DP1

16

Spare

3,4

AI 4

IS 4-20mA

DP1

16

Spare

5,6

AI 6

IS 4-20mA

DP1

16

Spare

7,8

AI 8

IS 4-20mA

DP1

16

Spare

9,10

AI 10

IS 4-20mA

DP1

16

Spare

11,12

AI 12

IS 4-20mA

DP1

16

Spare

13,14

AI 14

IS 4-20mA

DP1

16

Spare

15,16

AI 0

IS

DP1

17

Spare

1,2,3

AI 2

IS

DP1

17

Spare

4,5,6

AI 4

IS

DP1

17

Spare

7,8,9

SHEET

3

OF

4

11/3/2011 12:02:22 PM

SETPOINTS

DWG NO

REMARKS

10548377-IDX

REV

01



I/O

SIGNAL

NETWORK

NODE

ADDRESS

TYPE

ID

No.

I/O DESCRIPTION

I/O

AI 6

IS

DP1

17

A Gearbox Lube Oil Temperature

AI 0

IS

DP1

18

Spare

1,2,3

AI 2

IS

DP1

18

Spare

4,5,6

AI 4

IS

DP1

18

Ambient Air Temperature

AI 6

IS

DP1

18

Spare

AI 0

IS

DP1

19

AI 2

IS

DP1

AI 4

IS

AI 6

IS

DI 0.0

1 FUNCTION

DATE

ENG.

MIN ENG.

MAX ENG.

LOCATION

0 FUNCTION

UNITS

UNITS

UNITS

10,11,12

Deg C

-150

850

7,8,9

Deg C

-150

850

10,11,12

Deg C

-150

850

A Motor Exhaust Temperature

1,2,3

Deg C

-150

850

19

B Motor Exhaust Temperature

4,5,6

Deg C

-150

850

DP1

19

Spare

7,8,9

DP1

19

Spare

10,11,12

IS

DP1

23

Control Station Slip & Cut

1

Control Request

DI 0.1

IS

DP1

23


2

Control Release

DI 0.2

IS

DP1

23


3

Hoist

DI 0.3

IS

DP1

23


4

Lower

DI 0.4

IS

DP1

23

Spare

5

DQ 0.0

IS

DP1

23


18

DQ 0.1

IS

DP1

23

Spare

20

AI 0

IS

DP1

24

Mtr A (Red) Phase A RTD

1,2,3

AI 2

IS

DP1

24

Mtr A (Yellow) Phase B RTD

4,5,6

AI 4

IS

DP1

24

Mtr A (Blue) Phase C RTD

7,8,9

AI 6

IS

DP1

24

Mtr B (Red) Phase A RTD

10,11,12

AI 0

IS

DP1

25

Mtr B (Yellow) Phase B RTD

1,2,3

AI 2

IS

DP1

25

Mtr B (Blue) Phase C RTD

4,5,6

AI 4

IS

DP1

25

Spare

7,8,9

AI 6

IS

DP1

25

Spare

10,11,12

11/3/2011 12:02:22 PM

SETPOINTS

REMARKS

Assign Status

SHEET

4

OF

4

DWG NO

10548377-IDX

REV

01

MJOB-8375

MUD PUMPS

NEXT ASSY

USED ON

APPLICATION


CURRENT

TITLE

I/O MAP, MUD PUMPS AC IDEAL RIG 135

INITIAL

DRAWN

B. BOEPPLE

CHECKED

R. MOENCH

SIZE

APPVD

R. MOENCH

B

DATE

11/1/2011

SCALE

DWG NO

REV

10564616-IDX 01 NONE

WT LBS

SHEET

1

OF

3




I/O DESCRIPTION

I/O

DATE

I/O

SIGNAL

NETWORK

NODE

ADDRESS

TYPE

ID

No.

1 FUNCTION

0 FUNCTION

ENG.

MIN ENG.

MAX ENG.

UNITS

UNITS

UNITS

181DI14.0

N.I.S.

192.168.31.181

181

MP1 Blower A Pressure Switch

Pos 2 (1)

MP1 Blower A Activated

181DI14.1

N.I.S.

192.168.31.181

181

MP1 Blower B Pressure Switch

Pos 2 (5)

MP1 Blower B Activated

MP1 Blower A De-activated

-

-

-

MP1 Blower B De-activated

-

-

181DI14.2

N.I.S.

192.168.31.181

181

Spare

Pos 2 (4)

-

-

-

-

-

181DI14.3

N.I.S.

192.168.31.181

181

Spare

Pos 2 (8)

-

-

-

-

-

-

181DI14.4

N.I.S.

192.168.31.181

181

MP1 SPM Proximity Sensor

Pos 4 (1)

-

-

-

-

-

181DI14.5

N.I.S.

192.168.31.181

181

Spare

Pos 4 (5)

-

-

-

-

-

181DI14.6

N.I.S.

192.168.31.181

181

Spare

Pos 4 (4)

-

-

-

-

-

181DI14.7

N.I.S.

192.168.31.181

181

Spare

Pos 4 (8)

-

-

-

-

-

181 IW 0

N.I.S.

192.168.31.181

181

MP1 ENCODER MODULE STATUS WORD

Pos 6 (1)

-

-

-

-

-

181 IW 1

N.I.S.

192.168.31.181

181

MP1 ENCODER MODULE VALUE WORD

Pos 6 (5)

-

-

-

-

-

181 IW 2

N.I.S.

192.168.31.181

181

MP1 ENCODER MODULE RESERVED WORD

Pos 6 (2)

-

-

-

-

-

181 IW 3

N.I.S.

192.168.31.181

181

MP1 ENCODER MODULE LATCH WORD

Pos 6 (6)

-

-

-

-

-

181 QW 0

N.I.S.

192.168.31.181

181

MP1 ENCODER MODULE CONTROL WORD

Pos 6 (3)

-

-

-

-

-

181 QW 1

N.I.S.

192.168.31.181

181

MP1 ENCODER MODULE SETPOINT WORD

Pos 6 (7)

-

-

-

-

-

181 QW 2

N.I.S.

192.168.31.181

181


Pos 6 (4)

-

-

-

-

-

181 QW 3

N.I.S.

192.168.31.181

181


Pos 6 (8)

-

-

-

-

-

181AI4

I.S.

192.168.31.181

181

MP1 DRILLING MOTOR 1A RTD-U

Pos 8 (1)

-

-

-

-

-

181AI5

I.S.

192.168.31.181

181

MP1 DRILLING MOTOR 1A RTD-V

Pos 8 (5)

-

-

-

-

-

181AI6

I.S.

192.168.31.181

181

MP1 DRILLING MOTOR 1A RTD-W

Pos 9 (1)

-

-

-

-

-

181AI7

I.S.

192.168.31.181

181

MP1 DRIVE END BEARING 1A RTD

Pos 9 (5)

-

-

-

-

-

181AI8

I.S.

192.168.31.181

181

MP1 NON DRIVE END BEARING 1A RTD

Pos 10 (1)

-

-

-

-

-

LOCATION

181AI9

I.S.

192.168.31.181

181

MP1 DRILLING MOTOR 1B RTD-U

Pos 10 (5)

-

-

-

-

-

181AI10

I.S.

192.168.31.181

181

MP1 DRILLING MOTOR 1B RTD-V

Pos 11 (1)

-

-

-

-

-

181AI11

I.S.

192.168.31.181

181

MP1 DRILLING MOTOR 1B RTD-W

Pos 11 (5)

-

-

-

-

-

181AI12

I.S.

192.168.31.181

181

MP1 DRIVE END BEARING 1B RTD

Pos 12 (1)

-

-

-

-

-

181AI13

I.S.

192.168.31.181

181

MP1 NON DRIVE END BEARING 1B RTD

Pos 12 (5)

-

-

-

-

-

182DI14.0

N.I.S.

192.168.31.182

182


Pos 2 (1)



-

-

-

182DI14.1

N.I.S.

192.168.31.182

182


Pos 2 (5)



-

-

-

182DI14.2

N.I.S.

192.168.31.182

182

Spare

Pos 2 (4)

-

-

-

-

-

182DI14.3

N.I.S.

192.168.31.182

182

Spare

Pos 2 (8)

-

-

-

-

-

182DI14.4

N.I.S.

192.168.31.182

182


Pos 4 (1)

-

-

-

-

-

182DI14.5

N.I.S.

192.168.31.182

182

Spare

Pos 4 (5)

-

-

-

-

-

182DI14.6

N.I.S.

192.168.31.182

182

Spare

Pos 4 (4)

-

-

-

-

-

182DI14.7

N.I.S.

192.168.31.182

182

Spare

Pos 4 (8)

-

-

-

-

-

182 IW 0

N.I.S.

192.168.31.182

182


Pos 6 (1)

-

-

-

-

-

182 IW 1

N.I.S.

192.168.31.182

182


Pos 6 (5)

-

-

-

-

-

182 IW 2

N.I.S.

192.168.31.182

182


Pos 6 (2)

-

-

-

-

-

182 IW 3

N.I.S.

192.168.31.182

182


Pos 6 (6)

-

-

-

-

-

182 QW 0

N.I.S.

192.168.31.182

182


Pos 6 (3)

-

-

-

-

-

SHEET

2

OF

3

DWG NO

11/1/2011 1:29:09 PM

SETPOINTS

REMARKS

10564616-IDX

REV

01



I/O DESCRIPTION

I/O

DATE

I/O

SIGNAL

NETWORK

NODE

ADDRESS

TYPE

ID

No.

1 FUNCTION

0 FUNCTION

182 QW 1

N.I.S.

192.168.31.182

182


Pos 6 (7)

-

-

-

-

-

182 QW 2

N.I.S.

192.168.31.182

182


Pos 6 (4)

-

-

-

-

-

182 QW 3

N.I.S.

192.168.31.182

182


Pos 6 (8)

-

-

-

-

-

182AI4

I.S.

192.168.31.182

182


Pos 8 (1)

-

-

-

-

-

182AI5

I.S.

192.168.31.182

182


Pos 8 (5)

-

-

-

-

-

182AI6

I.S.

192.168.31.182

182


Pos 9 (1)

-

-

-

-

-

182AI7

I.S.

192.168.31.182

182


Pos 9 (5)

-

-

-

-

-

182AI8

I.S.

192.168.31.182

182


Pos 10 (1)

-

-

-

-

-

LOCATION

ENG.

MIN ENG.

MAX ENG.

UNITS

UNITS

UNITS

11/1/2011 1:29:09 PM

SETPOINTS

REMARKS

182AI9

I.S.

192.168.31.182

182


Pos 10 (5)

-

-

-

-

-

182AI10

I.S.

192.168.31.182

182


Pos 11 (1)

-

-

-

-

-

182AI11

I.S.

192.168.31.182

182


Pos 11 (5)

-

-

-

-

-

182AI12

I.S.

192.168.31.182

182


Pos 12 (1)

-

-

-

-

-

182AI13

I.S.

192.168.31.182

182


Pos 12 (5)

-

-

-

-

-

183DI14.0

N.I.S.

192.168.31.183

183


Pos 2 (1)



-

-

-

FUTURE

183DI14.1

N.I.S.

192.168.31.183

183


Pos 2 (5)



-

-

-

FUTURE

183DI14.2

N.I.S.

192.168.31.183

183

Spare

Pos 2 (4)

-

-

-

-

-

FUTURE

183DI14.3

N.I.S.

192.168.31.183

183

Spare

Pos 2 (8)

-

-

-

-

-

FUTURE

183DI14.4

N.I.S.

192.168.31.183

183


Pos 4 (1)

-

-

-

-

-

FUTURE

183DI14.5

N.I.S.

192.168.31.183

183

Spare

Pos 4 (5)

-

-

-

-

-

FUTURE

183DI14.6

N.I.S.

192.168.31.183

183

Spare

Pos 4 (4)

-

-

-

-

-

FUTURE

183DI14.7

N.I.S.

192.168.31.183

183

Spare

Pos 4 (8)

-

-

-

-

-

FUTURE

183 IW 0

N.I.S.

192.168.31.183

183


Pos 6 (1)

-

-

-

-

-

FUTURE

183 IW 1

N.I.S.

192.168.31.183

183


Pos 6 (5)

-

-

-

-

-

FUTURE

183 IW 2

N.I.S.

192.168.31.183

183


Pos 6 (2)

-

-

-

-

-

FUTURE

183 IW 3

N.I.S.

192.168.31.183

183


Pos 6 (6)

-

-

-

-

-

FUTURE

183 QW 0

N.I.S.

192.168.31.183

183


Pos 6 (3)

-

-

-

-

-

FUTURE

183 QW 1

N.I.S.

192.168.31.183

183


Pos 6 (7)

-

-

-

-

-

FUTURE

183 QW 2

N.I.S.

192.168.31.183

183


Pos 6 (4)

-

-

-

-

-

FUTURE

183 QW 3

N.I.S.

192.168.31.183

183


Pos 6 (8)

-

-

-

-

-

FUTURE

FUTURE

FUTURE 183AI4

I.S.

192.168.31.183

183


Pos 8 (1)

-

-

-

-

-

FUTURE

183AI5

I.S.

192.168.31.183

183


Pos 8 (5)

-

-

-

-

-

FUTURE

183AI6

I.S.

192.168.31.183

183


Pos 9 (1)

-

-

-

-

-

FUTURE

183AI7

I.S.

192.168.31.183

183


Pos 9 (5)

-

-

-

-

-

FUTURE

183AI8

I.S.

192.168.31.183

183


Pos 10 (1)

-

-

-

-

-

FUTURE

183AI9

I.S.

192.168.31.183

183


Pos 10 (5)

-

-

-

-

-

FUTURE

183AI10

I.S.

192.168.31.183

183


Pos 11 (1)

-

-

-

-

-

FUTURE

183AI11

I.S.

192.168.31.183

183


Pos 11 (5)

-

-

-

-

-

FUTURE

183AI12

I.S.

192.168.31.183

183


Pos 12 (1)

-

-

-

-

-

FUTURE

183AI13

I.S.

192.168.31.183

183


Pos 12 (5)

-

-

-

-

-

FUTURE

SHEET

3

OF

3

DWG NO

10564616-IDX

REV

01

MJOB-8375

AUX

NEXT ASSY

USED ON

APPLICATION


CURRENT

TITLE

I/O MAP, AUXILIARY, AC IDEAL RIG 135

INITIAL

DRAWN

B. BOEPPLE

CHECKED

R. MOENCH

SIZE

APPVD

R. MOENCH

B

DATE

11/1/2011

SCALE

DWG NO

REV

10620478-IDX 01 NONE

WT LBS

SHEET 1 OF 2 D74DCF0051-TPL-001 (REV B)

I/O MAP, AUXILIARY, AC IDEAL RIG 135


I/O ADDRESS

SIGNAL TYPE

NETWORK NODE I/O DESCRIPTION ID No.

I/O LOCATION

DATE

1 FUNCTION

0 FUNCTION

ENG. MIN ENG. MAX ENG. SETPOINTS REMARKS/ UNITS UNITS UNITS TAG NO

10DI0.0

24VDC N.I.S.

DP1

10

AUX-PS-05 STATUS

POS 1 (1)

POWER OKAY

POWER FAILURE

-

-

-

10DI0.1

24VDC N.I.S.

DP1

10

AUX-PS-06 STATUS

POS 1 (5)

POWER OKAY

POWER FAILURE

-

-

-

10DI0.2

24VDC N.I.S.

DP1

10

AUX-CAT 0 E-STOP

POS 1 (4)

ACTIVE

E-STOP

-

-

-

10DI0.3

24VDC N.I.S.

DP1

10

SPARE

POS 1 (8)

-

-

-

-

-

10DI0.4

24VDC N.I.S.

DP1

10

AUX-RT DRILL MOTOR OVERTEMP SWITCH

POS 4 (1)

MOTOR TEMP OKAY

MOTOR TEMP HIGH

-

-

-

10DI0.5

24VDC N.I.S.

DP1

10

AUX-RT BLOWER MOTOR PRESSURE SWITCH

POS 4 (5)

AIR FLOW OKAY

AIR FLOW LOW

-

-

-

10DI0.6

24VDC N.I.S.

DP1

10

SPARE

POS 4 (4)

-

-

-

-

-

10DI0.7

24VDC N.I.S.

DP1

10

SPARE

POS 4 (8)

-

-

-

-

-

10DI1.0

24VDC N.I.S.

DP1

10

AUX-RT HIGH GEAR PROXIMITY SWITCH

POS 5 (1)

HIGH GEAR SET

HIGH GEAR NOT SET

-

-

-

10DI1.1

24VDC N.I.S.

DP1

10

AUX-RT LOW GEAR PROXIMITY SWITCH

POS 5 (5)

LOW GEAR SET

LOW GEAR NOT SET

-

-

-

10DI1.2

24VDC N.I.S.

DP1

10

AUX-SPARE PROXIMITY SWITCH

POS 5 (4)

PROXIMITY SWITCH SET

PROXIMITY SWITCH NOT SET

-

-

-

10DI1.3

24VDC N.I.S.

DP1

10

AUX-SPARE PROXIMITY SWITCH

POS 5 (8)

PROXIMITY SWITCH SET

PROXIMITY SWITCH NOT SET

-

-

-

10DI1.4

24VDC N.I.S.

DP1

10

AUX POWER SLIPS SET PRESSURE SW

POS 12 (1)

POWER SLIPS NOT SET

POWER SLIPS SET

-

-

-

10DI1.5

24VDC N.I.S.

DP1

10

AUX POWER SLIPS LOW PRESSURE SW

POS 12 (5)

POWER SLIPS HYDRAULIC PRESSURE LOW

POWER SLIPS HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ADEQUATE

-

-

-

10DI1.6

24VDC N.I.S.

DP1

10

AUX POWER SLIPS UP PRESSURE SW

POS 12 (4)

POWER SLIPS NOT UP

POWER SLIPS UP

-

-

-

10DI1.7

24VDC N.I.S.

DP1

10

AUX-EMPTY GREASE BIN PRESS SW

POS 12 (8)

GREASE BIN OK

GREASE BIN EMPTY

-

-

-

10DI2.0

24VDC N.I.S.

DP1

10

SPARE

POS 13 (1)

-

-

-

-

-

10DI2.1

24VDC N.I.S.

DP1

10

SPARE

POS 13 (5)

-

-

-

-

-

10DI2.2

24VDC N.I.S.

DP1

10

SPARE

POS 13 (4)

-

-

-

-

-

10DI2.3

24VDC N.I.S.

DP1

10

SPARE

POS 13 (8)

-

-

-

-

-

10AI3

4-20 mA.

DP1

10

AUX-HYD CATHEAD MAKE-UP PRESS

POS 21 (1)

-

-

mA

4

20

10AI5

4-20 mA.

DP1

10

SPARE

POS 21 (5)

-

-

mA

4

20

10DO0.0

24VDC N.I.S.

DP1

10

AUX-RT INERTIA BRAKE SOLENOID

POS 7 (1)

-

-

-

-

-

10DO0.1

24VDC N.I.S.

DP1

10

SPARE

POS 7 (5)

-

-

-

-

-

10DO0.2

24VDC N.I.S.

DP1

10

AUX-POWER SLIPS UP SOLENOID

POS 8 (1)

-

-

-

-

-

10DO0.3

24VDC N.I.S.

DP1

10

AUX-POWER SLIPS DOWN SOLENOID

POS 8 (5)

-

-

-

-

-

10DO0.4 10DO0.5

24VDC N.I.S. 24VDC N.I.S.

DP1 DP1

10 10

AUX-GREASE TO CENTER SLIP SOLENOID AUX-GREASE TO L&R SLIPS SOLENOID

POS 9 (1) POS 9 (5)

-

-

-

-

-

10DO0.6

24VDC N.I.S.

DP1

10

AUX-GREASE PUMP UP SOLENOID

POS 10 (1)

-

-

-

-

-

10DO0.7

24VDC N.I.S.

DP1

10

AUX-GREASE PUMP DOWN SOLENOID

POS 10 (5)

-

-

-

-

-

10DO1.0 10DO1.1 10DO1.2 10DO1.3 10DO1.4

24VDC N.I.S. 24VDC N.I.S. 24VDC N.I.S. 24VDC N.I.S. 24VDC N.I.S.

DP1 DP1 DP1 DP1 DP1

10 10 10 10 10

AUX-MAKEUP CATHEAD #1 PULL IN SOLENOID AUX-MAKEUP CATHEAD #1 PAY OUT SOLENOID AUX-BREAKOUT CATHEAD #2 PULL IN SOLENOID AUX-BREAKOUT CATHEAD #2 PAY OUT SOLENOID AUX-HYD CATHEAD ENABLE SOLENOID

POS 15 (1) POS 15 (5) POS 16 (1) POS 16 (5) POS 17 (1)

-

-

-

-

-

10DO1.5

24VDC N.I.S.

DP1

10

AUX-HYD CATHEAD SPARE SOLENOID

POS 17 (5)

-

-

-

-

-

10DO1.6

24VDC N.I.S.

DP1

10

SPARE

POS 18 (1)

-

-

-

-

-

10DO1.7

24VDC N.I.S.

DP1

10

SPARE

POS 18 (5)

-

-

-

-

-

10DO2.0 10DO2.1

24VDC N.I.S. 24VDC N.I.S.

DP1 DP1

10 10

HYD CATHEAD MAKE UP TORQUE ENABLE HYD CATHEAD FLOW ENABLE

POS 19 (1) POS 19 (5)

-

-

-

-

-

SHEET

2

OF

2

11/1/2011 11:20:56 AM

DWG NO

10620478-IDX

REV

01

MJOB-8375

TDS-11SA

NEXT ASSY

USED ON

APPLICATION


CURRENT

TITLE

I/O MAP, TDS-11SA AC IDEAL RIG 135

INITIAL

DRAWN

B. BOEPPLE

CHECKED

R. MOENCH

SIZE

APPVD

R. MOENCH

B

DATE

11/1/2011

SCALE

DWG NO

REV

10620484-IDX 01 NONE

WT LBS

SHEET

1

OF

3




NETWORK NODE

I/O DESCRIPTION

I/O

1 FUNCTION

DATE

I/O

SIGNAL

ADDRESS

TYPE

ID

No.

0 FUNCTION

10DI0.0

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

TD-PS-01 STATUS

POS 1(1)

STATUS OK

PS FAILURE

10DI0.1

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

TD-PS-02 STATUS

10DI0.2

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

TD-CAT 0 E-STOP

POS 1(5) POS 1(4)

STATUS OK E-STOP NOT ENGAGED

PS FAILURE E-STOP ENGAGED

10DI0.3

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

TD-CAT 2 E-STOP

POS 1(8)

E-STOP NOT ENGAGED

E-STOP ENGAGED

10DI0.4

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

TD-DRILL MTR#1 (RIGHT) OVERTEMP SW

POS 3(1)

MOTOR TEMP OK

MOTOR TEMP HIGH

10DI0.5

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

TD-DRILL MTR#2 (LEFT) OVERTEMP SW

10DI0.6

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

TD-RIGHT BLOWER MOTOR PRESS SW

POS 3(5) POS 3(4)

MOTOR TEMP OK TD AIR FLOW OK

MOTOR TEMP HIGH TDS AIR FLOW LOW

10DI0.7 10DI1.0


DP1 DP1

10 10

TD-LEFT BLOWER MOTOR PRESS SW

POS 3(8)

TD AIR FLOW OK

TDS AIR FLOW LOW

TD-IBOP PRESS SW

10DI1.1

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

TD-LUBE OIL PRESS SW

POS 4(1) POS 4(5)

IBOP CLOSED LUBE OIL PRESSURE OK

IBOP OPEN LUBE OIL PRESSURE LOW

10DI1.2

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

TD-Bx ELEVATOR CLOSED PRESS SW

POS 4(4)

Bx ELEVATOR CLOSED

Bx ELEVATOR ARMED OR OPEN

10DI1.3

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

SPARE

POS 4(8)

10DI1.4

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

SPARE

-

-

10DI1.5

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

SPARE

POS 5(1) POS 5(5)

-

-

10DI1.6

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

SPARE

POS 5(4)

-

-

10DI1.7

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

SPARE

POS 5(8)

-

-

10DI8.0

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

TD-CRT SLIPS SET PRESS SW

10DI8.1

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

TD-CRT SJ ELEVATOR CLOSED PRESS

POS 19(1) POS 19(5)

CRT SLIPS SET CRT ELEVATOR CLOSED

CRT SLIPS NOT SET CRT ELEVATOR ARMED OR OPEN

10DI8.2

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

TD-CRT STOP LOWERING PRESS SW

POS 19(4)

CRT LOWERING

10DI8.3

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

SPARE

POS 19(8)

CRT STOPPED LOWERING -

10DI8.4

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

SPARE

-

10DI8.5

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

SPARE

POS 20(1) POS 20(5)

-

-

10DI8.6

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

SPARE

POS 20(4)

-

-

10DI8.7

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

SPARE

POS 20(8)

-

-

10DQ0.0

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

TD-BRAKE ON SOLENOID

POS 7(1)

10DQ0.1

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

TD-ROTATE RIGHT SOLENOID

POS 7(5)

BRAKE APPLIED TD ROTATES RIGHT

BRAKE RELEASED TD STOPS

10DQ0.2

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

TD-ROTATE LEFT SOLENOID

TD ROTATES LEFT

TD STOPS

10DQ0.3

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

TD-IBOP CLOSE SOLENOID

10DQ0.4

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

TD-TORQUE WRENCH SOLENOID

POS 8(1) POS 8(5) POS 9(1)

IBOP CLOSED RLA JOGS, SHOT PIN ENGAGES, TORQUE WRENCH CLAMPS

LAST STATE TORQUE WRENCH RELEASE

10DQ0.5

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

TD-LINK TILT EXTEND SOLENOID

POS 9(5)

LINK TILT MOVES TO “EXTEND” POSITION OR FLOATS

LINK TILT STOPS

10DQ0.6

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

TD-LINK TILT DRILL SOLENOID

POS 11(1)

LINK TILT MOVES TO “DRILL” POSITION OR FLOATS

LINK TILT STOPS

10DQ0.7

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

TD-LINK TILT FLOAT SOLENOID

POS 11(5)

LINK TILT MOVES TO “FLOAT” POSITION OR FLOATS

LINK TILT STOPS

10DQ1.0

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

TD-STAND JUMP SOLENOID

10DQ1.1

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

TD-Bx ELEVATOR OPEN SOLENOID

POS 12(1) POS 12(5)

COUNTER BALANCE CYLINDERS RETRACT Bx ELEVATOR OPEN

COUNTER BALANCE CYLINDERS EXTENDS Bx ELEVATOR ARMED OR CLOSED

10DQ1.2

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

SPARE

POS 13(1)

-

-

10DQ1.3

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

SPARE

POS 13(5)

-

-

LOCATION

ENG. UNITS

SHEET

2

OF

3

11/1/2011 2:13:31 PM

MIN ENG. MAX ENG. SETPOINTS REMARKS UNITS

UNITS

-

DWG NO

10620484-IDX

REV

01



I/O

SIGNAL

ADDRESS 10DQ1.4

TYPE NIS 24 vdc

ID DP1

No. 10

SPARE

POS 15(1)

-

10DQ1.5

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

SPARE

POS 15(5)

-

-

10DQ1.6

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

SPARE

POS 16(1)

-

-

10DQ1.7

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

SPARE

POS 16(5)

-

-

10DQ8.0

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

TD-CRT SLIPS UP SOLENOID

10DQ8.1

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

TD-CRT ELEVATOR OPEN SOLENOID

POS 22(1) POS 22(5)

SLIPS UP ELEVATOR OPEN

SLIPS DOWN ELEVATOR ARMED OR CLOSED

10DQ8.2

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

TD-CRT LINK TILT EXTEND SOLENOID

POS 23(1)

LINK TILT MOVES TO “EXTEND” POSITION OR FLOATS

LINK TILT STOPS

10DQ8.3

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

TD-CRT LINK TILT DRILL SOLENOID

POS 23(5)

LINK TILT MOVES TO “DRILL” POSITION OR FLOATS

LINK TILT STOPS

10DQ8.4

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

TD-CRT LINK TILT FLOAT SOLENOID

POS 24(1)

LINK TILT MOVES TO “FLOAT” POSITION OR FLOATS

10DQ8.5

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

SPARE

POS 24(5)

-

LINK TILT STOPS -

10DQ8.6

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

SPARE

POS 25(1)

-

-

10DQ8.7

NIS 24 vdc

DP1

10

SPARE

POS 25(5)

-

-

DATA

DP1

10

STATUS BYTE

POS 17

-

-

POS 17

-

-

10IB2

NETWORK NODE

I/O DESCRIPTION

I/O

1 FUNCTION

DATE

0 FUNCTION

LOCATION

ENG. UNITS

10IB3

DATA

DP1

10

STATUS BYTE

10IB4

DATA

DP1

10

VALUE BYTE

POS 17

-

10IB5

DATA

DP1

10

RESERVED BYTE

POS 17

-

-

10IB6

DATA

DP1

10

RESERVED BYTE

POS 17

-

-

10IB7

DATA

DP1

10

RESERVED BYTE

POS 17

-

-

POS 17

-

-

10QB2

DATA

DP1

10

CONTROL BYTE

10QB3

DATA

DP1

10

SETPOINT BYTE

POS 17

-

10QB4

DATA

DP1

10

SETPOINT BYTE

POS 17

-

-

10QB5

DATA

DP1

10

RESERVED BYTE

POS 17

-

-

10QB6

DATA

DP1

10

RESERVED BYTE

POS 17

-

-

10QB7

DATA

DP1

10

RESERVED BYTE

POS 17

-

-

SHEET

3

OF

3

11/1/2011 2:13:31 PM

MIN ENG. MAX ENG. SETPOINTS REMARKS UNITS

UNITS

DWG NO

10620484-IDX

REV

01

10545605-001

DFSD

NEXT ASSY

USED ON

APPLICATION

This d Thi documentt contains t i proprietary i t and d confidential fid ti l information i f ti which hi h belongs b l to t National-Oilwell N ti l Oil ll Varco, V L.P., LP its affiliates or subsidiaries (all collectively referred to hereinafter as "NOV"). It is loaned for limited purposes only and remains the property of NOV. Reproduction, in whole or in part, or use of this design or distribution of this information to others is not permitted without the express written consent of NOV. This document is to be returned to NOV upon request and in any event upon completion of the use for which it was loaned. This document and the information contained and represented herein is the copyrighted property of NOV. © National Oilwell Varco

CURRENT DRAWN

TITLE

I/O MAP, DFSD AC IDEAL RIG 135

INITIAL D. McGARY

CHECKED

T. PHAM

SIZE

APPVD

T. PHAM

B

DATE

11/11/2011

SCALE

DWG NO

REV

10622473-IDX 01 NONE

WT LBS

SHEET

1

OF

2


I/O MAP, DFSD AC IDEAL RIG 135


I/O

SIGNAL

NETWORK

I.P.

ADDRESS

TYPE

ID

ADDRESS

I/O DESCRIPTION

I/O

1 FUNCTION

90DI0.0

N.I.S. 24vdc

ETHERNET

192.168.31.90 Relay Cat. 0 #1 Status

POS 1 (1)

Relay Cat. 0 #1 On

90DI0.1

N.I.S. 24vdc

ETHERNET

192.168.31.90 Relay Cat. 0 #2 Status

POS 1 (5)

90DI0.2

N.I.S. 24vdc

ETHERNET

192.168.31.90 Relay Cat. 0 #3 Status

90DI0.3

N.I.S. 24vdc

ETHERNET

192.168.31.90 Relay Cat. 0 #4 Status

90DI0.4

N.I.S. 24vdc

ETHERNET

90DI0.5

N.I.S. 24vdc

ETHERNET

90DI0.6

N.I.S. 24vdc

90DI0.7 90DI0.8

DATE

0 FUNCTION

11/8/2011 3:16:10 PM

ENG.

MIN ENG.

UNITS

UNITS

UNITS

Relay Cat. 0 #1 Off

-

-

-

-

-

Relay Cat. 0 #2 On

Relay Cat. 0 #2 Off

-

-

-

-

-

POS 1 (4)

Relay Cat. 0 #3 On

Relay Cat. 0 #3 Off

-

-

-

-

-

POS 1 (8)

Relay Cat. 0 #4 On

Relay Cat. 0 #4 Off

-

-

-

-

-

192.168.31.90 Relay Cat. 0 #5 Status

POS 2 (1)

Relay Cat. 0 #5 On

Relay Cat. 0 #5 Off

-

-

-

-

-

192.168.31.90 Relay ADS1 Status

POS 2 (5)

Relay ADS1 On

Relay ADS1 Off

-

-

-

-

-

ETHERNET


POS 2 (4)

Relay ADS2 On

Relay ADS2 Off

-

-

-

-

-

N.I.S. 24vdc

ETHERNET


POS 2 (8)

Relay ADS3 On

Relay ADS3 Off

-

-

-

-

-

N.I.S. 24vdc

ETHERNET

192.168.31.90 Relay Cat. 0 #6 Status

POS 3 (1)

Relay Cat. 0 #6 On

Relay Cat. 0 #6 Off

-

-

-

-

-

LOCATION

MAX ENG. SETPOINTS

REMARKS

90DI0.9

N.I.S. 24vdc

ETHERNET

192.168.31.90 Relay Cat. 0 #7 Status

POS 3 (5)

Relay Cat. 0 #7 On

Relay Cat. 0 #7 Off

-

-

-

-

-

90DI0.10

N.I.S. 24vdc

ETHERNET

192.168.31.90 Relay Cat. 2 #8 Status

POS 3 (4)

Relay Cat. 2 #8 On

Relay Cat. 2 #8 Off

-

-

-

-

-

90DI0.11

N.I.S. 24vdc

ETHERNET

192.168.31.90 Relay Cat. 2 #9 Status

POS 3 (8)

Relay Cat. 2 #9 On

Relay Cat. 2 #9 Off

-

-

-

-

-

90DI0.12

N.I.S. 24vdc

ETHERNET

192.168.31.90 Relay RLDF 1 Status

POS 4 (1)

Relay RLDF 1 On

Relay RLDF 1 Off

-

-

-

-

-

90DI0.13

N.I.S. 24vdc

ETHERNET


POS 4 (5)

Relay RLDF 2 On

Relay RLDF 2 Off

-

-

-

-

-

90DI0.14

N.I.S. 24vdc

ETHERNET


POS 4 (4)

Relay RLDF 3 On

Relay RLDF 3 Off

-

-

-

-

-

90DI0.15

N.I.S. 24vdc

ETHERNET

192.168.31.90 SPARE

POS 4 (8)

SPARE

SPARE

-

-

-

-

-

90DI1.0

N.I.S. 24vdc

ETHERNET

192.168.31.90 SPARE

POS 5 (1)

SPARE

SPARE

-

-

-

-

-

90DI1.1

N.I.S. 24vdc

ETHERNET

192.168.31.90 SPARE

POS 5 (5)

SPARE

SPARE

-

-

-

-

-

90DI1.2

N.I.S. 24vdc

ETHERNET

192.168.31.90 SPARE

POS 5 (4)

SPARE

SPARE

-

-

-

-

-

90DI1.3

N.I.S. 24vdc

ETHERNET

192.168.31.90 SPARE

POS 5 (8)

SPARE

SPARE

-

-

-

-

-

90DI1.4

N.I.S. 24vdc

ETHERNET

192.168.31.90 DFSD-PS08 STATUS

POS 6 (1)

PS 08 ON

PS 08 OFF

-

-

-

-

-

90DI1.5

N.I.S. 24vdc

ETHERNET

192.168.31.90 DFSD-PS09 STATUS

POS 6 (5)

PS 09 ON

PS 09 OFF

-

-

-

-

-

90DI1.6

N.I.S. 24vdc

ETHERNET

192.168.31.90 SPARE

POS 6 (4)

SPARE

SPARE

-

-

-

-

-

90DI1.7

N.I.S. 24vdc

ETHERNET

192.168.31.90 MCWS LOCKOUT SWITCH

POS 6 (8)

NORMAL

MCWS LOCKOUT

-

-

-

-

-

SHEET

2

OF

2

DWG NO

10622473-IDX

REV

01

Sistema Integral Amphion

Recommend Documents